As filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2021.

Registration No. 333-258879

   

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

___________________

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO
FORM F
-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

___________________

Incannex Healthcare Limited
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

___________________

Australia

 

2834

 

Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

Incannex Healthcare Limited
Suite
15, Level 12, 401 Docklands Drive
Docklands 3008, Victoria
Australia
+ 61 409 840 786
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s
principal executive offices)

___________________

Vcorp Services, LLC
25 Robert Pitt Drive, Suite 204
Monsey, New York 10952
+1 888 528 2677
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, incl
uding area code, of agent for service)

___________________

Copies to:

Andrew Reilly
Rimon Law
Level
10, 20 Martin Place
Sydney, NSW 2000
Australia
andrew.reilly@rimonlaw.com

 

Jonathan Zimmerman
Ben Stacke
Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP
2200 Wells Fargo Center
90 S. Seventh Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
United States
(612) 776
-7000

___________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box:

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. 

 

Table of Contents

Calculation of Registration Fee

Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price

 

Amount of
Registration
Fee
(5)(6)

Ordinary shares, no par value(1)(3)

 

$

25,000,000

 

$

2,730

Underwriter’s warrants(2)

 

$

1,875,000

 

$

205

Ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the Underwriter’s warrants(4)

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

26,875,000

 

$

2,935

____________

(1)      All ordinary shares in the offering will be in the form of American Depositary Shares, or ADSs, with each ADS representing 50 ordinary shares. ADSs issuable upon deposit of the ordinary shares registered hereby are being registered pursuant to a separate registration statement on Form F-6.

(2)      We have calculated the proposed maximum aggregate offering price of the ordinary shares underlying the underwriter’s warrants to purchase up to 7.5% of the amount of securities sold in this offering by assuming that (i) 2.5% of such warrants are exercisable at a price per share equal to 120% of the public offering price of the ADSs sold in this offering, (ii) 2.5% of such warrants are exercisable at a price per share equal to 135% of the public offering price of the ADSs sold in this offering, (iii) 2.5% of such warrants are exercisable at a price per share equal to 150% of the public offering price of the ADSs sold in this offering. All ordinary shares will be in the form of ADSs, with each ADS representing 50 ordinary shares. ADSs issuable upon deposit of the ordinary shares registered hereby are being registered pursuant to a separate registration statement on Form F-6.

(3)      Includes ordinary shares (which may be in the form of ADSs) that the underwriter has an option to purchase. See “Underwriting.”

(4)      No additional registration fee is payable pursuant to Rule 457(i) under the Securities Act.

(5)      Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, based on an estimate of the proposed maximum offering price.

(6)      The registrant previously paid $2,935 of the registration fee in connection with the filing of its initial registration statement on August 17, 2021.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to completion, dated September 28, 2021

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

American Depositary Shares
representing           Ordinary Shares
$           per American Depositary Share

___________________

We are offering            American depositary shares, or ADSs, in the United States, representing          ordinary shares of Incannex Healthcare Limited (“Incannex” or the “Company”). Each ADS represents 50 ordinary shares, no par value, deposited with Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as depositary.

The offering is being underwritten on a firm commitment basis. We have granted the underwriter an option to buy up to an additional            ADSs to cover over-allotments. The underwriter may exercise this option at any time and from time to time during the 30-day period from the date of this prospectus.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the ADSs. We have applied to list the ADSs on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “IXHL”.

Our ordinary shares are listed on the Australian Securities Exchange under the symbol “IHL.” On September 27, 2021, the last reported sale price of our ordinary shares on the Australian Securities Exchange was A$0.355 per ordinary share, equivalent to a price of US$12.93 per ADS, after giving effect to the Australian dollar/U.S. dollar exchange rate of A$1.00 to US$0.7284 (as published by the Reserve Bank of Australia as of September 27, 2021), and an ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1 to 50. For the purposes of this preliminary prospectus, the estimated initial public offering price is US$12.93 per ADS.

The final offering price per ADS in U.S. dollars will be determined through negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriter and will be based, in part, on prevailing market prices of our ordinary shares on the Australian Securities Exchange, after taking into account market conditions and other factors. For a discussion of the other factors considered in determining the final offering price per ADS, see “Underwriting.”

 

No Exercise of
Over-Allotment

 

Full Exercise of
Over-Allotment

   

Per Share

 

Total

 

Per Share

 

Total

Public offering price

 

$

   

$

   

$

   

$

 

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

 

$

   

$

   

$

   

$

 

Proceeds to us, before expenses

 

$

   

$

   

$

   

$

 

____________

(1)      In addition, we have agreed to reimburse the underwriter for certain expenses. See “Underwriting” on page 117 of this prospectus for additional information.

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See the section entitled “Risk Factors” appearing on pages 10 of this prospectus and elsewhere in this prospectus and the accompanying base prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriter expects to deliver the ADSs to purchasers on or about           , 2021 through the book-entry facilities of The Depository Trust Company.

___________________

Roth Capital Partners

The date of this prospectus is           , 2021

 

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

Prospectus Summary

 

1

The Offering

 

6

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

 

8

Risk Factors

 

10

Industry and Market Data

 

35

Use of Proceeds

 

36

Dividend Policy

 

37

Capitalization

 

38

Dilution

 

39

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

 

41

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

42

Business

 

49

Management

 

86

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

 

95

Principal Shareholders

 

96

Description of Share Capital

 

97

Description of American Depositary Shares

 

100

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

 

109

Material United States Federal Income and Australian Tax Considerations

 

110

Enforcement of Civil Liabilities

 

116

Underwriting

 

117

Expenses Relating to the Offering

 

122

Legal Matters

 

123

Experts

 

123

Where You Can Find More Information

 

123

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus we prepare or authorize. We and the underwriter have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We and the underwriter take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information others may give you. We are not, and the underwriter are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than its date.

For investors outside the United States: neither we nor any of the underwriter have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the ADSs and the distribution of this prospectus and any free writing prospectus outside the United States.

We are incorporated under the laws of Australia, and a majority of our outstanding ordinary shares are owned by non-U.S. residents. Under the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, we are eligible for treatment as a “foreign private issuer.” As a foreign private issuer, we will not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as domestic registrants whose securities are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

Our reporting and functional currency is the Australian dollar, and our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus are presented in Australian dollars. The consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus have been prepared under the International Financial Reporting Standards, or IFRS, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, which differs in certain significant respects from U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP.

i

Table of Contents

All references in this prospectus to “$”, “US$” and “U.S. dollars” mean U.S. dollars and all references to “A$” mean Australian dollars, unless otherwise noted. Throughout this prospectus, all references to “ADSs” mean American depositary shares, each of which represents of our ordinary shares, no par value, and all references to “ADRs” mean the American depositary receipts that evidence the ADSs.

This prospectus contains translations of some Australian dollar amounts into U.S. dollars. Except as otherwise stated in this prospectus, all translations from Australian dollars to U.S. dollars are based on the exchange rate of US$0.7702 to A$1.00 published by the Reserve Bank of Australia as of December 31, 2020. No representation is made that the Australian dollar amounts referred to in this prospectus could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at such rate.

“Incannex”, the Incannex logo and other trademarks or service marks of Incannex appearing in this prospectus are the property of Incannex or its subsidiaries. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are listed without the ® and symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their right thereto. All other trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.

ii

Table of Contents

Prospectus Summary

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in the ADSs. You should read this entire prospectus, and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, including “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, “Incannex,” the “Company,” “our company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Incannex Healthcare Limited and its consolidated subsidiary, taken as a whole.

Overview

Our legal name is Incannex Healthcare Limited (“Incannex”). We were incorporated in Australia in April 2001 under the name Mount Magnet South Limited. In November 2016, we changed name to Impression Healthcare Limited, and in June 2020, to Incannex Healthcare Limited. Incannex is listed on the ASX under the symbol “IHL”.

Since 2019, we have been conducting research and development for synthetic cannabinoid pharmaceutical products and psychedelic medicine therapies for treatment of a range of indications. Our mission is to create pharmaceutical drugs and therapies for patients that we believe have unmet medical needs. We aim to be recognized as a leading specialty drug development company at the forefront of innovation, committed to restoring health and transforming the lives of patients through the development of novel pharmaceutical products and treatments.

We are developing targeted fixed-dose combinations containing cannabinoids and approved generic drugs, and psychedelic agents, applying proprietary insights in an effort to create long term value for our patients and shareholders. We focus on clinical indications that we believe represent unmet or inadequately addressed medical needs and also represent compelling commercial opportunities. In particular, we are developing three unique pharmaceutical compositions to target five indications: obstructive sleep apnea (“OSA”), traumatic brain injury (“TBI”)/concussion, rheumatoid arthritis (“RA”), inflammatory bowel disease (“IBD”) and inflammatory lung conditions (“ARDS”, “COPD”, Asthma, Bronchitis). We are also developing a treatment for generalized anxiety disorder (“GAD”) utilizing psilocybin combined with innovative psychotherapy methods. Each indication represents a major global market that currently has either no, or limited, existing registered pharmacotherapy (drug) treatments available to the public. To protect our investment in each of these development programs we have been implementing a strong patent filing strategy as we develop our drug candidates in conjunction with our medical and scientific advisory board. The novelty and inventiveness of our cannabinoid products and methods to treat the target indications has been confirmed in international search reports on our filed PCT applications.

We are pursuing FDA registration and marketing approval for each product and therapy under development. As each of our drug candidates is targeting regulatory approval from the FDA, the safety and efficacy must be demonstrated using robust data from in-human clinical trials. Clinical development is an iterative process of clinical trials of increasing size, initially focusing on safety with efficacy becoming an increasing goal as the program progresses. However, our strategy of combining cannabinoids with approved generic drugs allows us to rely on historic, or published data to address some of the key clinical development questions, which in turn permits us to omit or combine clinical studies that would usually be required for approval and registration. We aim to open investigational new drug (IND) applications for each of our development programs by the end of 2022. Clinical trials would then follow with the goal of FDA approval of the applicable drug candidate in the 3-5 years subsequent to the approval of the IND.

Developing drug products containing cannabinoids and psychedelics could result in a more burdensome regulatory process because cannabis, THC, and psychedelics are currently listed as schedule 1 controlled substances by the DEA. This means that they are considered to have no currently accepted medical use and a high potential for abuse. Cannabis, THC and psychedelics have not been legalized for either recreational or medical use in the majority of U.S. states, however, certain states allow the use of cannabis and THC for medical use, and others for medical and recreational use, while Oregon has gone as far as legalizing the recreational use of cannabis, THC and certain psychedelics, including psilocybin. However, FDA approved CBD products containing less than 0.1 % THC where the CBD is extracted from plant material are included in schedule V, which is reserved for drugs with the lowest chance of abuse. CBD manufactured synthetically, that is not extracted from plants, is not currently scheduled. Our CBD drug candidates all use synthetic CBD. Dronabinol, a synthetic form of THC approved by the FDA for treatment of anorexia associated with weight loss in patients with Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome (AIDS) as well as

1

Table of Contents

nausea and vomiting associated with cancer chemotherapy is included in schedule 3. Our THC containing product uses dronabinol and is expected to be considered a schedule III product. Psilocybin is a schedule I substance but there is substantial peer reviewed literature to support that there is a low chance for abuse. It is expected that once the FDA approves a psilocybin drug product, such as our drug candidate targeting GAD, this will trigger a rescheduling.

Each of our drug candidates is still in the development stage, as we have not initiated an FDA clinical trial as it relates to any drug candidate, nor have we submitted an IND to the FDA for any drug candidate. We must first submit an IND application for each drug candidate before we can initiate a clinical trial with the FDA. In Australia, proof of concept Phase 2 clinical trials are underway for OSA and GAD, Phase 1 pharmacokinetic and safety clinical trials are underway for RA, IBD and inflammatory lung diseases and in depth pre-clinical studies are underway for TBI. To date we have engaged researchers from Monash University, The Alfred Hospital and the University of Western Australia Centre for Sleep Science to conduct our Australian clinical trials. See “Business” section for more information.

Our current cash position is sufficient to complete the studies that have already commenced as well as the pivotal Phase 2 clinical trial for OSA. Future capital raises, including this offer of ADSs will be required to fund additional Phase 1, 2 and 3 studies as well as other development activities required by regulatory bodies, such as the FDA.

To achieve our commercial goals, we intend to advance our novel investigational drug candidates towards approval in the United States and elsewhere. We plan to take advantage of accelerated commercialization pathway options, such as breakthrough designation, accelerated approval, priority review, and/or fast track, to reduce the time and cost of development. However, we have not yet approached the FDA regarding accelerated approval pathways for our products and the FDA has not given any indications that our products will receive these designations. We intend to develop future clinical candidates that target unmet medical needs. We also will continue to maintain a strong intellectual property portfolio to protect our assets in key global markets, including the United States, Europe, Japan, and Israel.

Corporate Information

Our registered office is located at Suite 15, Level 12, 401 Docklands Drive, Docklands 3008, Victoria, Australia and our telephone number is +61 409 840 786. Our website address is www.incannex.com.au. The information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus. We have included our website address in this prospectus solely as an inactive textual reference. All information we file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) is available through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system, which may be accessed through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

•        exemption from the auditor attestation requirement of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, in the assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting; and

•        to the extent that we no longer qualify as a foreign private issuer, (i) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and (ii) exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation, including golden parachute compensation.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information that we provide shareholders and holders of the ADSs may be different than you might obtain from other public companies. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we qualify as a “large accelerated filer”; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of this offering occurs.

2

Table of Contents

Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer

We are also considered a “foreign private issuer” under U.S. securities laws. In our capacity as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act that impose certain disclosure obligations and procedural requirements for proxy solicitations under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our senior management, the members of our board of directors and our principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules under the Exchange Act with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required to comply with Regulation FD, which restricts the selective disclosure of material information.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time as we are no longer a foreign private issuer. We will remain a foreign private issuer until such time that 50% or more of our outstanding voting securities are held by U.S. residents and any of the following three circumstances applies: (i) the majority of the members of board of directors or our senior management are U.S. citizens or residents; (ii) more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States; or (iii) our business is administered principally in the United States.

Risk Factors Summary

Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware prior to making a decision to invest in our ADSs. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the specific factors set forth in the section titled “Risk Factors” before deciding whether to invest in our ADSs. Among these important risks are, but not limited to, the following:

•        We have a history of operating losses and may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

•        We currently have no source of product revenue and may never become profitable.

•        We will require additional financing and may be unable to raise sufficient capital, which could have a material impact on our research and development programs or commercialization of our drug candidates.

•        We may find it difficult to enroll patients in our current and any future clinical trials, and patients could discontinue their participation in our current and any future clinical trials, which could delay or prevent our current and any future clinical trials of our drug candidates and make those trials more expensive to undertake.

•        Positive results from preclinical studies of our drug candidates are not necessarily predictive of the results of our planned clinical trials of our drug candidates.

•        Ongoing and future clinical trials of drug candidates may not show sufficient safety and efficacy to obtain requisite regulatory approvals for commercial sale.

Even if our drug candidates receive regulatory approval, they may still face development and regulatory difficulties that may delay or impair future sales of drug candidates.

•        Because we rely on third party manufacturing and supply partners, our supply of research and development, preclinical and clinical development materials may become limited or interrupted or may not be of satisfactory quantity or quality.

•        Future potential sales of our drug candidates may suffer if they are not accepted in the marketplace by physicians, patients and the medical community.

•        Our drug candidates will be subject to controlled substance laws and regulations. Failure to receive necessary approvals may delay the launch of our drug candidates and failure to comply with these laws and regulations may adversely affect the results of our business operations.

3

Table of Contents

•        Intellectual property rights of third parties could adversely affect our ability to commercialize our drug candidates, such that we could be required to litigate with or obtain licenses from third parties in order to develop or market our drug candidates. Such litigation or licenses could be costly or not available on commercially reasonable terms.

•        Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

•        The trading price of the ADSs may be volatile, and purchasers of the ADSs could incur substantial losses.

•        There has been no prior market for the ADSs and an active and liquid market for our securities may fail to develop, which could harm the market price of the ADSs.

•        You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the ADSs you purchase in this offering.

•        As long as we remain subject to the rules of the ASX and Nasdaq, we will be unable to access equity capital without shareholder approval if such equity capital sales would result in an equity issuance above regulatory thresholds and, consequently, we may be unable to obtain financing sufficient to sustain our business if we are unsuccessful in soliciting requisite shareholder approvals.

•        Our ADS holders are not shareholders and do not have shareholder rights.

•        Australian takeovers laws may discourage takeover offers being made for us or may discourage the acquisition of large numbers of our shares.

•        U.S. investors may have difficulty enforcing civil liabilities against our company, our directors or member of senior management and the experts named in this prospectus.

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements about us and our industry that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations, financial condition, business strategy and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” or “would,” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions.

We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties, other factors and assumptions, including the risks described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus, regarding, among other things:

•        our product development and business strategy, including the potential size of the markets for our drug candidates and future development and/or expansion of our drug candidates in our markets;

•        our current and future research and development activities, including clinical testing and manufacturing and the costs and timing thereof;

•        the impact that the COVID-19 pandemic could have on business operations;

•        sufficiency of our cash resources;

•        our ability to commercialize drug candidates and generate product revenues;

•        our ability to raise additional funding when needed;

4

Table of Contents

•        any statements concerning anticipated regulatory activities or licensing or collaborative arrangements, including our ability to obtain regulatory clearances;

•        our research and development and other expenses;

•        our operations and intellectual property risks;

•        our ability to remain compliant with the Australian Securities Exchange (“ASX”) and Nasdaq’s continuing listing standards;

•        any statement of assumptions underlying any of the foregoing; and

•        other risks and uncertainties, including those listed under “Risk Factors.”

These risks are not exhaustive. Other sections of this prospectus may include additional factors that could harm our business and financial performance. New risk factors may emerge from time to time and it is not possible for our management to predict all risk factors, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in, or implied by, any forward-looking statements.

You should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and operating results. We undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this prospectus to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments.

In addition, statements that “we believe” and similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. These statements are based on information available to us as of the date of this prospectus. While we believe that information provides a reasonable basis for these statements, that information may be limited or incomplete. Our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all relevant information. These statements are inherently uncertain, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely on these statements.

You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and achievements may be different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

5

Table of Contents

The Offering

ADSs offered by us

 

ADSs.

Option to purchase additional ADSs

 

The underwriter has an option for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to additional ADSs.

Ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering, including shares underlying ADSs

 

shares (or          shares if the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional ADSs in full).

American depositary shares

 

Each ADS represents 50 ordinary shares. The ADSs are issued by the depositary. You will have the rights of an ADS holder as provided in the deposit agreement among us, the depositary and all owners and holders of ADSs issued thereunder. The depositary, through its custodian, will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs.

   

You may surrender your ADSs to the depositary for cancellation to receive the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. The depositary will charge you a fee for such a cancellation.

   

We may amend or terminate the deposit agreement for any reason without your consent. Any amendment that imposes or increases fees or charges or that materially prejudices any substantial existing right you have as an ADS holder will not become effective as to outstanding ADSs until 30 days after notice of the amendment is given to ADS holders. If an amendment becomes effective, you will be bound by the deposit agreement as amended if you continue to hold your ADSs.

   

To better understand the terms of the ADSs, you should carefully read the section titled “Description of American Depositary Shares.” We also encourage you to read the deposit agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Depositary

 

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas.

Use of proceeds

 

We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of the ADSs that we are selling in this offering will be approximately US$ million (or approximately US$ million if the underwriter’s option to purchase additional ADSs is exercised in full), based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $ per ADS, after giving effect to the Australian dollar/U.S. dollar exchange rate of as of , 2021, and an ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

   

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, to further our clinical trials, for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

6

Table of Contents

Underwriter Warrants

 

Upon the closing of this offering, we will issue warrants to the underwriter (the “Underwriter Warrants”) entitling it to purchase a number of ordinary shares, represented by ADSs, equal to 7.5% of the ADSs sold in this offering by us, in three tranches of 2.5% each: (i) the first tranche representing 2.5% of the ADSs sold in this offering having an exercise price equal to 120% of the public offering price of the ADSs in this offering, (ii) the second tranche representing 2.5% of the ADSs sold in this offering having an exercise price equal to 135% of the public offering price of the ADSs in this offering and (iii) the third tranche representing 2.5% of the ADSs sold in this offering having an exercise price equal to 150% of the public offering price of the ADSs in this offering. All ordinary shares will be in the form of ADSs, with each ADS representing 50 ordinary shares. The Underwriter Warrants will expire three (3) years after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. See “Underwriting.”

Risk factors

 

See “Risk Factors” and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of the risks you should carefully consider before investing in the ADSs.

Proposed Nasdaq Capital Market symbol for the ADSs

 

“IXHL”

Australian Stock Exchange symbol for our ordinary shares

 

“IHL”

The number of ordinary shares (including ordinary shares underlying ADSs) that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 1,068,411,224 ordinary shares outstanding as of June 30, 2021 and excludes 326,437,328 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of June 30, 2021, with a weighted-average exercise price of A$0.1655 per ordinary share.

In addition, unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes (i) no exercise by the underwriter of (a) its option to purchase up to additional ADSs or (b) their warrants to purchase (x) ADSs at an exercise price equal to 120% of the initial public offering price per ADS, (y) ADSs at an exercise price equal to 135% of the initial public offering price per ADS and (z) ADSs at an exercise price equal to 150% of the initial public offering price per ADS and (ii) no exercise of outstanding options to purchase ordinary shares.

7

Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial and other data. The summary consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income data for the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the consolidated statement of financial position data as of December 31, 2020 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income data for the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our audited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB, as of and for the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019.

You should read the consolidated financial and other data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes, the information in “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and the information in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income Data

 

Six months ended December 31,

 

Year ended June 30,

2020
(Unaudited)

 

2019
(Unaudited)

 

2020

 

2019

(in A$, except share amounts)

 

(in A$, except share amounts)

Revenue

 

1,177,163

 

 

7,350

 

 

604,884

 

 

 

Product costs

 

(537,939

)

 

(8,450

)

 

(450,345

)

 

 

Research and development costs

 

(2,039,147

)

 

(313,426

)

 

(2,110,639

)

 

(736,140

)

Loss after income tax expense from continuing operations

 

(2,889,389

)

 

(1,925,473

)

 

(3,929,284

)

 

(1,426,198

)

Net loss

 

(2,889,389

)

 

(2,212,004

)

 

(4,697,636

)

 

(2,718,399

)

Loss per share from continuing operations – basic and diluted (in A$ cents)

 

(0.32

)

 

(0.30

)

 

(0.57

)

 

(0.32

)

Loss per share from continuing operations and discontinued operations – basic and diluted (in A$ cents)

 

(0.32

)

 

(0.34

)

 

(0.69

)

 

(0.61

)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding – basic and diluted

 

902,054,732

 

 

649,048,889

 

 

684,035,399

 

 

447,439,263

 

Dividends per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

Table of Contents

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Data(1)(2)

 

As of December 31, 2020
(Unaudited)

Actual

 

As Adjusted(1)(2)

(in A$)

 

(in US$)

 

(in A$)

 

in US$)

Cash

 

11,840,308

 

 

9,119,405

 

       

Net assets

 

11,802,503

 

 

9,090,287

 

       

Total assets

 

12,180,952

 

 

9,381,769

 

       

Total liabilities

 

378,449

 

 

291,481

 

       

Accumulated losses

 

(35,407,592

)

 

(27,270,927

)

       

Issued capital

 

45,076,484

 

 

34,717,907

 

       

____________

(1)      The as adjusted statement of financial position data give effect to our receipt of net proceeds from the issuance and sale of ADSs at the assumed initial offering price of US$ per ADS, after giving effect to the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, after deducting underwriting commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(2)      Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of US$ per ADS, after giving effect to the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, would increase or decrease, respectively, the amount of cash, working capital, total assets and total equity by A$ million (or US$ million), assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of ADSs we are offering. An increase or decrease of 1,000,000 in the number of ADSs we are offering would increase or decrease the amount of cash, working capital, total assets and total equity by A$ million (or US$ million), assuming the assumed initial public offering price per ADS remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. The as adjusted information is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

9

Table of Contents

Risk Factors

Investing in the ADSs involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. If any of the following risks actually occur, it could harm our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition. In such event, the trading price of the ADSs could decline and you might lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We have a history of operating losses and may not achieve or maintain profitability in the future.

We have experienced significant recurring operating losses and negative cash flows from operating activities since inception. For example, for the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019, we had net losses of approximately A$4.7 million and approximately A$2.7 million, respectively, and approximately A$2.9 million and approximately A$2.2 million for the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, we had accumulated losses of approximately A$35.4 million.

We are a clinical stage pharmaceutical development company and the success of our drug candidates is therefore uncertain. We focus on medicinal synthetic cannabinidiol pharmaceutical products and psychedelic medicine therapies.

We expect to continue to incur losses from operations for the foreseeable future and expect the costs of drug development to increase in the future as more patients are recruited to the clinical trials. In particular, we expect to continue to incur significant losses in the development of our clinical trials and drug candidates. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development, manufacturing, sales and marketing of our drug candidates, we may experience larger than expected future losses and may never become profitable.

Moreover, there is a substantial risk that we, or our development partners, may not be able to complete the development of our current drug candidates or develop other pharmaceutical products. It is possible that none of them will be successfully commercialized, which would prevent us from ever achieving profitability.

The increase in expenses may adversely impact our business if our sources of funding and revenue are insufficient.

We anticipate that as the costs related to the development of our clinical trials will increase, we will require additional funds to achieve our long-term goals of commercialization and further development of our drug candidates. In addition, we will require funds to pursue regulatory applications, defend intellectual property rights, contract manufacturing capacity, potentially develop marketing and sales capability and fund operating expenses. We intend to seek such additional funding through public or private financings and/or through licensing of our assets or other arrangements with corporate partners. However, such financing, licensing opportunities or other arrangements may not be available from any sources on acceptable terms, or at all. Any shortfall in funding could result in us having to curtail or cease our research and development activities, thereby harming our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with the development of our drug candidates, we are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses, or when, or if, we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability. Our expenses could significantly increase beyond current expectations if the applicable regulatory authorities require further studies in addition to those currently anticipated. In any case, even if our drug candidates are approved for commercial sale, we anticipate incurring significant costs associated with the commercial launch of such drug candidates and there can be no guarantee that we will ever generate significant revenues.

We currently have no source of product revenue and may never become profitable.

Our drug candidates have not been approved for commercial sale, and we expect it to be several years before they are approved, if ever, and we are able to commence sales of our drug candidates. To date, we have not generated any revenue from the licensing or commercialization of our drug candidates and do not expect to receive revenue

10

Table of Contents

from them for a number of years, if ever. We will not be able to generate product revenue unless and until our current drug candidates or any future drug candidates, alone or with future partners, successfully completes clinical trials, receives regulatory approval and is successfully commercialized. Although we may seek to obtain revenue from collaboration or licensing agreements with third parties, we currently have no such agreements that could provide us with material, ongoing future revenue and we may never enter into any such agreements.

We will require additional financing and may be unable to raise sufficient capital, which could have a material impact on our research and development programs or commercialization of our drug candidates.

We have historically devoted most of our financial resources to research and development, including pre-clinical and clinical development activities. To date, we have financed a significant amount of our operations through equity financings. The amount of our future net losses will depend, in part, on the rate of our future expenditures and our ability to obtain funding through equity or debt financings or strategic collaborations. The amount of such future net losses, as well as the possibility of future profitability, will also depend on our success in developing and commercializing products that generate significant revenue. Our failure to become and remain profitable would depress the value of our ADSs and could impair our ability to raise capital, expand our business, maintain our research and development efforts, diversify our product offerings or even continue our operations.

We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially for the foreseeable future if, and as, we:

•        continue our research and preclinical and clinical development of our drug candidates;

•        expand the scope of our current proposed clinical studies for our drug candidates;

•        initiate additional preclinical, clinical or other studies for our drug candidates;

•        change or add additional manufacturers or suppliers;

•        seek regulatory and marketing approvals for our drug candidates that successfully complete clinical studies;

•        seek to identify and validate additional drug candidates;

•        acquire or in-license other drug candidates and technologies;

•        maintain, protect and expand our intellectual property portfolio;

•        attract and retain skilled personnel;

•        create additional infrastructure to support our operations as a publicly quoted company and our product development and planned future commercialization efforts;

•        add an internal sales force; and

•        experience any delays or encounter issues with any of the above.

Until our drug candidates become commercially available, we will need to obtain additional funding in connection with the further development of our drug candidates. Our ability to obtain additional financing will be subject to a number of factors, including market conditions, our operating performance and investor sentiment. As such, additional financing may not be available to us when needed, on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we could be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate our research and development programs or any future commercialization efforts or obtain funds by entering agreements on unattractive terms.

Furthermore, any additional equity fundraising in the capital markets may be dilutive for shareholders and any debt-based funding may bind us to restrictive covenants and curb our operating activities and ability to pay potential future dividends even when profitable. We cannot guarantee that future financing will be available in sufficient amounts or on acceptable terms, if at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital in sufficient amounts or on acceptable terms, we will be prevented from pursuing research and development efforts. This could harm our business, operating results and financial condition and cause the price of our ADSs to fall.

11

Table of Contents

If we are unable to secure sufficient capital to fund our operations, we may be required to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product development or future commercialization efforts or grant rights to third parties to develop and market drug candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves. For example, additional strategic collaborations could require us to share commercial rights to our drug candidates with third parties in ways that we do not intend currently or on terms that may not be favorable to us. Moreover, we may also have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or drug candidates or grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us.

We may find it difficult to enroll patients in our current and any future clinical trials, and patients could discontinue their participation in our current and any future clinical trials, which could delay or prevent our current and any future clinical trials of our drug candidates and make those trials more expensive to undertake.

Identifying and qualifying patients to participate in current and any future clinical trials of our drug candidates is critical to our success. The timing of our clinical trials depends on the speed at which we can recruit patients to participate in testing our drug candidates. Patients may be unwilling to participate in any future clinical trials because of negative publicity from adverse events in the biotechnology industry. Patients may be unavailable for other reasons, including competitive clinical trials for similar patient populations, and the timeline for recruiting patients, conducting trials and obtaining regulatory approval of potential products may be delayed. If we have difficulty enrolling a sufficient number of patients to conduct any future clinical trials as planned, we may need to delay, limit or discontinue those clinical trials. Clinical trial delays could result in increased costs, slower product development, setbacks in testing the safety and effectiveness of our technology or discontinuation of the clinical trials altogether.

Any failure to implement our business strategy could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The development and commercialization of our drug candidates is subject to many risks, including:

•        additional clinical or pre-clinical trials may be required beyond what we currently expect;

•        regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from our preclinical studies and clinical studies or may require that we conduct additional studies;

•        regulatory authorities may disagree with our proposed design of future clinical trials;

•        regulatory authorities may delay approval of our drug candidates, thus preventing milestone payments from our collaboration partners;

•        regulatory authorities may not accept data generated at our clinical study sites;

•        we may be unable to obtain and maintain regulatory approval of our drug candidate in any jurisdiction;

•        the prevalence and severity of any side effects of any drug candidate could delay or prevent commercialization, limit the indications for any approved drug candidate, require the establishment of a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or cause an approved drug candidate to be taken off the market;

•        regulatory authorities may identify deficiencies in manufacturing processes;

•        regulatory authorities may change their approval policies or adopt new regulations;

•        the third party manufacturers we expect to depend on to supply or manufacture our drug candidates may not produce adequate supply;

•        we, or our third party manufacturers, may not be able to source or produce current Good Manufacturing Practice (cGMP) materials for the production of our drug candidates;

•        we may not be able to manufacture our drug candidates at a cost or in quantities necessary to make commercially successful products;

•        we may not be able to obtain adequate supply of our drug candidates for our clinical trials;

12

Table of Contents

•        we may experience delays in the commencement of, enrolment of patients in and timing of our clinical trials;

•        we may not be able to demonstrate that our drug candidates are safe and effective as a treatment for its indications to the satisfaction of regulatory authorities, and we may not be able to achieve and maintain compliance with all regulatory requirements applicable to our drug candidates;

•        we may not be able to maintain a continued acceptable safety profile of our products following approval;

•        we may be unable to establish or maintain collaborations, licensing or other arrangements;

•        the market may not accept our drug candidates;

•        we may be unable to establish and maintain an effective sales and marketing infrastructure, either through the creation of a commercial infrastructure or through strategic collaborations, and the effectiveness of our own or any future strategic collaborators’ marketing, sales and distribution strategy and operations will affect our profitability;

•        we may experience competition from existing products or new products that may emerge;

•        we and our licensors may be unable to successfully obtain, maintain, defend and enforce intellectual property rights important to protect our drug candidates; and

•        we may not be able to obtain and maintain coverage and adequate reimbursement from third party payors.

If any of these risks materializes, we could experience significant delays or an inability to successfully develop and commercialize our drug candidates we or our partners may develop, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Positive results from preclinical studies of our drug candidates are not necessarily predictive of the results of our planned clinical trials of our drug candidates.

Positive results in preclinical proof of concept and animal studies of our drug candidates may not result in positive results in clinical trials in humans. Many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in clinical trials after achieving positive results in preclinical development or early stage clinical trials, and we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. These setbacks can be caused by, among other things, preclinical findings made while clinical trials were underway or safety or efficacy observations made in clinical trials, including adverse events. Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that believed their drug candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials nonetheless failed to obtain FDA or other regulatory authority approval. If we fail to produce positive results in our clinical trials of our drug candidates, the development timeline and regulatory approval and commercialization prospects for our drug candidates, and, correspondingly, our business and financial prospects, would be negatively impacted.

Ongoing and future clinical trials of drug candidates may not show sufficient safety and efficacy to obtain requisite regulatory approvals for commercial sale.

Phase I and Phase II clinical trials are not primarily designed to test the efficacy of a drug candidate but rather to test safety and to understand the drug candidate’s side effects at various doses and schedules. Furthermore, success in preclinical and early clinical trials does not ensure that later large-scale trials will be successful nor does it predict final results. Acceptable results in early trials may not be repeated in later trials. Further, Phase III clinical trials may not show sufficient safety or efficacy to obtain regulatory approval for marketing. In addition, clinical results are frequently susceptible to varying interpretations that may delay, limit or prevent regulatory approvals. Negative or inconclusive results or adverse medical events during a clinical trial could require that the clinical trial be redone or terminated. The length of time necessary to complete clinical trials and to submit an application for marketing approval by applicable regulatory authorities may also vary significantly based on the type, complexity and novelty of the drug candidate involved, as well as other factors. If we suffer any significant delays, quality issues, setbacks or negative results in, or termination of, our clinical trials, we may be unable to continue the development of our drug candidates or generate revenue and our business may be severely harmed.

13

Table of Contents

If we do not obtain the necessary regulatory approvals, we will be unable to commercialize our drug candidates.

The clinical development, manufacturing, sales and marketing of our drug candidates are subject to extensive regulation by regulatory authorities in the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union, Australia and elsewhere. Despite the substantial time and expense invested in preparation and submission of a Biologic License Application or equivalents in other jurisdictions, regulatory approval is never guaranteed. The number, size and design of preclinical studies and clinical trials that will be required will vary depending on the product, the disease or condition for which the product is intended to be used and the regulations and guidance documents applicable to any particular product. Additionally, during the review process and prior to approval, the FDA and/or other regulatory bodies may require additional data, including with respect to whether our products have abuse potential, which may delay approval and any potential controlled substance scheduling processes. The FDA or other regulators can delay, limit or deny approval of a product for many reasons, including, but not limited to, the fact that regulators may not approve our or a third party manufacturer’s processes or facilities or that new laws may be enacted or regulators may change their approval policies or adopt new regulations requiring new or different evidence of safety and efficacy for the intended use of a product.

Successful results in clinical trials and in the subsequent application for marketing approval are not guaranteed. If we are unable to obtain regulatory approvals, we will not be able to generate revenue from our drug candidates. Even if we receive regulatory approval for any of our drug candidates, our profitability will depend on our ability to generate revenues from their sale or the licensing of our technology.

Even if our drug candidates receive regulatory approval, it may still face development and regulatory difficulties that may delay or impair future sales of drug candidates.

Even if we or our licensing partners receive regulatory approval to sell any drug candidates, the relevant regulatory authorities may, nevertheless, impose significant restrictions on the indicated uses, manufacturing, labelling, packaging, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion and record keeping or impose ongoing requirements for post-approval studies. In addition, regulatory agencies subject a marketed product, its manufacturer and the manufacturer’s facilities to continual review and periodic inspections. Previously unknown problems with the drug candidate, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, may result in restrictions on the marketing of the product, and could include withdrawal of the product from the market. In addition, new statutory requirements may be enacted or additional regulations may be enacted that could prevent or delay regulatory approval of our drug candidates.

We have limited manufacturing experience with our drug candidates.

We have no manufacturing capabilities and are dependent on third parties for cost effective manufacture and manufacturing process development of the company’s drug candidates. Problems with third party manufacturers or the manufacturing process, or the scaling up of manufacturing activities as such may delay clinical trials and commercialization of our drug candidates.

To the extent we rely significantly on contractors, we will be exposed to risks related to the business and operational conditions of our contractors.

We are a small company, with few internal staff and limited facilities. We are and will be required to rely on a variety of contractors to manufacture and transport our drug candidates, to perform clinical testing and to prepare regulatory dossiers. Adverse events that affect one or more of our contractors could adversely affect us, such as:

•        a contractor is unable to retain key staff that have been working on our drug candidates;

•        a contractor is unable to sustain operations due to financial or other business issues;

•        a contractor loses their permits or licenses that may be required to manufacture our drug candidates; or

•        errors, negligence or misconduct that occur within a contractor may adversely affect our business.

14

Table of Contents

We depend on, and will continue to depend on, collaboration and strategic alliances with third partners. To the extent we are able to enter into collaborative arrangements or strategic alliances, we will be exposed to risks related to those collaborations and alliances.

An important element of our strategy for developing, manufacturing and commercializing our drug candidates is entering into partnerships and strategic alliances with other pharmaceutical companies or other industry participants.

Any partnerships or alliance we have or may have in the future may be terminated for reasons beyond our control or we may not be able to negotiate future alliances on acceptable terms, if at all. These arrangements may result in us receiving less revenue than if we sold our products directly, may place the development, sales and marketing of our products outside of our control, may require us to relinquish important rights or may otherwise be on unfavorable terms. Collaborative arrangements or strategic alliances will also subject us to a number of risks, including the risk that:

•        we may not be able to control the amount and timing of resources that our strategic partner/collaborators may devote to the drug candidates;

•        strategic partner/collaborators may experience financial difficulties;

•        the failure to successfully collaborate with third parties may delay, prevent or otherwise impair the development or commercialization of our drug candidates or revenue expectations;

•        products being developed by partners/collaborators may never reach commercial stage resulting in reduced or even no milestone or royalty payments;

•        business combinations or significant changes in a collaborator’s business strategy may also adversely affect a collaborator’s willingness or ability to complete their obligations under any arrangement;

•        a collaborator could independently move forward with a competing product developed either independently or in collaboration with others, including our competitors; and

•        collaborative arrangements are often terminated or allowed to expire, which would delay the development and may increase the cost of developing drug candidates.

Because we rely on third party manufacturing and supply partners, our supply of research and development, preclinical and clinical development materials may become limited or interrupted or may not be of satisfactory quantity or quality.

We rely on third party supply and manufacturing partners to manufacture and supply the materials for our research and development and preclinical and clinical study supplies. We do not own manufacturing facilities or supply sources for such materials.

There can be no assurance that our supply of research and development, preclinical and clinical development biologics and other materials will not be limited, interrupted or restricted in certain geographic regions, be of satisfactory quality or continue to be available at acceptable prices. Replacement of a third party manufacturer could require significant effort, cost and expertise because there may be a limited number of qualified replacements.

The manufacturing process for a drug candidate is subject to FDA and foreign regulatory authority review. Suppliers and manufacturers must meet applicable manufacturing requirements and undergo rigorous facility and process validation tests required by regulatory authorities in order to comply with regulatory standards. In the event that any of our suppliers or manufacturers fails to comply with such requirements or to perform its obligations to us in relation to quality, timing or otherwise, or if our supply of components or other materials becomes limited or interrupted for other reasons, we may be forced to manufacture the materials ourselves or enter into an agreement with another third party, which would be costly and delay any future clinical trials.

Further, if any third-party provider fails to meet its obligations to manufacture our products, or fails to maintain or achieve satisfactory regulatory compliance, the development of such substances and the commercialization of any therapies, if approved, could be stopped, delayed or made commercially unviable, less profitable or may result in enforcement actions against us.

15

Table of Contents

Our research and development efforts will be jeopardized if we are unable to retain key personnel and cultivate key academic and scientific collaborations.

Changes in our senior management may be disruptive to our business and may adversely affect our operations. For example, when we have changes in senior management positions, we may elect to adopt different business strategies or plans. Any new strategies or plans, if adopted, may not be successful and if any new strategies or plans do not produce the desired results, our business may suffer.

Moreover, competition among biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies for qualified employees is intense and as such we may not be able to attract and retain personnel critical to our success. Our success depends on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management, clinical and scientific personnel, manufacturing personnel, sales and marketing personnel and on our ability to develop and maintain important relationships with clinicians, scientists and leading academic and health institutions. If we fail to identify, attract, retain and motivate these highly skilled personnel, we may be unable to continue our product development and commercialization activities.

In addition, biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries are subject to rapid and significant technological change. Our drug candidates may be or become uncompetitive. To remain competitive, we must employ and retain suitably qualified staff that are continuously educated to keep pace with changing technology, but may not be in a position to do so.

We may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could negatively impact our operations.

As we advance our clinical development programs for drug candidates, seek regulatory approval in the United States and elsewhere and increase the number of ongoing product development programs, we anticipate that we will need to increase our product development, scientific and administrative headcount. We will also need to establish commercial capabilities in order to commercialize any drug candidates that may be approved. Such an evolution may impact our strategic focus and our deployment and allocation of resources.

Our ability to manage our operations and growth effectively depends upon the continual improvement of our procedures, reporting systems and operational, financial and management controls. We may not be able to implement administrative and operational improvements in an efficient or timely manner and may discover deficiencies in existing systems and controls. If we do not meet these challenges, we may be unable to execute our business strategies and may be forced to expend more resources than anticipated addressing these issues.

We may acquire additional technology and complementary businesses in the future. Acquisitions involve many risks, any of which could materially harm our business, including the diversion of management’s attention from core business concerns, failure to effectively exploit acquired technologies, failure to successfully integrate the acquired business or realize expected synergies or the loss of key employees from either our business or the acquired businesses.

In addition, in order to continue to meet our obligations as a public listed company in both Australia and the United States and to support our anticipated long-term growth, we will need to increase our general and administrative capabilities. Our management, personnel and systems may not be adequate to support this future growth.

If we are unable to successfully manage our growth and the increased complexity of our operations, our business, financial position, results of operations and prospects may be harmed.

Future potential sales of our drug candidates may suffer if they are not accepted in the marketplace by physicians, patients and the medical community.

There is a risk that our drug candidates may not gain market acceptance among physicians, patients and the medical community, even if they are approved by the regulatory authorities. The degree of market acceptance of any of our approved drug candidates will depend on a variety of factors, including:

•        timing of market introduction, number and clinical profile of competitive products;

•        our ability to provide acceptable evidence of safety and efficacy and our ability to secure the support of key clinicians and physicians for our drug candidates;

16

Table of Contents

•        cost-effectiveness compared to existing and new treatments;

•        availability of coverage, reimbursement and adequate payment from health maintenance organizations and other third party payers;

•        prevalence and severity of adverse side effects; and

•        other advantages over other treatment methods.

As controlled substances, the products may generate public controversy. Physicians, patients, payers or the medical community may be unwilling to accept, use or recommend our drug candidates which would adversely affect our potential revenues and future profitability. Adverse publicity or public perception regarding cannabis and psilocybin to our current or future investigational therapies using these substances may negatively influence the success of these therapies.

We face competition from entities that may develop drug candidates for our target disease indications, including companies developing novel treatments and technology platforms based on modalities and technology similar to ours.

The development and commercialization of drug candidates is highly competitive. Multinational pharmaceutical companies and specialized biotechnology companies could develop drug candidates and processes competitive with our drug candidates. Competitive therapeutic treatments include those that have already been approved and accepted by the medical community, patients and third party payers, and any new treatments that enter the market.

There may be a significant number of products that are currently under development, and may become commercially available in the future, for the treatment of conditions for which we are developing, and may in the future try to develop, drug candidates.

Multinational pharmaceutical companies and specialized biotechnology companies could have significantly greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing, sales and supply resources and experience than we have. If we successfully obtain approval for any drug candidate, we could face competition based on many different factors, including the safety and effectiveness of our drug candidates, the ease with which our drug candidates can be administered and the extent to which patients accept relatively new routes of administration, the timing and scope of regulatory approvals for these drug candidates, the availability and cost of manufacturing, marketing and sales capabilities, price, reimbursement coverage and patent position.

Competing products could present superior treatment alternatives, including by being more effective, safer, less expensive or marketed and sold more effectively than any products we may develop. Competitive products may make any products we develop obsolete or non-competitive before we recover the expense of developing and commercializing our drug candidates. Such competitors could also recruit our employees, which could negatively impact our level of expertise and our ability to execute our business plan.

If healthcare insurers and other organizations do not pay for our drug candidates or impose limits on reimbursement, our future business may suffer.

Our drug candidates may be rejected by the market due to many factors, including cost. The continuing efforts of governments, insurance companies and other payers of healthcare costs to contain or reduce healthcare costs may affect our future revenues and profitability. In Australia and certain foreign markets, the pricing of pharmaceutical products is subject to government control. We expect initiatives for similar government control to continue in the United States and elsewhere. The adoption of any such legislative or regulatory proposals could harm our business and prospects.

Successful commercialization of our drug candidates will depend in part on the extent to which reimbursement for the cost of our products and related treatment will be available from government health administration authorities, private health insurers and other organizations. Our drug candidates may not be considered cost-effective and reimbursement may not be available to consumers or may not be sufficient to allow our products to be marketed on a competitive basis. Third-party payers are increasingly challenging the price of medical products and treatment.

17

Table of Contents

If third party coverage is not available for our drug candidates the market acceptance of these drug candidates will be reduced. Cost-control initiatives could decrease the price we might establish for drug candidates, which could result in product revenues lower than anticipated. If the price for our drug candidates decreases or if governmental and other third-party payers do not provide adequate coverage and reimbursement levels our potential revenue and prospects for profitability will suffer.

We may be exposed to product liability claims which could harm our business.

The testing, marketing and sale of therapeutic products entails an inherent risk of product liability. We rely on a number of third-party researchers and contractors to produce, collect, and analyze data regarding the safety and efficacy of our drug candidates. We also have quality control and quality assurance in place to mitigate these risks, as well as professional liability and clinical trial insurance to cover financial damages in the event that human testing is done incorrectly or the data is analyzed incorrectly.

Notwithstanding our control procedures, we may face product liability exposure related to the testing of our drug candidates in human clinical trials. If any of our drug candidates are approved for sale, we may face exposure to claims by an even greater number of persons than were involved in the clinical trials once marketing, distribution and sales of our drug candidates begin. Regardless of merit or eventual outcome, liability claims may result in:

•        decreased demand for our drug candidates;

•        injury to our reputation;

•        withdrawal of clinical trial participants;

•        costs of related litigation;

•        substantial monetary awards to patients and others;

•        loss of revenues; and

•        the inability to commercialize drug candidates.

With respect to product liability claims, we could face additional liability beyond insurance limits if testing mistakes were to endanger any human subjects. In addition, if a claim is made against us in conjunction with these research testing activities, the market price of our ADSs may be negatively affected.

The outbreak of the novel strain of coronavirus, SARS-CoV-2, which causes COVID-19, could adversely impact our business, including our non-clinical studies and clinical trials.

Public health crises such as pandemics or similar outbreaks might adversely impact our business. In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, SARS-CoV-2, which causes coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19), surfaced in Wuhan, China. Since then, COVID-19 has spread to most countries in the world.

As a result of the COVID-19 outbreak, or similar pandemics, we have and may in the future experience disruptions that could severely impact our business, preclinical studies and clinical trials, including:

•        delays or difficulties in enrolling patients in our clinical trials;

•        delays or difficulties in clinical site initiation, including difficulties in recruiting clinical site investigators and clinical site staff;

•        delays or disruptions in non-clinical experiments and investigational new drug application-enabling good laboratory practice standard toxicology studies due to unforeseen circumstances at contract research organizations and vendors along their supply chain;

•        increased rates of patients withdrawing from our clinical trials following enrollment as a result of contracting COVID-19, being forced to quarantine, or not wanting to attend hospital visits;

18

Table of Contents

•        diversion of healthcare resources away from the conduct of clinical trials, including the diversion of hospitals serving as our clinical trial sites and hospital staff supporting the conduct of our clinical trials;

•        interruption of key clinical trial activities, such as clinical trial site data monitoring, due to limitations on travel imposed or recommended by national, state or local governments, employers and others or interruption of clinical trial subject visits and study procedures (particularly any procedures that may be deemed non-essential), which may impact the integrity of subject data and clinical study endpoints;

•        interruption or delays in the operations of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, the European Medicines Agency, the Australian Therapeutic Goods Administration or other foreign regulatory agencies, which may impact approval timelines;

•        interruption of, or delays in receiving, supplies of our drug candidates from our contract manufacturing organizations due to staffing shortages, production slowdowns or stoppages and disruptions in our supply chain or distribution vendors’ ability to ship drug candidates; and

•        limitations on employee resources that would otherwise be focused on the conduct of our non-clinical studies and clinical trials, including because of sickness of employees or their families, the desire of employees to avoid contact with large groups of people, an increased reliance on working from home or mass transit disruptions.

Product shipment delays could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The shipment, import and export of our drug candidates and the API used to manufacture them will require import and export licenses. In the United States, the FDA, U.S. Customs and Border Protection, and the DEA; in Canada, the Canada Border Services Agency, Health Canada; in Europe, the EMA and the European Commission; in Australia and New Zealand, the Australian Customs and Board Protection Service, the TGA, the New Zealand Medicines and Medical Device Safety Authority and the New Zealand Customs Service; and in other countries, similar regulatory authorities, regulate the import and export of pharmaceutical products that contain controlled substances. Specifically, the import and export processes require the issuance of import and export licenses by the relevant controlled substance authority in both the importing and exporting country.

We may not be granted, or if granted, maintain, such licenses from the authorities in certain countries. Even if we obtain the relevant licenses, shipments of API and our drug candidates may be held up or lost in transit, which could cause significant delays and may lead to product batches being stored outside required temperature ranges. Inappropriate storage may damage the product shipment resulting in delays in clinical trials or, upon commercialization, a partial or total loss of revenue from one or more shipments of API or our drug candidates. A delay in a clinical trial or, upon commercialization, a partial or total loss of revenue from one or more shipments of API or our drug candidates could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our drug candidates will be subject to controlled substance laws and regulations. Failure to receive necessary approvals may delay the launch of our drug candidates and failure to comply with these laws and regulations may adversely affect the results of our business operations.

Our drug candidates contain controlled substances as defined in the Controlled Substance Act (“CSA”). Controlled substances that are pharmaceutical products are subject to a high degree of regulation under the CSA, which establishes, among other things, certain registration, manufacturing quotas, security, recordkeeping, reporting, import, export and other requirements administered by the DEA. The DEA classifies controlled substances into five schedules: Schedule I, II, III, IV or V substances. Schedule I substances by definition have a high potential for abuse, have not currently “accepted medical use” in the United States, lack accepted safety for use under medical supervision, and may not be prescribed, marketed or sold in the United States. Pharmaceutical products approved for use in the United States may be listed as Schedule II, III, IV or V, with Schedule II substances considered to present the highest potential for abuse or dependence and Schedule V substances the lowest relative risk of abuse among such substances. Schedule I and II drugs are subject to the strictest controls under the CSA, including manufacturing and procurement quotas, security requirements and criteria for importation. In addition, dispensing of Schedule II drugs is further restricted. For example, they may not be refilled without a new prescription.

19

Table of Contents

As a synthetic cannabinoids pharmaceutical product with psychedelic agents, our drug candidates are likely to be scheduled as Schedule II or III controlled substance. We will need to identify wholesale distributors with the appropriate DEA registrations and authority to distribute the products to pharmacies and other healthcare providers, and these distributors would need to obtain Schedule II or III distribution registrations. The failure to obtain, or delay in obtaining, or the loss of any of those registrations could result in increased costs to us. If any of our drug candidates is a Schedule II drug, pharmacies would have to maintain enhanced security with alarms and monitoring systems, and they must adhere to additional recordkeeping and inventory requirements. This may discourage some pharmacies from carrying the product. Furthermore, state and federal enforcement actions, regulatory requirements, and legislation intended to reduce prescription drug abuse, such as the requirement that physicians consult a state prescription drug monitoring program, may make physicians less willing to prescribe, and pharmacies to dispense, Schedule II products.

We intend to manufacture the commercial supply of our drug candidates outside of the United States. If any of our products are approved by the FDA and classified as a Schedule II or III substance, an importer can import for commercial purposes if it obtains from the DEA an importer registration and files an application with the DEA for an import permit for each import. The failure to identify an importer or obtain the necessary import authority could affect the availability of our drug candidates and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, an application for a Schedule II importer registration must be published in the Federal Register, and there is a waiting period for third party comments to be submitted. The failure to maintain the necessary registrations or comply with applicable laws could delay the commercialization of our drug candidates and could delay the completion of the clinical studies. Furthermore, failure to maintain compliance with the CSA, particularly non-compliance resulting in loss or diversion, could result in regulatory action that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The DEA may seek civil penalties, refuse to renew necessary registrations, or initiate proceedings to restrict, suspend or revoke those registrations. In certain circumstances, violations could lead to criminal proceedings. In addition, if the FDA, DEA, or any foreign regulatory authority determines that our drug candidates may have potential for abuse, it may require us to generate more clinical or other data than we currently anticipate to establish whether or to what extent the substance has an abuse potential, which could increase the cost and/or delay the launch of which could increase the cost and/or delay the launch of our drug candidates.

Individual states have also established controlled substance laws and regulations. Though state-controlled substance laws often mirror federal law, because the states are separate jurisdictions, they may separately schedule our drug candidates as well. While some states automatically schedule a drug based on federal action, other states schedule drugs through rulemaking or a legislative action. State scheduling may delay commercial sale of any product for which we obtain federal regulatory approval and adverse scheduling could have a material adverse effect on the commercial attractiveness of such product. We or our partners must also obtain separate state registrations, permits or licenses in order to be able to obtain, handle, and distribute controlled substances for clinical trials or commercial sale, and failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements could lead to enforcement and sanctions by the states in addition to those from the DEA or otherwise arising under federal law.

We intend to contract manufacturers in Australia to produce the drug product for our clinical trials and the API for our drug candidates. In addition, we may decide to develop, manufacture or commercialize our drug candidates in additional countries. As a result, we will also be subject to controlled substance laws and regulations from the TGA in Australia and from other regulatory agencies in other countries where we develop, manufacture or commercialize our drug candidates in the future. We plan to submit NDAs for our drug candidates to the FDA upon completion of all requisite clinical trials and may require additional DEA scheduling decisions at such time as well.

Changes in U.S. healthcare law and implementing regulations, as well as changes in healthcare policy, may impact our business in ways that we cannot currently predict and may harm our business and results of operations.

There have been, and likely will continue to be, several executive, legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of drug candidates, restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect our ability to profitably sell any drug candidates for which we obtain marketing approval. Among policy makers and payors in the United States there is significant interest in promoting changes in healthcare systems with the stated goals of containing healthcare costs, improving quality and/or expanding access and the pharmaceutical industry has been a particular focus of these efforts and has been significantly affected by major legislative initiatives.

20

Table of Contents

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, collectively referred to as the Affordable Care Act, substantially changed the way healthcare is financed by both the government and private insurers, and significantly impacts the U.S. pharmaceutical industry. The Affordable Care Act, among other things: (1) introduced a new average manufacturer price definition for drugs and biologics that are inhaled, infused, instilled, implanted or injected and not generally dispensed through retail community pharmacies; (2) increased the minimum Medicaid rebates owed by manufacturers under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program and expanded rebate liability from fee-for-service Medicaid utilization to include the utilization of Medicaid managed care organizations as well; (3) established a branded prescription drug fee that pharmaceutical manufacturers of branded prescription drugs must pay to the federal government; (4) expanded the list of covered entities eligible to participate in the 340B drug pricing program by adding new entities eligible for the program; (5) established a new Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program, in which manufacturers must agree to offer 50% (increased to 70% pursuant to the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2018, or BBA, effective as of January 2019) point-of-sale discounts off negotiated prices of applicable branded drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period, as a condition for the manufacturer’s outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D; (6) extended manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability to covered drugs dispensed to individuals who are enrolled in Medicaid managed care organizations; (7) expanded eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs by, among other things, allowing states to offer Medicaid coverage to additional individuals, including individuals with income at or below 133% of the federal poverty level, thereby potentially increasing manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability; (8) created a licensure framework for follow-on biologic products; and (9) established a Center for Medicare and Medicaid Innovation at the CMS to test innovative payment and service delivery models to lower Medicare and Medicaid spending.

There remain judicial and Congressional challenges to certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act, as well as efforts by the Trump administration to repeal or replace certain aspects of the Affordable Care Act. For example, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017, or the TCJA, was enacted, which included a provision that repealed, effective January 1, 2019, the tax-based shared responsibility payment imposed by the Affordable Care Act on certain individuals who fail to maintain qualifying health coverage for all or part of a year that is commonly referred to as the “individual mandate.” On December 14, 2018, a U.S. District Court Judge in the Northern District of Texas ruled that the individual mandate is a critical and inseverable feature of the Affordable Care Act, and therefore, because it was repealed as part of the TCJA, the remaining provisions of the Affordable Care Act are invalid as well. On December 18, 2019, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the 5th Circuit ruled that the individual mandate was unconstitutional but remanded the case back to the District Court to determine whether the remaining provisions of the Affordable Care Act are invalid as well. On March 2, 2020, the U.S. Supreme Court granted the petitions for writs of certiorari to review the case, although it is unclear when a decision will be made or how the Supreme Court will rule. In addition, there may be other efforts to challenge, repeal or replace the Affordable Care Act. We are continuing to monitor any changes to the Affordable Care Act that, in turn, may potentially impact our business in the future.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. These changes include aggregate reductions to Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year pursuant to the Budget Control Act of 2011 and subsequent laws, which began in 2013 and will remain in effect through 2030, unless additional Congressional action is taken. These Medicare sequester reductions will be suspended from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2021 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. In January 2013, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years. New laws may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, which may materially negatively affect customer demand and affordability for our drug candidates and, accordingly, the results of our financial operations. Also, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny recently over the manner in which pharmaceutical companies set prices for their marketed products, which have resulted in several Congressional inquiries and proposed federal legislation, as well as state efforts, designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to product pricing, reduce the cost of prescription drugs under Medicare, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drug products. At the state level, individual states in the United States are increasingly active in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or

21

Table of Contents

patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. Legally mandated price controls on payment amounts by third-party payors or other restrictions on coverage or access could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. In addition, regional healthcare authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other healthcare programs. This could reduce the ultimate demand for our drug candidates that we successfully commercialize or put pressure on our product pricing.

In addition, proposed federal and state legislation may increase competition as it relates to cannabis derived products. Under the Cannabis Administration and Opportunity Act, the U.S. Senate proposed legalizing the use of hemp-derived CBD in dietary supplements by amending the FDCA. The Hemp Access and Consumer Safety Act of 2021 (SB 1698) also permits hemp-derived CBD to be used in dietary supplements. States are considering the reimbursement of medical marijuana. For example, New Jersey lawmakers introduced legislation, which is still pending, that requires reimbursement for medical marijuana under certain circumstances, while New York lawmakers introduced pending legislation that classifies medical marijuana as a prescription drug that may be covered for workers’ compensation purposes. As the availability and reimbursement of cannabis-derived products potentially expand, the pharmaceutical industry may directly compete with state-regulated cannabis businesses for market share.

We expect that these and other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and lower reimbursement, and put additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for any approved product. It is possible that additional governmental action is taken in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. We cannot predict the likelihood, nature or extent of government regulation that may arise from future legislation or administrative action in the United States. If we or any third parties we may engage are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we or such third parties are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, our drug candidates may lose any regulatory approval that may have been obtained and we may not achieve or sustain profitability

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

Our success depends on our ability to protect our intellectual property and our proprietary technology.

Our success is to a certain degree also dependent on our ability to obtain and maintain patent protection or where applicable, to receive/maintain orphan drug designation/status and resulting marketing exclusivity for our drug candidates.

We may be materially adversely affected by our failure or inability to protect our intellectual property rights. Without the granting of these rights, the ability to pursue damages for infringement would be limited. Similarly, any know-how that is proprietary or particular to our technologies may be subject to risk of disclosure by employees or consultants despite having confidentiality agreements in place.

Any future success will depend in part on whether we can obtain and maintain patents to protect our own products and technologies; obtain licenses to the patented technologies of third parties; and operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of third parties. Biotechnology patent matters can involve complex legal and scientific questions, and it is impossible to predict the outcome of biotechnology and pharmaceutical patent claims. Any of our future patent applications may not be approved, or we may not develop additional products or processes that are patentable. Some countries in which we may sell our drug candidate or license our intellectual property may fail to protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the protection that may be afforded in the United States or Australia. Some legal principles remain unresolved and there has not been a consistent policy regarding the breadth or interpretation of claims allowed in patents in the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union, Australia or elsewhere. In addition, the specific content of patents and patent applications that are necessary to support and interpret patent claims is highly uncertain due to the complex nature of the relevant legal, scientific and factual issues. Changes in either patent laws or in interpretations of patent laws in the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union or elsewhere may diminish the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our patent protection. Even if we are able to obtain patents, they may not issue in a form that

22

Table of Contents

will provide us with any meaningful protection, prevent competitors from competing with us or otherwise provide us with any competitive advantage. Our competitors may be able to circumvent our patents by developing similar or alternative technologies or products in a non-infringing manner. We may also fail to take the required actions or pay the necessary fees to maintain our patents.

Moreover, any of our pending applications may be subject to a third party pre-issuance submission of prior art to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, the European Patent Office, or EPO, the Intellectual Property Office, or IPO, in the United Kingdom, the Australian Patent and Trademark Office and/or any patents issuing thereon may become involved in opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review, post grant review, interference proceedings or other patent office proceedings or litigation, in the United States or elsewhere, challenging our patent rights. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate, our patent rights, and allow third parties to commercialize our technology or products and compete directly with us, without payment to us. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to exploit our intellectual property or develop or commercialize current or future drug candidates.

The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to the inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States, the European Union, Australia and elsewhere. Such challenges may result in loss of ownership or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit the duration of the patent protection of our technology and products. As a result, our patent portfolio may not provide us with sufficient rights to exclude others from commercializing products similar or identical to ours.

In addition, other companies may attempt to circumvent any regulatory data protection or market exclusivity that we obtain under applicable legislation, which may require us to allocate significant resources to preventing such circumvention. Such developments could enable other companies to circumvent our intellectual property rights and use our clinical trial data to obtain marketing authorizations in the European Union, Australia and in other jurisdictions. Such developments may also require us to allocate significant resources to prevent other companies from circumventing or violating our intellectual property rights.

Intellectual property rights of third parties could adversely affect our ability to commercialize our drug candidates, such that we could be required to litigate with or obtain licenses from third parties in order to develop or market our drug candidates.

Our commercial success may depend upon our future ability and the ability of our potential collaborators to develop, manufacture, market and sell our drug candidates without infringing valid intellectual property rights of third parties.

If a third-party intellectual property right exists it may require the pursuit of litigation or administrative proceedings to nullify or invalidate the third party intellectual property right concerned, or entry into a license agreement with the intellectual property right holder, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all.

Third-party intellectual property right holders, including our competitors, may bring infringement claims against us. We may not be able to successfully settle or otherwise resolve such infringement claims. If we are unable to successfully settle future claims or otherwise resolve such claims on terms acceptable to us, we may be required to engage in or continue costly, unpredictable and time-consuming litigation and may be prevented from, or experience substantial delays in, marketing our drug candidate.

If we fail to settle or otherwise resolve any such dispute, in addition to being forced to pay damages, we or our potential collaborators may be prohibited from commercializing any drug candidates we may develop that are held to be infringing, for the duration of the patent term. We might, if possible, also be forced to redesign our formulations so that we no longer infringe such third-party intellectual property rights. Any of these events, even if we were ultimately to prevail, could require us to divert substantial financial and management resources that we would otherwise be able to devote to our business.

23

Table of Contents

Our reliance on third parties requires us to share our trade secrets, which increases the possibility that a competitor will discover them or that our trade secrets will be misappropriated or disclosed.

Because we collaborate with various organizations and academic institutions on the advancement of our technology and drug candidates, we may, at times, share trade secrets with them. We seek to protect our proprietary technology in part by entering into confidentiality agreements and, if applicable, material transfer agreements, collaborative research agreements, consulting agreements or other similar agreements with our collaborators, advisors, employees and consultants prior to beginning research or disclosing proprietary information. These agreements typically limit the rights of the third parties to use or disclose our confidential information, such as trade secrets. Despite these contractual provisions, the need to share trade secrets and other confidential information increases the risk that such trade secrets become known by potential competitors, are inadvertently incorporated into the technology of others, or are disclosed or used in violation of these agreements. Given that our proprietary position is based, in part, on our know-how and trade secrets, discovery by a third party of our trade secrets or other unauthorized use or disclosure would impair our intellectual property rights and protections in our drug candidates.

In addition, these agreements typically restrict the ability of our collaborators, advisors, employees and consultants to publish data potentially relating to our trade secrets. Our academic collaborators typically have rights to publish data, provided that we are notified in advance and may delay publication for a specified time in order to secure our intellectual property rights arising from the collaboration. In other cases, publication rights are controlled exclusively by us. In other cases, we may share these rights with other parties. Despite our efforts to protect our trade secrets, our competitors may discover our trade secrets, either through breach of these agreements, independent development or publication of information including our trade secrets in cases where we do not have proprietary or otherwise protected rights at the time of publication.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

Periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and various other governmental fees on patents and applications are required to be paid to the United State Patent and Trademark Office and other governmental patent agencies outside of the United States in several stages over the lifetime of the patents and applications. The USPTO and various corresponding governmental patent agencies outside of the United States require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process and after a patent has issued. There are situations in which non-compliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction.

We may become involved in lawsuits to protect and defend our patents or other intellectual property, which could be expensive, time consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents or other intellectual property and we may inadvertently infringe the patent or intellectual property of others. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file claims, and any related litigation and/or prosecution of such claims can be expensive and time consuming. Any claims we assert against perceived infringers could provoke these parties to assert counterclaims against us alleging that we infringe their intellectual property. In addition, in a patent infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is invalid in whole or in part, unenforceable, or construe the patent’s claims narrowly allowing the other party to commercialize competing products on the grounds that our patents do not cover such products.

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce our resources available for development activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to adequately conduct such litigation or proceedings. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their substantially greater financial resources. The effects of patent litigation or other proceedings could therefore have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace.

24

Table of Contents

Confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees, advisors and consultants may not adequately prevent disclosure of trade secrets and protect other proprietary information.

We consider proprietary trade secrets and/or confidential know-how and unpatented know-how to be important to our business. We may rely on trade secrets and/or confidential know-how to protect our technology, especially where patent protection is believed by us to be of limited value. However, trade secrets and/or confidential know-how can be difficult to maintain as confidential.

To protect this type of information against disclosure or appropriation by competitors, our policy is to require our employees, advisors and consultants to enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with us. However, current or former employees, advisors and consultants may unintentionally or willfully disclose our confidential information to competitors, and confidentiality and invention assignment agreements may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. Enforcing a claim that a third party obtained illegally and is using trade secrets and/or confidential know-how is expensive, time consuming and unpredictable. The enforceability of confidentiality and invention assignment agreements may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction.

Failure to obtain or maintain trade secrets and/or confidential know-how trade protection could adversely affect our competitive position. Moreover, our competitors may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and may even apply for patent protection in respect of the same. If successful in obtaining such patent protection, our competitors could limit our use of our trade secrets and/or confidential know-how.

Intellectual property rights do not address all potential threats to our competitive advantage.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business, or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. The following examples are illustrative:

•        Others may be able to make products that are similar to ours but that are not covered by our intellectual property rights.

•        Others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or otherwise circumvent any of our technologies without infringing our intellectual property rights.

•        We or any of our collaboration partners might not have been the first to conceive and reduce to practice the inventions covered by the patents or patent applications that we own, license or will own or license.

•        We or any of our collaboration partners might not have been the first to file patent applications covering certain of the patents or patent applications that we or they own or have obtained a license, or will own or will have obtained a license.

•        It is possible that any pending patent applications that we have filed, or will file, will not lead to issued patents.

•        Issued patents that we own may not provide us with any competitive advantage, or may be held invalid or unenforceable, as a result of legal challenges by our competitors.

•        Our competitors might conduct research and development activities in countries where we do not have patent rights, or in countries where research and development safe harbor laws exist, and then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets.

•        Ownership of our patents or patent applications may be challenged by third parties.

•        The patents of third parties or pending or future applications of third parties, if issued, may have an adverse effect on our business.

25

Table of Contents

We may face difficulties with protecting our intellectual property in certain jurisdictions, which may diminish the value of our intellectual property rights in those jurisdictions.

The laws of some jurisdictions do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws in the United States and the European Union, and many companies have encountered significant difficulties in protecting and defending such rights in such jurisdictions. If we or our collaboration partners encounter difficulties in protecting, or are otherwise precluded from effectively protecting, the intellectual property rights important for our business in such jurisdictions, the value of these rights may be diminished and we may face additional competition from others in those jurisdictions.

Some countries in Europe and China have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patent. If we are, or any of our licensors is, forced to grant a license to third parties with respect to any patents relevant to our business, our competitive position or commercial advantage may be impaired and our business and results of operations may be adversely affected.

Changes in patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our drug candidates and any future drug candidates.

As is the case with other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property rights, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biopharmaceutical industry involves technological and legal complexity, and obtaining and enforcing biopharmaceutical patents is costly, time-consuming and inherently uncertain. The U.S. Supreme Court in recent years has issued rulings either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations or ruling that certain subject matter is not eligible for patent protection. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain patents in the future, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on decisions by Congress, the federal courts, the USPTO and equivalent bodies in non-U.S. jurisdictions, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce existing patents and patents we may obtain in the future.

Patent reform laws, such as the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or the Leahy-Smith Act, as well as changes in how patent laws are interpreted, could increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents. The Leahy-Smith Act made a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the filing and prosecution strategies associated with patent applications, including a change from a “first-to-invent” to a “first-inventor-to-file” patent system, and a change allowing third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO-administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review and derivation proceedings. The USPTO has developed regulations and procedures to govern administration of the Leahy-Smith Act, and many of the substantive changes to patent law associated with the Leahy-Smith Act and, in particular, the “first-inventor-to-file” provisions, became effective in 2013. The Leahy-Smith Act and its implementation may increase the uncertainties and costs surrounding the prosecution of our patent applications and the enforcement or defense of our issued patents, all of which could have harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Price controls may be imposed in non-U.S. markets, which may negatively affect our future profitability.

In some countries, particularly EU member states, Japan, Australia and Canada, the pricing of prescription drugs is subject to governmental control. In these countries, pricing negotiations with governmental authorities can take considerable time after receipt of marketing approval for a product. In addition, there can be considerable pressure by governments and other stakeholders on prices and reimbursement levels, including as part of cost containment measures. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after reimbursement has been obtained. Reference pricing used by various EU member states and parallel distribution, or arbitrage between low-priced and

26

Table of Contents

high-priced member states, can further reduce prices. In some countries, we or our collaborators may be required to conduct a clinical trial or other studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of our drug candidates to other available therapies in order to obtain or maintain reimbursement or pricing approval. Publication of discounts by third-party payors or authorities may lead to further pressure on the prices or reimbursement levels within the country of publication and other countries. If reimbursement of our drug candidates is unavailable or limited in scope or amount, or if pricing is set at unsatisfactory levels, our business, revenues or profitability could be harmed.

Risks Relating to Ownership of the ADSs and this Offering

The trading price of the ADSs may be volatile, and purchasers of the ADSs could incur substantial losses.

The market price of our ordinary shares historically has been, and we expect our ordinary shares and ADSs will continue to be, subject to significant fluctuations over short periods of time. These fluctuations may be due to factors specific to us, to changes in analysts’ recommendations and earnings estimates, to arbitrage between our Australian-listed ordinary shares and our Nasdaq-listed ADSs, to changes in exchange rates, or to factors affecting the biopharmaceutical industry or the securities markets in general. Market fluctuations, as well as general political and economic conditions, such as a recession, interest rate or currency fluctuations, could adversely affect the market price of our securities.

We may experience a material decline in the market price of our shares, regardless of our operating performance. Therefore, a holder of our ADSs may not be able to sell those ADSs at or above the price paid by such holder for such ADSs. Price declines in our ADSs could result from a variety of factors, including many outside our control. These factors include:

•        the results of pre-clinical testing and clinical trials by us and our competitors;

•        unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects resulting from the clinical trials or the commercial use of our drug candidate;

•        regulatory actions in respect of any of our drug candidates or the products of any of our competitors;

•        announcements of the introduction of new products by us or our competitors;

•        market conditions, including market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;

•        increases in our costs or decreases in our revenues due to unfavorable movements in foreign currency exchange rates;

•        developments or litigation concerning patents, licenses and other intellectual property rights;

•        litigation or public concern about the safety of our drug candidates;

•        changes in recommendations or earnings estimates by securities analysts;

•        actual and anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly operating results;

•        deviations in our operating results from the estimates of securities analysts;

•        rumors relating to us or our competitors;

•        additions or departures of key personnel;

•        changes in third party reimbursement policies; and

•        developments concerning current or future strategic alliances or acquisitions.

In addition, volatility and low market price of our ADSs may adversely impact investors’ interest in our securities. A decline in investors’ interest may prompt further volatility and decrease in market price.

27

Table of Contents

There has been no prior market for the ADSs and an active and liquid market for our securities may fail to develop, which could harm the market price of the ADSs.

While our ordinary shares have been listed on the Australian Securities Exchange, or ASX, prior to this offering, there has been no public market on a U.S. national securities exchange for our ordinary shares or ADSs. Although we have applied for the listing of the ADSs on Nasdaq, an active trading market for the ADSs may never develop or be sustained following this offering. The initial offering price of the ADSs will be determined through negotiations between us and the underwriter and will be based, in part, on prevailing market prices of our ordinary shares on the ASX, after taking into account market conditions and other factors. This offering price may not be indicative of the market price of the ADSs after this offering. In the absence of an active trading market for the ADSs, investors may not be able to sell their ADSs at or above the offering price or at the time that they would like to sell.

If we are or become a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC” ), then that would subject our U.S. investors to adverse tax rules.

Holders of our ADSs who are U.S. taxpayers will be subject to particular income tax rules if we are a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC. These rules could result in a reduction in the after-tax return to a “U.S. Holder” of our ADSs and reduce the value of our ADSs. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will be classified as a PFIC for any taxable year in which (i) 75% or more of our gross income is passive income, or (ii) at least 50% of the average value of all of our assets for the taxable year produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, cash is considered to be an asset that produces passive income.

If we are classified as a PFIC in any year that a U.S. Holder owns ADSs, the U.S. Holder will generally continue to be treated as holding ADSs of a PFIC in all subsequent years, notwithstanding that we are not classified as a PFIC in a subsequent year. Dividends received by the U.S. Holder and gains realized from the sale of our ADSs would be taxed as ordinary income and subject to an interest charge. We urge U.S. investors to consult their own tax advisors about the application of the PFIC rules and certain elections that may help to minimize adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences in their particular circumstances.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and divert management’s attention and if we are unable to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

As a U.S. publicly-traded company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act, the listing requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources. The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file certain reports with respect to our business and results of operations. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight are required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting annually and disclosure controls and procedures quarterly. If we identify material weaknesses in future periods or we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, our reported financial results could be restated, we could be subject to investigations or sanctions by regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources, and the market price of our ordinary shares could decline.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the ADSs you purchase in this offering.

The initial public offering price of the ADSs is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per ADS or per ordinary share immediately after this offering. If you purchase ADSs in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of US$            per ADS (or US$            per ordinary share), or US$            per ADS

28

Table of Contents

(or US$            per ordinary share) if the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional shares in full, representing the difference between our as adjusted net tangible book value per ADS or per ordinary share after giving effect to the sale of ADSs in this offering and the initial public offering price of US$            per ADS. See “Dilution.”

Our issuance of additional ordinary shares in connection with financings, acquisitions, investments, or otherwise will dilute all other ADS holders.

We expect to issue additional ordinary shares in the future that will result in dilution to all other ADS holders. We may also raise capital through equity financings in the future. As part of our business strategy, we may acquire or make investments in complementary companies, products, or technologies and issue equity securities to pay for any such acquisition or investment. While we will be subject to the constraints of the ASX Listing Rules regarding the percentage of our capital that we are able to issue within a 12-month period (subject to applicable exceptions), any such issuances of additional ordinary shares may cause ADS holders to experience significant dilution of their ownership interests and the per ADS value of our ADSs to decline.

As long as we remain subject to the rules of the ASX and Nasdaq, we will be unable to access equity capital without shareholder approval if such equity capital sales would result in an equity issuance above regulatory thresholds and, consequently, we could be unable to obtain financing sufficient to sustain our business if we are unsuccessful in soliciting requisite shareholder approvals.

Our ability to access equity capital is currently limited by ASX Listing Rule 7.1, which provides that a company must not, subject to specified exceptions (including approval by shareholders), issue or agree to issue during any consecutive 12-month period any equity securities, or other securities with rights to conversion to equity, if the number of those securities in aggregate would exceed 15% of the number of ordinary securities on issue at the commencement of that 12-month period.

Our equity issuances will be limited by ASX Listing Rule 7.1 as long as we continue to be listed on the ASX and this constraint may prevent us from raising the full amount of equity capital needed for operations without prior shareholder approval.

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and may not use them effectively.

We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds that we receive from this offering as well as of our existing cash, and we may spend or invest these funds in a way with which our shareholders or holders of the ADSs disagree. Our failure to apply these funds effectively could harm our business and financial condition. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from the offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. These investments may not yield a favorable return to our investors.

Future sales of ordinary shares or ADSs by existing holders could depress the market price of the ordinary shares or ADSs.

Based on 1,068,411,224 ordinary shares outstanding as of June 30, 2021, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding a total of            ordinary shares (including ordinary shares represented by ADSs), assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ADSs and no exercise of outstanding options warrants offered and sold in this offering. Each member of our senior management and board of directors and their affiliates are subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters that restrict their ability to transfer ordinary shares, options and other securities convertible into, exchangeable for, or exercisable for ordinary shares during the period ending on, and including, the 180th day after the date of this prospectus, subject to specified exceptions. Roth Capital Partners, LLC may, in its sole discretion, permit our shareholders who are subject to these lock-up agreements to sell securities prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements. As of the date of this prospectus, the exercise of all outstanding options exercisable for ordinary shares would enable the subscription of new ordinary shares representing approximately            of the diluted share capital.

After the lock-up agreements pertaining to this offering expire, 94,302,045 additional ordinary shares will be eligible for sale in the public market, all of which ordinary shares are held by members of our senior management and board of directors and will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933,

29

Table of Contents

as amended, or the Securities Act. In addition, the ordinary shares subject to subscription under outstanding options exercisable for ordinary shares will become eligible for sale in the public market in the future, subject to certain legal and contractual limitations. Sales of a large number of the ordinary shares in the public market could depress the market price of the ADSs. See “Shares and American Depository Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of sales that may occur in the future. If these additional ordinary shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of the ordinary shares and ADSs could decline substantially, which could impair our ability to raise additional capital through the issuance of ordinary shares, ADSs or other securities in the future.

The dual listing of our ordinary shares and the ADSs following this offering may negatively impact the liquidity and value of the ADSs.

Following this offering and after the ADSs are listed on Nasdaq, our ordinary shares will continue to be listed on the ASX. We cannot predict the effect of this dual listing on the value of our ordinary shares and ADSs. However, the dual listing of our ordinary shares and ADSs may dilute the liquidity of these securities in one or both markets and may negatively impact the development of an active trading market for the ADSs in the United States. The price of the ADSs could also be negatively impacted by trading in our ordinary shares on the ASX.

We are subject to risks associated with currency fluctuations, and changes in foreign currency exchange rates could impact our results of operations.

Our ordinary shares are quoted in Australian dollars on the ASX and the ADSs will be quoted in U.S. dollars. In the past year, the Australian dollar has generally weakened against the U.S. dollar; however, this trend may not continue and may be reversed. As such, any significant change in the value of the Australian dollar may have a negative effect on the value of the ADSs in U.S. dollars. In addition, if the Australian dollar weakens against the U.S. dollar, then, if we decide to convert our Australian dollars into U.S. dollars for any business purpose, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the Australian dollar would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to us. To the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive from this offering into Australian dollars for our operations, appreciation of the Australian dollar against the U.S. dollar would have a negative effect on the Australian dollar amount we would receive from the conversion. Consequently, appreciation or depreciation in the value of the Australian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar would affect our financial results reported in U.S. dollar terms without giving effect to any underlying change in our business or results of operations. As a result of such foreign currency fluctuations, it could be more difficult to detect underlying trends in our business and results of operations.

Our ADS holders are not shareholders and do not have shareholder rights.

Deutsche Bank, as depositary, registers and delivers our American Depositary Shares, or ADSs. Our ADS holders will not be treated as shareholders and do not have the rights of shareholders. The depositary will be the holder of the shares underlying our ADSs. Holders of our ADSs will have ADS holder rights. A deposit agreement among us, the depositary and our ADS holders, and the beneficial owners of ADSs, sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. New York law governs the deposit agreement and the ADSs. For a description of ADS holder rights, see “Description of American Depositary Shares” in this Registration Statement.

Our shareholders have shareholder rights. Australian law and our constitution govern shareholder rights. For a description of our shareholders’ rights, see “Memorandum and Articles of Association” in this Registration Statement. Shareholders are entitled to our notices of general meetings and to attend and vote at our general meetings of shareholders. At a general meeting, every shareholder present (in person or by proxy, attorney or representative) and entitled to vote has one vote on a show of hands. Every shareholder present (in person or by proxy, attorney or representative) and entitled to vote has one vote per fully paid ordinary share on a poll. This is subject to any other rights or restrictions which may be attached to any shares.

Our ADS holders do not have the same voting rights as our shareholders. ADS holders may exercise voting rights with respect to the underlying ordinary shares only in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement. Under the deposit agreement, ADS holders vote by giving voting instructions to the depositary. Upon receipt of instructions, the depositary will try to vote in accordance with those instructions. Otherwise, ADS holders will not be able to vote unless they withdraw the ordinary shares underlying their ADSs.

30

Table of Contents

If we ask for our ADS holders’ instructions, the depositary will notify our ADS holders of the upcoming vote and arrange to deliver our voting materials and form of notice to them. The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to Australian law and the provisions of the depositary agreement, to vote the shares as our ADS holders instruct. The depositary will not vote or attempt to exercise the right to vote other than in accordance with the instructions of the ADS holders. We cannot assure our ADS holders that they will learn of ordinary shareholders’ meetings and receive the voting materials in time to instruct the depositary or withdraw the underlying ordinary shares. This means that there is a risk that our ADS holders may not be able to exercise voting rights and there may be nothing they can do if their shares are not voted as they requested.

Our ADS holders do not have the same rights to receive dividends or other distributions as our shareholders.

Subject to any special rights or restrictions attached to a share, the directors may determine that a dividend will be payable on a share and fix the amount, the time for payment and the method for payment (although we have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future). Dividends may be paid on shares of one class but not another and at different rates for different classes. Dividends and other distributions payable to our shareholders with respect to our ordinary shares generally will be payable directly to them. Any dividends or distributions payable with respect to ordinary shares will be paid to the depositary, which has agreed to pay to our ADS holders the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on shares or other deposited securities, after deducting its fees and expenses. Our ADS holders will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of shares their ADSs represent. In addition, there may be certain circumstances in which the depositary may not pay to our ADS holders amounts distributed by us as a dividend or distribution.

There are circumstances where it may be unlawful or impractical to make distributions to the holders of our ADSs.

The deposit agreement with the depositary generally requires the depositary to convert foreign currency it receives in respect of deposited securities into U.S. dollars and distribute the U.S. dollars to ADS holders, provided the depositary can do so on a reasonable basis. If it does not convert foreign currency, the depositary may distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is possible to do so. If a distribution is payable by us in Australian dollars, the depositary will hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the ADS holders who have not been paid. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, our ADS holders may lose some of the value of the distribution. The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADS holders. This means that our ADS holders may not receive the distributions we make on our shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available.

ADSs holders may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to claims arising under the deposit agreement, which could augur less favorable results to the plaintiff(s) in any such action.

The deposit agreement governing the ADSs representing our ordinary shares provides that holders and beneficial owners of ADSs irrevocably waive the right to a trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to the deposit agreement or the ADSs against us or the depositary to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. If this jury trial waiver provision is prohibited by applicable law, an action could nevertheless proceed under the terms of the deposit agreement with a jury trial. To our knowledge, the enforceability of a jury trial waiver under the federal securities laws has not been finally adjudicated by a federal court. However, we believe that a jury trial waiver provision is generally enforceable under the laws of the State of New York, which govern the deposit agreement, by a court of the State of New York or a federal court, which have non-exclusive jurisdiction over matters arising under the deposit agreement, applying such law.

In determining whether to enforce a jury trial waiver provision, New York courts and federal courts will consider whether the visibility of the jury trial waiver provision within the agreement is sufficiently prominent such that a party has knowingly waived any right to trial by jury. We believe that this is the case with respect to the deposit agreement and the ADSs. In addition, New York courts will not enforce a jury trial waiver provision in order to bar a viable setoff or counterclaim sounding in fraud or one which is based upon a creditor’s negligence in failing to liquidate collateral upon a guarantor’s demand, or in the case of an intentional tort claim (as opposed to a contract dispute), none of which we believe are applicable in the case of the deposit agreement or the ADSs. No condition, stipulation or provision of the deposit agreement or ADSs serves as a waiver by any holder or beneficial owner of ADSs or by us or the Depositary of compliance with any provision of the federal securities laws. If you or any other

31

Table of Contents

holder or beneficial owner of ADSs brings a claim against us or the Depositary in connection with matters arising under the deposit agreement or the ADSs, you or such other holder or beneficial owner may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to such claims, which may have the effect of limiting and discouraging lawsuits against us and/or the Depositary.

If a lawsuit is brought against us and/or the Depositary under the deposit agreement, it may be heard only by a judge or justice of the applicable trial court, which would be conducted according to different civil procedures and may determine different results than a trial by jury would have had, including results that could be less favorable to the plaintiff(s) in any such action, depending on, among other things, the nature of the claims, the judge or justice hearing such claims, and the venue of the hearing.

As the jury trial waiver relates to claims arising out of or relating to the ADSs or the deposit agreement, we believe that the waiver would likely continue to apply to purchasers of ADSs in secondary transactions. In addition, we believe that the waiver would likely continue to apply to ADS holders or beneficial owners who withdraw the ordinary shares from the ADS facility with respect to claims arising before the cancellation of the ADSs and the withdrawal of the ordinary shares, and the waiver would likely not apply to ADS holders or beneficial owners who subsequently withdraw the ordinary shares represented by ADSs from the ADS facility with respect to claims arising after the withdrawal. However, to our knowledge, there has been no case law on the applicability of the jury trial waiver to ADS holders or beneficial owners who withdraw the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs from the ADS facility. Nevertheless, if this jury trial waiver is not permitted by applicable law, an action could proceed under the terms of the deposit agreement with a jury trial. No condition, stipulation or provision of the deposit agreement or the ADSs serves as a waiver by any owner or holder of ADSs or by us or the Depositary of compliance with any substantive provision of the U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Risks Relating to Our Location in Australia

Australian takeovers laws may discourage takeover offers being made for us or may discourage the acquisition of large numbers of our shares.

We are incorporated in Australia and are subject to the takeover laws of Australia. Amongst other things, we are subject to the Corporations Act 2001 (Commonwealth of Australia). Subject to a range of exceptions, the Corporations Act prohibits the acquisition of a direct or indirect interest in our issued voting shares (including through the acquisition of ADSs) if the acquisition of that interest will lead to a person’s or someone else’s voting power in us increasing from 20% or below to more than 20% or increasing from a starting point that is above 20% and below 90%. Exceptions to the general prohibition include circumstances where the person makes a formal takeover bid for us, if the person obtains shareholder approval for the acquisition or if the person acquires less than 3% of the voting power of us in any rolling six-month period. Australian takeovers laws may discourage takeover offers being made for us or may discourage the acquisition of large numbers of our shares.

Holders of our ordinary shares or ADSs may have difficulty in effecting service of process in the United States or enforcing judgments obtained in the United States.

Holders of our ordinary shares or ADSs may have difficulties enforcing, in actions brought in courts in jurisdictions located outside the U.S., liabilities under U.S. securities laws. In particular, if such a holder sought to bring proceedings in Australia based on U.S. securities laws, the Australian court might consider:

•        that it did not have jurisdiction; and/or

•        that it was not an appropriate forum for such proceedings; and/or

•        that, applying Australian conflict of laws rule, U.S. law (including U.S. securities laws) did not apply to the relationship between holders of our ordinary shares or ADSs and us or our directors and officers; and/or

•        that the U.S. securities laws were of a public or penal nature and should not be enforced by the Australian court.

32

Table of Contents

Holders of our ordinary shares and ADSs may also have difficulties enforcing in courts outside the U.S. judgments obtained in the U.S. courts against any of our directors and executive officers or us, including actions under the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws.

As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we may follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of certain Nasdaq requirements.

As a foreign private issuer whose shares are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices instead of certain requirements of The Nasdaq Marketplace Rules. As an Australian company listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we may follow home country practice with regard to, among other things, the composition of the board of directors, director nomination process, compensation of officers and quorum at shareholders’ meetings. In addition, we may follow Australian law instead of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules that require that we obtain shareholder approval for certain dilutive events, such as for the establishment or amendment of certain equity based compensation plans, an issuance that will result in a change of control of the company, certain transactions other than a public offering involving issuances of a 20% or more interest in the company and certain acquisitions of the shares or assets of another company. As a foreign private issuer that has elected to follow a home country practice instead of Nasdaq requirements. Accordingly, our shareholders may not be afforded the same protection as provided under Nasdaq’s corporate governance rules that are applicable to U.S. companies.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from a number of rules under the U.S. securities laws and are permitted to file less information with the SEC than a U.S. company.

We are a foreign private issuer (as defined in the SEC’s rules) and, consequently, we are not subject to all of the disclosure requirements applicable to public companies organized within the United States. For example, we are exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act that regulate disclosure obligations and procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies under the Exchange Act. In addition, our senior management and directors are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and related rules with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Moreover, while we currently make annual and semi-annual filings with respect to our listing on the ASX and expect to file financial reports on an annual and semi-annual basis, we will not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. public companies and will not be required to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K under the Exchange Act. In addition, foreign private issuers are not required to file their annual report on Form 20-F until four months after the end of each fiscal year. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information concerning our company than there would be if we were not a foreign private issuer.

Any loss of our foreign private issuer status in the future could result in significant additional cost.

While we currently qualify as a foreign private issuer, the determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. In the future, we would lose our foreign private issuer status if we to fail to meet the requirements necessary to maintain our foreign private issuer status as of the relevant determination date. For example, if 50% or more of our securities are held by U.S. residents and more than 50% of our senior management or directors are residents or citizens of the United States, we could lose our foreign private issuer status.

The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer could be significantly more than costs we incur as a foreign private issuer. If we were to cease to be a foreign private issuer, then we would be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which forms are more detailed and extensive in certain respects than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We would be required to prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP rather than IFRS. Such conversion of our financial statements to U.S. GAAP would involve significant time and cost. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers such as the ones described above and exemptions from procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies.

33

Table of Contents

U.S. investors may have difficulty enforcing civil liabilities against our company, our directors or members of senior management and the experts named in this prospectus.

Certain members of our senior management and board of directors named in this prospectus are non-residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of the assets of such persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be impracticable to serve process on such persons in the United States or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts against them based on civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States. Even if you are successful in bringing such an action, there is doubt as to whether Australian courts would enforce certain civil liabilities under U.S. securities laws in original actions or judgments of U.S. courts based upon these civil liability provisions. In addition, awards of punitive damages in actions brought in the United States or elsewhere may be unenforceable in Australia or elsewhere outside the United States. An award for monetary damages under U.S. securities laws would be considered punitive if it does not seek to compensate the claimant for loss or damage suffered and is intended to punish the defendant. The enforceability of any judgment in Australia will depend on the particular facts of the case as well as the laws and treaties in effect at the time. The United States and Australia do not currently have a treaty or statute providing for recognition and enforcement of the judgments of the other country (other than arbitration awards) in civil and commercial matters.

As a result, our public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests through actions against us, our management or our directors than would shareholders of a corporation incorporated in a jurisdiction in the United States. In addition, as a company incorporated in Australia, the provisions of the Australian Corporations Act 2001 regulate the circumstances in which shareholder derivative actions may be commenced which may be different, and in many ways less permissive, than for companies incorporated in the United States.

34

Table of Contents

Industry and Market Data

This prospectus contains estimates and information concerning our industry and our business, including estimated market size and projected growth rates of the markets for our drug candidates. Unless otherwise expressly stated, we obtained this industry, business, market, medical and other information from reports, research surveys, studies and similar data prepared by third parties, industry, medical and general publications, government data and similar sources.

This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations. Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus and we believe the third-party market position, market opportunity and market size data included in this prospectus are reliable, we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of this third-party data. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates of our future performance and the future performance of the industry in which we operate are necessarily subject to a high degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these publications and reports.

35

Table of Contents

Use of Proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of            ADSs in this offering will be approximately US$             million (or approximately US$           million if the underwriter exercises its option to purchase additional ADSs in full), based on the assumed initial public offering price of US$           per ADS, after giving effect to, the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial offering price of US$           per ADS, after giving effect to the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately US$           million, assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 ADSs offered by us would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by US$           million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of US$           per ADS, after giving effect to the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, to further our clinical trials, for working capital and other general corporate purposes. However, due to the uncertainties inherent in the product development process, it is difficult to estimate with certainty the exact amounts of the net proceeds from this offering that may be used for the above purposes. Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering. The amounts and timing of our expenditures will depend upon numerous factors including the results of our research and development efforts, the timing and success of preclinical studies and any ongoing clinical trials or clinical trials we may commence in the future, the timing of regulatory submissions and the amount of cash obtained through future collaborations, if any.

We believe opportunities may exist from time to time to expand our current business through acquisitions or in-licensing of complementary companies, medicines or technologies. While we have no current agreements, commitments or understandings for any specific acquisitions or in-licensing at this time, we may use a portion of the net proceeds for these purposes.

As of December 31, 2020, we had cash of A$11,840,308 (or US$9,119,405). We believe our cash, together with the net proceeds of this offering, will be sufficient to fund our operations until         . In particular, we estimate that such funds, together with such existing cash, will be sufficient to enable us to advance our clinical trials to the point where all programs have completed pivotal Phase 2 trials or two programs have completed pivotal Phase 2 trials and one program completed a Phase 3 clinical trial. The specifics of which trials are progressed first will depend on clinical success. At this stage we anticipate that the OSA, RA and IBD will advance the quickest. Funds for additional Phase 3 trials will be raised through future capital raises. It is estimated that completion of all six clinical development programs will cost approximately A$200 million.

Pending our use of the net proceeds from this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in a variety of capital preservation investments, including short-term, investment-grade, interest-bearing instruments.

36

Table of Contents

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid any dividends on our ordinary shares. We intend to retain any earnings for use in our business and do not currently intend to pay cash dividends on our ordinary shares. Dividends, if any, on our outstanding ordinary shares will be declared by and subject to the discretion of our board of directors, and subject to Australian law.

Any dividend we declare will be paid to the holders of ADSs, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement, to the same extent as holders of our ordinary shares, to the extent permitted by applicable law and regulations, less the fees and expenses payable under the deposit agreement. Any dividend we declare will be distributed by the depositary bank to the holders of the ADSs, subject to the terms of the deposit agreement. See “Description of American Depositary Shares — Dividends and Other Distributions.”

37

Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and our capitalization as of December 31, 2020, on:

•        an actual basis; and

•        an as adjusted basis to give effect to the issuance and sale of            ADSs in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of US$           per ADS, and an ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

You should read this information in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, the information set forth in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and other financial information contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

As of December 31, 2020 (Unaudited)

   

Actual

 

As Adjusted(1)(2)

   

(in A$ or US$, except share data)

Total cash

 

A$11,840,308

 

 

US$9,119,405

 

 

A$  

 

US$ 

Contributed equity: 1,040,136,110
ordinary shares, no par value, outstanding, actual;          ordinary shares, no par value, outstanding, as adjusted

 

A$45,076,484

 

 

US$34,717,908

 

 

A$ 

 

US$ 

Accumulated losses

 

(35,407,592

)

 

(27,270,927

)

       

Reserves

 

2,133,611

 

 

1,643,307

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

11,802,503

 

 

9,090,288

 

 

 

 

 

Total capitalization

 

A$11,802,503

 

 

US$9,090,288

 

 

A$ 

 

US$ 

____________

(1)      The as adjusted statement of financial position data give effect to our receipt of net proceeds from the issuance and sale of ADSs at the assumed initial offering price of            US$ per ADS, and an ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, after deducting underwriting commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

(2)      Each US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$           per ADS, after giving effect to the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, would increase (decrease) each of cash, contributed equity, total equity and total capitalization by A$           million (or US$           million), assuming the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 ADSs offered by us would increase (decrease) each of cash, contributed equity, total equity and total capitalization by A$           million (or US$           million), assuming the assumed initial public offering price of US$           per ADS, after giving effect to the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. The as adjusted information is illustrative only and will depend on the actual initial public offering price, number of ADSs offered and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The outstanding ordinary share information in the table above is based on 1,040,136,110 ordinary shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020, and excludes:

•        334,855,128 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of December 31, 2020 with a weighted-average exercise price of A$0.11 per ordinary share; and

•        23,287,265 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of performance rights.

38

Table of Contents

Dilution

If you invest in the ADSs in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ADS and the as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share or ADS immediately after this offering.

As of December 31, 2020, our historical net tangible book value was A$11,802,503 (or US$9,090,288), or A$             (or US$          ) per ADS. Historical net tangible book value per ADS represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of ordinary shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020, converted to ADSs at an ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50.

After giving effect to the receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of              ADSs in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2020 was A$             million (or US$             million), or A$             (or US$             ) per ADS, equivalent to A$             (or US$            ) per ordinary share, in each case based on an ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of A$             (or US$            ) per ADS, equivalent to A$             or (US$            ) per ordinary share, to our existing shareholders and immediate dilution of A$             (or US$            ) per ADS, equivalent to A$             (US$            ) per ordinary share, to investors purchasing ADSs in this offering, in each case based on an ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50.

The following table illustrates this dilution on a per ADS basis, assuming all ordinary shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020 converted to ADSs at an ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50:

Assumed initial public offering price per ADS

     

US$  

Historical net tangible book value per ADS as of December 31, 2020

 

US$  

   

Increase in net tangible book value per ADS attributed to investors purchasing ADSs in this offering

 

 

 

 

As adjusted net tangible book value per ADS after this offering

       

Dilution in net tangible book value per ADS to investors in this offering

     

US$  

Each US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, after giving effect to the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, would increase (decrease) the as adjusted net tangible book value per ADS after this offering by US$           and dilution to investors in this offering by US$             per ADS, assuming that the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. An increase of 1,000,000 ADSs offered by us would increase the as adjusted net tangible book value by US$             per ADS and the dilution to investors in this offering would decrease by US$             per ADS, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions. A decrease of 1,000,000 ADSs offered by us would decrease the as adjusted net tangible book value by US$             per ADS and the dilution to investors in this offering would increase by US$           per ADS, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

If the underwriter exercises its option to purchase             additional ADSs in full, the as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be US$             per ADS, the increase in net tangible book value per ADS to existing shareholders would be US$             per ADS and the dilution per ADS to new investors in this offering would be US$             per ADS, in each case assuming an initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, after giving effect to the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50.

The dilution information above is for illustration purposes only. Our as adjusted net tangible book value following the closing of this offering will depend on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

39

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2020:

•        the total number of ordinary shares purchased from us by existing shareholders and the equivalent number of ordinary shares underlying ADSs purchased by investors in this offering;

•        the total consideration paid to us by our existing shareholders and by investors purchasing ADSs in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of US$             per ADS, after giving effect to the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering; and

•        the average price per ordinary share paid by existing shareholders and the average price per ADS or equivalent number of ordinary shares.

 

Ordinary Shares
(Directly or in the
Form of ADSs)

 

Total Consideration

 

Average
Price Per
Share

 

Average
Price per
ADS

   

Number

 

Percent

 

Amount

 

Percent

 

Existing shareholders

 

 

 

 

 

US$  

 

 

 

US$  

 

US$  

Purchasers of ADSs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

100

 

US$  

 

100

 

US$  

 

US$  

If the underwriter exercises its option to purchase            additional ADSs in full, our existing shareholders would own         % and investors in this offering would own         % of the total number of ordinary shares outstanding (including shares underlying ADSs) upon the closing of this offering.

Each US$1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of US$         per ADS, after giving effect to the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by investors in this offering by US$         million and increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by investors in this offering by         %, assuming that the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions.

The outstanding ordinary share information in the table above is based on 1,040,136,110 ordinary shares outstanding as of December 31, 2020, and excludes:

•        334,855,128 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options as of December 31, 2020 with a weighted-average exercise price of A$0.11 per ordinary share; and

•        23,287,265 ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of performance rights.

To the extent any outstanding options are exercised, there will be further dilution to investors purchasing in this offering.

40

Table of Contents

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

The following tables contain selected portions of our consolidated financial and other data. The selected consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income data for the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and consolidated statement of financial position data as of December 31, 2020 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income data for the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019 and consolidated statement of financial position data as of June 30, 2020 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our audited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB, as of and for the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019.

You should read the consolidated financial and other data set forth below in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes and the information in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” contained elsewhere in this prospectus.

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income Data

 

Six months ended December 31,

 

Year Ended June 30,

   

2020
(Unaudited)

 

2019
(Unaudited)

 

2020

 

2019

   

(in A$, except share amounts)

 

(in A$, except share amounts)

Revenue

 

1,177,163

 

 

7,350

 

 

604,884

 

 

 

Product costs

 

(537,939

)

 

(8,450

)

 

(450,345

)

 

 

Research and development costs

 

(2,039,147

)

 

(313,426

)

 

(2,110,639

)

 

(736,140

)

Loss after income tax expense from continuing operations

 

(2,889,389

)

 

(1,925,473

)

 

(3,929,284

)

 

(1,426,198

)

Net loss

 

(2,889,389

)

 

(2,212,004

)

 

(4,697,636

)

 

(2,718,399

)

Loss per share from continuing
operations – basic and diluted
(in A$ cents)

 

(0.32

)

 

(0.30

)

 

(0.57

)

 

(0.32

)

Loss per share from continuing operations and discontinued operations – basic and diluted (in A$ cents)

 

(0.32

)

 

(0.34

)

 

(0.69

)

 

(0.61

)

Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding – basic and diluted

 

902,054,732

 

 

649,048,889

 

 

684,035,399

 

 

447,439,263

 

Dividends per share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

As of
December 31,
2020
(Unaudited)

 

As of
June 30,
2020
(Unaudited)

   

(in A$)

Cash

 

11,840,308

 

 

3,603,390

 

Net assets

 

11,802,503

 

 

3,164,428

 

Total assets

 

12,180,952

 

 

4,236,079

 

Total liabilities

 

378,449

 

 

1,071,651

 

Accumulated losses

 

(35,407,592

)

 

(32,518,203

)

Issued capital

 

45,076,484

 

 

34,192,043

 

41

Table of Contents

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” should be read together the section titled “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion includes both historical information and forward-looking information based upon current expectations that involve risk, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from management’s expectations as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to, those discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a development stage enterprise at an early stage in the development of our drug candidate. We have incurred net losses since inception and expect to incur substantial and increasing losses for the next several years as we expand our research and development activities and move our drug candidate into later stages of development. The process of carrying out the development of our drug candidates to later stages of development may require significant additional research and development expenditures, including pre-clinical testing and clinical trials, as well as for obtaining regulatory approval. To date, we have funded our operations primarily through the sale of equity securities, proceeds from the exercise of options, grants and interest income

The financial statements for fiscal year 2020, 2019 and for the half-year report ended on December 31, 2020 and 2019 are presented without the consolidation of the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary which was sold on June 30, 2020.

Operating Results

Results of Operations

Comparison of Fiscal Year Ended June 30, 2020 to June 30, 2019

The following tables set forth our results of operations in Australian dollars for the years ended June 30, 2020 and 2019.

 

Year ended June 30,

   

2020

 

2019

   

A$

 

A$

Revenue

 

604,884

 

 

 

Other income

 

217,170

 

 

1,553

 

Product costs

 

(450,345

)

 

 

Administration expense

 

(457,673

)

 

(330,178

)

Advertising and promotion

 

(406,225

)

 

(94,814

)

Research and development costs

 

(2,110,639

)

 

(736,140

)

Compliance, legal and regulatory

 

(235,163

)

 

(72,181

)

Finance cost

 

 

 

(85,065

)

Share based payments

 

(565,448

)

 

(47,854

)

Occupancy expenses

 

(2,085

)

 

(1,519

)

Salaries and employee benefit expense

 

(523,760

)

 

(60,000

)

Loss after tax from continuing operations

 

(3,929,284

)

 

(1,426,198

)

Loss after tax from discontinuing operations

 

(768,352

)

 

(1,292,201

)

Total comprehensive loss for the year

 

(4,697,636

)

 

(2,718,399

)

Revenue

Revenue increased to A$604,884 in fiscal year 2020 from no revenue in fiscal year 2019, primarily due to the commencement of sales of the cannabinoid oil products.

42

Table of Contents

Other Income

Other income increased to A$217,170 in fiscal year 2020 from A$1,553 in fiscal year 2019, primarily due to settlement agreements of terminated contractual arrangements and receipt of government based COVID assistance funding.

Product costs

Production costs increased to A$450,345 in fiscal year 2020 from no production costs in fiscal year 2019, primarily due to the costs involved in the production of the cannabinoid oil products.

Administration expense

Administration expense increased to A$457,673 in fiscal year 2020 from A$330,178 in fiscal year 2019, primarily due to an increase in listing and registry costs which was partially offset by the full repayment in 2019 of the convertible notes outstanding.

Advertising and promotion

Advertising and promotion expense increased to A$406,225 in fiscal year 2020 from A$94,814 in fiscal year 2019, primarily due to the costs of marketing of the cannabinoid oil products.

Research and development costs

Research and development costs increased to A$2,110,639 in fiscal year 2020 from A$736,140 in fiscal year 2019, primarily due an increase in the development of our clinical trials, particularly the acquisition of patient data to identify unmet medical conditions that our cannabinoid oil products were being used to treat. Patient data was acquired through a research service provided by our oil distributor. Research costs in 2020 also increased due to the commencement of TBI and inflammatory disease preclinical studies and the OSA proof of concept clinical trial. We did not track research and development costs by development program or by the nature of the research and development cost in fiscal year 2019 or 2020 but are implementing a system to do so moving forward.

Compliance, legal and regulatory

Compliance, legal and regulatory expense increased to A$235,163 in fiscal year 2020 from A$72,181 in fiscal year 2019, primarily due to the regulatory requirements to conduct clinical trials and also to sell the cannabinoid oil products.

Finance cost

Finance Costs decreased from A$85,065 to nil in the six months ended on December 31, 2020, primarily due to the engagement during the six months ended on December 31, 2019 of consultants to assist in the development of financial and capital raising strategies.

Share based payments

Share-based payments expense increased to A$565,448 in fiscal year 2020 from A$47,854 in fiscal year 2019, primarily due to the costs associated with an increased number of equity issuances.

Occupancy expenses

Occupancy expenses increased to A$2,085 in fiscal year 2020 from A$1,519 in fiscal year 2019, with no significant changes during these years.

Salaries and employee benefit expense

Salaries and employee benefit expense increased to A$523,760 in fiscal year 2020 from A$60,000 in fiscal year 2019, primarily due to an increase in headcount.

43

Table of Contents

Loss after tax from continuing operations

Loss after tax from continuing operations increased to A$3,929,284 in fiscal year 2020 from A$1,426,198 in fiscal year 2019, primarily due to an increase in the expenses for the development of our clinical trials and the expenses associated with our share-based payments.

Loss after tax from discontinuing operations

Loss after tax from discontinuing operations decreased to A$768,352 in fiscal year 2020 from A$1,292,201 in fiscal year 2019, primarily due to the sale of the segment relating to the oral device business.

Comparison of Six Months Ended December 31, 2020 to December 31, 2019

The following tables set forth our results of operations in Australian dollars for the six months ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

Six months ended December 31,

   

2020
(Unaudited)

 

2019
(Unaudited)

   

A$

 

A$

Sales

 

1,177,163

 

 

7,350

 

Product costs

 

(537,939

)

 

(8,450

)

Other income

 

52,078

 

 

2,929

 

Administration expense

 

(454,664

)

 

(173,228

)

Advertising and investor relation

 

(227,532

)

 

(141,783

)

Compliance, legal and regulatory

 

(89,065

)

 

(56,270

)

Research and development costs

 

(2,039,147

)

 

(313,426

)

Share based payment expense

 

(380,371

)

 

(966,937

)

Occupancy expenses

 

(61,992

)

 

(1,042

)

Salaries and employee benefit expense

 

(327,920

)

 

(274,616

)

Loss after tax from continuing operations

 

(2,889,389

)

 

(1,925,473

)

Loss after tax from discontinuing operations

 

 

 

(286,531

)

Total comprehensive loss for the period

 

(2,889,389

)

 

(2,212,004

)

Sales

Sales increased to A$1,177,163 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$7,350 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to the commencement of sales of the cannabinoid oil products as of December 2019.

Other income

Other income increased to A$52,078 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$2,929 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to receipt of government based COVID assistance funding.

Product costs

Product costs increased to A$537,939 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$8,450 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to the costs involved in the production of the cannabinoid oil products.

Administration expense

Administration expense increased to A$454,664 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$173,228 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to an increase in listing and registry costs, recruitment costs, and consultancy fees.

44

Table of Contents

Advertising and investor relation

Advertising and investor relation expense increased to A$227,532 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$141,783 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to the costs of marketing of the cannabinoid oil products.

Research and development costs

Research and development costs increased to A$2,039,147 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$313,426 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due an increase in the development of our clinical trials, particularly the acquisition of patient data to identify unmet medical conditions that our cannabinoid oil products were being used to treat. Patient data was acquired through a research service provided by our oil distributor. Research costs in 2020 also increased due to the commencement of TBI and inflammatory disease preclinical studies and the OSA proof of concept clinical trial. We did not track research and development costs by development program or by the nature of the research and development cost in the six months ended on December 31, 2019 or 2020 but are implementing a system to do so moving forward.

Compliance, legal and regulatory

Compliance, legal and regulatory expense increased to A$89,065 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$56,270 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to the regulatory requirements to conduct clinical trials and also to sell the cannabinoid oil products.

Share based payments

Share-based payments expense decreased to A$380,371 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$966,937 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to the reduction in equity issuances.

Occupancy expenses

Occupancy expenses increased to A$61,992 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$1,042 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to the company relocating offices and incurring additional expenses during this process.

Salaries and employee benefit expense

Salaries and employee benefit expense increased to A$327,920 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$274,616 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to an increase in headcount.

Loss after tax from continuing operations

Loss after tax from continuing operations increased to A$2,889,389 in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$1,925,473 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to an increase in the expenses for the development of our clinical trials.

Loss after tax from discontinuing operations

Loss after tax from discontinuing operations decreased to no loss in the six months ended on December 31, 2020 from A$286,531 in the six months ended on December 31, 2019, primarily due to the sale of the segment relating to the oral device business.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Since our inception, our operations have mainly been financed through the issuance of equity securities. Additional funding has come through interest earned from cash on term deposit.

45

Table of Contents

Equity Issuances

The following table summarizes our issuances of ordinary shares for cash, share-based payments and executive and employee compensation in the last two fiscal years.

 

Fiscal
Year

 

Number of
Shares

 

Net
Proceeds

           

(in A$)

Ordinary Shares (net of costs)

 

2019

 

293,608,792

 

2,184,801

Ordinary Shares (net of costs)

 

2020

 

166,757,449

 

7,469,392

Capital Requirements

As of December 31, 2020, we had year-end cash of A$11,840,308. We anticipate that our current cash will be sufficient to fund our operations for more than 12 months from the date of this filing. However, our forecast of the period of time through which our financial resources will be adequate to support our operations is a forward-looking statement that involves risks and uncertainties, and actual results could vary materially. If we are unable to raise additional capital when required or on acceptable terms, we may have to significantly delay, scale back or discontinue one or more of our clinical trials or our operations.

We anticipate that we will require substantial additional funds in order to achieve our long-term goals and complete the research and development of our current drug candidates. We do not expect to generate significant revenue until we obtain regulatory approval to market and sell our drug candidate and sales of our drug candidate have commenced. We therefore expect to continue to incur substantial losses in the near future.

Our future capital requirements are difficult to forecast and will depend on many factors, including but not limited to:

•        the cost of filing, prosecuting, defending and enforcing any patent claims and other intellectual property rights;

•        the scope, results and timing of preclinical studies and clinical trials;

•        the costs and timing of regulatory approvals; and

•        the costs of establishing sales, marketing and distribution capabilities.

Cash Flows

Audited Financial Years

Comparison of cash flows for the Year ended June 30, 2020, with June 30, 2019

The following table summarizes our cash flows for the periods presented:

 

Year ended June 30,

   

2020

 

2019

   

A$

 

A$

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(3,907,334

)

 

(2,160,433

)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

13,000

 

 

(22,942

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

7,404,392

 

 

2,049,801

 

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities increased to A$3,907,334 in 2020 from A$2,160,433 in 2019, primarily due to the expansion of our clinical trials.

Investing Activities

Net cash provided by investing activities increased to A$13,000 in 2020 from A$22,942 net cash used in 2019, primarily due to asset sales associated with the discontinuance of the dental devices business.

46

Table of Contents

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities increased to A$7,404,392 in 2020 from A$2,049,801 in 2019, primarily due to the exercise of options and private placements of ordinary shares that raised A$7,469,392 in 2020.

Unaudited Interim Period

Comparison of cash flows for the six months ended December 31, 2020, with December 31, 2019

The following table set forth the sources and uses of cash for the six months ended on December 31:

 

Six months ended December 31,

   

2020
(Unaudited)

 

2019
(Unaudited)

   

A$

 

A$

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(2,894,560

)

 

(1,526,783

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

29,276

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

11,102,203

 

 

6,561,516

 

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities increased to A$2,894,560 in the six months ended December 31, 2020 from A$1,526,783 in the six months ended December 31, 2019, due to the expansion of our clinical trials.

Investing Activities

Net cash provided by in investing activities was A$29,276 in 2020 as a result of the sale of Gameday International Pty Ltd.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities increased to A$11,102,202 in the six months ended December 31, 2020 from A$6,561,516 in the six months ended December 31, 2019, due to the exercise of options and private placements of ordinary shares.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements. Management continually evaluates its judgements and estimates in relation to assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenue and expenses. Management bases its judgements, estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on other various factors, including expectations of future events, management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. The resulting accounting judgements and estimates will seldom equal the related actual results. The judgements, estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed here below.

Coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic

Judgement has been exercised in considering the impacts that the COVID-19 pandemic has had, or may have, on the consolidated entity based on known information. This consideration extends to the nature of the products and services offered, customers, supply chain, staffing and geographic regions in which the consolidated entity operates. Other than as addressed in specific notes, there does not currently appear to be either any significant impact upon the financial statements or any significant uncertainties with respect to events or conditions which may impact the consolidated entity unfavorably as at the reporting date or subsequently as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Share-based payment transactions

The consolidated entity measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees and third parties by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined by using either the trinomial or Black-Scholes model taking into account the terms and conditions upon

47

Table of Contents

which the instruments were granted. The accounting estimates and assumptions relating to equity-settled share-based payments would have no impact on the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next annual reporting period but may impact profit or loss and equity. Refer to notes 13 and 19 of the notes to the financial statements for further information.

Trend Information

We are a clinical stage pharmaceutical development company and it is not possible for us to predict with any degree of accuracy the outcome of our research or commercialization efforts.

Our primary expenditure involves research and development costs. Increases or decreases in research and development expenditure are attributable to the level of clinical trial activity and the amount of expenditure on those trials.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During fiscal years 2020 and 2019, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

As of December 31, 2020, our contractual obligations were as set forth below:

 

Payments Due by Period A$

   

Total

 

Less than
1 year

 

1 – 3
years

 

3 – 5
years

 

More than
5 years

Lease obligations

 

95,000

 

56,500

 

38,500

 

 

Other contractual obligations

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent liabilities

We did not have any material contingent liabilities outstanding as of December 31, 2020.

Capital commitments

We did not have any material future capital expenditure outstanding as of December 31, 2020.

We have agreements with clinical sites and contract research organizations. We make payments to these sites and organizations based upon the number of patients enrolled and the period of follow-up in the trial.

48

Table of Contents

Business

Overview

Our legal name is Incannex Healthcare Limited (“Incannex”). We were incorporated in Australia in April 2001 under the name Mount Magnet South Limited. In November 2016, we changed our name to Impression Healthcare Limited, and in June 2020, to Incannex Healthcare Limited. Incannex is listed on the ASX under the symbol “IHL.”

Strategy

Our mission is to create premier ethical pharmaceutical drugs and therapies for patients with unmet medical needs, in all instances fulfilling regulatory requirements of the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and other relevant regulatory agencies (EMEA, TGA). We aim to be recognized as a leading specialty drug development company, committed to restoring health and transforming the lives of patients through the development of novel pharmaceutical products and treatments.

We develop targeted and scientifically validated fixed-dose combinations of synthetic cannabinoids and psychedelic agents, applying proprietary insights in an effort to create long term value for our patients and shareholders. We focus on clinical indications that we believe represent unmet or inadequately addressed medical needs and also represent compelling commercial opportunities. In particular, we are developing three unique pharmaceutical compositions to target five indications: obstructive sleep apnea (“OSA”), traumatic brain injury (“TBI”)/concussion, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease and inflammatory lung conditions (“ARDS”, “COPD”, Asthma, Bronchitis). We are also developing a treatment for generalized anxiety disorder (“GAD”) utilising psilocybin combined with innovative psychotherapy methods. We are pursuing FDA registration and marketing approval for each product and therapy under development.

Additionally, we seek to secure patents on our drug candidates in conjunction with our medical and scientific staff, advisors and the investigators of our research studies that constitute our advisory board. Our advisory board is comprised of industry and academic experts familiar with our business, and we meet with the advisory board regularly. The current members of our advisory board are Dr. Sud Agarwal (our Chief Medical Officer and Director), Mark Bleakley (our Head of Programs), Rosemarie Walsh (our Clinical Research Manager), Terrance O’Brien (principal investigator of the IHL-42X from Alfred Hospital), Dr Jennifer Walsh (professor at University of Western Australia), Ron Jithoo (neurosurgeon and advisor for IHL-216), and Paul Liknaitsky (psychedelic principal investigator from Monash University). Our advisory board also comprises our collaborative partners, and in particular Monash University, The Alfred Hospital and the University of Western Australia Centre for Sleep Science.

To achieve our goals, we intend to:

•        Advance our novel investigational drug candidates towards approval in the United States and elsewhere.    We are pursuing FDA approval of all our drug candidates currently in development. All preclinical and clinical trials are structured to ensure that each program is FDA compliant. We will be pursuing a New Drug Application (“NDA”) with the FDA with respect to each of our drug candidates. If the NDA is approved, the product may be marketed in the United States. Once an NDA for one of our drug candidates is approved in the United States, we plan to pursue marketing approval of our drug candidates in other regions including the Europe Union, Japan, Australia and Israel.

•        Take advantage of accelerated commercialization pathway options for our drug candidates.    We and our regulatory consultants believe that each of our drug candidates will qualify for one or more FDA expedited review programs (breakthrough designation, accelerated approval, priority review and/or fast track), as there are a limited amount of pharmaceutical drug treatments approved in the U.S. to treat the indications that we are targeting with our drug candidates, and the pharmaceutical treatments that do exist provide limited treatment and are costly. These expedited review programs

49

Table of Contents

often result in accelerated and less-costly regulatory pathways to approval compared with traditional regulatory pathways. We have not yet approached the FDA about the suitability of our products for these accelerated approval pathways and such designations do not guarantee accelerated review by the FDA.

•        Develop future clinical products targeting unmet medical needs.    We intend to only develop clinical products that treat unmet medical conditions. As a result, we may have opportunities to accelerate commercialization of such products.

•        Maintain a strong intellectual property portfolio.    We have developed a global intellectual property strategy to support our commercial objectives. We are monitoring the results of our research and development programs to identify new intellectual property that aligns with those commercial objectives. We intend to take a global approach to our intellectual property strategy and we intend to pursue patent protection in key global markets, including the United States, Europe, Japan and Israel. We have pending patent applications relating to our drug candidates IHL-42X, IHL-216A and IHL-675A. This approach aligns with our regulatory strategy, including the proposed submission of Pre-Investigational New Drug Application (“pre-IND”) meeting requests to the FDA for our clinical programs.

Clinical Approach

We are pursuing FDA approval of all our drug candidates currently being developed. We will be working with the FDA to ensure each clinical program is structured to meet regulatory requirements. FDA approval will be sought following the completion of successful phase 3 studies. Once we receive FDA approval for our drug candidates, we will be able to commercialize our drug candidates in the United States and pursue regulatory approval for the drug to be made available in other jurisdictions, including the Europe, Japan, Australia and Israel. The graphic below represents our clinical development pipelines.

Market Opportunity

The combined annual global market size of the indications we are targeting is over US$110 billion, which is derived from the total addressable market for the treatment of OSA, TBI, concussions, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, inflammatory lung conditions (ARDS, COPD, Asthma, Bronchitis) and GAD. Thus, there is significant economic potential to shareholders, as well as benefit to patients suffering from these medical conditions.

50

Table of Contents

Our Drug Candidates

IHL-42X

Obstructive Sleep Apnea

Obstructive sleep apnea is characterized by a narrowing or obstruction of the upper airway in sleep, interfering with breathing and interrupting sleep. This relatively common and chronic disorder is underdiagnosed and inadequately treated. It is understood to contribute to a wide range of serious long-term outcomes, including cardiovascular disease, cognitive impairments such as memory loss, poor concentration and judgment, depression and death or injury due to traffic accidents resulting from excessive daytime sleepiness. The costs associated with OSA are substantial, relating to lost productivity, workplace and motor vehicle accidents.

A 2019 article published by the Lancet premised on literature-based analysis of 17 studies across 16 countries, estimated that OSA affects some 936 million adults worldwide. This alarming statistic is also thought to be increasing due to growing prevalence of obesity and an ageing global population. Many people with OSA develop high blood pressure (hypertension), which can increase the risk of cardiovascular disease. The more severe the OSA, the greater the risk of coronary artery disease, heart attack, heart failure and stroke.

There are no registered drugs for OSA. Current treatment options include: continuous positive airway pressure (“CPAP”) in which an external device pneumatically splints the airway open to prevent disruptions in breathing; oral appliances to advance the mandible or to retain the tongue, putting the mouth in a position more conducive to breathing; surgery to remove physical obstructions to air flow; and implantable electronic stimulators to activate muscles at the base of the tongue, opening the airway in synchrony with respiration. However, all of these therapies are inadequate, expensive, and for implantable stimulators and surgery, invasive.

The standard treatment option is the mechanical CPAP device, however, we believe patient compliance to CPAP devices is low due to discomfort and claustrophobia resulting from pressurized air being pumped into the patient’s nose and/or mouth during sleep. Despite these discomforts, the global annual market for OSA detection and treatment using CPAP devices is over US$10 billion and growing.

IHL-42X in Obstructive Sleep Apnea

IHL-42X is a fixed-dose combination of acetazolamide, a registered pharmaceutical, and dronabinol, a synthetic form of -Delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC); both agents have been shown to reduce the apnea hypopnea index (“AHI”). We believe that the activity of dronabinol on cannabinoid receptors causes dilation of the airway, and acetazolamide induces modest metabolic acidosis, signalling to the body that there is excess CO2 in the blood, thus increasing respiration. By exploiting two mechanisms that both reduce AHI in one pharmaceutical formulation, we believe that IHL-42X can have a therapeutic benefit at doses of each constituent drug that are safe and tolerable.

Australian Stage 2 Clinical Trial for IHL-42X for Obstructive Sleep Apnea (“OSA”)

We are currently conducting a proof-of-concept Phase 2 clinical trial in Australia to support our IND application with the FDA and to inform the clinical design of our future pivotal Phase 2 clinical trial, which will be conducted under the IND to assess the safety and efficacy of IHL-42X in patients with Obstructive Sleep Apnea. The IND for IHL-42X in treatment of OSA has not yet been submitted and although we have incorporated multiple facets into this study, including full monitoring by a CRO and CDISC data formatting, there is no guarantee that the FDA will accept data from the Australian trial and further testing may be required prior to opening the NDA.

We received approval from The Alfred Hospital Human Research Ethics Committee in September 2020 to proceed with the trial in Australia. In December 2020, we recruited the first patients to the randomized, double-blind, placebo-controlled clinical trial that assesses the therapeutic benefit of IHL-42X at three different doses. The primary endpoint of the trial is the change in AHI relative to baseline and the secondary endpoints are change in oxygen desaturation index (“ODI”), daytime somnolence measured by the Epworth Sleepiness Scale, improvement in mood as measured by the POMS (Profile of Moods State), and well-being as measured by the Short Form 36 and the safety of the IHL-42X combination will be established through adverse event monitoring.

51

Table of Contents

The study is currently underway and well-advanced at the Alfred Hospital in Melbourne Australia and the University of Western Australia Centre for Sleep Science in Perth. We have retained Novotech, a global contract research organization, to manage and to monitor the study. In July 2021, an interim analysis of the data from our ongoing phase 2b double blind randomized placebo-controlled clinical trial was performed and these results have been utilized to support a patent application regarding the methods for the treatment of obstructive sleep apnea. Additionally, we plan to supply IHL-42X for sale in Australia under the Special Access Scheme, a system in Australia that allows certain health practitioners to access therapeutic goods, such as unregistered medicinal cannabinoid products, that are not included in the Australian Register of Therapeutic Goods, after the completion of the pivotal Phase 2 study and prior to drug registration.

IHL-216A

IHL-216A for Concussion/Traumatic Brain Injury and Chronic traumatic encephalopathy

Concussion/Traumatic Brain Injury are caused by a rapid acceleration/deceleration of the brain caused by a direct blow to the head or sudden impact to the body that jolts the skull. This causes the brain to compress against the skull. The impact of the brain against the skull causes both macro and micro scale damage to the brain which sets of a series of physiological events called secondary injury cascades. These secondary injury cascades are what cause many of the neurocognitive deficits seen in TBI patients.

Falls, vehicle collisions, violence, sports and combat injuries are the main activities leading to TBI and concussion. The signs and symptoms of a concussion can be subtle and may not show up immediately. Symptoms can last for days, weeks or even longer. Common symptoms after a concussive traumatic brain injury are headache, loss of memory (amnesia) and confusion. The amnesia usually involves forgetting the event that caused the concussion. Other symptoms include nausea, vomiting, fatigue, blurry vision and ringing in the ears.

Complications can occur immediately or soon after a traumatic brain injury. Severe injuries increase the risk of a greater number of and more-severe complications. Moderate to severe traumatic brain injury can result in prolonged or permanent changes in a person’s state of consciousness, awareness or responsiveness. Many people who have had a significant brain injury will experience changes in their cognitive ability, have executive functioning problems and or communication, emotional and behavioral problems. Some research suggests that repeated or severe traumatic brain injuries might increase the risk of degenerative brain diseases, but this risk cannot be predicted for an individual.

Chronic traumatic encephalopathy (“CTE”) is the term used to describe brain degeneration likely caused by repeated head traumas. CTE is a diagnosis made only at autopsy by studying sections of the brain. CTE is a rare disorder that is not yet well understood. CTE is not related to the immediate consequences of a late-life episode of head trauma. CTE has a complex relationship with head traumas such as persistent post-concussive symptoms and second impact syndrome that occur earlier in life.

Experts are still trying to understand how repeated head traumas, including how many head injuries and the severity of those injuries, and other factors might contribute to the changes in the brain that result in CTE.

CTE has been found in the brains of football players, boxers and other athletes that play contact sports, along with military personnel who were exposed to explosive blasts. Some signs and symptoms of CTE are thought to include difficulties with thinking (cognition) and emotions, physical problems and other behaviors. Symptoms of CTE often manifest decades after head trauma occurs.

CTE cannot be made as a diagnosis during life except in those rare individuals with high-risk exposures. Researchers do not yet know the frequency of CTE in the population and do not understand the causes. There is no cure for CTE. Researchers are currently developing diagnostic biomarkers for CTE, but none have been validated yet.

52

Table of Contents

IHL-216A Formulation development for clinical trials

IHL-216A is a fixed dose combination of isoflurane, a registered pharmaceutical, and CBD, intended for administration in the immediate period after primary blunt head injury to prevent development of brain injuries. Isoflurane is approved in the United States for induction and maintenance of anaesthesia. CBD is approved for use in seizure disorders and has shown effects on neuroinflammatory responses to brain injury. Isoflurane is a registered pharmaceutical, and also has demonstrated neuroprotective activity (neuroprotective activity, or neuroprotection, is defined as reduced neuronal cell death or disruption) in animal studies of TBI and is thought to act by modulating glutamate release and calcium uptake as well as via effects on mitochondrial membrane depolarization and excitatory neurotransmission. Thus, we believe that IHL-216A may affect neuroexcitation, neuro-inflammation, cerebral blood flow and cerebral oxygen consumption resulting in overall neuroprotection. We are also assessing its ability to protect the brain against secondary injury mechanisms that cause neuronal cell death and raised intracranial pressure in the days and weeks following head trauma in sports, and all other applicable scenarios resulting in head trauma (falls, vehicle collisions, violence, combat, among other causes). Reducing secondary brain injury may improve positive outcomes for long term neurological sequelae, including CTE, a major health risk associated with contact sports.

The formulation of IHL-216A presents unique challenges. Because isoflurane is an inhaled volatile anesthetic, it cannot be used in a typical oral drug combination product. We intend to formulate IHL-216A as a combined inhalational product. Nebulized drug delivery involves using air pressure or ultrasonic vibrations to turn a liquid drug solution into an aerosol. We engaged Vectura, a UK based contract development and manufacturing organization, to develop the nebulised CBD formulation and device for delivery of the CBD to the isoflurane anaesthetic circuit. Development of the nebulized CBD formulation will be an iterative process starting with three steps of refinement based on properties of the solution, generated aerosol and dose delivery. Vectura specializes in the development of inhaled drugs and has an excellent track record of bringing products to market and have formulated pharmaceutical drugs for multinational pharmaceutical companies including Bayer, Sandoz and Novartis.

Appointing Vectura to develop the IHL-216A formulation in parallel with the animal study using the NFL model of concussion will ensure that we are readied with the specific formulation and delivery mechanism required for advancement of a pivotal Phase 2 clinical trial once the Stage 2 in vivo study and formulation is finalized.

Due to the product’s potential therapeutic utility in contact sports, IHL216A is being designed to satisfy the World Anti-doping Authority (“WADA”) specifications for use by athletes at risk of TBI and CTE.

Stage 1 pre-clinical study for IHL-216A for TBI and CTE

In December 2020, we completed an animal study to formally assess the neuroprotective capability of IHL-216A. The study introduced rodents to head trauma in a highly controlled manner to inflict a reproducible injury. Various doses of IHL-216A or its active pharmaceutical ingredients were administered to eight cohorts of rodents soon after traumatic head injury. Behavioral tests were used to assess the neurocognitive and motor function over time. We also monitored secondary injury cascades, and performed micro-scale cellular analysis post-mortem to discern and compare neuronal damage across the cohorts.

As detailed below, we found that the IHL-216A components, CBD and isoflurane, act synergistically to reduce indicators of neuronal damage, neuroinflammation and behavioral deficits that are consequences of TBI, as IHL-216A outperformed the predicted effect of CBD and isoflurane combined. The predicted result is determined by analyzing the results of isoflurane and CBD independently, and then based on those results predicting how well the drugs would do in combination; to the extent IHL-216A exceeds the predicted result, we can conclude that the drugs strengthen the effectiveness of one another and synergy exists. The study also found that IHL-216A reduced neuronal damage, neuroinflammation and cognitive deficits in a rodent model of TBI to a greater extent than either CBD or isoflurane applied on a standalone basis. These results have not been assessed for statistical significance.

Post-mortem analysis of rat brains also detected synergy between CBD and isoflurane. Brains were fixed and sectioned prior to Nissl staining to identify neuronal damage. Nissl staining is a microscopy technique to visualise Nissl bodies. Healthy neurons typically have more Nissl bodies than damaged ones. Neuronal damage is indicated by the ratio of Nissl bodies to neurons across different sections of the hippocampus with a lower Nissl/neuron ratio indicative of increased neuronal damage. Synergy between CBD and isoflurane was detected in hippocampal regions cornu ammonis 1 (CA1) and cornu ammonis 2 (CA2). These regions of the brain are known to be important in the

53

Table of Contents

formation and storage of memories. In the study, the improvement in Nissl/Neuron ratio observed for IHL-216A treated animals was increased by 53% for CA1 and 60% for CA2 relative to CBD alone, 28% for CA1 and 145% for CA2 relative to isoflurane alone, and by 20% for CA1 and 53% for CA2 relative to the predicted effect of CBD and isoflurane combined. These results demonstrated that less neuronal damage was observed in the rats treated with IHL-216A relative to the predicted value.

Figure 1. Synergistic activity of CBD and isoflurane (IHL-216A) in neuronal damage as assessed by Nissl staining.    Rodents that had undergone TBI and treated with CBD and/or isoflurane or vehicle were assessed for neuronal damage by post-mortem analysis of fixed brain sections by Nissl staining. Nissl staining permits the quantitation of the ratio of Nissl bodies to total neurons, a lower ratio being indicative of increased neuronal damage. The Nissl/neuron ratio observed in hippocampal regions (A) CA1 and (B) CA2 contralateral to the site of injury in the group treated with IHL-216A was greater than that predicted based on the groups treated with each drug alone, which is indicative of synergy. Values are average of the respective treatment group. Group sizes: Uninjured n=6, vehicle n=6, CBD n=6, isoflurane n=5, IHL-216A n=6. Neuroinflammation Marker — Iba1.

A post-mortem analysis of the rat brains also determined that CBD and isoflurane were synergistic in reducing levels of the neuroinflammation marker Iba1 as detected using immunofluorescence. Iba1 is a protein expressed in microglia, a type of innate immune cell in the brain, that is an established marker of microglial activation and neuroinflammation. The levels of Iba1 in the brain are detected using immunofluorescence, which is a microscopy technique that employs antibodies specific to Iba1 which are detected using a fluorescent tag. Increased levels of Iba1 are indicative of increased neuroinflammation. IHL-216A reduced the Iba1 neuroinflammation marker by 35% more than CBD alone and 123% more than isoflurane administered alone. IHL-216A also reduced the Iba1 neuroinflammation marker by 10% more than the predicted value of the combined CBD and isoflurane treatments.

Figure 2. Synergistic activity of CBD and isoflurane (IHL-216A) in reducing levels of the neuroinflammatory marker Iba1.    Rodents that had undergone TBI and treated with CBD and/or isoflurane or vehicle were assessed for neuroinflammation through immunofluorescence analysis of the neuroinflammatory marker Iba1. Iba1 levels increase after TBI and a reduction in Iba1 is indicative of a reduction in neuroinflammation. Iba1 levels in brain sections ipsilateral to the site of injury in the group treated with IHL-216A were reduced more than would be predicted based on the reduction observed in groups treated with each drug alone, which is indicative of synergy. Values are average of the respective treatment group. Group sizes: Uninjured n=6, vehicle n=5, CBD n=6, isoflurane n=3, IHL-216A n=5.

54

Table of Contents

Synergy between CBD and isoflurane was detected in the behavioral outcomes assessed using the Morris Water Maze. In the Morris Water Maze animals are trained to find a platform in a pool of water. After a number of training sessions, the platform is removed and the mice are monitored to determine whether they return to the location of the platform, which is a measure of spatial learning and memory. Treatment with IHL-216A led to an improvement in the number of times rats returned to the location of the platform per group as well as the proportion of rats in the group that returned to the location of the platform relative to the predicted effect of CBD and isoflurane of 87 % and 24 % respectively. The improved performance of IHL-216A treated rats compared to the predicted effect demonstrated the synergistic effect of CBD and isoflurane.

Figure 3. Synergistic activity of CBD and isoflurane (IHL-216A) in the Morris Water Maze assessment. Rodents that had undergone TBI and treated with CBD and/or isoflurane or vehicle were assessed for spatial learning and memory using the Morris Water Maze. The observed performance with respect to both (A) relative instances of animal in platform location and (B) proportion of animals in that reached the platform location was better in the group treated with the CBD isoflurane combination (IHL-216A) than what was predicted based on the performance of the groups treated with each drug alone. This outperformance by the IHL-216A compared to the predicted performance is indicative of synergy. Values are average of the respective treatment group. Group sizes: Uninjured n=6, vehicle n=6, CBD n=5, isoflurane n=6, IHL-216A n=6.

Stage 2 pre-clinical study for IHL-216A

We are currently undertaking a second and more-extensive animal study on the protective effect of IHL-216A in sports concussion with the Monash Trauma Group at the Department of Neuroscience, Monash University, Australia.

The Monash Trauma Group consists of a team of leading scientists within their respective fields. Their research focuses on the effects, underlying pathophysiological mechanisms, biomarkers, and treatments of trauma related conditions including TBI and concussion as well as other types of neurological diseases, including CTE.

The study is coordinated by Dr Stuart McDonald, an expert in fluid biomarker development for monitoring TBI, Associate Professor Richelle Mychasiuk, an expert in animal models of TBI and their clinical relevance, and Associate Professor Sandy Shultz, an expert in the pathological mechanisms, biomarkers and treatments of TBI and related conditions.

The model of TBI being used in this study was developed by Monash University in collaboration with the US National Football League (“NFL”). The results of the study will be used as a precursory data set to inform the pivotal clinical trials required for drug registration. Assessments in this study will include neurocognitive performance, levels of blood biomarkers associated with traumatic brain injury, and post mortem analysis of brain tissue using both MRI and immunohistochemistry.

IHL-675A

IHL-675A comprises a combination of hydroxychloroquine, a registered pharmaceutical, and CBD. Hydroxychloroquine (HCQ) is a disease modifying anti-rheumatic drug that regulates the activity of the immune system, which may be overactive in some conditions. HCQ can modify the underlying disease process, rather than simply treating the symptoms. We have demonstrated that IHL-675A components, cannabidiol and hydroxychloroquine, act synergistically to inhibit production of key inflammatory cytokines in an in vitro study and in 4 distinct successful in vivo experiments using established models of inflammation. We are able to

55

Table of Contents

determine whether synergies exist in IHL-675A studies by comparing the predicted result of CBD and HCQ acting together to the actual IHL-675A results. The predicted result is determined by analyzing the results of HCQ and CBD independently in the study, and then based on those results predicting how well the drugs would do on a combined basis; to the extent IHL-675A exceeds the predicted result, we can conclude that the drugs strengthen the effectiveness of one another and synergies exist.

We have evaluated the results of these experiments and believe IHL-675A to be a multi-use candidate for the prevention and treatment of inflammatory lung conditions (ARDS, COPD, asthma, and bronchitis), rheumatoid arthritis and inflammatory bowel diseases. Potentially, this could mean that IHL-675A is a better alternative to CBD based products for certain inflammatory diseases, subject to further examination.

We have completed a pre-IND meeting with the FDA to discuss the regulatory pathway for the development of IHL-675A for lung inflammation in the United States and plan to open INDs for each of the three indications. FDA agreed that marketing applications for IHL-675A should be 505(b)(2) applications due to the existence of certain safety and efficacy information on the active ingredients of IHL-675A originating from historical studies that we are entitled to use in a new drug application. In the context of the IHL-675A development program, this means that we do not have to perform many of the nonclinical toxicology studies that are required for approval of a new chemical entity because there is adequate toxicology data for both CBD and HCQ available in the literature or in regulatory submissions for the respective reference listed drugs. However, we still need to demonstrate IHL-675A is safe and effective in the target indication via a series of randomized, controlled clinical trials.

Lung Inflammation (COPD, Asthma, ARDS and Bronchitis)

Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (“COPD”) is a chronic inflammatory lung disease that causes obstructed airflow from the lungs. Symptoms include breathing difficulty, cough, mucus (sputum) production and wheezing. It is typically caused by long-term exposure to irritating gases or particulate matter, most often from cigarette smoke. People with COPD are at increased risk of developing heart disease, lung cancer and a variety of other conditions.

Asthma is a condition in which inflammation causes the airways to narrow and swell and which may cause the patient to produce extra mucus. This can make breathing difficult and trigger coughing, a whistling sound (wheezing) during breathing and shortness of breath. For some people, asthma is a minor nuisance. For others, it can be a major problem that interferes with daily activities and may lead to a life-threatening asthma attack. According to Allied Market Research, the Global COPD and asthma drug market is expected to reach US$50.4 billion by 2022, growing at a CAGR of 3.7% from 2016 to 2022.

Acute respiratory distress syndrome (“ARDS”) occurs when fluid builds up in the air sacs (alveoli) located in the lungs. The fluid prevents oxygen from reaching the bloodstream. This deprives organs of the oxygen they need to function. ARDS typically occurs in people who are already critically ill or who have significant injuries. Severe shortness of breath (the main symptom of ARDS) usually develops within a few hours to a few days after the primary injury or infection. It is the one of the main causes of death resulting from COVID-19 and many people who develop ARDS do not survive. The risk of death increases with age and severity of illness. People who survive ARDS may experience lasting damage to their lungs.

Bronchitis is an inflammation of the lining of the bronchial tubes of the lungs. Bronchitis may be either acute or chronic. While acute bronchitis is common, chronic bronchitis, a more serious condition, is a constant irritation or inflammation of the lining of the bronchial tubes.

Rheumatoid Arthritis

Rheumatoid arthritis is a chronic inflammatory disorder that can affect joints, skin, eyes, lungs, heart and blood vessels. As an autoimmune disorder, rheumatoid arthritis is caused by attacks to body tissues by one’s immune system. Unlike the wear-and-tear damage caused by osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis causes a painful swelling that can eventually result in bone erosion and joint deformity.

HCQ is approved for treatment of rheumatoid arthritis in the form of hydroxychloroquine sulphate and marketed as Plaquenil. HCQ has risks of ocular toxicity and cardiac effects including cardiomyopathy and QT prolongation amongst long term users, as listed in the prescribing material.

56

Table of Contents

Similarly, long term use of HCQ in rheumatoid arthritis patients was associated with increased cardiovascular mortality. Therefore, there is value in reducing the dose of HCQ in these arthritis patients. To understand the capacity for the combination of CBD with HCQ to permit reduction of the HCQ dose, in an animal study, low dose IHL-675A (1 mg/kg CBD + 2.5 mg/kg HCQ) was compared to a standard dose of HCQ (25 mg/kg HCQ). The 25 mg/kg HCQ dose in rats is equivalent to a 243 mg HCQ dose in a 60 kg human based on the FDA body surface area dose equivalence of 6/37.

In a rheumatoid arthritis animal disease model study, low dose IHL-675A reduced disease severity scores across multiple assessments including clinical score, paw volume, pannus score, total histology score and serum cytokine levels to a greater extent than the equivalent of a standard dose of HCQ. The reduction in disease severity scores by low dose IHL-675A was 1.06-3.52 times that observed for HCQ alone at the standard dose equivalent.

This indicates that the combination of CBD and HCQ in IHL-675A has the potential to permit a ten-fold reduction in HCQ dose, when combined with CBD, without sacrificing efficacy in treatment of arthritis.

We have broadened claims within initial patent filings to cover rheumatoid arthritis as an indication. We are continuously monitoring the results of our research and development program, with a view to identifying and protecting new IP that aligns with our commercial objectives.

Inflammatory Bowel Disease

Inflammatory Bowel Disease (“IBD”) is an umbrella term used to describe disorders that involve chronic inflammation of the digestive tract. Significant types of IBD include:

•        Ulcerative colitis.    This condition involves inflammation and sores (ulcers) along the superficial lining of the large intestine (colon) and rectum.

•        Crohn’s disease.    This type of IBD is characterized by inflammation of the lining of the digestive tract, which often can involve the deeper layers of the digestive tract.

Both ulcerative colitis and Crohn’s disease are usually characterized by diarrhea, rectal bleeding, abdominal pain, fatigue and weight loss. IBD can be debilitating and sometimes leads to life-threatening complications.

The precise cause of inflammatory bowel disease remains unknown. Previously, diet and stress were suspected. However, currently medical practitioners acknowledge that these factors may aggravate, but are not the cause, of IBD. One possible cause is an immune system malfunction. When the immune system attempts to defeat an invading virus or bacterium, an abnormal immune response can cause the immune system to attack the cells in the digestive tract.

Preclinical in vitro study of IHL-675A against inflammation

On November 5, 2020, we released the results of our first in vitro study to investigate the synergistic activity of IHL-675A to inhibit inflammation. To test the anti-inflammatory potential of IHL-675A, human peripheral blood mononuclear cells (“PBMCs”) were stimulated with bacterial lipopolysaccharide (“LPS”). PBMCs were incubated with a range of concentrations of CBD and HCQ in combination or each drug alone and then stimulated with LPS to induce an inflammatory response. The inflammatory response was assessed by measuring cytokine levels in the culture medium after 24 hours. A reduction in cytokine levels in response to drug treatment is indicative of anti-inflammatory activity.

Cytokine levels were averaged across three replicates from two donors and normalized to maximum values to yield a relative inhibition value. A relative inhibition of 1 is complete inhibition of cytokine release whereas a value of 0 is no inhibition of cytokine release. Anti-inflammatory synergy was determined using the standard scientific “Excess over Bliss” (“EOB”) method where the predicted inhibition, as calculated using the formula Epred A+B=(EA+EB)-(EAEB), is subtracted from the observed inhibition to yield an EOB score. An EOB score of greater than zero indicates that the combination is synergistic. None of the below data has been analysed for statistical significance.

57

Table of Contents

The study demonstrated that CBD and HCQ act synergistically to inhibit production of the assessed inflammatory cytokines IL-1β, IL-6, TNF-α, IL-1aα, and MIP-1α by PBMCs from the donors. The average EOB scores ranged from 0.32-0.57. The reduction in levels of the five cytokines observed for IHL-675A was 436% to 1320% greater relative to HCQ alone, 109% to 767% greater relative to CBD alone and 87% to 767% greater relative to the predicted combinatorial effect of CBD and HCQ. The results in Figures A, B, C, D and E presented below, display the optimal fixed dose IHL-675A combination assessed for each cytokine. The bars noted as Predicted CBD+HCQ represent what our expectation was based on the activity of each drug individually. The observed inhibition of cytokine release upon treatment with the CBD HCQ combination was greater than predicted based on the activity of each drug alone for each cytokine analyzed.

Figure 4. Inhibition of LPS-induced cytokine release from human PBMCs by CBD and HCQ.    Data is presented is the average relative inhibition for the PBMC donors. Predicted inhibition by CBD+HCQ was calculated using the formula Epred A+B=(EA+EB)-(EAEB). Observed CBD+HCQ is the level of inhibition observed in the experiment. (A) IL-1b, (B) IL-1a, (C) IL-6, (D) MIP-1a, and (E) TNF-a. Error bars are standard error of the mean of the donors.

58

Table of Contents

Preclinical in vivo study of IHL-675A against inflammation

In November of 2020, we announced the results of an in vivo study assessing IHL-675A in a mouse model of sepsis. To determine whether CBD and HCQ synergize in vivo, mice from 11 groups of 10 mice, weighing 18-20g were injected with CBD and HCQ both alone and in combination. After one hour, the mice were injected with LPS to induce an inflammatory response. Each mouse in every cohort was assessed for each of the 5 inflammatory cytokines. Two hours after LPS injection, blood was collected from the mice by cardiac puncture. Sera were processed and analyzed for cytokine levels using a Luminex based assay. For synergy analysis, data was baseline subtracted using sham treated (no LPS injection) cytokine levels and then the values for each cytokine were normalized relative to maximum values across the groups. The normalized values were used to calculate the relative inhibition where a value of 1 is complete inhibition and a value of 0 is no inhibition. Synergy was calculated using the EOB method, or the difference between the observed and predicted inhibition between the combination of drug concentrations where the predicted inhibition is determined using the equation Epred A+B=(EA+EB)-(EAEB). An EOB score of greater than 0 is indicative of synergy.

The results of the in vivo study are presented in Figure 5, showing the optimal fixed dose IHL-675A combination assessed for each cytokine in 11 groups of 10 mice. The bars noted as ‘Predicted CBD + HCQ’ represent IHL’s expectation based on the activity of each drug alone. The observed results from the study significantly exceeded the predicted results across the inflammatory cytokines analyzed. CBD and HCQ synergize to inhibit the production of inflammatory cytokines IL-1β, IL-6, TNF- α, IL12(p70), and IFN-γ in a mouse model of LPS induced sepsis. The average EOB scores ranged from 0.15-0.30. IHL-675A reduced levels of the five inflammatory cytokines to a greater extent than CBD alone. Inhibition of cytokine release by IHL-675A was 26% to 81% greater relative to the predicted effect of the CBD HCQ combination across the five analyzed cytokines after 2 hours.

59

Table of Contents

Figure 5. Synergistic anti-inflammatory activity of CBD and HCQ in a mouse sepsis model.    The anti-inflammatory activity of the combination of CBD and HCQ was greater than that predicted using the Excess over Bliss method. The CBD+HCQ combination was synergistic at inhibiting release of IL-1β, IL-6, TNF-α, IL12(p70), and IFN-γ.

Preclinical in vivo study of IHL-675A against Pulmonary Inflammation (ARDS, COPD, Asthma and Bronchitis)

In February 2021, we announced the results of an in vivo study assessing IHL-675A anti-inflammatory capabilities regarding chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, asthma, bronchitis, and other inflammatory respiratory conditions. We also assessed the anti-inflammatory effect of our proprietary IHL-675A formulation on Pulmonary Neutrophilia, which is a primary underlying cause of COPD, asthma, bronchitis, and other inflammatory respiratory conditions. We reported encouraging results, as discussed below, which facilitate a substantial expansion of the potential uses for IHL-675A and represent new patient treatment opportunities.

A rodent model of pulmonary inflammation was used to assess the anti-inflammatory efficacy of IHL-675A in lungs. In this study, ten groups of six mice each were pre-treated with either CBD, HCQ or IHL-675A prior to intratracheal administration of bacterial lipopolysaccharide (“LPS”), which was then inhaled and acts as an inflammatory stimulus in the lungs. A sham group where LPS was not administered to the mice was also included as a control. The lungs were flushed with a saline solution 24 hours after LPS administration and bronchoalveolar lavage fluid (‘BALF’) was analyzed for cytokine levels using a Luminex based assay. Cytokines are proteins that mediate the inflammatory response and a reduction in cytokine levels is indicative of reduced inflammation. A white blood cell (‘WBC’) count was also performed on the BALF. When inflammation occurs in the lungs, WBCs are recruited as part of the inflammatory response. A reduction in WBC count is also indicative of reduced inflammation.

60

Table of Contents

Cytokine levels were normalized to those detected in vehicle treated mice and then the relative inhibition was calculated. IHL-675A reduced levels of all assessed inflammatory cytokines IL-1β, IL-6, TNF-α, CXCL1 and MCP-1 to a greater extent than either CBD or HCQ alone. WBC counts were normalized using the same method used for cytokines and IHL-675A reduced WBC counts to a greater extent than CBD or HCQ alone. These results indicate that IHL-675A has superior anti-inflammatory activity compared to CBD and HCQ in a mouse pulmonary inflammation model. Based on these results IHL-675A will be assessed for efficacy in the treatment of pulmonary inflammation in humans. These results have not been analysed for statistical significance.

Figure 6. Reduction in cytokine levels and white blood cell count in BALF resulting from treatment with by IHL-675A, CBD or HCQ in a mouse model of pulmonary inflammation.    Mice were treated with CBD, HCQ or a combination of CBD and HCQ (IHL-675A) and then LPS was administered intratracheally. Twenty-four hours after LPS administration bronchioalveolar lavage fluid (BALF) was analyzed for cytokine levels and white blood cell count. The reduction in cytokine levels by IHL-675A was greater than that for either drug alone. Drug concentrations were 1 mg/kg CBD and 25 mg/kg HCQ for (A) IL-1β, (B) IL-6, (C) MCP1 and (E) TNF-α, 10 mg/kg CBD and 2.5 mg/kg HCQ for CXCL-1 and WBC (white blood cell count).

61

Table of Contents

Preclinical study of IHL-675A in a model of Rheumatoid Arthritis

In March 2021, we announced the results of an in vivo study assessing IHL-675A’s anti-inflammatory capabilities in a rheumatoid arthritis model. Results indicate that a low dose of IHL-675A was 1.06 to 3.52 times more effective at reducing disease severity scores across multiple assessments including clinical score, paw volume, pannus score, total histology score and serum cytokine levels compared to a standard dose of HCQ only. HCQ is approved and widely used for the treatment of rheumatoid arthritis in the form of hydroxychloroquine sulfate, which is marketed as Plaquenil.

In this model of rheumatoid arthritis, female Lewis rats were challenged with porcine type-II collagen with Freund’s adjuvant on Day 1 (0.2 mg/0.2 mL/rat) by subcutaneous injection at the base of the tail to induce arthritis. A booster injection at 0.1 mg/0.1 mL/rat was injected on day 7. On day 16, rats were allocated into groups of six. There were ten groups of modelled rats and one sham injected group. CBD, HCQ or IHL-675A were injected intraperitoneally once per day from day 17 to 30 (total of 14 days). Drug doses were 1 and 10 mg/kg CBD and 2.5 and 25 mg/kg HCQ. The 10 mg/kg CBD and 25 mg/kg HCQ doses were selected as they are representative of standard doses in humans based on the FDA body surface area dose equivalence estimation for rats to humans of 6/37. For a 60 kg person, the 10 mg/kg CBD dose in rats is equivalent to 97 mg and the 25 mg/kg HCQ dose in rats is equivalent to 243 mg. The maintenance dose range recommended for rheumatoid arthritis in the Plaquenil prescribing information is 200-400 mg daily.

Disease severity was assessed by measuring hind paw volume with a plethysmometer and using a qualitative severity score system on days 1, 7 ,10, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28 and 30. Post termination on day 30, blood was collected from all rats and analyzed for levels of the inflammatory cytokines IL-1β and IL-6 using commercially available ELISA kits. These two cytokines were selected as they are known to be involved in the pathophysiology of rheumatoid arthritis. Both hind paws were harvested, weighed and formalin-fixed for histopathology. Histopathological evaluation consisted of an evaluation of cartilage and bone destruction by pannus formation (an abnormal layer of fibrovascular or granulated tissue) and mononuclear cell infiltration in synovial joint tissues. A total histology score, which is a sum of the pannus formation and mononuclear cell infiltration scores, was also calculated. For all assessments, the score was sham subtracted and then the reduction relative to the vehicle group was calculated.

IHL-675A outperformed HCQ alone and CBD alone in the study (at equivalent doses) at reducing clinical score and paw volume at days 24 and 30, pannus formation, total histology score, IL-1β and IL-6 in the rat model of arthritis. The reduction in disease assessments by IHL-675A was 1.07-8.72 times that observed for HCQ alone at an equivalent dose, which indicates that IHL-675A has a benefit in a rat model of arthritis greater than that of HCQ alone and demonstrates that IHL-675A has potential as a treatment for rheumatoid arthritis in humans.

62

Table of Contents

Figure 7. Comparison of IHL-675A to its component drugs CBD and HCQ in reduction of disease assessments in a rat model of rheumatoid arthritis.    Groups of rats that had undergone collagen-induced arthritis modelling were treated with IHL-675A, CBD or HCQ at equivalent doses (1 mg/kg CBD, 2.5 mg/kg HCQ). The reduction in arthritis disease severity in IHL-675A treated rats was greater than for either CBD or HCQ treated rats with respect to (A) clinical score at day 24, (B) paw volume at day 24, (C) pannus formation, (D) total histology score, (E) serum IL-1b levels and (F) serum IL-6 levels.

Preclinical studies of IHL-675A in models of inflammatory bowel disease

In February 2021, we announced the results of an in vivo study assessing IHL-675A’s anti-inflammatory capabilities regarding inflammatory bowel disease. IHL-675A demonstrated a reduction in the Colitis index of 46%, while CBD only and HCQ only treatment achieved a reduction of 25% and 27% respectively, demonstrating that IHL-675A has superior anti-inflammatory activity compared to CBD only and HCQ only, which indicates that IHL-675A has the potential to be a treatment for inflammatory bowel disease in humans.

63

Table of Contents

This study used eleven groups of six mice. Mice were treated with IHL-675A, CBD or HCQ for four consecutive days after administration of TNBS/ethanol to induce ulcerative colitis. A vehicle treated group and sham group were included in the study. Stool consistency was monitored over the course of the experiment. On Day 5 mice were sacrificed, blood collected for cytokine analysis and the colon removed for analysis.

Endpoint measurements include stool consistency score (an ordinal scale that measures stool consistency with a higher number indicative of looser stools) , colon weight, colon macroscopic damage score (an ordinal scale that combines adhesions, strictures, ulcers/inflammations and instances of wall thickening), colitis index (a composite scale from the histological examination of colon sections) and myeloperoxidase (an enzyme abundantly expressed in neutrophil granulocytes that contributes to inflammatory damage in IBD) levels in the colon tissue at day 5. The results from each of these endpoints were sham subtracted and the relative reduction was calculated. The data was not analysed for statistical significance.

IHL-675A outperformed both CBD alone and HCQ alone at reducing the colitis index, macroscopic damage score, stool consistency score, colon to body weight ratio and myeloperoxidase (MPO) levels. These results indicate that IHL-675A has a benefit in a mouse model of ulcerative colitis greater than that of CBD or HCQ alone, which indicates that IHL-675A is a potential treatment for inflammatory bowel disease in humans.

Figure 8. Reduction in colitis score assessments by CBD and HCQ (IHL-675A) in a mouse model of colitis.    Colitis was induced in mice by intracolonic installation of TNBS/ethanol and then treated with CBD, HCQ or CBD and HCQ (IHL-675A). After 4 days, mice were sacrifice and the colons extracted for macro and microscopic analysis. The reduction in colitis severity was greater in mice treated with IHL-675A than for either CBD or HCQ alone for (A) colitis index, (B) macroscopic damage score, (C) relative colon weight, (D) stool consistency and (E) MPO levels. Drug dose in all assessments was 1 mg/kg CBD and 2.5 mg/kg HCQ.

Planned phase 1 clinical trial for IHL-675A

We have designed a Phase 1 clinical trial in Australia to assess the safety and pharmacokinetics of IHL-675A in healthy volunteers, the results of which will form part of our FDA IND submissions across the indications of lung inflammation, rheumatoid arthritis and inflammatory bowel disease. The aims of this study are to demonstrate that there are no, or minimal, additional risks/side effects associated with the combination of CBD and HCQ compared

64

Table of Contents

to each drug alone and that the uptake and metabolism (pharmacokinetics) of the two drugs do not interfere with one another. A total of 36 subjects will participate in the trial, evenly divided across three arms. The three arms of 12 subjects each will receive one of IHL-675A, Epidiolex (CBD), or Plaquenil (HCQ). The safety and pharmacokinetic assessments will be identical across the three arms.

CBD and HCQ both have both been used historically as treatments for our targeted indications when used independently. However, as with any pharmaceuticals there are risks involved. Part of the strategy in the design of IHL-675A is that the combination of CBD with HCQ permits a reduction in HCQ, which reduces the known risks associated with cumulative HCQ dose, without sacrificing efficacy. Results from the preclinical studies we have conducted to-date have led to the hypothesis that a lower cumulative dose of HCQ, when combined with CBD, will be effective in treating IHL-675A’s targeted indications. Nonetheless, there is always potential for two drugs to interact and exacerbate minor concerns that exist when used alone or lead to new safety concerns. Demonstrating that a combination drug containing CBD and HCQ has a similar safety profile to the component drugs is an important step in the development program and is a requirement set out by regulatory agencies. This clinical trial will be performed in a Phase 1 unit with around the clock monitoring in the event that an adverse event needs to be managed. Safety assessments will include cardiac monitoring via ECG and blood biomarkers, serum liver enzyme levels, blood cell counts and biochemistry, monitoring of vital signs and mental health questionnaires. Due to the substantial evidence of synergy between HCQ and CBD required to produce a superior outcome on inflammatory markers, dosages of HCQ and CBD may be significantly lower than for treatment with the individual drugs and this will be further evaluated in clinical trials.

The other component of this study is monitoring the pharmacokinetics of the two active pharmaceutical ingredients (“API”) of IHL-675A, CBD and HCQ, and comparing them to their respective reference listed drugs Epidiolex and Plaquenil. Study participants will be dosed with either IHL-675A, Epidiolex or Plaquenil with equivalent amounts of the respective API. Blood samples will be drawn at predetermined intervals over a 72-hour period and analyzed for levels of CBD and HCQ as well as their major metabolites. For each molecule the maximum concentration (“Cmax”), time to maximum concentration (“Tmax ”) and total exposure (“AUC”) will be determined. The pharmacokinetic parameters for IHL-675A, Epidolex and Plaquenil will be compared to determine whether the APIs in IHL-675A are bioequivalent to the reference listed drugs. Bioequivalence is an important component of the FDA 505(b)2 approval pathway that IHL is targeting with IHL-675A.

Results from this study will form a component of future regulatory applications for IHL-675A and will also inform the design of Phase 2 efficacy and safety studies across indications.

Psilocybin-assisted Psychotherapy for General Anxiety Disorder (Psi-GAD)

Generalized Anxiety Disorder

Generalized Anxiety Disorder (GAD) is characterized by diffuse, excessive, uncontrollable anxiety that frequently occurs and is not restricted to any particular environmental circumstances. Symptoms are variable, including feelings of persistent and excessive worry, nervousness, restlessness, difficulty in concentrating fatigue, irregular sleeping patterns, muscle tension, irritability, and nausea.

Generalized anxiety disorder is a relatively common and serious psychiatric condition affecting around 4-6% of the population during their lifetime. GAD can severely affect quality of life and professional career prospects.

Existing treatments

International guidelines for GAD treatment recommend selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors (“SSRIs”), serotonin and noradrenaline reuptake inhibitors (“SNRIs”), and pregabalin as first-line options, with benzodiazepines such as diazepam as second-line options. GAD is also treated with psychotherapy alone or in combination with pharmacotherapies. However, these treatments show limited efficacy, with less than half of patients achieving remission following these treatments and substantial treatment side-effects and cost. In particular, the side effects associated with long term use of these pharmacotherapies include emotional numbness, reduced positivity, weight gain, sexual disfunctions, and suicidal thoughts. Due to the limitations of existing treatments, we believe there is significant unmet need for new therapies to improve quality of life outcomes for patient diagnosed with GAD.

65

Table of Contents

Psilocybin as a treatment for generalized anxiety disorder

Psychedelic-assisted psychotherapy may provide rapid, significant, and lasting benefit in treating unipolar depression, depression and anxiety symptoms associated with a terminal illness, and substance misuse. Psilocybin is a psychoactive molecule that occurs naturally in several genera of mushrooms, which primarily acts on the serotonin receptor system, and can modulate states of consciousness, cognition, perception, and mood.

When combined with specialized forms of psychotherapeutic support, psilocybin is well tolerated and can reduce scores on mental health severity assessments. Through the 1950s and 1960s, tens of thousands of individuals participated in psychedelic research. While methodologically limited by modern standards, the findings from many of these studies showed substantial improvements in anxiety, depression and addiction levels, and quality of life.

Following decades of socio-political obstruction to psychedelic treatments, an increasing number of clinical psychedelic trials are now being conducted at highly esteemed institutions around the world, including Imperial College London, John Hopkins University, University of California, and now Monash University, Melbourne, in partnership with us.

Over the past decade, the therapeutic potential of psilocybin in anxiety, depression and addiction has been demonstrated in various academic-sponsored studies. In these studies, psilocybin-assisted psychotherapy, provided a rapid reduction in anxiety and depression symptoms on the day of administration with generally maintained treatment effects at follow-up assessments many months later. These studies have shown psilocybin to be generally well-tolerated, with low toxicity and no serious adverse events reported.

We believe that the following four studies detailed below support psilocybin-assisted therapy for treating anxiety using treatment dosages up to 30mg/70kg:

•        New York University, Ross et al 2016 (n=29): Rapid and sustained symptom reduction following psilocybin treatment for anxiety and depression in patients with life-threatening cancer: a randomized controlled trial. Psilocybin produced immediate, substantial, and sustained improvements in anxiety and depression, as well as decreases in cancer-related demoralization and hopelessness, improved spiritual wellbeing, and increased quality of life.

•        Imperial College London, Carhart-Harris et al 2018 (n=20): Psilocybin with psychological support for treatment-resistant depression: six-month follow-up. Good tolerability, effect sizes large and symptom improvements appeared rapidly after just two psilocybin treatment sessions and remained significant six months post-treatment in a treatment-resistant cohort.

•        University of California, Los Angeles, Grob et al 2011 (n=12): Pilot study of psilocybin treatment for anxiety in patients with advanced-stage cancer. The State-Trait Anxiety Inventory trait anxiety subscale demonstrated a significant reduction in anxiety at one and three months after treatment. There were no clinically significant adverse events with psilocybin.

•        John Hopkins University, Griffiths et al 2017 (n=51): Psilocybin produces substantial and sustained decreases in depression and anxiety in patients with life-threatening cancer: a randomized double-blind trial. Large and significant decreases in clinician-rated and self-rated measures of depression, anxiety or mood disturbance, and increase measures of quality of life, life meaning, death acceptance, and optimism.

Two psilocybin research programs for depression have received breakthrough designation from the FDA. A small number of other psilocybin treatment development programs are underway globally. Should the results from any of these research programs be positive, approval of psilocybin-assisted psychotherapy as a prescription treatment could occur within the next five years.

Our investigational psilocybin therapy for Generalized Anxiety Disorder

Our psilocybin therapy combines psilocybin with psychological therapy that has been specifically designed for patients diagnosed with generalized anxiety disorder by a multidisciplinary team of experts lead by Principal Investigator Dr Paul Liknaitzky, along with Co-Investigators Professor Suresh Sundram and Professor Murat Yucel. The wider research team includes experts in psychedelic-assisted therapies, psychometric evaluation, qualitative research, therapist training, and risk management. We are in the process of coordinating two clinical trials as part of our clinical development program, which we hope will lead to a Pre-IND submission in Q3 of 2021, and which is ultimately aimed at FDA approval of our psilocybin therapy administered to patients with GAD.

66

Table of Contents

Planned Phase 2 exploratory clinical trial

The protocol for our planned Phase 2 Australian exploratory clinical trial has been completed and we anticipate submitting our research proposal to the human research ethics committee (“HREC”) for approval in Q3 of 2021. HREC approval is required prior to the commencement of patient recruitment in Australia. Dr Paul Liknaitzky has successfully achieved HREC approval for other clinical psilocybin studies in Australia and has successfully acquired regulatory permits and imported psilocybin into Australia.

The study is a Phase 2 randomized triple-blind active-placebo-controlled trial to assess the safety and efficacy of psilocybin-assisted psychotherapy for GAD. It will include 72 participants that will experience two psilocybin or active-placebo dosing sessions and up to 11 non-drug, specialist psychotherapy sessions over a period of 10 weeks. Primary outcomes are safety, efficacy and tolerability, and secondary outcomes are quality of life, functional impairment, and comorbidities. Safety will be assessed by monitoring adverse events including but not limited to liver function tests and scores on the Ultra Brief Checklist of Suicidality. Efficacy will be assessed by comparing the change in Hamilton Anxiety Rating Scale from baseline between the placebo and treatment group. Tolerability will be assessed by comparing the proportion of participants who complete both dosing sessions in the placebo and treatment groups. Secondary endpoints will be assessed by monitoring disability, comorbidity, productivity and quality of life using patient reported outcome measures.

A preliminary analysis of patient data will be conducted by an independent data safety monitoring board after 30 patients have completed primary endpoint assessment. The preliminary analysis will allow the trial investigators to inform the second part of the trial, with an opportunity to adjust certain treatment design parameters to optimize patient outcomes, or terminate the trial based on predefined outcomes and adequate conditional power.

FDA development plan and pre-IND meeting

In February 2021, we formally engaged Camargo Pharmaceuticals LLC, to advise upon and compile the pre-investigational new drug application information package necessary to formally request a pre-IND meeting with FDA. This meeting request will be submitted to the FDA in Q3 2021 and we anticipate that the meeting will occur in Q4 2021. We believe that FDA guidance will provide us with the regulatory clarity and commercial confidence to eventually submit an IND to the FDA and subsequently conduct a Phase 2b pivotal clinical trial partly or wholly in the United States to support our future NDA submission.

Psilocybin therapy protocol

Our psilocybin therapy comprises administration of medication with psychotherapy by mental health professionals that have undergone our specialised therapist training program. Therapy is designed to optimize patient safety and therapeutic outcomes in GAD with specific support before, during and after psilocybin dosing sessions.

Each participant will receive two therapeutic doses of our investigational product, which will be composed of a specified dosage of psilocybin, with psychotherapy before, during and after each dose session. The psychotherapy comprises four distinct phases:

•        Preliminary psychotherapy: conducted during the screening stage with key focus on clinical formulation, therapeutic alliance, psychedelic treatment psychoeducation and practical preparation for dosing.

•        Preparation psychotherapy: conducted following full enrollment and prior to the first dosing session with a key focus on extending preliminary psychotherapy work, and covering more targeted and GAD-specific psychological and practical preparation for dosing.

•        After dosing support: conducted within a week following the preparation session with key focus on trust, suitable mindset, conducive physical setting, and participant-led support. Dosing support is the psychotherapy session.

•        Integration psychotherapy: conducted following the dosing sessions, including the day directly following each dosing session, with key focus on sustaining benefits through specific mindful, emotion and somatic-focused therapy, meaning-centered support, and facilitating contextual changes that support outcomes.

Therapist recruitment in anticipation of the Phase 2 exploratory trial has commenced and therapist training is anticipated to commence in Q3 2021.

67

Table of Contents

Monash University

In December 2020, we entered into a partnership agreement with Monash University (“Monash”) in Australia to conduct a psilocybin-assisted psychotherapy trial to treat GAD. Monash will sponsor our initial Phase 2 exploratory clinical trial, ensuring rigorous scientific independence and the highest standards in ethical and safe research. We are funding and supporting this investigator-initiated trial, and retain all intellectual property created by the trial. We are also investigating the commencement of other psychedelic medicine research projects that would offer an opportunity to address what we believe is an unmet need in patients diagnosed with other mental illnesses.

Monash is one of Australia’s leading universities and consistently ranks among the world’s top 100. Psychedelic treatment for our exploratory trials will be delivered within BrainPark, a state-of-the-art research platform at Monash’s Turner Institute for Brain and Mental Health and Biomedical Imaging Facility, that provides a highly conducive environment for psychedelic treatments in a research context. Both the School of Psychological Sciences within the Turner Institute for Brain and Mental Health, and the Department of Psychiatry within the School of Clinical Sciences, have combined forces to conduct psychedelic research and the team comprises leading researchers and clinicians in relevant fields of psychiatry, psychotherapy, and mental health treatment development.

Clinical trial investigators

The Principal Investigator is Dr Paul Liknaitzky, with Co-Investigators Professor Murat Yucel and Professor Suresh Sundram.

Dr. Liknaitzky is Head of the Clinical Psychedelic Research Lab within the Turner Institute and the Dept of Psychiatry, Monash. He is a Chief Principal Investigator and Research Fellow at Monash University, and has Adjunct or Honorary appointments at St Vincent’s Hospital, Macquarie University, Deakin University, and the University of Melbourne. He earned an Honours in Neuroscience and a PhD in Psychology from the University of Melbourne. His work examines mechanisms of mental illness and treatment development primarily within mood, anxiety and addiction research. Liknaitzky is an Investigator across a number of Australia’s first clinical psychedelic trials. He has been invited to deliver numerous academic, professional, and public talks on psychedelic-assisted psychotherapy, and has been interviewed on the topic for print media, radio, and podcasts. Liknaitzky leads Australia’s first clinical psychedelic lab, coordinates Australia’s first applied psychedelic therapist training program, and is establishing Australia’s largest psychedelic trial (Psi-GAD). His work is focused on developing a rigorous program of research in psychedelic medicine at Monash University that seeks to evaluate therapeutic effects, innovate on treatment design, mitigate known risks, explore potential drawbacks, and understand therapeutic mechanisms.

Professor Murat Yucel gained a PhD combined with specialist clinical training in Clinical Neuropsychology in 2001 at La Trobe University. He then worked across as numerous mental health research centres at the University of Melbourne and was promoted to professor in 2012. He now works within the Monash School of Psychological Sciences, where he heads the mental health and addiction research programs. He is a director of BrainPark — a world-first neuroscience research clinic designed to bring the latest neuroscience with diagnostic or therapeutic benefit to the community in an accessible way.

Professor Suresh Sundram is the Head, Department of Psychiatry, School of Clinical Sciences, Monash University and Director of Research, Mental Health Program, Monash Health. He has been investigating the molecular pathology of schizophrenia and related psychotic disorders using pharmacological, neurochemical and neuropathological approaches. These inter-related methods have been applied to parse components of the disorder such as treatment resistance and suicide to better understand their neurobiological substrates. He undertook his doctoral and post-doctoral studies at the Mental Health Research Institute in Melbourne before establishing his laboratory there and subsequently at the Florey Institute and concurrently establishing a clinical research laboratory undertaking clinical trial and biomarker research in psychotic disorders. He then transferred to and integrated his research program at Monash University and Monash Medical Centre.

Intellectual Property Strategy

We strategically protect our innovations with a harmonized IP strategy, combining patent protection with regulatory and market exclusivity. We are pursuing patent protection for aspects of our psilocybin therapy program. The patent position that will be available to us is unlikely to cover psilocybin alone as a clinical entity. However, we are pursuing a patent position in relation methods of treatment using psilocybin including combination therapies (e.g., formulations, actives plus psychotherapeutic modalities) and other therapeutic methods (e.g., specific dosage regimens).

68

Table of Contents

Intellectual Property

We have implemented a patent filing strategy as we develop our products and therapies in conjunction with our medical advisory board. As of September 20, 2021, we own pending patent applications relating to our cannabinoid drug candidates IHL-42X, IHL-216A and IHL-675A and psilocybin assisted psychotherapy program. A summary of the number of patents, patent types and jurisdictions in listed in the table below. Once converted to the complete/PCT stage, the provisional patents will also be applicable to all PCT contracting states. International search reports and written opinions of the International Search Authority have confirmed that the key claims in our filed Patent Cooperation Treaty applications are novel and inventive and that the invention meets the requirements of Industrial Applicability.

Product/technology

 

Number of
applications

 

Type of patent
protection

 

Applicable
jurisdictions

IHL-42X/Compositions and methods for the treatment of obstructive sleep apnoea (OSA)

 

1

 

Complete/PCT

 

All 153 PCT contracting states#

IHL-675A/Compositions and methods for the treatment of an inflammatory conditions

 

2

 

Provisional

 

Australia

IHL-675A/Compositions and methods for the treatment or prevention of an inflammatory condition

     

Complete/PCT

 

All 153 PCT contracting states#

IHL-216A/Compositions and methods for the treatment or prevention of traumatic brain injury (TBI)

 

1

 

Complete/PCT

 

All 153 PCT contracting states#

Psi-GAD/Methods for the treatment of generalized anxiety disorder (GAD)

 

1

 

Provisional

 

Australia

____________

#        Standard/utility patents derived from the PCT application are intended to be pursued in key jurisdictions including Australia, US, Europe, Japan and Israel.

In addition to pursing patent protection for all of our assets, we rely on unpatented trade secrets, know-how and other confidential information as well as proprietary technological innovation and expertise that are protected in part by confidentiality and invention assignment agreements with our employees, advisors and consultants.

Patent matters in biotechnology are highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions. The availability and breadth of claims allowed in biotechnology and pharmaceutical patents cannot be predicted. Statutory differences in patentable subject matter may limit the scope of protection we can obtain on some or all of our licensed inventions or prevent us from obtaining patent protection either of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Since patent applications are not published until at least 18 months from their first filing date and the publication of discoveries in the scientific literature often lags behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain that we, or any of our licensors, were the first creator of inventions covered by pending patent applications, or that we or our licensors, were the first to file patent applications for such inventions. Additionally, the grant and enforceability of a patent is dependent on a number of factors that may vary between jurisdictions. These factors may include the novelty of the invention, the requirement that the invention not be obvious in the light of prior art (including prior use or publication of the invention), the utility of the invention and the extent to which the patent clearly describes the best method of working the invention. In short, this means that claims granted in various territories may vary and thereby influence commercial outcomes.

While we have applied for and will continue to file for protection as appropriate for our therapeutic products and technologies, we cannot be certain that any future patent applications we file, or licensed to us, will be granted, or that we will develop additional proprietary products or processes that are patentable or that we will be able to license any other patentable products or processes. We cannot be certain that others will not independently develop similar products or processes, duplicate any of the products or processes developed or being developed by the company or licensed to us, or design around the patents owned or licensed by us, or that any patents owned or licensed by us will provide us with competitive advantages.

Furthermore, we cannot be certain that patents held by third parties will not prevent the commercialization of products incorporating the technology developed by us or licensed to us, or that third parties will not challenge or seek to narrow, invalidate or circumvent any of the issued, pending or future patents owned or licensed by us.

Our commercial success will also depend, in part, on our ability to avoid infringement of patents issued to others. If a court determines that we were infringing any third-party patents, we could be required to pay damages, alter our products or processes, obtain licenses or cease certain activities. We cannot be certain that the licenses required under patents held by third parties would be made available on terms acceptable to us or at all. To the extent that we are unable to obtain such licenses, we could be foreclosed from the development, export, manufacture or commercialization of

69

Table of Contents

the product requiring such license or encounter delays in product introductions while we attempt to design around such patents, and any of these circumstances could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We may have to resort to litigation to enforce any patents issued or licensed to us or to determine the scope and validity of third-party proprietary rights. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of effort by us. We may have to participate in opposition proceedings before the Australian Patent and Trademark Office or another foreign patent office, or in interference proceedings declared by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, to determine the priority of invention for patent applications filed by competitors. Any such litigation interference or opposition proceeding, regardless of outcome, could be expensive and time consuming, and adverse determinations in any such proceedings could prevent us from developing, manufacturing or commercializing our products and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As of June 30, 2021, the Company also owns trademark registrations in Australia, United States, Europe, China and Japan.

As of 20 September, 2021, we added 5 new patent applications to our portfolio: PCT/AU2020/051056, PCT/AU2021/050226, PCT/AU2021/050734, Australian Provisional Patent Application No. AU 2021902170, and Australian Provisional Patent Application No. AU 2021902426.

Patent Portfolio

The following table presents our portfolio of patents and patent applications, including their status (as at 20 September, 2021) and title.

Patent Family

 

Title

 

Status

 

Expires

PCT/AU2020/051056

 

Compositions for the treatment or prevention of traumatic brain injury

 

Pending

 

02/10/2040*

PCT/AU2021/050226

 

Methods and compositions for treating or preventing an inflammatory condition

 

Pending

 

15/03/2041*

PCT/AU2021/050734

 

Compositions and methods for the treatment of obstructive sleep apnoea (OSA)

 

Pending

 

09/07/2041*

AU 2021902170

 

A composition and uses thereof

 

Pending (Provisional)

 

14/07/2042^*

AU 2021902426

 

A method of treatment

 

Pending (Provisional)

 

04/08/2042^*

____________

*        Expiry date may be subject to any patent term extensions or adjustments that may be available.

^        Estimated expiry date of complete application claiming priority from the pending provisional application

Operations Summary

Unregistered Cannabinoid Products

In February 2019, we launched a line of pharmaceutical grade cannabinoid oil products to treat conditions approved for treatment with cannabinoid under the Special Access Scheme. We sold our cannabinoid oil products under the Special Access Scheme. As of April 1, 2021, we ceased selling cannabinoid oil products to focus on the development of our drug candidates.

Material Contracts

Clinical Trial Research Agreement with Alfred Health, dated June 22, 2021

On June 22, 2021, we entered into a Clinical Trial Research Agreement with Alfred Health. Under the terms of the agreement, Alfred Health is to conduct and manage an open label extension on the examination of the combination of dronabinol and acetazolamide for treatment of OSA. The open label extension is to be conducted on a maximum of 12 study participants. Incannex will provide all the information required to conduct the study and will pay market-standard fees to Alfred Health as consideration for its role. The agreement may be terminated by either party for cause, for the reasons set forth in the agreement, and by Incannex at will upon written notice delivered to Alfred Health thirty days prior to the termination date.

70

Table of Contents

Clinical Trial Research Agreement with Alfred Health, dated September 24, 2020

On September 24, 2020, we entered into a Clinical Trial Research Agreement with Alfred Health. Under the terms of the agreement, Alfred Health is to conduct and manage a dose finding crossover trial investigating the effect of dronabinol combined with acetazolamide on AHI in adults with OSA. The dose finding crossover trial is to be conducted on a maximum of 12 trial participants. Incannex will provide all the information required to conduct the study and will pay market-standard fees to Alfred Health as consideration for its role. The agreement may be terminated by either party for cause, for the reasons set forth in the agreement, and by Incannex at will upon written notice delivered to Alfred Health thirty days prior to the termination date.

Clinical Trial Research Agreement with University of Western Australia

On April 6, 2021, we entered into a Clinical Trial Research Agreement with University of Western Australia. Under the terms of the agreement, the University of Western Australia is to conduct and manage a dose finding crossover trial investigating the effect of dronabinol combined with acetazolamide on AHI in adults with OSA. The dose finding crossover trial is to be conducted on a maximum of 12 trial participants. Incannex will provide all the information required to conduct the study and will pay market-standard fees to the University of Western Australia as consideration for its role. The agreement may be terminated by either party for cause, for the reasons set forth in the agreement, and by Incannex at will upon written notice delivered to the University of Western Australia thirty days prior to the termination date.

Master Consultancy Agreement with Clinical Network Services (CNS) Pty Ltd

On June 29, 2020, we entered into a Master Consultancy Agreement with Clinical Network Services (CNS) Pty Ltd (“Clinical Network”). Under the terms of the agreement, Clinical Network is to act as Australian and New Zealand consultant to product development and management of clinical research programs. Incannex will pay market-standard fees to Clinical Network. The agreement may be terminated by either party for cause, for the reasons set forth in the agreement.

Research Services Agreement with Monash University, dated November 27, 2020

On November 27, 2020, we entered into a Research Services Agreement with Monash University. Under the terms of the agreement, Monash University is to conduct research services with respect to Psi-GAD. Research activities are to be conducted with respect to a phase 2A randomized double-blind active-placebo-controlled trial to assess the safety and efficacy of Psi-GAD. Incannex will provide all the information required to conduct the study and will pay market-standard fees to Monash University. The agreement may be terminated by either party for cause, for the reasons set forth in the agreement.

Research Services Agreement between Monash University, dated March 10, 2021

On March 10, 2021, we entered into a Research Services Agreement with Monash University. Under the terms of the agreement, Monash University is to conduct research services with respect to TBI. Research activities are to be conducted with respect to the neuroprotective effect of the combination of CBD and isoflurane in a rodent model of mild traumatic brain injury. Incannex will provide all the information required to conduct the study and will pay market-standard fees to Monash University. The agreement may be terminated by either party for cause, for the reasons set forth in the agreement.

Master Service Agreement between Avance Clinical Pty Limited

On July 12, 2021, we entered into a Master Service Agreement with Avance Clinical Pty Limited (“Avance”). Under the terms of the agreement, Avance will perform services to support Incannex’s clinical trials and studies, as requested by Incannex. the agreement has an initial term of five years. Each party may terminate the agreement by delivering a written notice three months prior to the expiration of the term of the contract.

Appendix No. 2 to the Master Consultancy Agreement with Novotech Australia Pty Limited

On February 2, 2021, we entered into Appendix No. 2 to the Master Consultancy Agreement with Novotech Australia Pty Limited (“Novotech”), an affiliate of Clinical Network. Under the terms of the agreement, Novotech is to conduct an open label extension on the examination of the combination of dronabinol and acetazolamide for treatment of OSA. The terms of this agreement are governed by the terms of the Master Consultancy Agreement entered into with Clinical Network.

71

Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Our cash consist entirely of cash held in interest-bearing accounts with banks in Australia. Thus, our primary exposure to market risk is interest income sensitivity, which is affected by changes in the general level of Australian interest rates. However, a sudden change in market interest rates would not be expected to have a material impact on our financial condition and/or results of operation.

Competition

We are targeting indications that have no registered, limited or costly pharmacological solutions. Thus, competitor drugs for the indications we are assessing with our drug candidates either do not exist or are limited in efficacy or have unacceptable side effect profiles for certain cohorts of patients. The table below outlines existing drugs and therapies used to treat the illnesses we aim to treat with our drug candidates and their associated pitfalls for patients.

IHL Drug Candidate

 

Indication

 

Existing Products

 

Existing Product Pitfalls

IHL-42X

 

Obstructive Sleep Apnoea

 

− CPAP device

 

− Noisy mechanical device worn during sleep;

potential poor patient compliance due to discomfort.

IHL-216A

 

Traumatic Brain Injury/Concussion

 

None

 

N/A

IHL-675A

 

Lung Inflammation

 

− Corticosteroids

Ventilator

 

− Corticosteroids reduce immune system activity;

ventilators are associated with a high rate of mortality.

IHL-675A

 

Rheumatoid Arthritis

 

− Corticosteroids

DMARDS

Biologic agents

 

− High expense, significant side effect profiles;

lack of efficacy or tolerability in certain patient cohorts.

IHL-675A

 

Inflammatory Bowel Disease

 

− Corticosteroids

− Immune system suppressors (ISSs)

− Biologic agents

 

− Corticosteroids can reduce immune system activity;

− ISSs can damage the digestive tract lining;

PSI-GAD

 

Generalized Anxiety Disorder

 

− Antidepressants (SSRI/SNRI classes)

 

− Non-curative, poor side effect profile;

− some patients become treatment resistant.

Regulatory Authorities

The ongoing research and development, clinical, regulatory, commercial and manufacturing activities of our drug candidates are subject to extensive regulation by numerous governmental authorities, including (i) in Australia, principally the Therapeutics Goods Administration, or TGA; (ii) in the United States, principally the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, as well as the Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA); and (iii) in Europe, principally the European Medicines Agency, or EMA and local competent authorities, ethics committees (ECs), institutional research boards (IRBs) and other regulatory authorities at federal, state or local levels. We, along with our third-party contractors, will be required to navigate the various preclinical, clinical and commercial approval and post-approval requirements of the governing regulatory agencies of the countries in which we wish to conduct studies or seek approval or licensure of our drug candidates.

72

Table of Contents

United States

FDA process

In the United States, the FDA regulates drugs under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDCA, and its implementing regulations. Regulations that govern the pharmaceutical quality, safety, efficacy, labeling, storage, record keeping, advertising and promotion of such products under the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act, the Public Health Service Act, and their implementing regulations. In particular, controlled substances, like synthetic cannabidiol and THC, are regulated by the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration, or DEA.

The process of obtaining FDA approval and achieving and maintaining compliance with applicable laws and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources. Failure to comply with applicable FDA or other requirements may result in refusal to approve pending applications, a clinical hold, warning letters, civil or criminal penalties, recall or seizure of products, partial or total suspension of production or withdrawal of the product from the market. FDA approval is required before any new drug or biologic, including a new use of a previously approved drug, can be marketed in the United States. All applications for FDA approval must contain, among other things, information relating to safety and efficacy, pharmaceutical quality, packaging, labeling and quality control.

Government oversight of the pharmaceutical industry is usually classified into pre-approval and post-approval categories. Most of the therapeutically significant innovative products marketed today are the subject of New Drug Applications, or NDAs, or Biologics License Applications, or BLAs. Pre-approval activities are used to assure the product is safe and effective before marketing.

Drug Approval Process — FDA

None of our drug candidates may be marketed in the United States until the drug has received FDA approval. The steps required before a drug may be marketed in the United States generally include the following:

•        completion of extensive pre-clinical laboratory tests, animal studies, and formulation studies in accordance with the FDA’s GLP and GMP regulations;

•        submission to the FDA of an Investigational New Drug, or IND, application for human clinical testing, which must become effective before human clinical trials may begin;

•        receive approval from the DEA prior to commencement of any clinical trials in the United States that involve the use of Schedule I controlled substances.

•        performance of adequate and well-controlled human clinical trials in accordance with GCP requirements to establish the safety and efficacy of the drug for each proposed indication;

•        submission to the FDA of an NDA/BLA after completion of all pivotal clinical trials;

•        satisfactory completion of an FDA pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities at which the active pharmaceutical ingredient, or API, and finished drug product are produced and tested to assess compliance with current Good Manufacturing Practices, or cGMPs; and

•        FDA review and approval of the NDA/BLA and DEA scheduling (for a controlled substance) prior to any commercial marketing or sale of the drug in the United States.

The manufacturing and quality, as well as preclinical and clinical testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources, and we cannot guarantee approval of our drug candidates will be granted on a timely basis, if at all. Notably, the FDA may reach different conclusions than we have after analyzing the same data, or there may difference of opinion amongst members of FDA’s review team.

The FDA may inspect and audit domestic and foreign development facilities, planned production facilities, clinical trial sites and laboratory facilities. There is a pre-approval inspection after submission to market a new product, routine inspection of a regulated facility and a “for-cause” inspection to investigate a specific problem that has come to FDA’s attention. After the product is approved and marketed, the FDA uses different mechanisms for assuring that firms adhere to the terms and conditions of approval described in the application and that the product is manufactured in a consistent and controlled manner. This is done by periodic unannounced inspections of production and quality control facilities by FDA’s field investigators and analysts.

73

Table of Contents

Preclinical tests include laboratory evaluation of toxicity in animals and in vitro (laboratory tests). The results of preclinical tests, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, are submitted as part of an IND application to the FDA. The IND application is based on the results of initial testing done on animals for pharmacology and toxicity, which is used to develop a plan for testing the drug on humans. Only after preclinical testing, FDA determines whether the drug should be tested in people.

Further, an independent institutional review board, or IRB, covering each medical center proposing to conduct clinical trials must review and approve the plan for any clinical trial before it commences at that center and it must monitor the study until completed. The FDA, the IRB or the sponsor may suspend a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects or patients are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. Clinical testing also must satisfy extensive Good Clinical Practice, or GCP, regulations, which include requirements that all research subjects provide informed consent and that all clinical studies be conducted under the supervision of one or more qualified investigators.

Clinical trials (under an IND) involve administration of the investigational drug to human subjects under the supervision of qualified investigators. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing the objectives of the study, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Each protocol must be provided to the FDA as part of a separate submission to the IND. Further, an Institutional Review Board, or IRB, for each medical center proposing to conduct the clinical trial must review and approve the study protocol and informed consent information for study subjects for any clinical trial before it commences at that center, and the IRB must monitor the study until it is completed. There are also requirements governing reporting of ongoing clinical trials and clinical trial results to public registries. Study subjects must sign an informed consent form before participating in a clinical trial.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical studies must be submitted at least annually to the FDA and safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and the investigators for serious and unexpected adverse reactions in case of an open IND. For purposes of an NDA or BLA submission and approval, human clinical trials are typically conducted in the following sequential phases, which may overlap:

•        Phase I:    Trials are initially conducted in a limited population of healthy human (in oncology Phase I trials are often conducted in patients) subjects or patients to test the drug candidate for safety and dose tolerance. These studies are designed to test the safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism and distribution of the investigational product in humans, the side effects associated with increasing doses, and, if possible, to gain early evidence on effectiveness.

•        Phase II:    The investigational product is administered to a limited patient population with a specified disease or condition to evaluate the preliminary efficacy, optimal dosages and dosing schedule and to identify possible adverse side effects and safety risks. Multiple Phase 2 clinical trials may be conducted to obtain information prior to beginning larger and more expensive Phase 3 clinical trials.

•        Phase III:    The investigational product is administered to an expanded patient population in adequate and well-controlled studies to further evaluate dosage, to provide statistically significant evidence of clinical efficacy and to further test for safety, generally at multiple geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk/benefit relationship of the investigational product and to provide an adequate basis for product approval.

•        Phase IV:    In some cases, the FDA may condition approval of an NDA or BLA on the sponsor’s agreement to conduct additional clinical trials to further assess the drug candidate’s safety, purity and potency after NDA or BLA approval. Such post-approval trials are typically referred to as Phase IV clinical trials.

Concurrent with clinical studies, sponsors usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the product and finalize a process for manufacturing the product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the drug candidate and, among other things, the manufacturer must develop and validate methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final product. Moreover, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested and stability studies must be conducted to assure product integrity and demonstrate that the drug candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

The results of product development, preclinical studies and clinical trials, along with the aforementioned manufacturing information, are submitted to the FDA as part of a BLA/NDA. Under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, the FDA agrees to specific goals for NDA/BLA review time. The testing and approval process requires substantial time, effort and financial resources. The FDA will review the BLA/NDA and may deem it to be

74

Table of Contents

inadequate to support approval, and we cannot be sure that any approval will be granted on a timely basis, if at all. The FDA may also refer the application to the appropriate advisory committee, typically a panel of clinicians, for review, evaluation and a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of the advisory committee, but it typically follows such recommendations.

The FDA may deny approval of a BLA/NDA if the applicable regulatory criteria are not satisfied, or it may require additional clinical data or additional pivotal Phase III clinical trials. Even if such data are submitted, the FDA may ultimately decide that the NDA/BLA does not satisfy the criteria for approval. Data from clinical trials are not always conclusive and the FDA may interpret data differently than the sponsor does. Once issued, product approval may be withdrawn by the FDA if ongoing regulatory requirements are not met or if safety problems occur after the product reaches the market. In addition, the FDA may require testing, including Phase IV clinical trials, and surveillance programs to monitor the effect of approved products that have been commercialized, and the FDA has the power to prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of these post-marketing programs which may include pediatric assessment, and potentially studies required for an application for a new indication, new dosage form, a new dosing regimen, a new route of administration or a new active ingredient. Products may be marketed only for the approved indications and in accordance with the provisions of the approved label. Further, if there are any modifications to the drug, including changes in indications, labeling or manufacturing processes or facilities, approval of a new or supplemental BLA may be required, which may involve conducting additional preclinical studies and clinical trials.

Expedited Review and Approval

The FDA has various programs, including fast track designation, priority review, accelerated approval, and breakthrough therapy designation, which are intended to expedite or simplify the process for reviewing drugs and/or provide for approval on the basis of surrogate endpoints. Even if a drug qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the drug no longer meets the conditions for qualification or that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened. In particular, if accelerated approval is granted for any particular clinical product, the FDA can subsequently revoke the marketing authorization for such product if post-market clinical trial results are unsuccessful. Generally, drugs that may be eligible for these programs are those for serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions, those with the potential to address unmet medical needs, and those that offer meaningful benefits over existing treatments.

Other U.S. Regulatory Requirements

After approval, products are subject to extensive continuing regulation by the FDA, which include company obligations to manufacture products in accordance with GMP, maintain and provide to the FDA updated safety and efficacy information, report adverse experiences with the product, keep certain records and submit periodic reports, obtain FDA approval of certain manufacturing or labelling changes and comply with FDA promotion and advertising requirements and restrictions. Failure to meet these obligations can result in various adverse consequences, both voluntary and FDA-imposed, including product recalls, withdrawal of approval, restrictions on marketing, and the imposition of civil fines and criminal penalties against the BLA holder — all of which may become public. In addition, later discovery of previously unknown safety or efficacy issues may result in restrictions on the product, manufacturer or application holder.

We, and any manufacturers of our drug candidates, are required to comply with applicable FDA manufacturing requirements contained in the FDA’s GMP regulations. GMP regulations require, among other things, quality control and quality assurance as well as the corresponding maintenance of records and documentation. The manufacturing facilities for our drug candidates must meet GMP requirements. We, and any third-party manufacturers, are also subject to periodic inspections of facilities by the FDA and other authorities, including procedures and operations used in the testing and manufacture of our drug candidates to assess our compliance with applicable regulations.

With respect to post-market product advertising and promotion, the FDA imposes a number of complex regulations on entities that advertise and promote pharmaceuticals, which include, among others, standards for direct-to-consumer advertising, promoting products for uses or in patient populations that are not described in the product’s approved labelling (known as “off-label use”), industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities, and promotional activities involving the Internet. Failure to comply with FDA requirements can have negative consequences, including adverse publicity, enforcement letters from the FDA, mandated corrective advertising or communications with doctors and civil or criminal penalties. Although physicians may prescribe legally available drugs for off-label uses, manufacturers may not market or promote such off-label uses.

75

Table of Contents

Changes to some of the conditions established in an approved application, including changes in indications, labelling, or manufacturing processes or facilities, require submission and FDA approval of a new BLA or BLA supplement before the change can be implemented. A BLA supplement for a new indication typically requires clinical data similar to that in the original application, and the FDA uses the same procedures and actions in reviewing BLA supplements as it does in reviewing BLAs.

Adverse event reporting and submission of periodic reports is required following FDA approval of a BLA. The FDA also may require post-marketing testing, known as Phase IV testing, risk mitigation strategies, and surveillance to monitor the effects of an approved product or place conditions on an approval that could restrict the distribution or use of the product.

Controlled Substances

The CSA and its implementing regulations establish a “closed system” of distribution for controlled substances. The CSA imposes registration, security, recordkeeping and reporting, storage, manufacturing, distribution, labeling, importation, exportation, disposal and other requirements under the oversight of the DEA. The DEA is the federal agency responsible for regulating controlled substances, and requires those individuals or entities that manufacture, import, export, distribute, research, or dispense controlled substances to comply with the regulatory requirements to prevent the diversion of controlled substances to illicit channels of commerce.

Facilities that research, manufacture, distribute, import or export any controlled substance must register annually with the DEA. The DEA registration is specific to the particular location, activity(ies) and controlled substances utilized. For example, separate registrations are required for importation and manufacturing activities, and each registration authorizes which schedules of controlled substances the registrant may handle. However, certain coincident activities are permitted without obtaining a separate DEA registration, such as distribution of controlled substances by the manufacturer that produces them.

The DEA categorizes controlled substances into one of five schedules — Schedule I, II, III, IV, or V — with varying qualifications for listing in each schedule. Scheduling determination by the DEA are dependent on approval of a substance or a specific formulation of a substance. Schedule I substances by definition have a high potential for abuse, have no currently “accepted medical use” in treatment in the United States and lack accepted safety for use under medical supervision. They may be used only in federally-approved research programs and may not be marketed or sold for dispensing to patients in the United States. Pharmaceutical products having a currently accepted medical use may be listed as Schedule II, III, IV or V substances, with Schedule II substances presenting the highest potential for abuse and physical or psychological dependence, and Schedule V substances presenting the lowest relative potential for abuse and dependence. The regulatory requirements are more restrictive for Schedule II substances than Schedule III-V substances. For example, all Schedule II drug prescriptions must be signed by a physician, physically presented to a pharmacist in most situations, and cannot be refilled. Marijuana and THC are Schedule I controlled substances under the CSA. Products approved for medical use in the United States that contain marijuana, THC or marijuana/THC extracts, must be placed in Schedules II-V, since approval by the FDA satisfies the “acceptable medical use” requirement. While marijuana and THC are controlled substances, the Agricultural Improvement Act of 2018 amended the CSA to exclude Cannabis meeting the statutory definition of hemp from the definition of marijuana. As a result, Cannabis that contains 0.3 percent or less of delta-9 THC on a dry weight basis is no longer considered a controlled substance. By extension, Cannabis-derived cannabidiol that satisfies the same limitation concerning delta-9 THC is also excluded from CSA regulatory controls. Because the definition of hemp does not expressly include synthetic equivalents of Cannabis or its derivatives, however, there is a lack of clarity about the CSA control status of pharmaceutically manufactured cannabidiol. Absent guidance to the contrary from the DEA, Cannabis and those products which contain Cannabis, that do not meet the definition of hemp remain in Schedule I of the CSA for purposes of development and research activities.

The DEA inspects all manufacturing facilities to review security, record keeping, reporting and compliance with other DEA regulatory requirements prior to issuing a controlled substance registration. The specific security requirements vary by the type of business activity and the schedule and quantity of controlled substances handled. The most stringent requirements apply to manufacturers of Schedule I and Schedule II substances. Required security measures commonly include background checks on employees and physical control of controlled substances through storage in approved vaults, safes and cages, and through use of alarm systems and surveillance cameras. An application for a manufacturing registration as a bulk manufacturer (not a dosage form manufacturer or a repacker/relabeler) for a Schedule I or II substance must be published in the Federal Register and is open for 30 days to permit

76

Table of Contents

interested persons to submit comments, objections, or requests for a hearing. A copy of the notice of the Federal Register publication is forwarded by the DEA to all those registered, or applicants for registration, as bulk manufacturers of that substance. Once registered, manufacturing facilities must maintain records documenting the manufacture, receipt and distribution of all controlled substances. Manufacturers must submit periodic reports to the DEA of the distribution of Schedule I and II controlled substances, Schedule III narcotic substances, and other designated substances. Registrants must also report any controlled substance thefts or significant losses and must adhere to certain requirements to dispose of controlled substances. As with applications for registration as a bulk manufacturer, an application for an importer registration for a Schedule I or II substance must also be published in the Federal Register, which remains open for 30 days for comments. Imports of Schedule I and II controlled substances for commercial purposes are generally restricted to substances not already available from a domestic supplier or where there is not adequate competition among domestic suppliers. In addition to an importer or exporter registration, importers and exporters must obtain a permit for every import or export of a Schedule I and II substance, Schedule III, IV and V narcotic, specially designated Schedule III non-narcotics, or Schedule IV or V narcotic controlled in Schedule I or II by the Convention on Psychotropic Substances and submit import or export declarations for Schedule III, IV and V non-narcotics.

For drugs manufactured in the United States, the DEA establishes annually an aggregate quota for the amount of substances within Schedules I and II that may be manufactured or produced in the United States based on the DEA’s estimate of the quantity needed to meet legitimate medical, scientific, research and industrial needs. This limited aggregate amount of Cannabis that the DEA allows to be produced in the United States each year is allocated among individual companies, which, in turn, must annually apply to the DEA for individual manufacturing and procurement quotas. The quotas apply equally to the manufacturing of the active pharmaceutical ingredient and production of dosage forms. The DEA may adjust aggregate production quotas a few times per year, and individual manufacturing or procurement quotas from time to time during the year, although the DEA has substantial discretion in whether or not to make such adjustments for individual companies.

The states also maintain separate controlled substance laws and regulations, including licensing, recordkeeping, security, distribution, and dispensing requirements. State Authorities, including Boards of Pharmacy, regulate use of controlled substances in each state. Failure to maintain compliance with applicable requirements, particularly as manifested in the loss or diversion of controlled substances, can result in enforcement action that could have a material adverse effect on our business, operations and financial condition. The DEA may seek civil penalties, refuse to renew necessary registrations, or initiate proceedings to revoke those registrations. In certain circumstances, violations could lead to criminal prosecution.

We will not be subject to the DEA approval to conduct our clinical trials for the foreseeable future because we have conducted and plan to continue to conduct clinical trials for each clinical drug program in Australia. We may also decide to develop, manufacture or commercialize our drug candidates in additional countries. As a result, we will be subject to controlled substance laws and regulations from the TGA in Australia, Health Canada’s Office of Controlled Substances in Canada, the Drugs & Firearms Unit (Home Office) of the National Drug Control System in the United Kingdom, and from other regulatory agencies in other countries where we develop, manufacture or commercialize each drug asset in the future.

Foreign Regulation

In addition to regulations in the United States, we are subject to a variety of foreign regulations governing clinical trials and commercial sales and distribution of our drug candidates. Whether or not we obtain FDA approval for a product, we must obtain approval of a product by the comparable regulatory authorities of foreign countries before we can commence clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries. The approval process varies from country to country and the time may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA approval. The requirements governing the conduct of clinical trials vary greatly from country to country.

European Union and United Kingdom

In the European Economic Area, or EEA, which is comprised of the Member States of the European Union plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein, medicinal products can only be commercialized after obtaining a Marketing Authorization, or MA by the EMA. Under European Union regulatory systems, we must submit and obtain authorization for a clinical trial application in each member state in which we intend to conduct a clinical trial. When conducting clinical trials in the European Union, we must adhere to the provisions of the European Union Clinical Trials Directive (Directive 2001/20/EC) and the laws and regulations of the EU Member States implementing them.

77

Table of Contents

These provisions require, among other things, that the prior authorization of an Ethics Committee and the competent Member State authority is obtained before commencing the clinical trial. In April 2014, the European Union passed the Clinical Trials Regulation (Regulation 536/2014), which will replace the current Clinical Trials Directive. To ensure that the rules for clinical trials are identical throughout the European Union, the EU Clinical Trials Regulation was passed as a regulation that is directly applicable in all EU member states. All clinical trials performed in the European Union are required to be conducted in accordance with the Clinical Trials Directive until the Clinical Trials Regulation becomes applicable. According to the current plans of the EMA, the Clinical Trials Regulation is expected to become applicable.

After we have completed our clinical trials, we must obtain marketing authorization before we can market our product. We may submit applications for marketing authorizations under a centralized procedure. The centralized procedure provides for the grant of a single marketing authorization that is valid for all European Union member states.

The European Medicines Agency, or EMA, is a body of the European Union located in Amsterdam. The EMA is responsible for the scientific evaluation of medicines developed by pharmaceutical companies for use in the European Union. The EMA is involved in the scientific evaluation of medicines that fall within the scope of the centralized procedure. Like the FDA there is a harmonization between regulators and the EMA may inspect and audit the development facilities, planned production facilities, clinical trial sites and laboratory facilities. Additionally, after the product is approved and marketed, the EMA uses different mechanisms for assuring that firms adhere to the terms and conditions of approval described in the application and that the product is manufactured in a consistent and controlled manner. This is done by periodic unannounced inspections of production and quality control facilities.

If any of our drug candidates receive marketing approval in the EEA, we expect they will benefit from 8 years of data protection and 10 years of market protection. The periods run in parallel so effectively 8 years of data protection plus 2 years of market protection is granted. This means that a biosimilar application referencing our safety and efficacy data held on file at the EMA cannot be filed until the end of the data protection period of 8 years, and the biosimilar cannot be placed on the market until after a further 2 years have elapsed (8 + 2). Furthermore, an additional 1 year of market protection is available (8 + 2 + 1) where we obtain approval of a second indication having a significant clinical benefit in the initial 8-year period.

Similarly, since the Biologics Price Competition and Innovation Act (BPCIA) came into force in 2010, the United States provides 4 years of data exclusivity and 12 years of marketing exclusivity for a new biologic. The periods of exclusivity run in parallel, meaning that the FDA will not accept a biosimilar filing for 4 years and will not approve the biosimilar for a further 8 years (4 + 8).

Regulation and Procedures Governing Approval of Medicinal Products in the European Union

In order to market any product outside of the United States, a company must also comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries and jurisdictions regarding quality, safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of products. Whether or not it obtains FDA approval for a product, an applicant will need to obtain the necessary approvals by the comparable foreign regulatory authorities before it can initiate clinical trials or marketing of the product in those countries or jurisdictions. Specifically, the process governing approval of medicinal products in the European Union generally follows the same lines as in the United States, although the approval of a medicinal product in the United States is no guarantee of approval of the same product in the European Union, either at all or within the same timescale as approval may be granted in the United States. It entails satisfactory completion of pharmaceutical development, non-clinical studies and adequate and well-controlled clinical trials to establish the safety and efficacy of the medicinal product for each proposed indication. It also requires the submission to relevant competent authorities for clinical trials authorization for a marketing authorization application, or MAA, and granting of a marketing authorization by these authorities before the product can be marketed and sold in the European Union or its member states (as well as Iceland, Norway and Liechtenstein). If we fail to comply with applicable requirements, we may be subject to, among other things, fines, suspension of clinical trials, suspension or withdrawal of regulatory approvals, product recalls, seizure of products, operating restrictions and criminal prosecution.

Clinical Trial Approval

Pursuant to the currently applicable Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC and the Directive 2005/28/EC on GCP, a system for the approval of clinical trials in the European Union has been implemented through national legislation of the member states. Under this system, an applicant must obtain approval from the national competent

78

Table of Contents

authority, or NCA, of a European Union member state in which the clinical trial is to be conducted or in multiple member states if the clinical trial is to be conducted in a number of member states. Furthermore, the applicant may only start a clinical trial at a specific study site after the independent ethics committee, or EC, has issued a favorable opinion in relation to the clinical trial. The clinical trial application must be accompanied by an investigational medicinal product dossier with supporting information prescribed by Directive 2001/20/EC and Directive 2005/28/EC and corresponding national laws of the member states and further detailed in applicable guidance documents. Under the current regime all suspected unexpected serious adverse reactions to the investigated drug that occur during the clinical trial have to be reported to the NCA and ECs of the member state where they occurred.

In April 2014, the European Union adopted a new Clinical Trials Regulation (EU) No 536/2014, which is set to replace the current Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC. It will overhaul the current system of approvals for clinical trials in the European Union. Specifically, the new legislation, which will be directly applicable in all EU member states (meaning that no national implementing legislation in each European Union member state is required), aims at simplifying and streamlining the approval of clinical trials in the European Union. For instance, the new Clinical Trials Regulation provides for a streamlined application procedure via a single-entry point and strictly defined deadlines for the assessment of clinical trial applications. It is expected that the new Clinical Trials Regulation will come into effect following confirmation of full functionality of the Clinical Trials Information System, the centralized EU portal and database for clinical trials foreseen by the new Clinical Trials Regulation, through an independent audit, which is currently expected to occur in December 2021.

Marketing Authorization

To obtain a marketing authorization for a product in the European Economic Area (comprised of the EU member states plus Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein), or EEA, an applicant must submit a MAA, either under a centralized procedure administered by the EMA or one of the procedures administered by competent authorities in the EEA member states (decentralized procedure, national procedure, or mutual recognition procedure). A marketing authorization may be granted only to an applicant established in the EEA.

The centralized procedure provides for the grant of a single marketing authorization by the European Commission that is valid throughout the EEA. Pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 726/2004, our investigational COMP360 psilocybin therapy, as a new active substance indicated for the treatment of treatment-resistant depression, will have the option to be filed through the centralized procedure. For those products for which the use of the centralized procedure is not mandatory, applicants may elect to use the centralized procedure where either the product contains a new active substance indicated for the treatment of diseases other than those on the mandatory list, or where the applicant can show that the product constitutes a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation, or for which a centralized process is in the interest of public health.

Under the centralized procedure, the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human use, or the CHMP, which is the EMA’s committee that is responsible for human medicines, established at the EMA is responsible for conducting the assessment of whether a medicine meets the required quality, safety and efficacy requirements, and whether it has a positive risk/benefit/risk profile. Under the centralized procedure, the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of a MAA is 210 days from the receipt of a valid MAA, excluding clock stops when additional information or written or oral explanation is to be provided by the applicant in response to questions of the CHMP. Clock stops may extend the timeframe of evaluation of a MAA considerably beyond 210 days. Where the CHMP gives a positive opinion, it provides the opinion together with supporting documentation to the European Commission, who make the final decision to grant a marketing authorization. Accelerated evaluation may be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when a medicinal product is of major interest from the point of view of public health and, in particular, from the viewpoint of therapeutic innovation. If the CHMP accepts such a request, the timeframe of 210 days for assessment will be reduced to 150 days (excluding clock stops), but it is possible that the CHMP may revert to the standard time limit for the centralized procedure if it determines that the application is no longer appropriate to conduct an accelerated assessment.

PRIME Scheme

EMA now offers a scheme that is intended to reinforce early dialogue with, and regulatory support from, EMA in order to stimulate innovation, optimize development and enable accelerated assessment of PRIority MEdicines, or PRIME. It is intended to build upon the scientific advice scheme and accelerated assessment procedure offered by EMA. The scheme is voluntary and eligibility criteria must be met for a medicine to qualify for PRIME.

79

Table of Contents

The PRIME scheme is open to medicines under development and for which the applicant intends to apply for an initial marketing authorization application through the centralized procedure. Eligible products must target conditions for which where is an unmet medical need (there is no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention or treatment in the European Union or, if there is, the new medicine will bring a major therapeutic advantage) and they must demonstrate the potential to address the unmet medical need by introducing new methods or therapy or improving existing ones. Applicants will typically be at the exploratory clinical trial phase of development and will have preliminary clinical evidence in patients to demonstrate the promising activity of the medicine and its potential to address to a significant extent an unmet medical need. In exceptional cases, applicants from the academic sector or SMEs (small and medium sized enterprises) may submit an eligibility request at an earlier stage of development if compelling non-clinical data in a relevant model provide early evidence of promising activity, and first in man studies indicate adequate exposure for the desired pharmacotherapeutic effects and tolerability.

If a medicine is selected for the PRIME scheme, EMA:

•        appoints a rapporteur from the CHMP or from the Committee for Advanced Therapies (CAT) to provide continuous support and to build up knowledge of the medicine in advance of the filing of a marketing authorization application;

•        issues guidance on the applicant’s overall development plan and regulatory strategy;

•        organizes a kick-off meeting with the rapporteur and experts from relevant EMA committees and working groups;

•        provides a dedicated EMA contact person; and

•        provides scientific advice at key development milestones, involving additional stakeholders, such as health technology assessment bodies and patients, as needed.

Medicines that are selected for the PRIME scheme are also expected to benefit from EMA’s accelerated assessment procedure at the time of application for marketing authorization. Where, during the course of development, a medicine no longer meets the eligibility criteria, support under the PRIME scheme may be withdrawn.

Pediatric Development

In the EEA, companies developing a new medicinal product must agree upon a Pediatric Investigation Plan, or PIP, with the EMA’s Pediatric Committee, or PDCO, and must conduct pediatric clinical trials in accordance with that PIP, unless a waiver applies, (e.g., because the relevant disease or condition occurs only in adults). The PIP sets out the timing and measures proposed to generate data to support a pediatric indication of the drug for which marketing authorization is being sought. The marketing authorization application for the product must include the results of pediatric clinical trials conducted in accordance with the PIP, unless a waiver applies, or a deferral has been granted by the PDCO of the obligation to implement some or all of the measures of the PIP until there are sufficient data to demonstrate the efficacy and safety of the product in adults, in which case the pediatric clinical trials must be completed at a later date. Products that are granted a marketing authorization with the results of the pediatric clinical trials conducted in accordance with the PIP are eligible for a six-month extension of the protection under a supplementary protection certificate (if any is in effect at the time of approval) even where the trial results are negative. In the case of orphan medicinal products, a two-year extension of the orphan market exclusivity may be available. This pediatric reward is subject to specific conditions and is not automatically available when data in compliance with the PIP are developed and submitted.

Regulatory Data Protection in the European Union

In the EEA, innovative medicinal products approved on the basis of a complete independent data package qualify for eight years of data exclusivity upon grant of a marketing authorization and an additional two years of market exclusivity pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 726/2004, as amended, and Directive 2001/83/EC, as amended. Data exclusivity prevents generic and biosimilar applicants from referencing the innovator’s preclinical and clinical trial data contained in the dossier of the reference product when applying for a marketing authorization for a period of eight years from the date on which the reference product was first authorized in the EEA. During the additional two-year period of market exclusivity, a generic or biosimilar marketing authorization application can be submitted, and the innovator’s data may be referenced, but no generic or biosimilar medicinal product can be marketed until the

80

Table of Contents

expiration of the market exclusivity period. The overall 10-year period will be extended to a maximum of 11 years if, during the first eight years of those 10 years, the marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to authorization, is held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies. Even if a compound is considered to be an innovative medicinal product so that the innovator gains the prescribed period of data exclusivity, another company may market another version of the product if such company obtained marketing authorization based on a MAA with a completely independent data package of pharmaceutical tests, preclinical tests and clinical trials.

Periods of Authorization and Renewals

A marketing authorization is valid for five years, in principle, and it may be renewed after five years on the basis of a re-evaluation of the risk benefit balance by the EMA or by the competent authority of the authorizing member state. To that end, the marketing authorization holder must provide the EMA or the competent authority with a consolidated version of the file in respect of quality, safety and efficacy, including all variations introduced since the marketing authorization was granted, at least nine months before the marketing authorization ceases to be valid. Once renewed, the marketing authorization is valid for an unlimited period, unless the European Commission or the competent authority decides, on justified grounds relating to pharmacovigilance, to proceed with one additional five-year renewal period. Any authorization that is not followed by the placement of the product on the EEA market (in the case of the centralized procedure) or on the market of the authorizing member state within three years after authorization ceases to be valid.

Controlled Drugs Classification

The position in the member states of the European Union is not harmonized. Member states have implemented the relevant UN Conventions (the Single Convention of Narcotic Drugs 1961 and the Convention on Psychotropic Substances 1971) into their national legislation, which has led to differences in how controlled substances are regulated in different countries of the European Union. It is therefore important to determine at a national level whether a substance is controlled and to comply with the applicable legal requirements.

Regulatory Requirements After Marketing Authorization

Following approval, the holder of the marketing authorization is required to comply with a range of requirements applicable to the manufacturing, marketing, promotion and sale of the medicinal product.

These include compliance with the European Union’s stringent pharmacovigilance or safety reporting rules, pursuant to which post-authorization studies and additional monitoring obligations can be imposed. The holder of a marketing authorization must establish and maintain a pharmacovigilance system and appoint an individual qualified person for pharmacovigilance, who is responsible for oversight of that system. Key obligations include expedited reporting of suspected serious adverse reactions and submission of periodic safety update reports, or PSURs.

In addition, all new MAAs must include a risk management plan, or RMP, describing the risk management system that the company will put in place and documenting measures to prevent or minimize the risks associated with the product. The regulatory authorities may also impose specific obligations as a condition of the marketing authorization. Such risk-minimization measures or post-authorization obligations may include additional safety monitoring, more frequent submission of PSURs, or the conduct of additional clinical trials or post-authorization safety studies. RMPs and PSURs are routinely available to third parties requesting access, subject to limited redactions.

Furthermore, the manufacturing of authorized products, for which a separate manufacturer’s license is mandatory, must also be conducted in strict compliance with the EMA’s cGMP requirements and comparable requirements of other regulatory bodies in the European Union, which mandate the methods, facilities and controls used in manufacturing, processing and packing of products to assure their safety and identity.

Finally, the marketing and promotion of authorized products, including industry-sponsored continuing medical education and advertising directed toward the prescribers of products, are strictly regulated in the European Union under Directive 2001/83/EC, as amended. The advertising of prescription-only medicines to the general public is not permitted in the European Union, or in the UK under the Human Medicines Regulations 2021. Although general requirements for advertising and promotion of medicinal products are established under EU Directive 2001/83/EC as amended, the details are governed by regulations in each European Union member state (as well as Iceland, Norway and Liechtenstein) and can differ from one country to another.

81

Table of Contents

United Kingdom

The United Kingdom (UK) has left the European Union and will declare its independent processes to approve clinical research and marketing authorizations. Currently, the UK is in a transition period after it left the European Union, leaving EU regulations and agreements active. This transition period ended on December 31, 2020. Since the regulatory framework in the UK covering quality, safety and efficacy of pharmaceutical products, clinical trials, marketing authorization, commercial sales and distribution of pharmaceutical products is derived from EU Directives and Regulations, Brexit could materially impact the future regulatory regime which applies to products and the approval of drug candidates in the UK, as UK legislation now has the potential to diverge from EU legislation. It remains to be seen how Brexit will impact regulatory requirements for drug candidates and products in the UK in the long-term. The MHRA has recently published detailed guidance for industry and organizations to follow from January 1, 2021, which will be updated as the UK’s regulatory position on medicinal products evolves over time. How precisely clinical research within the UK will be performed and how approval for drugs will be organized is subject to ongoing discussions

The UK will no longer be covered by centralized marketing authorizations (under the Northern Irish Protocol, centralized marketing authorizations will continue to be recognized in Northern Ireland). All medicinal products with a current centralized marketing authorization were automatically converted to Great Britain marketing authorizations on January 1, 2021. For a period of two years from January 1, 2021, the MHRA may rely on a decision taken by the European Commission on the approval of a new marketing authorization in the centralized procedure, in order to more quickly grant a new Great Britain marketing authorization. A separate application will, however, still be required.

Australia

In Australia, the relevant regulatory body responsible for the pharmaceutical industry is the Therapeutics Goods Administration, or TGA. As with the EMA and FDA there is a harmonization and collaboration between regulatory authorities. The TGA requires notification of all clinical trials via an electronic submission of a Clinical Trial Notification (CTN) prior to commencing the clinical trial.

Third-Party Payer Coverage and Reimbursement

Although our drug candidates have not been commercialized for any indication, if they are approved for marketing, commercial success of our drug candidates will depend, in part, upon the availability of coverage and reimbursement from third party payers at the federal, state and private levels.

In the United States and internationally, sales of any product that we market in the future, and our ability to generate revenues on such sales, are dependent, in significant part, on the availability of adequate coverage and reimbursement from third party payors, such as state and federal governments, managed care providers and private insurance plans.

Private insurers, such as health maintenance organizations and managed care providers, have implemented cost-cutting and reimbursement initiatives and likely will continue to do so in the future. These include establishing formularies that govern the drugs and biologics that will be offered and the out-of-pocket obligations of member patients for such products. We may need to conduct pharmacoeconomic studies to demonstrate the cost-effectiveness of our drug candidates for formulary coverage and reimbursement. Even with such studies, our drug candidates may be considered less safe, less effective or less cost-effective than existing products, and third-party payors may not provide coverage and reimbursement for our drug candidates, in whole or in part. In addition, particularly in the United States and increasingly in other countries, we are required to provide discounts and pay rebates to state and federal governments and agencies in connection with purchases of our drug candidates that are reimbursed by such entities. It is possible that future legislation in the United States and other jurisdictions could be enacted to potentially impact reimbursement rates for the drug candidates we are developing and may develop in the future and could further impact the levels of discounts and rebates paid to federal and state government entities. Any legislation that impacts these areas could impact, in a significant way, our ability to generate revenues from sales of drug candidates that, if successfully developed, we bring to market. Political, economic and regulatory influences are subjecting the healthcare industry in the United States to fundamental changes. There have been, and we expect there will continue to be, legislative and regulatory proposals to change the healthcare system in ways that could significantly affect our future business.

82

Table of Contents

Similar political, economic and regulatory developments are occurring in the European Union and may affect the ability of pharmaceutical companies to profitably commercialize their products. In addition to continuing pressure on prices and cost containment measures, legislative developments at the European Union or member state level may result in significant additional requirements or obstacles. The delivery of healthcare in the European Union, including the establishment and operation of health services and the pricing and reimbursement of medicines, is almost exclusively a matter for national, rather than European Union, law and policy. National governments and health service providers have different priorities and approaches to the delivery of health care and the pricing and reimbursement of products in that context. In general, however, the healthcare budgetary constraints in most EU member states have resulted in restrictions on the pricing and reimbursement of medicines by relevant health service providers. Coupled with ever-increasing EU and national regulatory burdens on those wishing to develop and market products, this could restrict or regulate post-approval activities and affect the ability of pharmaceutical companies to commercialize their products. In international markets, reimbursement and healthcare payment systems vary significantly by country, and many countries have instituted price ceilings on specific products and therapies. In the future, there may continue to be additional proposals relating to the reform of the healthcare system in the United States and international healthcare systems. Future legislation, or regulatory actions implementing recent or future legislation may have a significant effect on our business. Our ability to successfully commercialize products depends in part on the extent to which reimbursement for the costs of our drug candidates and related treatments will be available in the United States and worldwide from government health administration authorities, private health insurers and other organizations. The adoption of certain proposals could limit the prices we are able to charge for our drug candidates, the amounts of reimbursement available for our drug candidates, and limit the acceptance and availability of our drug candidates. Therefore, substantial uncertainty exists as to the reimbursement status of newly approved health care products by third party payors.

Exchange Controls

Australia has largely abolished exchange controls on investment transactions. The Australian dollar is freely convertible into U.S. dollars. In addition, there are currently no specific rules or limitations regarding the export from Australia of profits, dividends, capital or similar funds belonging to foreign investors, except that certain payments to non-residents must be reported to the Australian Cash Transaction Reports Agency, which monitors such transaction, and amounts on account of potential Australian tax liabilities may be required to be withheld unless a relevant taxation treaty can be shown to apply.

The Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975

Under Australian law, in certain circumstances foreign persons are prohibited from acquiring more than a limited percentage of the shares in an Australian company without approval from the Australian Treasurer. These limitations are set forth in the Australian Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act, or the Takeovers Act.

Under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act, as currently in effect, any foreign person, together with associates, or parties acting in concert, is prohibited from acquiring 20% or more of the shares in any company having consolidated total assets of or that is valued at A$275 million or more (or A$1,192 million or more in case of U.S. investors). “Associates” is a broadly defined term under the Takeovers Act 1975 and includes the following, but not limited to:

•        any relative of the person;

•        any person with whom the person is acting or proposes to act in concert;

•        any person with whom the person carries on a business in partnership;

•        any entity of which the person is a ‘senior officer’ (such as a director or executive);

•        if the person is an entity, any holding entity or any senior officer of the entity;

•        any entity whose senior officers are accustomed or obliged to act in accordance with the directions, instructions or wishes of the person or if the person is an entity, its senior officers or vice versa;

•        any corporation in which the person holds a ‘substantial interest’ (i.e., 20%) or any person holding a substantial interest in the person if a corporation;

83

Table of Contents

•        a trustee of a trust in which the person holds a substantial interest or if the person is the trustee of a trust, a person who holds a substantial interest in the trust; and

•        if the person is a foreign government, a separate government entity or a foreign government investor in relation to a foreign country, any other person that is a foreign government, a separate government entity or foreign government investor, in relation to that country.

The Australian Treasurer also has power in certain circumstances to make an order specifying that two or more persons are associates.

In addition, a foreign person may not acquire shares in a company having consolidated total asset of or that is valued at A$275 million or more (or A$1,192 million or more in case of U.S. investors) if, as a result of that acquisition, the total holdings of all foreign persons and their associates will exceed 40% in aggregate without the approval of the Australian Treasurer. If the necessary approvals are not obtained, the Treasurer may make an order requiring the acquirer to dispose of the shares it has acquired within a specified period of time. The same rule applies if the total holdings of all foreign persons and their associates already exceeds 40% and a foreign person (or its associate) acquires any further shares, including in the course of trading in the secondary market of the ADSs. At present, we do not have total assets of A$275 million or more. At this time, our total assets do not exceed any of the above thresholds and therefore no approval would be required from the Australian Treasurer. Nonetheless, if our total assets were to exceed the threshold in the future, we would be mindful of the number of ADS that can be made available, and monitor the 40% aggregate shareholding threshold for foreign persons (together with the associates) to ensure that it will not be exceeded subject to the Australian Treasurer’s approval.

Each foreign person seeking to acquire holdings in excess of the above caps (including their associates, as the case may be) would need to complete an application form setting out the proposal and relevant particulars of the acquisition/shareholding. The Australian Treasurer then has 30 days to consider the application and make a decision. However, the Australian Treasurer may extend the period by up to a further 90 days by publishing an interim order. The Australian Treasurer has issued a guideline titled Australia’s Foreign Investment Policy which provides an outline of the policy. As for the risk associated with seeking approval, the policy provides that the Treasurer will reject an application if it is contrary to the national interest.

If the level of foreign ownership exceeds 40% at any time, we would be considered a foreign person under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act. In such event, we would be required to obtain the approval of the Australian Treasurer for our company, together with our associates, to acquire (i) more than 15% of an Australian company or business having total assets of or that is valued at A$275 million (or A$1,192 if the investor is a non-government entity from a ‘partner agreement’ country) or more; or (ii) any direct or indirect ownership in Australian residential real estate and certain non-residential real estate.

The percentage of foreign ownership in our company may also be included determining the foreign ownership of any Australian company or business in which we may choose to invest. Since we have no current plans for any such acquisition and do not own any property, any such approvals required to be obtained by us as a foreign person under the Takeovers Act will not affect our current or future ownership or lease of property in Australia.

Our Constitution does not contain any additional limitations on a non-resident’s right to hold or vote our securities.

Australian law requires the transfer of shares in our company to be made in writing or electronically through the Clearing House Electronic Sub-register System.

Inflation and Seasonality

Management believes inflation has not had a material impact on our operations or financial condition. Management further believes that our operations are not currently subject to seasonal influences due to our current lack of marketed products. Moreover, the targets of our drug candidates, are not seasonal diseases. Accordingly, once we have marketed products, management does not expect that our business will be subject to seasonal influences.

84

Table of Contents

Manufacturing and Raw Materials

We have no manufacturing capabilities and are dependent on third parties for cost effective manufacture and manufacturing process development of our drug candidates. Problems with third party manufacturers or the manufacturing process as such may delay or jeopardize clinical trials and commercialization of our drug candidates.

History and Development

Our legal name is Incannex Healthcare Limited. We were incorporated in Australian in April 2001 under the name Mount Magnet South Limited. In November 2016, we changed name to Impression Healthcare Limited, and in June 2020, to Incannex Healthcare Limited. Incannex is listed on the ASX under the symbol “IHL.”

Since 2019, we have been conducting research and development for medicinal synthetic cannabidiol pharmaceutical products and psychedelic medicine therapies for treatment of a range of indications.

In June 2020, we discontinued the sale of mouthguards for sports activities to focus its resources on cannabinoid sales and development activities. As a result, on June 30, 2020, we sold our wholly-owned subsidiary Gameday International Pty Ltd. Sales of sports mouthguards had severely diminished due to the cancellation of sport seasons resulting from COVID- 19 restrictions. We did not expect any normal continuation of the sports season or recovery in mouthguard sales in the medium term that justifies continued financial commitment.

In January 2019, the Department of Health of Victoria granted us licenses to sell or supply cannabinoid substances, and in particular cannabis, cannabidiol (“CBD”), tetrahydrocannabinols (“THC”) and dronabinol.

Our registered office is located at Suite 15, Level 12, 401 Docklands Drive, Docklands 3008, Victoria, Australia and our telephone number is +61 409 840 786. Our agent for service of process in the United States is Vcorp Agent Services, Inc., 25 Robert Pitt Drive, Suite 204, Monsey, NY 10952, Rockland County. Our address on the Internet is www. incannex.com.au. The information on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this Registration Statement. We have included our website address in this Registration Statement solely as an inactive textual reference. All information we file with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) is available through the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering

Organizational Structure

Below is a list of our significant subsidiaries, including our ownership percentage, its date of formation and its jurisdiction. These subsidiaries were established to allow us to conduct commercial and clinical operations in Europe and the United States and expand our operations in Australia.

Subsidiary

 

Ownership

 

Date of
Formation/Acquisition

 

Jurisdiction

Incannex Pty Ltd

 

100%

 

November 30, 2018

 

Victoria, Australia

Psychennex Pty Ltd

 

100%

 

November 20, 2020

 

Victoria, Australia

Property, Plants and Equipment

We own computer equipment, office furniture and laboratory equipment, which is primarily placed at our own offices and laboratories.

Office Location

 

Lease expiry
date

Suite 15, Level 12, 401 Docklands Drive, Docklands 3008, Victoria, Australia

 

April 2022

Suite 207, 11 Solent Circuit, Norwest 2153, NSW, Australia

 

September 2021

85

Table of Contents

Management

Directors and Senior Management

The following table sets forth our directors and senior management, their age and the positions they held as of June 30, 2021. There are no family relationships among any of the members of our board of directors and our senior management.

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Joel Latham

 

32

 

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

Troy Valentine(1)

 

48

 

Chairman

Dr. Sud Agarwal

 

46

 

Chief Medical Officer and Director

Peter Widdows(2)

 

55

 

Director

Madhukar Bhalla

 

63

 

Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary

____________

(1)      Member of the Audit Committee.

(2)      Chair of Audit Committee.

Joel Latham.    Joel Latham has been the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of Incannex since July 2018. Mr. Latham is responsible for the Company’s commercial operations, strategic decision-making, and oversight of all clinical development assets for Incannex Healthcare. Prior to his appointment as Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Latham had been a key member of our senior leadership team acting as General Manager since 2016. During this time, he was instrumental in the marketing and procurement of multiple revenue-generating opportunities and partnerships, including with Pacific Smiles (ASX:PSQ), 1300 Smiles (ASX: ONT), the National Rugby League, the Australian Football League, ONE Fighting Championship, FIT Technologies and Cannvalate. During his time at the Company, Mr. Latham has been pivotal in the development and execution of Incannex’s drug development and regulatory strategy. Prior to joing Incannex in 2016, Mr. Latham had over 14 years’ experience, with major firms such as Mars Foods, Tabcorp and Philip Morris International in management and commercial operational roles.

Troy Valentine.    Troy Valentine has been Chairman of the Board of Directors since December 2017. Mr. Valentine is a finance professional with managerial and Board experience spanning over 27 years. He commenced his career with Australian brokerage firm Hartley Poynton (now Euroz Hartley’s Limited) in 1994 before moving to Patersons Securities (now Canaccord Genuity) in 2000 and subsequently became an Associate Director. During his time at Patersons, he was responsible for managing both retail and institutional accounts. Mr. Valentine has significant corporate and capital raising experience, especially with start-ups and small to mid-cap size companies. He is currently a director of Australian boutique corporate advisory firm Alignment Capital Pty Ltd, which he co-founded in 2014

Dr. Agarwal has been our Chief Medical Officer of Incannex since June 2019. He is responsible for the oversight over the Company’s cannabinoid clinical program and pipeline of proprietary products. Dr Agarwal is a specialist anaesthesiologist and physician researcher and passed his board exams and was made a Fellow of the Australian and New Zealand College of Anaesthetists in 2009. Dr. Sud Agarwal is a key opinion leader in the clinical use of medicinal cannabis and is regularly invited as a keynote to industry and pharmaceutical events, including the World Cannabis Conference (June 2019), the Australian Medicinal Cannabis Conference (March 2019), Prohibition Partners (September 2020) and the forthcoming International Cannabinoid Derived Pharmaceuticals Summit in Boston (September 2021). Since 2018, Dr. Agarwal also serves as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Cannvalate, an Australian private medicinal cannabis company that owns a 3% beneficial interest in Incannex.

Peter Widdows.    Peter Widdows has been a Director since 2018. He is a Fellow Chartered Accountant with experience across various functions of business. He has extensive experience in Australian and international consumer goods markets and has worked as a senior executive in numerous geographies, including Europe, the United States and Asia Pacific. In particular, Mr. Widdows served as the Regional Chief Executive Officer — Australasia and Greater China at the H. J. Heinz Company from 2008 to 2010 and as the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director — Australia at the H. J. Heinz Company from 2002 to 2008 and as the General Manager Strategy & Planning at Starkist Foods Inc. in Cincinnati from 1998 to 2000. Since September 2018, Mr. Widdows has been Chairman of Sunny Queen Australia Ltd, Australia’s largest shell egg and egg-based meal producer and is also a Non-Executive Director of Youi Insurance Holdings Ltd, an Australian general insurance company.

86

Table of Contents

Madhukar Bhalla.    Madhukar Bhalla has been Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary of Incannex since June 2021. Since July 2018, he has been acting as Company Secretary and Corporate Administrator at Classic Minerals Limited, an ASX-listed Australian company. Since July 2017, Mr Bhalla has been acting as Company Secretary of Appsolute Digital Ltd, a public unlisted Australian company. Between November 2017 and July 2018, Mr. Bhalla acted as Corporate Governance and HR Manager at Role Models and Leaders Australia and, from 2016 to 2018, he acted as the Company Secretary for FairStar Resources Limited.

Compensation

Remuneration Principles

Remuneration of all executive and non-executive directors and officers is determined by the board of directors.

We are committed to remunerating senior executives and executive directors in a manner that is market-competitive and consistent with “Best Practice” including the interests of shareholders. Remuneration packages are based on fixed and variable components, determined by the executives’ position, experience and performance, and may be satisfied via cash or equity.

Non-executive directors are remunerated out of the aggregate amount approved by shareholders and at a level that is consistent with industry standards. Non-executive directors do not receive performance-based bonuses and prior shareholder approval is required to participate in any issue of equity. No retirement benefits are payable other than statutory superannuation, if applicable.

Our remuneration policy is not directly based on our financial performance, rather on industry practice, given we operate in the biotechnology sector and our primary focus is research activities with a long-term objective of developing and commercializing the research and development results.

We envisage our performance in terms of earnings will remain negative while we continue in the research and development phase.

The purpose of a performance bonus is to reward individual performance in line with our objectives. Consequently, performance-based remuneration is paid to an individual where the individual’s performance clearly contributes to a successful outcome. This is regularly measured in respect of performance against key performance indicators.

We use a variety of key performance indicators to determine achievement, depending on the role of the executive being assessed. These include:

•        successful contract negotiations;

•        achievement of research project milestones within scheduled time and/or budget; and

•        our share price reaching a targeted level on the ASX over a period of time.

87

Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

The following table sets forth all of the compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to each individual who served as directors and executive officers in fiscal 2021.

June 30, 2021

 

Short-term Benefits

 

Post Employment Benefits

 

Long-term (share based payments)

 

Total

Cash salary
and fees
A$

 

Cash
bonus
A$

 

Non
Monetary*
A$

 

Super- annuation A$

 

Performance Rights, Shares
and Options
A$

 

A$

Directors

                       

Joel Latham

 

278,731

 

115,000

 

 

24,627

 

217,712

 

636,070

Troy Valentine

 

54,000

 

 

127,500

 

5,130

 

 

186,630

Dr. Sud Agarwal

 

48,000

 

 

90,000

 

4,560

 

454,987

 

597,547

Peter Widdows

 

48,000

 

 

 

4,560

 

 

52,560

Other Key Management Personnel

                       

Madhukar Bhalla

 

60,000

 

 

 

 

 

   

428,731

 

115,000

 

217,500

 

38,877

 

672,699

 

1,472,807

Service Agreements

The following members of key personnel have service agreements as at June 30, 2021 as follows:

Joel Latham

 

Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer

Agreement commenced:

 

July 1, 2020

Details

 

This employment agreement has no fixed term. Each party can terminate at will by giving three months’ notice. However, if the termination is for cause, no notice is required.

Base salary including superannuation

 

A$260,000 per year, including a vehicle allowance.

Madhukar Bhalla

 

Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary

Agreement commenced:

 

June 28, 2021

Details

 

This service agreement has no fixed term. This service agreement can be terminated by either party at will by giving 1-month notice.

Base salary including superannuation

 

A$60,000 per year for services as Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary.

Dr. Sud Agarwal

 

Chief Medical Officer

Agreement commenced:

 

July 23, 2019

Details

 

This service agreement has a fixed term of one year and it automatically renews if the parties do not terminate it. Dr. Sud Agarwal can terminate with 90 days notice. Either party can terminate the contract without notice in the case of material breach or insolvency.

Base salary including superannuation

 

A$90,000 per year for services as Chief Medical Officer.

Employee Share Option Plan and Performance Rights Plan

The Company does not currently have any Employee Share Option Plan or Performance Rights Plan. In the event that the directors determined that such plans were necessary, the Company would seek shareholder approval for any such plan prior to their use.

88

Table of Contents

Over the past three years, the Company has issued options or performance rights to directors or management as part of their remuneration or as performance incentives. No options or performance rights were granted to directors and officers during fiscal year 2021. All of these issues have been approved by shareholders prior to their issuance. Details of these issues are below:

Recipient

 

Quantity

 

Type

 

Shareholder approval date

Joel Latham

 

8,000,000

 

Performance Rights

 

20 November 2018

Troy Valentine

 

2,500,000

 

Performance Rights

 

20 November 2018

Peter Widdows

 

2,500,000

 

Performance Rights

 

20 November 2018

Madhukar Bhalla

 

 

 

Dr. Sud Agarwal

 

32,303,593

 

Performance Rights

 

26 June 2020

Dr. Sud Agarwal

 

200,000,000

 

Options

 

26 June 2020

Joel Latham

 

4,500,000

 

Options

 

26 June 2020

Ordinary Share holdings

As at June 30, 2021, the numbers of shares held by our directors and officers were as follows.

2021

 

Balance at
start of

the year

 

Received on
conversion of
performance
rights upon
achievement of
milestones

 

Received
during the
year on the
exercise of
options

 

Other
changes
during

the year

 

Balance at
end of

the year

Ordinary shares

               

 

   

Joel Latham

 

11,829,129

 

 

2,000,000

 

4,119,285

(1)

 

17,948,414

Troy Valentine

 

20,234,248

 

 

6,500,000

 

 

 

26,734,248

Dr. Sud Agarwal

 

36,000,000

 

30,303,593

 

 

 

 

66,303,593

Peter Widdows

 

12,615,790

 

 

3,300,000

 

 

 

15,915,790

Madhukar Bhalla

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total ordinary shares

 

80,679,167

 

30,303,593

 

11,800,000

 

4,119,285

 

 

126,902,045

____________

(1)      Removal from voluntary escrow.

Options holdings

As at June 30, 2021, the numbers of options held by our directors and officers were as follows. Each options grants the right to receive one fully paid ordinary share in Incannex.

2021

 

Balance at
start of the
year

 

Exercise price

 

Expiration date

 

Changes
during
the year

 

Balance at
end of the
year

Options

     

 

             

Joel Latham

 

4,237,500

 

 

A$               0.04

 

September 30, 2020

 

 

4,237,500

Joel Latham

 

 

$

0.05

 

June 30, 2025

 

750,000

 

750,000

Joel Latham

 

 

$

0.05

 

June 30, 2026

 

750,000

 

750,000

Joel Latham

 

 

$

0.05

 

June 30, 2027

 

750,000

 

750,000

Joel Latham

 

 

$

0.08

 

September 30, 2021

 

200,000

 

200,000

Troy Valentine

     

$

0.08

 

September 30, 2021

 

7,116,950

 

7,116,950

Dr. Sud Agarwal(1) (2)

 

200,000,000

 

 

A$               0.20

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

200,000,000

Peter Widdows(3)

 

657,895

 

 

A$               0.08

 

September 30, 2021

 

 

657,895

Madhukar Bhalla

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total options

 

204,895,395

 

 

       

9,566,950

 

214,462,345

____________

(1)      Granted to Dr. Sud Agarwal directly.

(2)      88,000,000 options granted to Cannvalate Pty Ltd, in which Dr. Sud Agarwal is a director and significant shareholder, expired during fiscal year 2021. In particular, (i) 14,000,000 options, exercise price A$0.06 per option, expired on December 31, 2020, (ii) 16,000,000 options, exercise price $0.08 per option, expired on December 31, 2020,

89

Table of Contents

(iii) 18,000,000 options, exercise price A$0.10 per option, expired on December 31, 2020, (iv) 20,000,000 options, exercise price A$0.12 per option, expired on December 31, 2020, and (v) 20,000,000 options, exercise price A$0.14 per option, expired on December 31, 2020.

(3)      3,300,000 options, exercise price A$0.04 per option, expired on September 30, 2020.

Performance rights

As at June 30, 2021, the numbers of performance rights held by our directors and officers were as follows. Each performance right grants the right to receive one fully paid ordinary share in the Company.

2021

 

Balance at
start of
the year

 

Granted/(Expired)
by the Company

 

Converted to
Ordinary
shares

 

Balance at
end of
the year

Performance rights

       

 

   

 

   

Joel Latham

 

5,000,000

 

(5,000,000

)

 

 

 

Troy Valentine

 

1,500,000

 

(1,500,000

)

 

 

 

Dr. Sud Agarwal

 

32,303,593

 

(2,000,000

)

 

(30,303,593

)

 

Peter Widdows

 

1,500,000

 

(1,500,000

)

 

 

 

Madhukar Bhalla

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total performance rights

 

40,303,593

 

(10,000,000

)

 

(30,303,593

)

 

Board Practices

Introduction

Our Board of Directors is elected by and accountable to our shareholders. It currently consists of four directors, including three non-executive directors, of which one is the non-executive Chairman of our Board of Directors. The Chairman of our Board of Directors is responsible for the management of the Board of Directors and its functions.

Election of Directors

Directors are elected at our annual general meeting of shareholders. Under our Constitution, a director, other than a managing director, must not hold office for more than three years or beyond the third annual general meeting following his appointment (whichever is the longer period) without submitting himself for re-election. Our Board of Directors has the power to appoint any person to be a director, either to fill a vacancy or as an additional director (provided that the total number of directors does not exceed the maximum allowed by law), and any director so appointed may hold office only until the next annual general meeting (“AGM”) when he or she shall be eligible for election.

The appointment and expiration dates of each director in office on June 30, 2021, is as follows:

Name

 

Position

 

Year first appointed

 

Current term expires

Joel Latham

 

Managing Director and CEO

 

2018

 

(1)

Troy Valentine

 

Chairman

 

2019

 

2022(2)

Dr. Sud Agarwal

 

Chief Medical Officer and Director

 

2019

 

2021(2)

Peter Widdows

 

Director

 

2020

 

2023(2)

____________

(1)      According to our Constitution, a Managing Director’s appointment is not subject to expiration.

(2)      Term expires on the date of the AGM for that year.

90

Table of Contents

Corporate Governance

ASX Corporate Governance Principles

In Australia, there are no defined corporate governance structures and practices that must be observed by a company listed on the ASX, except that entities of a certain size are required to have audit and remuneration committees and, in some instances, trading policies for key management personnel. Instead, the ASX Corporate Governance Council has published the Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations, which contains what are called the Recommendations which articulate eight core principles which are intended to provide a reference point for companies about their corporate governance structures and practices. Under ASX Listing Rule 4.10.3, companies are required to attach a copy of the Company’s corporate governance statement (which has been approved by the Board) and provide a statement in their annual report to shareholders disclosing the extent to which they have followed the Recommendations in the reporting period and where they have not followed all the Recommendations, identify the Recommendations that have not been followed, and the reasons for not following them and what (if any) alternative governance practices it adopted in lieu of the recommendations during that period. It is not mandatory to follow the Recommendations. As compliance with the Recommendations would entail excessive costs to us, and in light of our current size, we do not follow the Recommendations because the costs of doing so would outweigh the benefits.

Non-Executive and Independent Directors

Australian law does not require a company to appoint a certain number of independent directors to its board of directors or audit committee. However, under the Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations, the ASX recommends, but does not require, that an ASX-listed company have a majority of independent directors on its board of directors. Our Board of Directors has determined that each of Troy Valentine and Peter Widdows qualifies as an independent director under the requirements of the ASX.

Our Board of Directors does not have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present. The Board of Directors does meet regularly and independent directors are expected to attend all such meetings.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Audit Committee.    Nasdaq Marketplace Rules require us to establish an audit committee comprised of at least three members, each of whom is financially literate and satisfies the respective “independence” requirements of the SEC and Nasdaq and one of whom has accounting or related financial management expertise at senior levels within a company.

Our Audit Committee assists our Board of Directors in overseeing the accounting and financial reporting processes of our company and audits of our financial statements, including the integrity of our financial statements, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, our independent public accountants’ qualifications and independence, and independent public accountants, and such other duties as may be directed by our Board of Directors. The Audit Committee is also required to assess risk management.

Our Audit Committee currently consists of two board members, Peter Widdows and Troy Valentine. Each of Troy Valentine and Peter Widdows satisfies the “independence” requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission and Nasdaq Marketplace Rules. As permitted by Nasdaq Marketplace Rules, we will appoint a third independent board member to the audit committee within 1 year of listing on Nasdaq. The audit committee meets at least two times per year.

91

Table of Contents

Corporate Governance Requirements under Nasdaq listing rules.

As we are incorporated in Australia, we are allowed to follow Australian “home country” corporate governance practices in lieu of the otherwise applicable Nasdaq corporate governance standards, as long as we disclose each requirement of Rule 5600 that we do not follow and describe the home country practice we follow in lieu of the relevant Nasdaq corporate governance standards. We intend to take all actions necessary to maintain compliance with applicable corporate governance requirements under the rules adopted by the SEC and listing standards of Nasdaq. We follow Australian corporate governance practices in lieu of the corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules in respect of:

•        Nasdaq requirement under Rule 5605(d) that a compensation committee be constituted — The ASX Listing Rules do not have an express requirement that each issuer listed on ASX have a compensation committee. We expect to rely on an exemption from the requirement to constitute a compensation committee under the Nasdaq listing rules and we seek to claim such exemption.

•        Nasdaq requirement under Rule 5605(e) that a nominations committee be constituted — The ASX Listing Rules do not have an express requirement that each issuer listed on ASX have a nominations committee. We expect to rely on an exemption from the requirement to constitute a nominations committee under the Nasdaq listing rules and we seek to claim such exemption.

•        Nasdaq requirement under Rule 5620(c) that a quorum consist of holders of 33 1/3% of the outstanding ordinary shares — The ASX Listing Rules do not have an express requirement that each issuer listed on ASX have a quorum of any particular number of the outstanding ordinary shares, but instead allow a listed issuer to establish its own quorum requirements. Our quorum is currently two persons who are entitled to vote. We believe this quorum requirement is consistent with the requirements of the ASX and is appropriate and typical of generally accepted business practices in Australia.

•        Nasdaq requirements under Rules 5605(b)(1) and (2) relating to director independence, including the requirements that a majority of the board of directors must be comprised of independent directors and that independent directors must have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present — The Nasdaq and ASX definitions of what constitute an independent director are not identical and the requirements relating to the roles and obligations of independent directors are not identical. The ASX, unlike Nasdaq, permits an issuer to establish its own materiality threshold for determining whether a transaction between a director and an issuer affects the director’s status as independent and it does not require that a majority of the issuer’s board of directors be independent, as long as the issuer publicly discloses this fact. In addition, the ASX does not require that the independent directors have regularly scheduled meeting at which only independent directors are present. We believe that our Board composition is consistent with the requirements of the ASX and that it is appropriate and typical of generally accepted business practices in Australia.

•        The requirement that our independent directors meet regularly in executive sessions under Nasdaq Listing Rules. The ASX Listing Rules and the Corporations Act do not require the independent directors of an Australian company to have such executive sessions.

•        The Nasdaq requirements under Rules 5605(d) that compensation of an issuer’s officers must be determined, or recommended to the Board for determination, either by a majority of the independent directors, or a compensation committee comprised solely of independent directors, and that director nominees must either be selected, or recommended for the Board’s selection, either by a majority of the independent directors, or a nominations committee comprised solely of independent directors. The Nasdaq compensation committee requirements are not identical to the ASX remuneration and nomination committee requirements. Issuers listed on the ASX are recommended under applicable listing standards to establish a remuneration committee consisting of a majority of independent directors and an independent chairperson, or publicly disclose that it has not done so. We do not have a compensation committee.

92

Table of Contents

•        The requirement prescribed by Nasdaq Listing Rules that issuers obtain shareholder approval prior to the issuance of securities in connection with certain acquisitions, private placements of securities, or the establishment or amendment of certain share option, purchase or other compensation plans. Applicable Australian law and the ASX Listing Rules differ from Nasdaq requirements, with the ASX Listing Rules providing generally for prior shareholder approval in numerous circumstances, including (i) issuance of equity securities exceeding 15% (or 25% under certain circumstances) of our issued share capital in any 12-month period (but, in determining the 15% limit, securities issued under an exception to the rule or with shareholder approval are not counted), (ii) issuance of equity securities to related parties (as defined in the ASX Listing Rules) and (iii) issuances of securities to directors or their associates under an employee incentive plan.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers

Our Constitution provides that, we may indemnify a person who is, or has been, a director or an officer of our company, to the full extent permissible by law, out of our property against any liability incurred by such person as a director or an officer in defending proceedings, whether civil or criminal, and whatever their outcome.

In addition, our Constitution provides that to the extent permitted by law, we may pay, or agree to pay, a premium in respect of a contract insuring a person who is or has been a director or an officer of our company or one of our subsidiaries against any liability:

•        incurred by the person in his or her capacity as a director or an officer of our company or a subsidiary of our company, and

•        for costs and expenses incurred by that person in defending proceedings relating to that person acting as a director or an officer of Incannex, whether civil or criminal, and whatever their outcome.

We maintain a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy. We have established a policy for the indemnification of our directors and officers against certain liabilities incurred as a director or officer, including costs and expenses associated in successfully defending legal proceedings

Employees

As of June 30, 2021, we had 4 employees. Of these employees, 3 were employed in research and development and 1 in general management and administration. All the employees were located in Australia. As at the end of fiscal year 2020, we had 4 employees.

Each of our full-time employees has entered into an agreement with an unlimited term. We may only terminate the employment of any of our employees in accordance with the relevant employee’s contract of employment.

Our standard contract of employment for full time provides that we can terminate the employment of an employee without notice for serious misconduct or with between one to six months’ notice without cause (as set out in the relevant employee’s contract of employment).

93

Table of Contents

Share Ownership

Ownership of Senior Management and Directors

The following table sets forth certain information as of June 30, 2021 regarding the ownership of our ordinary shares by each of our directors and senior management and by all of our directors and senior management as a group. The percentages shown are based on 1,068,411,224 ordinary shares issued and outstanding as of June 30, 2021.

Name

 

Number of Ordinary Shares
Owned

 

Percentage of Ownership

Joel Latham

 

17,948,414

 

1.68

%

Troy Valentine(2)

 

26,734,248

 

2.50

%

Dr. Sud Agarwal(1)

 

34,303,593

 

3.21

%

Peter Widdows

 

15,915,790

 

1.49

%

Madhukar Bhalla

 

 

 

All directors and executive officers as a group (5 persons) –

 

94,902,045

 

8.88

%

____________

(1)      Dr. Sud Agarwal also owns 200,000,000 options to purchase ordinary shares. In addition, Dr. Sud Agarwal owns approximately 30% of the ordinary shares in Cannvalate, which owns 32,000,000 ordinary shares of Incannex. Dr. Sud Agarwal, as major shareholder and director of Cannvalate, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the ordinary shares in Incannex held by Cannvalate. Please see “Principal Shareholders” to see beneficial interest including Cannvalate’s interest in Incannex.

(2)      Troy Valentine is a director, and owns a 50% equity interest in, Alignment Capital Pty Ltd. Thus, Troy Valentine is deemed to beneficially own 13,194,248 ordinary shares that Alignment Capital Pty Ltd owns in Incannex.

Code of Conduct

We have adopted a Code of Conduct applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees. Our Code of Conduct is available on our website at www.incannex.com.au. We post on our website all disclosures that are required by law or the listing standards of Nasdaq concerning any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the Code of Conduct. The reference to our website address does not constitute incorporation by reference of the information contained at or available through our website, and you should not consider it to be a part of, this prospectus.

94

Table of Contents

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

The following is a description of our related party transactions since July 1, 2018 and we note that all of them were negotiated at arm’s length.

In fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, the Company paid A$97,976, A$145,200 and A$115,864 in fees to Alignment Capital Pty Ltd (“Alignment”), an entity controlled by our Chairman Troy Valentine, as consideration for its services as lead manager.

In June 2019, the Company borrowed A$15,000 from Joel Latham, our Chief Executive Officer, and A$50,000 from Alignment to secure funds to continue the Company’s operations while in the process of completing a capital raising. These funds were advanced with no interest or security element. These amounts were fully repaid by June 30, 2019.

In March 2019, we entered into a distribution agreement with Cannvalate Pty Ltd, a company in which Dr. Sud Agarwal is a director and major shareholder. Under the terms of the agreement, we had the right to distribute cannabinoid oil products in Australia through Cannvalate’s network. This agreement was terminated on June 30, 2021.

95

Table of Contents

Principal Shareholders

The following table presents the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares based on 1,068,411,224 ordinary shares outstanding at June 30, 2021 by each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our ordinary shares.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC, and the information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares that they beneficially own.

Applicable percentage ownership before the offering is based on 1,068,411,224 ordinary shares outstanding as of June 30, 2021. Applicable percentage ownership after the offering is based on ordinary shares outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering (after giving effect to the sale and issuance of ADSs representing            ordinary shares at an ADS-to-ordinary share ratio of 1-to-50), assuming no exercise by the underwriter of its option to purchase additional ADSs. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person or entity and the percentage ownership of such person or entity, we deemed to be outstanding all shares subject to options and warrants held by the person or entity that are currently exercisable, or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2021. However, except as described above, we did not deem such shares outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person or entity.

 

Ordinary
Shares Beneficially
Owned prior to the
Offering

 

Ordinary
Shares Beneficially
Owned after the
Offering

Shareholder

 

Number

 

Percentage

 

Number

 

Percentage

Dr. Sud Agarwal(1)

 

266,303,593

 

19.96

%

 

266,303,593

   

____________

(1)      Includes 34,303,593 ordinary shares, 200,000,000 options to purchase ordinary shares and 32,000,000 ordinary shares owned by Cannvalate, in which Dr. Sud Agarwal owns approximately 30% and is Chairman and, as such, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the ordinary shares in Incannex held by Cannvalate.

As of June 30, 2021, there were 7,449 holders of record of our ordinary shares, of which none had registered addresses in the United States. These numbers are not representative of the number of beneficial holders of our shares nor are they representative of where such beneficial holders reside, as many of these ordinary shares were held of record by brokers or other nominees.

To our knowledge, we are not directly or indirectly controlled by another corporation, by any foreign government or by any other natural or legal person severally or jointly. There are no agreements known to us, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change in control of Incannex. All shareholders have the same voting rights.

96

Table of Contents

Description of Share Capital

General

As of June 30, 2021, we had (i) 1,068,411,224 fully paid ordinary shares outstanding, and (ii) 326,437,328 options outstanding at a weighted average exercise price of A$0.1655.

Memorandum and Articles of Association

General

Our constituent document is a Constitution. The Constitution is subject to the terms of the Listing Rules of ASX Limited and the Corporations Act 2001. The Constitution may be amended or repealed and replaced by special resolution of shareholders, which is a resolution of which notice has been given and that has been passed by at least 75% of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution.

Purposes and Objects

As a public company we have all the rights, powers and privileges of a natural person. Our Constitution does not provide for or prescribe any specific objects or purposes.

The Powers of the Directors

Under the provision of our Constitution our directors may exercise all the powers of our company except any powers that the Corporations Act or the constitution attributes to Incannex.

Interested Directors

According to our constitution, if a Director discloses his or her in accordance with the Corporations Act, the director may (i) contract or make an arrangement with the Company, or a related body corporate of the Company or a body corporate in which the Company is interested, in any matter in any capacity, (ii) be counted in a quorum for a meeting of Directors considering the contract or arrangement, (iii) vote on whether the Company enters into the contract or arrangement, and on any matter that relates to the contract or arrangement, (iv) sign on behalf of the Company, or witness the affixing of the common seal of the Company to, any document in respect of the contract or arrangement, (v) retain the benefits under the contract or arrangement.

Unless a relevant exception applies, the Corporations Act requires our directors to provide disclosure of certain interests or conflicts of interests and prohibits directors from voting on matters in which they have a material personal interest and from being present at the meeting while the matter is being considered. In addition, the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules require shareholder approval of any provision of related party benefits to our directors.

Directors’ compensation

Our non-executive directors are paid remuneration for their services as directors which is determined in a general meeting of shareholders. The aggregate, fixed sum for directors’ remuneration is to be divided among the directors in such proportion as the directors themselves agree and in accordance with our Constitution. Our executive directors are paid remuneration for their services as directors which is determined by all directors.

Fees payable to our non-executive directors must be by way of a fixed sum and not by way of a commission on or a percentage of profits or operating revenue. Remuneration paid to our executive directors must also not include a commission or percentage of operating revenue.

Pursuant to our Constitution, any director who performs services that in the opinion of our board of directors, are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a director may be paid extra remuneration, which is determined by our board of directors.

97

Table of Contents

In addition to other remuneration provided in our Constitution, all of our directors are entitled to be paid by us for reasonable travel accommodation and other expenses incurred by the directors in attending general meetings, board meetings, committee meetings or otherwise in connection with our business.

In addition, in accordance with our Constitution, a director may be paid a retirement benefit as determined by our board of directors subject to the limits set out in the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules which broadly restrict our ability to pay our officers a termination benefit in the event of a change of control of the Company or our subsidiaries as well as impose requirements for shareholder approval to be obtained to pay certain retirement benefits to our officers.

Borrowing powers exercisable by Directors

Pursuant to our Constitution, the management and control of our business affairs are vested in our board of directors. Thus, our board of directors has the power to raise or borrow money, and charge any of our property or business or any uncalled capital, and may issue debentures or give any other security for any of our debts, liabilities or obligations or of any other person, in each case, in the manner and on terms it deems fit.

Retirement of Directors

Pursuant to our Constitution and the ASX Listing Rules, each director, other than the managing director, must not hold office for more than three years or beyond the third annual general meeting following his or her appointment (whichever is longer). Further, at least one director is required to retire by rotation at each annual general meeting (such director being the director who has been longest in office since their last election). Directors who retire by rotation are eligible for a re-election to the board of directors unless disqualified from acting as a director under the Corporations Act or our Constitution.

Rights Attached to Our Ordinary Shares

The concept of authorized share capital no longer exists in Australia and as a result, our authorized share capital is unlimited. All our outstanding ordinary shares are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. The rights attached to our ordinary shares are as follows:

Dividend Rights.

The directors may declare that a dividend be paid to the members according to the shareholders’ pro rata shareholdings and the directors may fix the amount, the time for payment and the method of payment. No dividend is payable except in accordance with the Corporations Act as amended from time to time and no dividend carries interest as against the Company.

Voting Rights.

Holders of ordinary shares have one vote for each ordinary share held on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Such voting rights may be affected by the grant of any special voting rights to the holders of a class of shares with preferential rights that may be authorized in the future.

The quorum required for an ordinary meeting of shareholders consists of at least two shareholders present in person, or by proxy, attorney or representative appointed pursuant to our Constitution. A meeting adjourned for lack of a quorum generally is adjourned to the same day in the following week at the same time and place. At the reconvened meeting, the required quorum consists of any two members present in person, or by proxy, attorney or representative appointed pursuant to our Constitution. The meeting is dissolved if a quorum is not present within 30 minutes from the time appointed for the meeting.

An ordinary resolution, such as a resolution for the declaration of dividends, requires approval by the holders of a majority of the voting rights represented at the meeting, in person, by proxy, or by written ballot and voting thereon. Under our Constitution, the Corporations Act and the ASX Listing Rules, certain matters must be passed by way of a special resolution. A special resolution must be passed by at least 75% of the votes cast by shareholders entitled to vote on the resolution and who vote at the meeting in person. Matters which are not required to be passed by special resolution are required to be passed by ordinary resolution.

98

Table of Contents

Rights in Our Profits.

Our shareholders have the right to share in our profits distributed as a dividend and any other permitted distribution.

Rights in the Event of Liquidation.

In the event of our liquidation, after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors, our assets will be distributed to the holders of ordinary shares in proportion to the capital at the commencement of the liquidation paid up or which ought to have been paid up on the shares held by them respectively. This right may be affected by the grant of preferential dividend or distribution rights to the holders of a class of shares with preferential rights, such as the right in winding up to payment in cash of the amount then paid up on the share, and any arrears of dividend in respect of that share, in priority to any other class of shares.

Directors may make calls

Our Constitution provides that subject to the terms on which the shares have been issued directors may make calls on a shareholder for amounts unpaid on shares held by that shareholder, other than monies payable at fixed times under the conditions of allotment.

Changing Rights Attached to Shares

According to our Constitution, the rights attached to any class of shares, unless otherwise provided by the terms of the class, may be varied with either the written consent of the holders of not less than 75% of the issued shares of that class or the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the shares of that class.

Annual and Extraordinary Meetings

Our directors must convene an annual meeting of shareholders at least once every calendar year. Notice of at least 28 days prior to the date of the meeting is required. A general meeting may be convened by any director, or shareholders in compliance with the Corporations Act.

Limitations on the Rights to Own Securities in Our Company

Subject to certain limitations on the percentage of shares a person may hold in our company, neither our Constitution nor the laws of the Commonwealth of Australia restrict in any way the ownership or voting of shares in our company.

Changes in Our Capital

Pursuant to the Listing Rules, our directors may in their discretion issue securities to persons who are not related parties of our company, without the approval of shareholders, if such issue, when aggregated with securities issued by our company during the previous 12-month period would be an amount that would not exceed 15% of our issued capital at the commencement of the 12 month period. Other allotments of securities require approval by an ordinary resolution of shareholders.

99

Table of Contents

Description of American Depositary Shares

American Depositary Shares

Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as depositary, will register and deliver the ADSs. Each ADS will represent ownership of 50 ordinary shares, deposited with National Nominees Limited, as custodian for the depositary. Each ADS will also represent ownership of any other securities, cash or other property which may be held by the depositary. The depositary’s corporate trust office at which the ADSs will be administered is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005, USA. The principal executive office of the depositary is located at 60 Wall Street, New York, NY 10005, USA.

The Direct Registration System, or DRS, is a system administered by The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, pursuant to which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated ADSs, which ownership shall be evidenced by periodic statements issued by the depositary to the ADS holders entitled thereto.

We will not treat ADS holders as our shareholders and accordingly, you, as an ADS holder, will not have shareholder rights. Australian law governs shareholder rights. The depositary will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. As a holder of ADSs, you will have ADS holder rights. A deposit agreement among us, the depositary and you, as an ADS holder, and the beneficial owners of ADSs sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. The laws of the State of New York govern the deposit agreement and the ADSs. See “— Jurisdiction and Arbitration.”

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the deposit agreement. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of American Depositary Receipt. For directions on how to obtain copies of those documents, see “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

Holding the ADSs

How will you hold your ADSs?

You may hold ADSs either (i) directly (a) by having an American Depositary Receipt, or ADR, which is a certificate evidencing a specific number of ADSs, registered in your name, or (b) by holding ADSs in DRS, or (ii) indirectly through your broker or other financial institution. If you hold ADSs directly, you are an ADS holder. This description assumes you hold your ADSs directly. ADSs will be issued through DRS, unless you specifically request certificated ADRs. If you hold the ADSs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of ADS holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

Dividends and Other Distributions

How will you receive dividends and other distributions on the shares?

The depositary has agreed to pay to you the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on ordinary shares or other deposited securities, after deducting its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of ordinary shares your ADSs represent as of the record date (which will be as close as practicable to the record date for our ordinary shares) set by the depositary with respect to the ADSs.

•        Cash.    The depositary will convert or cause to be converted any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the ordinary shares or any net proceeds from the sale of any ordinary shares, rights, securities or other entitlements under the terms of the deposit agreement into U.S. dollars if it can do so on a practicable basis and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United States and will distribute promptly the amount thus received. If the depositary shall determine in its judgment that such conversions or transfers are not practical or lawful or if any government approval or license is needed and cannot be obtained at a reasonable cost within a reasonable period or otherwise sought, the deposit agreement allows the depositary to distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is possible to do so. It will hold or cause the custodian to hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the ADS holders who have not been paid and such funds will be held for the respective accounts of the ADS holders. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest for the respective accounts of the ADS holders.

100

Table of Contents

Before making a distribution, any taxes or other governmental charges, together with fees and expenses of the depositary, that must be paid, will be deducted. See “Taxation.” It will distribute only whole U.S. dollars and cents and will round down fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some or all of the value of the distribution.

•        Shares.    For any ordinary shares we distribute as a dividend or free distribution, either (1) the depositary will distribute additional ADSs representing such ordinary shares or (2) existing ADSs as of the applicable record date will represent rights and interests in the additional ordinary shares distributed, to the extent reasonably practicable and permissible under law, in either case, net of applicable fees, charges and expenses incurred by the depositary and taxes and/or other governmental charges. The depositary will only distribute whole ADSs. It will try to sell ordinary shares which would require it to deliver a fractional ADS and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed ordinary shares sufficient to pay its fees and expenses, and any taxes and governmental charges, in connection with that distribution.

•        Elective Distributions in Cash or Shares.    If we offer holders of our ordinary shares the option to receive dividends in either cash or shares, the depositary, after consultation with us and having received timely notice as described in the deposit agreement of such elective distribution by us, has discretion to determine to what extent such elective distribution will be made available to you as a holder of the ADSs. We must timely first instruct the depositary to make such elective distribution available to you and furnish it with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. The depositary could decide it is not legal or reasonably practicable to make such elective distribution available to you. In such case, the depositary shall, on the basis of the same determination as is made in respect of the ordinary shares for which no election is made, distribute either cash in the same way as it does in a cash distribution, or additional ADSs representing ordinary shares in the same way as it does in a share distribution. The depositary is not obligated to make available to you a method to receive the elective dividend in shares rather than in ADSs. There can be no assurance that you will be given the opportunity to receive elective distributions on the same terms and conditions as the holders of ordinary shares.

•        Rights to Purchase Additional Shares.    If we offer holders of our ordinary shares any rights to subscribe for additional shares, the depositary shall having received timely notice as described in the deposit agreement of such distribution by us, consult with us, and we must determine whether it is lawful and reasonably practicable to make these rights available to you. We must first instruct the depositary to make such rights available to you and furnish the depositary with satisfactory evidence that it is legal to do so. If the depositary decides it is not legal or reasonably practicable to make the rights available but that it is lawful and reasonably practicable to sell the rights, the depositary will endeavor to sell the rights and in a riskless principal capacity or otherwise, at such place and upon such terms (including public or private sale) as it may deem proper distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash.

The depositary will allow rights that are not distributed or sold to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for them.

If the depositary makes rights available to you, it will establish procedures to distribute such rights and enable you to exercise the rights upon your payment of applicable fees, charges and expenses incurred by the depositary and taxes and/or other governmental charges. The Depositary shall not be obliged to make available to you a method to exercise such rights to subscribe for ordinary shares (rather than ADSs).

U.S. securities laws may restrict transfers and cancellation of the ADSs represented by shares purchased upon exercise of rights. For example, you may not be able to trade these ADSs freely in the United States. In this case, the depositary may deliver restricted depositary shares that have the same terms as the ADSs described in this section except for changes needed to put the necessary restrictions in place.

There can be no assurance that you will be given the opportunity to exercise rights on the same terms and conditions as the holders of ordinary shares or be able to exercise such rights.

101

Table of Contents

•        Other Distributions.    Subject to receipt of timely notice, as described in the deposit agreement, from us with the request to make any such distribution available to you, and provided the depositary has determined such distribution is lawful and reasonably practicable and feasible and in accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement, the depositary will distribute to you anything else we distribute on deposited securities by any means it may deem practicable, upon your payment of applicable fees, charges and expenses incurred by the depositary and taxes and/or other governmental charges. If any of the conditions above are not met, the depositary will endeavor to sell, or cause to be sold, what we distributed and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash; or, if it is unable to sell such property, the depositary may dispose of such property in any way it deems reasonably practicable under the circumstances for nominal or no consideration, such that you may have no rights to or arising from such property.

The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADS holders. We have no obligation to register ADSs, shares, rights or other securities under the Securities Act. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, shares, rights or anything else to ADS holders. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our shares or any value for them if we and/or the depositary determines that it is illegal or not practicable for us or the depositary to make them available to you.

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

How are ADSs issued?

The depositary will deliver ADSs if you or your broker deposit ordinary shares or evidence of rights to receive ordinary shares with the custodian. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will register the appropriate number of ADSs in the names you request and will deliver the ADSs to or upon the order of the person or persons entitled thereto.

Except for ordinary shares deposited by us in connection with this offering, no shares will be accepted for deposit prior to the date of this prospectus.

How do ADS holders cancel an American Depositary Share?

You may turn in your ADSs at the depositary’s corporate trust office or by providing appropriate instructions to your broker. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will deliver the ordinary shares and any other deposited securities underlying the ADSs to you or a person you designate at the office of the custodian. Or, at your request, risk and expense, the depositary will deliver the deposited securities at its corporate trust office, to the extent permitted by law.

How do ADS holders interchange between Certificated ADSs and Uncertificated ADSs?

You may surrender your ADR to the depositary for the purpose of exchanging your ADR for uncertificated ADSs. The depositary will cancel that ADR and will send you a statement confirming that you are the owner of uncertificated ADSs. Alternatively, upon receipt by the depositary of a proper instruction from a holder of uncertificated ADSs requesting the exchange of uncertificated ADSs for certificated ADSs, the depositary will execute and deliver to you an ADR evidencing those ADSs.

Voting Rights

How do you vote?

You may instruct the depositary to vote the ordinary shares or other deposited securities underlying your ADSs at any meeting at which you are entitled to vote pursuant to any applicable law, the provisions of our constitution, and the provisions of or governing the deposited securities. Otherwise, you could exercise your right to vote directly if you withdraw the ordinary shares. However, you may not know about the meeting sufficiently enough in advance to withdraw the ordinary shares.

102

Table of Contents

If we ask for your instructions and upon timely notice from us by regular, ordinary mail delivery, or by electronic transmission, as described in the deposit agreement, the depositary will notify you of the upcoming meeting at which you are entitled to vote pursuant to any applicable law, the provisions of our constitution, and the provisions of or governing the deposited securities, and arrange to deliver our voting materials to you. The materials will include or reproduce (a) such notice of meeting or solicitation of consents or proxies; (b) a statement that the ADS holders at the close of business on the ADS record date will be entitled, subject to any applicable law, the provisions of our constitution, and the provisions of or governing the deposited securities, to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights, if any, pertaining to the ordinary shares or other deposited securities represented by such holder’s ADSs; and (c) a brief statement as to the manner in which such instructions may be given to the depositary. Voting instructions may be given only in respect of a number of ADSs representing an integral number of ordinary shares or other deposited securities. For instructions to be valid, the depositary must receive them in writing on or before the date specified. The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to applicable law and the provisions of our constitution, to vote or to have its agents vote the ordinary shares or other deposited securities (in person or by proxy) as you instruct.

We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. In addition, there can be no assurance that ADS holders and beneficial owners generally, or any holder or beneficial owner in particular, will be given the opportunity to vote or cause the custodian to vote on the same terms and conditions as the holders of our ordinary shares.

The depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise your right to vote and you may have no recourse if the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs are not voted as you requested.

In order to give you a reasonable opportunity to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to deposited securities, if we request the depositary to act, we will give the depositary notice of any such meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted at least 28 Business Days in advance of the meeting date.

Compliance with Regulations

Information Requests

Each ADS holder and beneficial owner shall (a) provide such information as we or the depositary may request pursuant to law, including, without limitation, relevant Australian law, any applicable law of the United States of America, our constitution, any resolutions of our Board of Directors adopted pursuant to such constitution, the requirements of any markets or exchanges upon which the ordinary shares, ADSs or ADRs are listed or traded, or to any requirements of any electronic book-entry system by which the ADSs or ADRs may be transferred, regarding the capacity in which they own or owned ADRs, the identity of any other persons then or previously interested in such ADRs and the nature of such interest, and any other applicable matters, and (b) be bound by and subject to applicable provisions of the laws of the Australia, our constitution, and the requirements of any markets or exchanges upon which the ADSs, ADRs or ordinary shares are listed or traded, or pursuant to any requirements of any electronic book-entry system by which the ADSs, ADRs or ordinary shares may be transferred, to the same extent as if such ADS holder or beneficial owner held ordinary shares directly, in each case irrespective of whether or not they are ADS holders or beneficial owners at the time such request is made.

Disclosure of Interests

Each ADS holder and beneficial owner shall comply with our requests pursuant to Australian law, the rules and requirements of the Nasdaq and any other stock exchange on which the ordinary shares are, or will be, registered, traded or listed or our constitution, which requests are made to provide information, inter alia, as to the capacity in which such ADS holder or beneficial owner owns ADS and regarding the identity of any other person interested in such ADS and the nature of such interest and various other matters, whether or not they are ADS holders or beneficial owners at the time of such requests.

103

Table of Contents

Fees and Expenses

As an ADS holder, you will be required to pay the following service fees to the depositary bank and certain taxes and governmental charges (in addition to any applicable fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges payable on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs):

Service

 

Fees

To any person to which ADSs are issued or to any person to which a distribution is made in respect of ADS distributions pursuant to stock dividends or other free distributions of stock, bonus distributions, stock splits or other distributions (except where converted to cash)

 

Up to US$0.05 per ADS issued

Cancellation of ADSs, including the case of termination of the deposit agreement

 

Up to US$0.05 per ADS cancelled

Distribution of cash dividends

 

Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

Distribution of cash entitlements (other than cash dividends) and/or cash proceeds from the sale of rights, securities and other entitlements

 

Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

Distribution of ADSs pursuant to exercise of rights.

 

Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

Depositary services

 

Up to US$0.04 per ADS held on the applicable record date(s) established by the depositary bank

As an ADS holder, you will also be responsible for paying certain fees and expenses incurred by the depositary bank and certain taxes and governmental charges (in addition to any applicable fees, expenses, taxes and other governmental charges payable on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs) such as:

•        Taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) and other governmental charges;

•        Fees for the transfer and registration of ordinary shares charged by the registrar and transfer agent for the ordinary shares in the Australian (i.e., upon deposit and withdrawal of ordinary shares).

•        Expenses incurred for converting foreign currency into U.S. dollars.

•        Expenses for cable, telex and fax transmissions and for delivery of securities.

•        Taxes and duties upon the transfer of securities, including any applicable stamp duties, any stock transfer charges or withholding taxes (i.e., when ordinary shares are deposited or withdrawn from deposit).

•        Fees and expenses incurred in connection with the delivery or servicing of ordinary shares on deposit.

•        Fees and expenses incurred in connection with complying with exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements applicable to ordinary shares, deposited securities, ADSs and ADRs.

•        Any applicable fees and penalties thereon.

The depositary fees payable upon the issuance and cancellation of ADSs are typically paid to the depositary bank by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) receiving the newly issued ADSs from the depositary bank and by the brokers (on behalf of their clients) delivering the ADSs to the depositary bank for cancellation. The brokers in turn charge these fees to their clients. Depositary fees payable in connection with distributions of cash or securities to ADS holders and the depositary services fee are charged by the depositary bank to the holders of record of ADSs as of the applicable ADS record date.

The depositary fees payable for cash distributions are generally deducted from the cash being distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. In the case of distributions other than cash (i.e., share dividends, rights), the depositary bank charges the applicable fee to the ADS record date holders concurrent with the distribution. In the case of ADSs registered in the name of the investor (whether certificated or uncertificated in direct registration), the depositary bank sends invoices to the applicable record date ADS holders. In the case of

104

Table of Contents

ADSs held in brokerage and custodian accounts (via DTC), the depositary bank generally collects its fees through the systems provided by DTC (whose nominee is the registered holder of the ADSs held in DTC) from the brokers and custodians holding ADSs in their DTC accounts. The brokers and custodians who hold their clients’ ADSs in DTC accounts in turn charge their clients’ accounts the amount of the fees paid to the depositary banks.

In the event of refusal to pay the depositary fees, the depositary bank may, under the terms of the deposit agreement, refuse the requested service until payment is received or may set off the amount of the depositary fees from any distribution to be made to the ADS holder.

The depositary may make payments to us or reimburse us for certain costs and expenses, by making available a portion of the ADS fees collected in respect of the ADR program or otherwise, upon such terms and conditions as we and the depositary bank agree from time to time.

Payment of Taxes

You will be responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable, or which become payable, on your ADSs or on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs. The depositary may refuse to register or transfer your ADSs or allow you to withdraw the deposited securities represented by your ADSs until such taxes or other charges are paid. It may apply payments owed to you or sell deposited securities represented by your ADSs to pay any taxes owed and you will remain liable for any deficiency. If the depositary sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of ADSs to reflect the sale and pay to you any net proceeds, or send to you any property, remaining after it has paid the taxes. You agree to indemnify us, the depositary, the custodian and each of our and their respective agents, directors, employees and affiliates for, and hold each of them harmless from, any claims with respect to taxes (including applicable interest and penalties thereon) arising from any refund of taxes, reduced rate of withholding at source or other tax benefit obtained for you. Your obligations under this paragraph shall survive any transfer of ADRs, any surrender of ADRs and withdrawal of deposited securities or the termination of the deposit agreement.

Reclassifications, Recapitalizations and Mergers

If we:

 

Then:

Change the nominal or par value of our ordinary shares

 

The shares or other securities received by the depositary will become deposited securities.

Reclassify, split up or consolidate any of the deposited securities

 

Each ADS will automatically represent its equal share of the new deposited securities.

Distribute securities on the ordinary shares that are not distributed to you, or recapitalize, reorganize, merge, liquidate, sell all or substantially all of our assets, or take any similar action

 

The depositary may distribute some or all of the cash, shares or other securities it received. It may also deliver new ADSs or ask you to surrender your outstanding ADRs in exchange for new ADRs identifying the new deposited securities.

Amendment and Termination

How may the deposit agreement be amended?

We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the form of ADR without your consent for any reason. If an amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other governmental charges or expenses of the depositary for registration fees, facsimile costs, delivery charges or similar items, including expenses incurred in connection with foreign exchange control regulations and other charges specifically payable by ADS holders under the deposit agreement, or materially prejudices a substantial existing right of ADS holders, it will not become effective for outstanding ADSs until 30 days after the depositary notifies ADS holders of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the ADRs and the deposit agreement as amended. If any new laws are adopted which would require the deposit agreement to be amended in order to comply therewith, we and the depositary may amend the deposit agreement in accordance with such laws and such amendment may become effective before notice thereof is given to ADS holders.

105

Table of Contents

How may the deposit agreement be terminated?

The depositary will terminate the deposit agreement if we ask it to do so, in which case the depositary will give notice to you at least 90 days prior to termination. The depositary may also terminate the deposit agreement if the depositary has told us that it would like to resign, or if we have removed the depositary, and in either case we have not appointed a new depositary within 90 days. In either such case, the depositary must notify you at least 30 days before termination.

After termination, the depositary and its agents will do the following under the deposit agreement but nothing else: collect distributions on the deposited securities, sell rights and other property and deliver ordinary shares and other deposited securities upon cancellation of ADSs after payment of any fees, charges, taxes or other governmental charges. Six months or more after the date of termination, the depositary may sell any remaining deposited securities by public or private sale. After that, the depositary will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement, for the pro rata benefit of the ADS holders that have not surrendered their ADSs. It will not invest the money and has no liability for interest. After such sale, the depositary’s only obligations will be to account for the money and other cash. After termination, we shall be discharged from all obligations under the deposit agreement except for our obligations to the depositary thereunder.

Books of Depositary

The depositary will maintain ADS holder records at its depositary office. You may inspect such records at such office during regular business hours but solely for the purpose of communicating with other holders in the interest of business matters relating to the Company, the ADRs and the deposit agreement.

The depositary will maintain facilities in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York to record and process the issuance, cancellation, combination, split-up and transfer of ADRs.

These facilities may be closed at any time or from time to time when such action is deemed necessary or advisable by the depositary in connection with the performance of its duties under the deposit agreement or at our reasonable written request.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability

Limits on our Obligations and the Obligations of the Depositary and the Custodian; Limits on Liability to Holders of ADSs

The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary and the custodian. It also limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. The depositary and the custodian:

•        are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement without gross negligence or willful misconduct;

•        are not liable if any of us or our respective controlling persons or agents are prevented or forbidden from, or subjected to any civil or criminal penalty or restraint on account of, or delayed in, doing or performing any act or thing required by the terms of the deposit agreement and any ADR, by reason of any provision of any present or future law or regulation of the United States or any state thereof, the Commonwealth of Australia or any other country, or of any other governmental authority or regulatory authority or stock exchange, or on account of the possible criminal or civil penalties or restraint, or by reason of any provision, present or future, of our memorandum and articles of association or any provision of or governing any deposited securities, or by reason of any act of God or war or other circumstances beyond its control (including, without limitation, nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, work stoppage, strikes, civil unrest, revolutions, rebellions, explosions and computer failure);

•        are not liable by reason of any exercise of, or failure to exercise, any discretion provided for in the deposit agreement or in our memorandum and articles of association or provisions of or governing deposited securities;

106

Table of Contents

•        are not liable for any action or inaction of the depositary, the custodian or us or their or our respective controlling persons or agents in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, any person presenting ordinary shares for deposit or any other person believed by it in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information;

•        are not liable for the inability of any holder of ADSs to benefit from any distribution on deposited securities that is not made available to holders of ADSs under the terms of the deposit agreement;

•        are not liable for any special, consequential, indirect or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement, or otherwise;

•        may rely upon any documents we believe in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party;

•        disclaim any liability for any action or inaction or inaction of any of us or our respective controlling persons or agents in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting ordinary shares for deposit, holders and beneficial owners (or authorized representatives) of ADSs, or any person believed in good faith to be competent to give such advice or information; and

•        disclaim any liability for inability of any holder to benefit from any distribution, offering, right or other benefit made available to holders of deposited securities but not made available to holders of ADS.

The depositary and any of its agents also disclaim any liability (i) for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote, the manner in which any vote is cast or the effect of any vote or failure to determine that any distribution or action may be lawful or reasonably practicable or for allowing any rights to lapse in accordance with the provisions of the deposit agreement, (ii) the failure or timeliness of any notice from us, the content of any information submitted to it by us for distribution to you or for any inaccuracy of any translation thereof, (iii) any investment risk associated with the acquisition of an interest in the deposited securities, the validity or worth of the deposited securities, the credit-worthiness of any third party, (iv) for any tax consequences that may result from ownership of ADSs, ordinary shares or deposited securities, or (v) for any acts or omissions made by a successor depositary, provided that in connection with the issue out of which such potential liability arises the depositary performed its obligations without gross negligence or wilful misconduct while it acted as depositary.

In the deposit agreement, we agree to indemnify the depositary under certain circumstances.

Jurisdiction and Arbitration

The laws of the State of New York govern the deposit agreement and the ADSs and we have agreed with the depositary that the federal or state courts in the City of New York shall have exclusive jurisdiction to hear and determine any dispute arising from or in connection with the deposit agreement and that the depositary will have the right to refer any claim or dispute arising from the relationship created by the deposit agreement to arbitration in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. The arbitration provisions of the deposit agreement do not preclude you from pursuing claims under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act in federal or state courts.

Jury Trial Waiver

The deposit agreement provides that each party to the deposit agreement (including each holder, beneficial owner and holder of interests in the ADRs) irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in any lawsuit or proceeding against us or the depositary arising out of or relating to our shares, the ADSs or the deposit agreement, including any claim under the U.S. federal securities laws. If we or the depositary opposed a jury trial demand based on the waiver, the court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable based on the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with the applicable law.

107

Table of Contents

Requirements for Depositary Actions

Before the depositary will issue, deliver or register a transfer of an ADS, split-up, subdivide or combine ADSs, make a distribution on an ADS, or permit withdrawal of ordinary shares, the depositary may require:

•        payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any ordinary shares or other deposited securities and payment of the applicable fees, expenses and charges of the depositary;

•        satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or any other matters contemplated in the deposit agreement; and

•        compliance with (A) any laws or governmental regulations relating to the execution and delivery of ADRs or ADSs or to the withdrawal or delivery of deposited securities and (B) such reasonable regulations and procedures as the depositary may establish, from time to time, consistent with the deposit agreement and applicable laws, including presentation of transfer documents.

The depositary may refuse to issue and deliver ADSs or register transfers of ADSs generally when the register of the depositary or our transfer books are closed or at any time if the depositary or we determine that it is necessary or advisable to do so.

Your Right to Receive the Shares Underlying Your ADSs

You have the right to cancel your ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares at any time except:

•        when temporary delays arise because: (1) the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books; (2) the transfer of ordinary shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting; or (3) we are paying a dividend on our ordinary shares;

•        when you owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges;

•        when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of ordinary shares or other deposited securities, or other circumstances specifically contemplated by Section I.A.(l) of the General Instructions to Form F-6 (as such General Instructions may be amended from time to time); or

•        for any other reason if the depositary or we determine, in good faith, that it is necessary or advisable to prohibit withdrawals.

The depositary shall not knowingly accept for deposit under the deposit agreement any ordinary shares or other deposited securities required to be registered under the provisions of the Securities Act, unless a registration statement is in effect as to such ordinary shares.

This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.

Direct Registration System

In the deposit agreement, all parties to the deposit agreement acknowledge that the DRS and Profile Modification System, or Profile, will apply to uncertificated ADSs upon acceptance thereof to DRS by DTC. DRS is the system administered by DTC pursuant to which the depositary may register the ownership of uncertificated ADSs, which ownership shall be evidenced by periodic statements issued by the depositary to the ADS holders entitled thereto. Profile is a required feature of DRS which allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of an ADS holder, to direct the depositary to register a transfer of those ADSs to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those ADSs to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the depositary of prior authorization from the ADS holder to register such transfer.

108

Table of Contents

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

Upon completion of this offering, we will have            ADSs outstanding, representing            ordinary shares, or approximately            % of our outstanding ordinary shares, assuming the underwriter does not exercise its option to purchase additional ADSs. All of the ADSs sold in this offering will be freely transferable by persons other than our “affiliates” without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. Sales of substantial amounts of the ADSs in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of the ADSs. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the ADSs, and while we have applied to have the ADSs listed on the Nasdaq we cannot assure you that a regular trading market will develop in the ADSs.

Lock-up Agreements

Our directors and officers have agreed, subject to some exceptions, not to transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our ordinary shares, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our ordinary shares, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. After the expiration of the 180-day period, the ordinary shares or ADSs held by our directors, executive officers and our existing shareholders may be sold subject to the restrictions under Rule 144 under the Securities Act or by means of registered public offerings.

Rule 144

All of our ordinary shares outstanding prior to this offering are “restricted shares” as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act and may be sold publicly in the United States only if they are subject to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements. Under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person who has beneficially owned our restricted shares for at least six months is generally entitled to sell the restricted securities without registration under the Securities Act beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain additional restrictions.

Our affiliates may sell within any three-month period a number of restricted shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:

•        1% of the then outstanding ordinary shares of the same class, in the form of ADSs or otherwise, which will equal approximately ordinary shares immediately after this offering, assuming the underwriter does not exercise its option to purchase additional ADSs; or

•        the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares in the form of ADSs or otherwise on the Nasdaq during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of the sale is filed with the SEC.

Affiliates who sell restricted securities under Rule 144 may not solicit orders or arrange for the solicitation of orders, and they are also subject to notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.

Persons who are not our affiliates are only subject to one of these additional restrictions, the requirement of the availability of current public information about us, and this additional restriction does not apply if they have beneficially owned our restricted shares for more than one year.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act as currently in effect, each of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchases our ordinary shares from us in connection with a compensatory shares or option plan or other written agreement relating to compensation is eligible to resell such ordinary shares 90 days after we became a reporting company under the Exchange Act in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with some of the restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

109

Table of Contents

Material United States Federal Income and Australian Tax Considerations

The following summary of the material Australian and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in the ADSs or ordinary shares is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in the ADSs or ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under U.S. state, local and other tax laws other than U.S. federal income tax laws and certain Australian tax laws.

Holders of our ADSs should consult their own tax advisors as to the United States, Australian or other tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ADSs, including, in particular, the effect of any foreign, state or local taxes.

Australian Taxation

In this section we discuss the material Australian tax considerations that apply to non-Australian tax residents with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposal of the absolute beneficial ownership of ADSs, which are evidenced by ADSs. This discussion is based upon existing Australian tax law as of the date of this Registration Statement, which is subject to change, possibly retrospectively. This discussion does not address all aspects of Australian income tax law which may be important to particular investors in light of their individual investment circumstances, such as ADSs or shares held by investors subject to special tax rules (for example, financial institutions, insurance companies or tax exempt organizations). In addition, this summary does not discuss any foreign or state tax considerations, other than stamp duty. Prospective investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the Australian and foreign income and other tax considerations of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the ADSs or shares.

Nature of ADSs for Australian Taxation Purposes

Holders of our ADSs are treated as the owners of the underlying ordinary shares for Australian income tax and capital gains tax purposes. Therefore, dividends paid on the underlying ordinary shares will be treated for Australian tax purposes as if they were paid directly to the owners of ADSs, and the disposal of ADSs will be treated for Australian tax purposes as the disposal of the underlying ordinary shares. In the following analysis we discuss the application of the Australian income tax and capital gains tax rules to non-Australian resident holders of ADSs.

Taxation of Dividends

Australia operates a dividend imputation system under which dividends may be declared to be “franked” to the extent they are paid out of company profits that have been subject to income tax. Fully franked dividends are not subject to dividend withholding tax. Dividends that are not franked or are partly franked and are paid to non-Australian resident shareholders are subject to dividend withholding tax, but only to the extent the dividends are not franked.

Dividends paid to a non-resident shareholder are subject to withholding tax (a) except to the extent they have been franked and (b) at 30%, unless the shareholder is a resident of a country with which Australia has a double taxation agreement.

In accordance with the provisions of the Double Taxation Convention between Australia and the United States, the maximum rate of Australian tax on any unfranked portion of a dividend to which a resident of the United States is beneficially entitled is 15%, where the U.S. resident holds less than 10% of the voting rights in our company, or 5% where the U.S. resident holds 10% or more of the voting rights in our company. Special rules apply to Regulated Investment Companies and Real Estate Investment Trusts that hold shares and receive dividends. The Double Taxation Convention between Australia and the United States does not apply to limit the tax rate on dividends where the ADSs are effectively connected to a permanent establishment or a fixed base carried on by the owner of the ADSs in Australia through which the shareholder carries on business or provides independent personal services, respectively.

110

Table of Contents

Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares — Capital Gains Tax

Australian capital gains derived by non-Australian residents in respect of the disposal of capital assets that are not taxable Australian property will be disregarded. Non-Australian resident shareholders will not be subject to Australian capital gains tax on the capital gain made on a disposal of our shares, unless they, together with associates, hold 10% or more of our issued capital, tested either at the time of disposal or over any continuous 12- month period in the 24 months prior to disposal, and the value of our shares at the time of disposal is principally attributable to Australian real property assets.

Australian capital gains tax applies to net capital gains at a taxpayer’s marginal tax rate but for certain shareholders a discount capital gain may apply if the shares have been held for 12 months or more. For individuals, this discount is 50%. Net capital gains are calculated after reduction for capital losses (including certain prior year capital losses), which may only be offset against capital gains.

Tax on Sales or other Dispositions of Shares — Shareholders Holding Shares on Revenue Account

Some non-Australian resident shareholders may hold shares on revenue rather than on capital account, for example, share traders. These shareholders may have the gains made on the sale or other disposal of the shares included in their assessable income under the ordinary income provisions of the income tax law, if the gains are sourced in Australia.

Non-Australian resident shareholders assessable under these ordinary income provisions in respect of gains made on shares held on revenue account would be assessed for such gains at the Australian tax rates for non-Australian residents, which start at a marginal rate of 32.5% for non-Australian resident individuals. Some relief from the Australian income tax may be available to such non-Australian resident shareholders under the Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia, for example, because the shareholder does not have a permanent establishment in Australia.

To the extent an amount would be included in a non-Australian resident shareholder’s assessable income under both the capital gains tax provisions and the ordinary income provisions, the capital gain amount would generally be reduced, so that the shareholder would not be subject to double tax on any part of the income gain or capital gain.

Dual Residency

If a shareholder were a resident of both Australia and the United States under those countries’ domestic taxation laws, that shareholder may be subject to tax as an Australian resident. If, however, the shareholder is determined to be a U.S. resident for the purposes of the Double Taxation Convention between the United States and Australia, the Australian tax applicable would be limited by the Double Taxation Convention. Shareholders should obtain specialist taxation advice in these circumstances.

Stamp Duty

A transfer of shares of a company listed on the Australian Securities Exchange is not subject to Australian stamp duty.

Australian Death Duty

Australia does not have estate or death duties. No capital gains tax liability is realized upon the inheritance of a deceased person’s shares. The disposal of inherited shares by beneficiaries, may, however, give rise to a capital gains tax liability.

Goods and Services Tax

The issue or transfer of shares will not incur Australian goods and services tax.

U.S. Taxation

The following is a summary of material U.S. federal income tax consequences that generally apply to U.S. Holders (as defined below) who hold ADSs as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This summary is based on the Code, its legislative history, final,

111

Table of Contents

temporary and proposed United States Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, published rulings and court decisions, and the bilateral income tax convention between Australia and the United States (the “Treaty”), all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, or changes in interpretation, either prospectively or retroactively. This discussion does not address all of the tax consequences relating to the purchase, ownership, and disposition of ADSs and does not take into account U.S. Holders who may be subject to special rules, including: financial institutions, insurance companies, , tax-exempt organizations, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, grantor trusts, non-resident aliens of the United States or taxpayers whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, persons who hold the ADSs through partnerships or other pass-through entities, persons who acquired their ADSs through the exercise or cancellation of any employee share options or otherwise as compensation for their services, investors that actually or constructively own 10% or more of our shares, dealers or traders in securities or currencies, certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States, dual resident corporations, persons that generally mark their securities to market for United States federal income tax purposes, persons who are residents of Australia for Australian income tax purposes, and investors holding ADSs as part of a straddle or appreciated financial position or as part of a hedging or conversion transaction. This summary does not address the Medicare tax imposed on certain investment income, any state, local and foreign tax considerations or any U.S. federal estate, gift or alternative minimum tax considerations relevant to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our ADSs. In addition, this discussion is based in part upon representations of the depositary and the assumption that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreements will be performed according to its terms.

If a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes owns ADSs, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of its partners will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. A partnership should consult its tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to it and its partners of the purchase, ownership and disposition of ADSs.

For purposes of this summary, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of ADSs that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes: an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States; a corporation that is created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof; an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or a trust if (a) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over administration of the trust, and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (b) it has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

Distributions

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Holder of ADSs will be treated as owning the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs. Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, the gross amount of any distribution received by a U.S. Holder with respect to our ordinary shares or ADSs, including the amount of any Australian taxes withheld therefrom, will be included in gross income as a dividend to the extent the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will be treated first as a non-taxable return of capital to the extent of a U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ADSs and thereafter will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of the ADSs. We have not maintained and do not plan to maintain calculations of earnings and profits for U.S. federal income tax purposes. As a result, a U.S. Holder may need to include the entire amount of any such distribution in income as a dividend. Dividends will not, however, be eligible for the “dividends received deduction” generally allowed to corporate shareholders with respect to dividends received from U.S. corporations.

The U.S. dollar value of any distribution on the ADSs made in Australian dollars generally should be calculated by reference to the spot exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the Australian dollar in effect on the date the distribution is actually or constructively received by the U.S. Holder regardless of whether the Australian dollars so received are in fact converted into U.S. dollars. A U.S. Holder who receives payment in Australian dollars and converts those Australian dollars into U.S. dollars at an exchange rate other than the rate in effect on such day may have a foreign currency exchange gain or loss, which would generally be treated as ordinary income or loss from sources within the United States for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

Subject to complex limitations and certain holding period requirements, a U.S. Holder may elect to claim a credit for Australian tax withheld from distributions against its U.S. federal income tax liability. The limitations set out in the Code include computational rules under which foreign tax credits allowable with respect to specific

112

Table of Contents

classes of income cannot exceed the U.S. federal income taxes otherwise payable with respect to each such class of income. Dividends generally will be treated as foreign-source passive category income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes or in the case of certain U.S. Holders as foreign source “general category” income. A U.S. Holder that does not elect to claim a U.S. foreign tax credit may instead claim a deduction for Australian tax withheld.

Subject to certain limitations, dividends received by a non-corporate U.S. Holder are subject to tax at a reduced maximum tax rate of 20 percent if the dividends are “qualified dividends”. Dividends are qualified dividends if: (a)(i) the issuer is entitled to benefits under the Treaty or (ii) the shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States and (b) certain other requirements are met. We believe that we are entitled to benefits under the Treaty and that the ADSs currently are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. However, no assurance can be given that the ADSs will remain readily tradable. Further, the reduced rate does not apply to dividends if we are a PFIC in the year prior to or the year in which the dividend is paid.

The U.S. Treasury has expressed concerns that intermediaries in the chain of ownership between the holder of an ADS and the issuer of the security underlying the ADS may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits for U.S. Holders of ADSs. Such actions would also be inconsistent with the claiming of the reduced rate of tax, described above, applicable to dividends received by certain non-corporate holders. Accordingly, the analysis of the creditability of Australian taxes and the availability of the reduced tax rate for dividends received by certain non-corporate holders, each described above, could be affected by actions taken by intermediaries in the chain of ownership between the holder of an ADS and our Company.

Disposition of ADSs

If you sell or otherwise dispose of ADSs, you will recognize gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S. dollar value of the amount realized on the sale or other disposition and your adjusted tax basis in the ADSs. Subject to the passive foreign investment company rules discussed below, such gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss and will be long-term capital gain or loss if you have held the ADSs for more than one year at the time of the sale or other disposition. In general, any gain that you recognize on the sale or other disposition of ADSs will be gain from U.S. sources for purposes of the foreign tax credit limitation; losses will generally be allocated against U.S. source income. The deduction of capital losses is subject to certain limitations under the Code.

In the case of a cash-basis U.S. Holder who receives Australian dollars in connection with the sale or other disposition of ADSs, the amount realized will be calculated based on the U.S. dollar value of the Australian dollars received as determined by reference to the spot rate in effect on the settlement date of such exchange. A U.S. Holder who receives payment in Australian dollars and converts Australian dollars into U.S. dollars at a conversion rate other than the rate in effect on the settlement date may have foreign currency exchange gain or loss that would be treated as ordinary income or loss from sources within the United States for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.

An accrual-basis U.S. Holder may elect the same treatment required of cash-basis taxpayers with respect to a sale or disposition of ADSs, provided that the election is applied consistently from year to year. Such election may not be changed without the consent of the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). In the event that an accrual-basis U.S. Holder does not elect to be treated as a cash-basis taxpayer (pursuant to the Treasury regulations applicable to foreign currency transactions), such U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes because of differences between the U.S. dollar value of the currency received prevailing on the trade date and the settlement date. Any such currency gain or loss would be treated as ordinary income or loss from sources within the United States for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. However, if foreign currency is converted into U.S. dollars on the date received by the U.S. Holder, a cash-basis or electing accrual-basis U.S. Holder should not recognize any gain or loss on such conversion.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies

There is a risk that we may be a passive foreign investment company(“PFIC”), for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Our treatment as a PFIC could result in a reduction in the after-tax return to the U.S. Holders of our ADSs and may cause a reduction in the value of such securities.

113

Table of Contents

For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will be classified as a PFIC for any taxable year in which (i) 75% or more of our gross income is passive income, or (ii) at least 50% of the average value of all of our assets for the taxable year produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, cash is considered to be an asset which produces passive income. Passive income for these purposes generally includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, annuities and the excess of gains over losses from the disposition of assets which produce passive income. In making a PFIC determination, we will be treated as owning our proportionate share of the assets and earning our proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, 25% or more (by value) of the share capital. Based on the composition of our assets and income, we believe that we should not be treated as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes with respect to fiscal year 2020. However, the determination of PFIC status is a factual determination that must be made annually at the close of each taxable year and, therefore, there can be no certainty as to our status in this regard until the close of the current or any future taxable year. Changes in the nature of our income or assets or a decrease in the trading price of our ADSs may cause us to be considered a PFIC in the current or any subsequent year. If we were a PFIC in any year during a U.S. Holder’s holding period for our ADSs, we would ordinarily continue to be treated as a PFIC for each subsequent year during which the U.S. Holder owned the ADSs.

Under the default PFIC “excess distribution” regime, if we are a PFIC in any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder owns ADSs, such U.S. Holder could be liable for additional taxes and interest charges upon (i) certain distributions by us (generally any distribution paid during a taxable year that is greater than 125 percent of the average annual distributions paid in the three preceding taxable years, or, if shorter, the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs), and (ii) any gain realized on a sale, exchange or other disposition, including a pledge, of the ADSs, whether or not we continue to be a PFIC for the year of the disposition. In these circumstances, the tax will generally be determined by allocating such distributions or gain ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ADSs. The amount allocated to the current taxable year and any year prior to the first taxable year in which we are a PFIC will be taxed as ordinary income (rather than capital gain) earned in the current taxable year. The amount allocated to other taxable years will be taxed at the highest applicable marginal rates for the year and an interest charge at the rate applicable to underpayments of tax will also be imposed on the amount of taxes allocated to such other taxable years.

An indirect shareholder may be taxed on a distribution paid to the direct owner of a PFIC and on a disposition of the share indirectly owned. Indirect shareholders are strongly urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of these rules.

If we are a PFIC and subsequently cease to be a PFIC in a future year, a U.S. Holder may avoid the continued application of the tax treatment described above by electing to be treated as if it sold its ADSs on the last day of the last taxable year in which we were a PFIC. Any gain would generally be recognized and subject to tax under the excess distribution regime described above. Loss would not be recognized. A U.S. Holder’s basis in its ADSs would be increased by the amount of gain, if any, recognized on the deemed sale. A U.S. Holder would be required to treat its holding period for its ADSs as beginning on the day following the last day of the last taxable year in which we were a PFIC.

If the ADSs are considered “marketable stock” and if a U.S. Holder properly elects to “mark-to-market” its ADSs in a timely fashion, the U.S. Holder would not be subject to tax under the excess distribution regime described above. Instead, the U.S. Holder would generally include in income any excess of the fair market value of the ADSs at the close of each tax year over the adjusted tax basis of the ADSs. If the fair market value of the ADSs had depreciated below the adjusted basis at the close of the tax year, the U.S. Holder would be entitled to deduct the excess of the adjusted basis of the ADSs over their fair market value at that time. However, such deductions generally would be limited to the net mark-to-market gains, if any, the U.S. Holder included in income with respect to such ADSs in prior years. Income recognized and deductions allowed under the mark-to-market provisions, as well as any gain or loss on the disposition of ADSs with respect to which the mark-to-market election is made, is treated as ordinary income or loss (except that loss is treated as capital loss to the extent the loss exceeds the net mark-to-market gains, if any, that a U.S. Holder included in income with respect to such ordinary shares in prior years). However, gain or loss from the disposition of ADSs (as to which a “mark-to-market” election was properly made) in a year in which we are no longer a PFIC, will be capital gain or loss. Our ordinary shares or ADSs will be “marketable” stock as long as they remain regularly traded on a national securities exchange, such as the Nasdaq, or a foreign securities exchange regulated by a governmental authority of the country in which the market is located

114

Table of Contents

and which meets certain requirements, including that the rules of the exchange effectively promote active trading of listed stocks. If such stock is traded on such a qualified exchange or other market, such stock generally will be “regularly traded” for any calendar year during which such stock is traded, other than in de minimis quantities, on at least 15 days during each calendar quarter, but no assurances can be given in this regard. Our ordinary shares are traded on the ASX, which may qualify as an eligible foreign securities exchange for this purpose. Because a mark-to-market election cannot be made for any lower-tier PFICs that we may own, a U.S. Holder may continue to be subject to the PFIC rules with respect to such holder’s indirect interest in any investments held by us that are treated as an equity interest in a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, including shares in any of our subsidiaries that are treated as PFICs.

A U.S. Holder of ADSs should not be able to avoid the tax consequences described above by electing to treat us as a qualified electing fund. In general, a qualified electing fund is, with respect to a U.S. person, a PFIC if the U.S. person has elected to include its proportionate share of a company’s ordinary earnings and net capital gains in U.S. income on an annual basis. A qualified electing fund election can only be made with respect to us if we provide U.S. Holders with certain information on an annual basis and we do not intend to prepare the information that U.S. Holders would need to make the qualified electing fund election.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Payments in respect of ADSs may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and to U.S. backup withholding tax (at a rate of 24% under current law). Backup withholding will not apply, however, if a U.S. Holder (i) is a corporation, (ii) satisfies an applicable exemption, or (iii) furnishes correct taxpayer identification.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against a U.S. Holder’s U.S. tax liability, and a U.S. Holder may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

115

Table of Contents

Enforcement of Civil Liabilities

We are a public limited company incorporated under the laws of Australia. Certain of our directors are non-residents of the United States and substantially all of their assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible or practicable for you to:

•        effect service of process within the United States upon our non-U.S. resident directors or on us;

•        enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against our non-U.S. resident directors or us in the United States courts in any action, including actions under the civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws;

•        enforce in U.S. courts judgments obtained against our non-U.S. resident directors or us in courts of jurisdictions outside the United States in any action, including actions under the civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws; or

•        bring an original action in an Australian court to enforce liabilities against our non-U.S. resident directors or us based solely upon U.S. securities laws.

You may also have difficulties enforcing in courts outside the United States judgments that are obtained in U.S. courts against any of our non-U.S. resident directors or us, including actions under the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws.

With that noted, there are no treaties between Australia and the United States that would affect the recognition or enforcement of foreign judgments in Australia. We also note that investors may be able to bring an original action in an Australian court against us to enforce liabilities based in part upon U.S. federal securities laws. The disclosure in this section is not based on the opinion of counsel.

We have appointed Corporation Service Company as our agent to receive service of process with respect to any action brought against us under the federal securities laws of the United States.

116

Table of Contents

Underwriting

We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriter listed in the table below. We refer to the underwriter listed in the table below as the “underwriter.” Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriter, and the underwriter has agreed to purchase from us, ADSs of the Company. Prior to this offering, there has been no public markets for the ADSs. We have applied to list the ADSs on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “IXHL”.

Pursuant to the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriter named below, and the underwriter has agreed to purchase from us, the number of ADSs set forth opposite its name below:

Underwriter

 

Number of ADSs

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

   

Total

   

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligation of the underwriter to purchase the ADSs offered by this prospectus is subject to certain conditions. The underwriter is obligated to purchase all of the ADSs offered hereby if any of the ADSs are purchased.

We have granted the underwriter an option to buy up to an additional            ADSs from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, to cover over-allotments, if any. The underwriter may exercise this option at any time, in whole or in part, during the 30-day period after the date of this prospectus.

Discounts, Commissions and Expenses

The underwriter proposes to offer to the ADSs purchased pursuant to the underwriting agreement to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $            per ADS. After this offering, the public offering price and concession may be changed by the underwriter. No such change shall change the amount of proceeds to be received by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

In connection with the sale of the ADSs to be purchased by the underwriter, the underwriter will be deemed to have received compensation in the form of underwriting commissions and discounts. The underwriting commissions and discounts will be            % of the gross proceeds of this offering, or $            per ADS, based on the public offering price per ADS set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

We have also agreed to reimburse Roth Capital Partners at closing for expenses incurred by it in connection with the offering up to a maximum of $            .

The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions payable to the underwriter by us in connection with this offering (assuming both the exercise and non-exercise of the over-allotment option to purchase additional ADSs we have granted to the underwriter):

 

Per ADS

 

Total

   

Without
Over-allotment

 

With
Over-allotment

 

Without
Over-allotment

 

With
Over-allotment

Public offering price

 

$

   

$

         

Underwriting discounts and commissions paid by us

 

$

   

$

         

Indemnification

Pursuant to the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to indemnify the underwriter against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the underwriter or such other indemnified parties may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

117

Table of Contents

Warrants

Upon the closing of this offering, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters a warrant to purchase up to 7.5% of the number of ordinary shares, represented by ADSs, sold in this offering. The warrant will be issued in three tranches, each comprising up to 2.5% of the number of shares of common stock sold in the offering, with the tranches exercisable at an exercise price equal to 120%, 135% and 150% of the public offering price per ADS sold pursuant to this offering, respectively, subject to standard anti-dilution adjustments for share splits and similar transactions. The warrant will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the period commencing 180 days from the commencement of sales in this offering, and expiring three years from the commencement of sales in this offering. The warrant is also exercisable on a cashless basis. The warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1). Except as permitted by Rule 5110(e)(1), the underwriter (or permitted assignees under the Rule) will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate the warrants or the securities underlying the warrants, nor will any, of them engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the option or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days from the commencement of sales under this prospectus.

Lock-Up Agreements

We have agreed not to (i) offer, pledge, issue, sell, contract to sell, purchase, contract to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ADSs; (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of ADSs; or (iii) file any registration statement with the SEC relating to the offering of any ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ADSs, without the prior written consent of Roth Capital Partners for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus (the “Lock-up Period”). This consent may be given at any time without public notice. These restrictions on future issuances are subject to exceptions for (i) the issuance of ADSs sold in this offering, (ii) the issuance of ordinary shares or ADSs upon the exercise of options or warrants or the conversion of outstanding preferred stock or other outstanding convertible securities, or (iii) the issuance of employee stock options not exercisable during the Lock-Up Period.

In addition, each of our directors and executive officers has entered into a lock-up agreement with the underwriter. Under the lock-up agreements, the directors and executive officers may not, directly or indirectly, sell, offer to sell, contract to sell, or grant any option for the sale (including any short sale), grant any security interest in, pledge, hypothecate, hedge, establish an open “put equivalent position” (within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(h) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act), or otherwise dispose of, or enter into any transaction which is designed to or could be expected to result in the disposition of, any ADSs or securities convertible into or exchangeable for ADSs, or publicly announce any intention to do any of the foregoing, without the prior written consent of Roth Capital Partners, for a period of 180 days from the closing date of this offering. This consent may be given at any time without public notice. These restrictions on future dispositions by our directors and executive officers are subject to exceptions for (a) transfers (i) as a bona fide gift or gifts, provided that the donee or donees thereof agree to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth in the lock-up agreement, or (ii) to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the undersigned or the immediate family of the undersigned, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions of the lock-up agreement, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value; or (b) the acquisition or exercise of any stock option approved by shareholders or issued pursuant to any equity incentive plan of the Company, limited only to options or plans that are described in this prospectus and provided the lock-up agreement applies to any of the securities issued upon such exercise.

Electronic Distribution

This prospectus may be made available in electronic format on websites or through other online services maintained by the underwriter or by its affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. Other than this prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriter’s website or our website and any information contained in any other websites maintained by the underwriter or by us is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriter in its capacity as underwriter, and should not be relied upon by investors.

118

Table of Contents

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

In connection with the offering the underwriter may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act:

•        Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

•        Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriter of ADSs in excess of the number of ADSs the underwriter is obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of ADSs over-allotted by the underwriter is not greater than the number of ADSs that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of ADSs involved is greater than the number of ADSs in the over-allotment option. The underwriter may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing ADSs in the open market.

•        Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the ADSs in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of ADSs to close out the short position, the underwriter will consider, among other things, the price of ADSs available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase ADSs through the over-allotment option. A naked short position occurs if the underwriter sells more ADSs than could be covered by the over-allotment option. This position can only be closed out by buying ADSs in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriter is concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the ADSs in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

•        Penalty bids permit the underwriter to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the ADSs originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the ADSs or preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of the ADSs. As a result, the price of the ADSs may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be discontinued at any time

Neither we nor the underwriter make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the ADSs. In addition, neither we nor the underwriter make any representation that the underwriter will engage in these transactions or that any transaction, if commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Offer restrictions outside the United States

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriter that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Notice to Prospective Investors in European Union

This prospectus has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by any securities regulator in the European Union. Accordingly, this document may not be made available, nor may the ADSs be offered for sale, in the European Union except in circumstances that do not require a prospectus under Article 1(4) of Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and the Council of the European Union (the “Prospectus Regulation”).

119

Table of Contents

In accordance with Article 1(4)(a) of the Prospectus Regulation, an offer of ADSs in the European Union is limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation).

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

Neither this prospectus nor any other document relating to the offer has been delivered for approval to the Financial Conduct Authority in the United Kingdom and no prospectus (within the meaning of section 85 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“FSMA”)) has been published or is intended to be published in respect of the ADSs.

The ADSs may not be offered or sold in the United Kingdom by means of this prospectus or any other document, except in circumstances that do not require the publication of a prospectus under section 86(1) of the FSMA. This prospectus is issued on a confidential basis in the United Kingdom to “qualified investors” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the UK Prospectus Regulation. This prospectus may not be distributed or reproduced, in whole or in part, nor may its contents be disclosed by recipients, to any other person in the United Kingdom.

Each person in the UK who initially acquires any ADSs or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with the Company and the Underwriter that it is a qualified investor within the meaning of the UK Prospectus Regulation.

In the case of any ADSs being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 5(1) of the UK Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the ADSs acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer to the public other than their offer or resale in the UK to qualified investors, in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression “UK Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, and the expression “FSMA” means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters are not acting for anyone other than the issuer and will not be responsible to anyone other than the issuer for providing the protections afforded to their clients nor for providing advice in relation to the offering.

This document is for distribution only to persons who (i) have professional experience in matters relating to investments and who qualify as investment professionals within the meaning of Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or, as amended, the Financial Promotion Order, (ii) are persons falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d), or high net worth companies, unincorporated associations etc., of the Financial Promotion Order, (iii) are outside the United Kingdom, or (iv) are persons to whom an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended, or the FSMA) in connection with the issue or sale of any securities may otherwise lawfully be communicated or caused to be communicated, all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”. This document is directed only at relevant persons and must not be acted on or relied on by persons who are not relevant persons. Any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is available only to relevant persons and will be engaged in only with relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The ADSs may not be publicly offered, directly or indirectly, in Switzerland within the meaning of the Swiss Financial Services Act (“FinSA”) and will not be listed or admitted to trading on the SIX Swiss Exchange or on any other trading venue (exchange or multilateral trading facility) in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the ADSs or the offering constitutes a prospectus as such term is understood pursuant to the FinSA. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the ADSs or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland. The ADSs will be offered only to investors who qualify as “professional clients”, as defined in the FinSA.

120

Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The ADSs have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the ADSs has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ADSs which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The ADSs have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended (“FIEL”) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese person, except to Qualified Institutional Investors as defined in the FIEL in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, the ADSs were not offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not be offered or sold or caused to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the ADSs, has not been circulated or distributed, nor will it be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act (Chapter 289) of Singapore, as modified or amended from time to time (the “SFA”)) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA or (ii) to an “accredited investor” (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA.

121

Table of Contents

Expenses Relating to the Offering

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable in connection with the sale of ADSs in the offering. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc., or FINRA, filing fee and the Nasdaq initial listing fee. Except as otherwise noted, all the expenses below will be paid by us.

Expense

 

Amount

SEC registration fee

 

US$2,935

FINRA filing fee

 

*

Nasdaq initial listing fee

 

*

Legal fees and expenses

 

*

Accounting fees and expenses

 

*

Printing expenses

 

*

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

 

*

Total

 

US$*

____________

* To be provided by amendment.

122

Table of Contents

Legal Matters

The validity of the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs and certain other matters of Australian law will be passed upon for us by Rimôn Law Pty Ltd. Certain matters as to U.S. federal law and New York state law will be passed upon for us by Rimôn Law Pty Ltd. Legal counsel to the underwriter in connection with this offering are Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP, with respect to U.S. federal law.

Experts

The consolidated financial statements of Incannex Healthcare Limited as of June 30, 2020, and 2019, and for the years appearing in the prospectus have been audited by WithumSmith+Brown, PC (“Withum”), independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon which includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the Incannex Healthcare Limited’s ability to continue as a going concern, relating to the consolidated financial statements of the Company, appearing elsewhere in the prospectus, and are included in reliance on the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The offices of Withum are located at 1411 Broadway 9th floor, New York, NY 10018.

Where You Can Find More Information

We have filed with the SEC a Registration Statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the ADSs offered in this prospectus. A related registration statement on Form F-6 has been filed with the SEC to register the ADSs. This prospectus, which forms a part of the Registration Statement, does not contain all of the information included in the Registration Statement. Certain information is omitted and you should refer to the Registration Statement and its exhibits for that information. With respect to references made in this prospectus to any contract or other document of Incannex, such references are not necessarily complete and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the Registration Statement for copies of the actual contract or document.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, periodic reports and other information, with the SEC.

We are allowed four months after the end of our fiscal year to file our annual report with the SEC, and we are not required to disclose certain detailed information regarding executive compensation that is required from U.S. domestic issuers. Also, as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from the rules of the Exchange Act prescribing the furnishing of proxy statements to shareholders, and the members of our board of directors, our senior management and our principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

The SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. You also can inspect our registration statement, as well as any other information we file with or furnish to the SEC, on this website. This reference to the SEC’s website is an inactive textual reference only and is not a hyperlink.

We expect to make our annual reports and other information filed with or furnished to the SEC available, free of charge, through our website at www.incannex.com.au as soon as reasonably practicable after those reports and other information are filed with or furnished to the SEC. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

123

Table of Contents

F-1

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors of
Incannex Healthcare Limited:

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of financial position of Incannex Healthcare Limited (the “Company”) as of 30 June 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income/(loss), changes in equity and cash flows, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of 30 June 2020 and 2019, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Going Concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has negative cash flows from operations, continuing losses, and has been impacted by the COVID-19 crisis. As such there is substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2021.

New York, New York
August 17, 2021

F-2

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME/(LOSS)

For the years ended 30 June 2020 and 2019

 

Notes

 

2020

 

2019

       

$

 

$

Revenue

 

3

 

604,884

 

 

 

Other income

 

3

 

217,170

 

 

1,553

 

Product costs

 

1

 

(450,345

)

 

 

Administration expense

 

1

 

(457,673

)

 

(330,178

)

Advertising and promotion

 

1

 

(406,225

)

 

(94,814

)

Research and development costs

 

1

 

(2,110,639

)

 

(736,140

)

Compliance, legal and regulatory

 

1

 

(235,163

)

 

(72,181

)

Finance cost

     

 

 

(85,065

)

Share based payments

 

13

 

(565,448

)

 

(47,854

)

Occupancy expenses

 

1

 

(2,085

)

 

(1,519

)

Salaries and employee benefit expense

 

1

 

(523,760

)

 

(60,000

)

         

 

   

 

Loss before tax from continuing operations

     

(3,929,284

)

 

(1,426,198

)

Income tax benefit

 

5

 

 

 

 

Loss after tax from continuing operations

     

(3,929,284

)

 

(1,426,198

)

Loss on discontinued operations, net of tax

 

6

 

(768,352

)

 

(1,292,201

)

         

 

   

 

Total comprehensive loss

     

(4,697,636

)

 

(2,718,399

)

         

 

   

 

Basic loss per share from continuing and discontinued operations (cents per share)

 

7

 

(0.69

)

 

(0.40

)

         

 

   

 

Basic loss per share from continuing operations (cents per share)

 

7

 

(0.57

)

 

(0.21

)

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

F-3

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

As at 30 June 2020 and 2019

 

Notes

 

2020

 

2019

       

$

 

$

Assets

       

 

   

 

Current assets

       

 

   

 

Cash

 

9

 

3,603,390

 

 

93,332

 

Trade and other receivables

 

10

 

413,268

 

 

97,784

 

Other assets

 

12

 

36,262

 

 

39,191

 

Inventory

 

14

 

183,159

 

 

152,804

 

Total current assets

     

4,236,079

 

 

383,111

 

Non-current assets

       

 

   

 

Intangible assets

 

15

 

 

 

49,377

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

11

 

 

 

85,423

 

Total non-current assets

     

 

 

134,800

 

Total assets

     

4,236,079

 

 

517,911

 

Liabilities

       

 

   

 

Current liabilities

       

 

   

 

Trade and other payables

 

16

 

955,006

 

 

478,820

 

Borrowings from related party

     

 

 

65,000

 

Other liabilities

 

17

 

116,645

 

 

391,271

 

Total current liabilities

     

1,071,651

 

 

935,091

 

         

 

   

 

Total liabilities

     

1,071,651

 

 

935,091

 

Net assets/(liabilities)

     

3,164,428

 

 

(417,180

)

Equity attributable to owners of the parent

       

 

   

 

Issued capital

 

18

 

34,192,043

 

 

26,951,744

 

Reserves

 

19

 

1,490,588

 

 

451,643

 

Accumulated losses

     

(32,518,203

)

 

(27,820,567

)

Net equity

     

3,164,428

 

 

(417,180

)

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

F-4

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the years ended 30 June 2020 and 2019

Consolidated

 

Issued
Capital

 

Equity
Reserve

 

Accumulated Losses

 

Total

   

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Balance at 1 July 2018

 

24,410,905

 

 

229,725

 

(25,022,948

)

 

(382,318

)

Adjustment on initial application of IFRS15

 

 

 

 

(79,220

)

 

(79,220

)

Comprehensive loss for the year

 

 

 

 

(2,718,399

)

 

(2,718,399

)

Options issued to advisors

 

 

 

221,918

 

 

 

221,918

 

Shares issued

 

2,914,248

 

 

 

 

 

2,914,248

 

Shares issue costs

 

(373,409

)

 

 

 

 

(373,409

)

Balance at 30 June 2019

 

26,951,744

 

 

451,643

 

(27,820,567

)

 

(417,180

)

     

 

       

 

   

 

Balance at 30 June 2019

 

26,951,744

 

 

451,643

 

(27,820,567

)

 

(417,180

)

Comprehensive loss for the year

 

 

 

 

(4,697,636

)

 

(4,697,636

)

Options exercised

 

1,077,093

 

 

 

 

 

1,077,093

 

Options issued to advisors

 

 

 

449,093

 

 

 

449,093

 

Share based payments

 

 

 

589,852

 

 

 

589,852

 

Shares issued

 

7,105,354

 

 

 

 

 

7,105,354

 

Shares issue costs

 

(942,148

)

 

 

 

 

(942,148

)

Balance at 30 June 2020

 

34,192,043

 

 

1,490,588

 

(32,518,203

)

 

3,164,428

 

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

F-5

Table of Contents

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended 30 June 2020 and 2019

 

Notes

 

2020

 

2019

       

$

 

$

Cash flows from operating activities

       

 

   

 

Receipts from customers

     

1,172,084

 

 

1,148,410

 

Receipts from other income

     

217,170

 

 

1,553

 

Payments to suppliers and employees

     

(5,299,667

)

 

(3,371,103

)

Interest received

     

3,079

 

 

1,633

 

Finance costs paid

     

 

 

(92,249

)

Research and development tax refund

     

 

 

151,323

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

9(i)

 

(3,907,334

)

 

(2,160,433

)

         

 

   

 

Cash flows from investing activities

       

 

   

 

Payments for property, plant and equipment

     

 

 

(24,442

)

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

     

13,000

 

 

 

Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities

     

13,000

 

 

(22,942

)

         

 

   

 

Cash flows from financing activities

       

 

   

 

Proceeds from shares issued (net of costs)

     

7,469,392

 

 

2,184,801

 

Debt repaid

     

(65,000

)

 

(200,000

)

Proceeds from borrowing

     

 

 

65,000

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     

7,404,392

 

 

2,049,801

 

         

 

   

 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash

     

3,510,058

 

 

(135,074

)

Cash at beginning of the year

     

93,332

 

 

228,406

 

Cash at end of the year

 

9

 

3,603,390

 

 

93,332

 

The consolidated statement of cash flows above presents the total cash flows of the Company, inclusive of discontinued operations. The cash flows from discontinued operations for the years ended 30 June 2020 and 30 June 2019 are as follows:

•        Cash flows used in operating activities: ($636,857) in 2020 and ($1,154,399) in 2019;

•        Cash flows from investing activities: $13,000 in 2020 and nil in 2019;

•        Cash flows used in financing activities: nil in 2020 and nil in 2019;

The accompanying notes form part of these financial statements

F-6

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

Nature of Operations and Going Concern

Incannex Healthcare Limited (the “Company”) and its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the “Group”) is a clinical stage pharmaceutical development company that is developing unique medicinal cannabis pharmaceutical products and psychedelic medicine therapies. The Company’s common shares trade on the Australian Stock Market (“ASX”). The Company’s resgistered office is at Suite 15, Level 12, 401 Docklands Drive, Docklands 3008, Victoria, Australia.

For the six months ended 31 December 2020, the Group incurred a total comprehensive loss after income tax of $3.1 million and had net cash outflows from operations of $2.8 million. The Group held total cash of $11.8 million as of 31 December 2020.

Capital raising will be required for us to meet our forecast expenditure and continue as a going concern, although there is uncertainty related to these cash inflows because the ability to access external funding is not wholly within the Group’s control.

Management and the directors believe that the Group will be successful in the above matters and, accordingly, have prepared the financial report on a going concern basis, notwithstanding that if losses continue, and we are unable raise additional financing on sufficiently attractive terms, then we may not have sufficient liquidity to sustain our operations and may not be able to continue as a going concern.

New or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations adopted

The consolidated entity has adopted all of the new or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) that are mandatory for the current reporting periods.

Any new or amended Accounting Standards or Interpretations that are not yet mandatory have not been early adopted.

Historical cost convention

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except for, where applicable, the revaluation of financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, investment properties, certain classes of property, plant and equipment and derivative financial instruments.

Critical accounting estimates

The preparation of the financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the consolidated entity’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the financial statements, are disclosed in note 2.

Statement of compliance

These financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 17 August 2021.

The financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

F-7

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

Parent entity information

In accordance with IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements, these financial statements present the results of the consolidated entity only. Supplementary information about the parent entity is disclosed in note 26.

Principles of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all subsidiaries of Incannex Healthcare Limited (‘Company’ or ‘parent entity’) as at 30 June 2019 and 2020 and the results of all subsidiaries for the years then ended. Incannex Healthcare Limited and its subsidiaries together are referred to in these financial statements as the ‘consolidated entity’. Details of all controlled entities are set out in Note 24.

Subsidiaries are all those entities over which the consolidated entity has control. The consolidated entity controls an entity when the consolidated entity is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the consolidated entity. They are de-consolidated from the date that control ceases.

Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between entities in the consolidated entity are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction provides evidence of the impairment of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the consolidated entity.

Where the consolidated entity loses control over a subsidiary, it derecognises the assets including goodwill, liabilities and non-controlling interest in the subsidiary together with any cumulative translation differences recognised in equity. The consolidated entity recognises the fair value of the consideration received and the fair value of any investment retained together with any gain or loss in profit or loss.

Operating segments

Operating segments are presented using the ‘management approach’, where the information presented is on the same basis as the internal reports provided to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for the allocation of resources to operating segments and assessing their performance.

Foreign currency translation

The financial statements are presented in Australian dollars, which is Incannex Healthcare Limited’s functional and presentation currency.

Foreign currency transactions

Foreign currency transactions are translated into Australian dollars using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at financial year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in profit or loss.

Revenue recognition

The Company’s revenues were generated from the sale of pharmaceutical Medicinal Cannabis products through the Special Access Scheme in Australia. Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received, or receivable and it is shown net of tax and discounts. The Company also earned revenue from the sale of dentist products through e-commerce website, however, the Company discontinued this segment on 30 June 2020.

F-8

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

The Company recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of goods and services to clients in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods and services by applying the following steps:

•        Identify the contract with a client;

•        Identify the performance obligations in the contract;

•        Determine the transaction price;

•        Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations; and

•        Recognize revenue when, or as, the Company satisfies a performance obligation.

Revenue may be earned over time as the performance obligations are satisfied or at a point in time which is when the entity has earned a right to payment, the customer has possession of the asset and the related significant risks and rewards of ownership, and the customer has accepted the asset.

The Company’s arrangements with clients can include multiple performance obligations. When contracts involve various performance obligations, the Company evaluates whether each performance obligation is distinct and should be accounted for as a separate unit of accounting under IFRS 15, Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

The Company determines the standalone selling price by considering its overall pricing objectives and market conditions. Significant pricing practices taken into consideration include discounting practices, the size and volume of our transactions, our marketing strategy, historical sales, and contract prices. The determination of standalone selling prices is made through consultation with and approval by management, taking into consideration our go-to-market strategy. As the Company’s go-to-market strategies evolve, the Company may modify its pricing practices in the future, which could result in changes in relative standalone selling prices.

The Company disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers based on the categories that most closely depict how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. During the years ended 30 June 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized revenue from only one such category, being cannabinoid oils sales. As stated in Note 4 to these financial statements, the Company previously recognized revenue from oral and dental devices, although these operations have been discontinued. All sales are made within Australia and the Company has not disaggregated revenue based on geography.

The Company receives payment from its clients after invoicing within the normal 28-day commercial terms. If a client is specifically identified as a credit risk, recognition of revenue is stopped except to the extent of fees that have already been collected.

Interest and Other income

Interest revenue is recognised when it is received or when the right to receive it is established.

Income tax

The income tax expense or benefit for the period is the tax payable on that period’s taxable income based on the applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction, adjusted by the changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to temporary differences, unused tax losses and the adjustment recognised for prior periods, where applicable.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised for temporary differences at the tax rates expected to be applied when the assets are recovered or liabilities are settled, based on those tax rates that are enacted or substantively enacted, except for:

F-9

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

•        When the deferred income tax asset or liability arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and that, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting nor taxable profits; or

•        When the taxable temporary difference is associated with interests in subsidiaries, associates or joint ventures, and the timing of the reversal can be controlled, and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary differences and losses.

The carrying amount of recognised and unrecognised deferred tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date. Deferred tax assets recognised are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that future taxable profits will be available for the carrying amount to be recovered. Previously unrecognised deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that there are future taxable profits available to recover the asset.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset only where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and deferred tax assets against deferred tax liabilities; and they relate to the same taxable authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities which intend to settle simultaneously.

Discontinued operations

A discontinued operation is a component of the consolidated entity that has been disposed of or is classified as held for sale and that represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations, is part of a single co-ordinated plan to dispose of such a line of business or area of operations, or is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale. The results of discontinued operations are presented separately on the face of the statement of comprehensive income.

Government grants

Income from government grants is recognised only when the Company has reasonable assurance that the grants will be received, and the conditions of the grants will be complied with. Income from Government grants is recognised on a systematic basis using the income approach over the periods in which the Company recognises as expenses the related costs for which the grants are intended to compensate.

Current and non-current classification

Assets and liabilities are presented in the statement of financial position based on current and non-current classification.

An asset is classified as current when: it is either expected to be realised or intended to be sold or consumed in the consolidated entity’s normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is expected to be realised within 12 months after the reporting period; or the asset is cash or cash equivalent unless restricted from being exchanged or used to settle a liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other assets are classified as non-current.

A liability is classified as current when: it is either expected to be settled in the consolidated entity’s normal operating cycle; it is held primarily for the purpose of trading; it is due to be settled within 12 months after the reporting period; or there is no unconditional right to defer the settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the reporting period. All other liabilities are classified as non-current.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are classified as non-current.

F-10

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

Cash

Cash and deposits held at call with financial institutions, other short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. For the statement of cash flows presentation purposes, cash also includes bank overdrafts, which are shown within borrowings in current liabilities on the statement of financial position.

Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any allowance for expected credit losses. Trade receivables are due for settlement within 30 days.

The consolidated entity has applied the simplified approach to measuring expected credit losses, which uses a lifetime expected loss allowance. To measure the expected credit losses, trade receivables have been grouped based on days overdue.

Other receivables are recognised at amortised cost, less any allowance for expected credit losses.

Inventory

Inventory Raw materials, work in progress and finished goods are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value on a ‘first in first out’ basis. Cost comprises of direct materials and delivery costs, direct labour, import duties and other taxes, an appropriate proportion of variable and fixed overhead expenditure based on normal operating capacity, and, where applicable, transfers from cash flow hedging reserves in equity. Costs of purchased inventory are determined after deducting rebates and discounts received or receivable.

Stock in transit is stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost comprises of purchase and delivery costs, net of rebates and discounts received or receivable.

Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less the estimated costs of completion and the estimated costs necessary to make the sale.

Other financial assets

Other financial assets are initially measured at fair value. Transaction costs are included as part of the initial measurement, except for financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. Such assets are subsequently measured at either amortised cost or fair value depending on their classification. Classification is determined based on both the business model within which such assets are held and the contractual cash flow characteristics of the financial asset unless an accounting mismatch is being avoided.

Financial assets are derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows have expired or have been transferred and the consolidated entity has transferred substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. When there is no reasonable expectation of recovering part or all a financial asset, its carrying value is written off.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Financial assets not measured at amortised cost or at fair value through other comprehensive income are classified as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. Typically, such financial assets will be either: (i) held for trading, where they are acquired for the purpose of selling in the short-term with an intention of making a profit, or a derivative; or (ii) designated as such upon initial recognition where permitted. Fair value movements are recognised in profit or loss.

F-11

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income

Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income include equity investments which the consolidated entity intends to hold for the foreseeable future and has irrevocably elected to classify them as such upon initial recognition.

Impairment of financial assets

The consolidated entity recognises a loss allowance for expected credit losses on financial assets which are either measured at amortised cost or fair value through other comprehensive income. The measurement of the loss allowance depends upon the consolidated entity’s assessment at the end of each reporting period as to whether the financial instrument’s credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition, based on reasonable and supportable information that is available, without undue cost or effort to obtain.

Where there has not been a significant increase in exposure to credit risk since initial recognition, a 12-month expected credit loss allowance is estimated. This represents a portion of the asset’s lifetime expected credit losses that is attributable to a default event that is possible within the next 12 months. Where a financial asset has become credit impaired or where it is determined that credit risk has increased significantly, the loss allowance is based on the asset’s lifetime expected credit losses. The amount of expected credit loss recognised is measured on the basis of the probability weighted present value of anticipated cash shortfalls over the life of the instrument discounted at the original effective interest rate.

For financial assets mandatorily measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, the loss allowance is recognised in other comprehensive income with a corresponding expense through profit or loss. In all other cases, the loss allowance reduces the asset’s carrying value with a corresponding expense through profit or loss.

Impairment of non-financial assets

Non-financial assets are subject to impairment test whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Where the carrying value of the non-financial asset exceeds its recoverable amount (i.e. the higher of value in use and fair value less costs to dispose), the asset is written down and impairment charge is recognized accordingly.

Where it is not possible to estimate the recoverable amount of an individual asset, the impairment test is carried out on the asset’s cash-generating unit (i.e. the smallest group of assets to which the asset belongs that generates cash inflow that is largely independent of cash inflows from other assets).

An impairment loss allocated to an asset, is reversed only if there have been changes in the estimates used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last impairment loss was recognized.

Reversal of an impairment loss, as above, is limited to the lower of the carrying amount of the asset that would have been determined (net of depreciation or amortization) had no impairment loss been recognized for the asset in prior years and the asset’s recoverable amount. After an impairment of non-financial asset is recognized, the Company examines at each reporting date whether there are indications that the impairment which was recognized in the past no longer exists or should be reduced. The reversal of impairment loss of an asset is recognized in profit or loss.

Property, plant and equipment

Plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.

F-12

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis to write off the net cost of each item of property, plant, and equipment (excluding land) over their expected useful lives as follows:

       

Buildings

 

40 years

Leasehold improvements

 

3–10 years

Plant and equipment

 

3–7 years

The residual values, useful lives and depreciation methods are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each reporting date.

Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the unexpired period of the lease or the estimated useful life of the assets, whichever is shorter.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when there is no future economic benefit to the consolidated entity. Gains and losses between the carrying amount and the disposal proceeds are taken to profit or loss. Any revaluation surplus reserve relating to the item disposed of is transferred directly to equity.

Intangible assets

Research and development

Research costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred. Development costs are capitalised when it is probable that the project will be a success considering its commercial and technical feasibility; the consolidated entity is able to use or sell the asset; the consolidated entity has sufficient resources and intent to complete the development; and its costs can be measured reliably. Capitalised development costs are amortised on a straight-line basis over the period of their expected benefit, being their finite life of 10 years.

Patents and trademarks

Significant costs associated with patents and trademarks are deferred and amortised on a straight-line basis over the period of their expected benefit, being their finite life of 10 years.

Trade and other payables

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the consolidated entity prior to the end of the financial years and which are unpaid. Due to their short-term nature, they are measured at amortised cost and are not discounted. The amounts are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition.

Borrowings

Loans and borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration received, net of transaction costs. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.

Lease liabilities

A lease liability is recognised at the commencement date of a lease. The lease liability is initially recognised at the present value of the lease payments to be made over the term of the lease, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the consolidated entity’s incremental borrowing rate. Lease payments comprise of fixed payments less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees, exercise price of a purchase option when the exercise of the option is reasonably certain to occur, and any anticipated termination penalties. The variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

F-13

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

Lease liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. The carrying amounts are remeasured if there is a change in the following: future lease payments arising from a change in an index, or a rate used; residual guarantee; lease term; certainty of a purchase option and termination penalties. When a lease liability is remeasured, an adjustment is made to the corresponding right-of use asset, or to profit or loss if the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset is fully written down.

No lease liabilities are recognized for leases where the lease term is 12 months or less at the commencement date and for leases where the underlying value is deemed to be of low value. The costs of any such leases are recorded within expenses as incurred.

Finance costs

Finance costs attributable to qualifying assets are capitalised as part of the asset. All other finance costs are expensed in the period in which they are incurred.

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the consolidated entity has a present (legal or constructive) obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable the consolidated entity will be required to settle the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at the reporting date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. If the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate specific to the liability. The increase in the provision resulting from the passage of time is recognised as a finance cost.

Employee benefits

Short-term employee benefits

Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-monetary benefits, annual leave and long service leave expected to be settled wholly within 12 months of the reporting date are measured at the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.

Other long-term employee benefits

The liability for annual leave and long service leave not expected to be settled within 12 months of the reporting date are measured at the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to the reporting date using the projected unit credit method. Consideration is given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures and periods of service. Expected future payments are discounted using market yields at the reporting date on corporate bonds with terms to maturity and currency that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows.

Share-based payments

Equity-settled compensation benefits are provided to employees.

Equity-settled transactions are awards of shares, performance rights or options over shares, that are provided to employees in exchange for the rendering of services.

The cost of equity-settled transactions are measured at fair value on grant date. Fair value is independently determined using either the trinomial or Black-Scholes option pricing model that takes into account the exercise price, the term of the option, the impact of dilution, the share price at grant date and expected price volatility of the underlying share, the expected dividend yield and the risk free interest rate for the term of the option, together with non-vesting conditions that do not determine whether the consolidated entity receives the services that entitle the

F-14

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

employees to receive payment. Inputs into the trinomial and Black-Scholes option pricing models used to calculate fair value are classified as level three inputs under the fair value hierarchy of IFRS 13. No account is taken of any other vesting conditions.

The cost of equity-settled transactions are recognised as an expense with a corresponding increase in equity over the vesting period. The cumulative charge to profit or loss is calculated based on the grant date fair value of the award, the best estimate of the number of awards that are likely to vest and the expired portion of the vesting period. The amount recognised in profit or loss for the period is the cumulative amount calculated at each reporting date less amounts already recognised in previous periods.

Market conditions are taken into consideration in determining fair value. Therefore any awards subject to market conditions are considered to vest irrespective of whether or not that market condition has been met, provided all other conditions are satisfied.

If equity-settled awards are modified, as a minimum an expense is recognised as if the modification has not been made. An additional expense is recognised, over the remaining vesting period, for any modification that increases the total fair value of the share-based compensation benefit as at the date of modification.

If the non-vesting condition is within the control of the consolidated entity or employee, the failure to satisfy the condition is treated as a cancellation. If the condition is not within the control of the consolidated entity or employee and is not satisfied during the vesting period, any remaining expense for the award is recognised over the remaining vesting period, unless the award is forfeited.

If equity-settled awards are cancelled, it is treated as if it has vested on the date of cancellation, and any remaining expense is recognised immediately. If a new replacement award is substituted for the cancelled award, the cancelled and new award is treated as if they were a modification.

Fair value measurement

When an asset, liability or equity instrument, financial or non-financial, is measured at fair value for recognition or disclosure purposes, the fair value is based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or an equity instrument or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date; and assumes that the transaction will take place either: in the principal market; or in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market.

Fair value is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset, liability or equity instrument, assuming they act in their economic best interests. For non-financial assets, the fair value measurement is based on its highest and best use. Valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are available to measure fair value, are used, maximising the use of relevant observable inputs and minimising the use of unobservable inputs.

Assets, liabilities and equity instruments measured at fair value are classified into three levels, using a fair value hierarchy that reflects the significance of the inputs used in making the measurements. For assets and liabilities measured at fair value after initial recognition, classifications are reviewed at each reporting date and transfers between levels are determined based on a reassessment of the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described as follows:

•        Level 1 — quoted (unadjusted) market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

•        Level 2 — valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is directly or indirectly observable; and

•        Level 3 — valuation techniques for which the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement is unobservable.

F-15

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

For recurring and non-recurring fair value measurements, external valuers may be used when internal expertise is either not available or when the valuation is deemed to be significant. External valuers are selected based on market knowledge and reputation. Where there is a significant change in fair value of an asset or liability from one period to another, an analysis is undertaken, which includes a verification of the major inputs applied in the latest valuation and a comparison, where applicable, with external sources of data.

Issued capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity.

Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

Dividends

Dividends are recognized when declared during the financial years.

Earnings/(loss) per share

Basic earnings/(loss) per share

Basic earnings/(loss) per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the owners of Incannex Healthcare Limited, excluding any costs of servicing equity other than ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the financial years, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the financial years. These values are set out in Note 7.

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares and the weighted average number of shares assumed to have been issued for no consideration in relation to dilutive potential ordinary shares. These values are set out in Note 7.

Goods and Services Tax (‘GST’) and other similar taxes

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of associated GST, unless the GST incurred is not recoverable from the tax authority. In this case it is recognised as part of the cost of the acquisition of the asset or as part of the expense.

Receivables and payables are stated inclusive of the amount of GST receivable or payable. The net amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the tax authority is included in other receivables or other payables in the statement of financial position.

Cash flows are presented on a gross basis. The GST components of cash flows arising from investing or financing activities which are recoverable from, or payable to the tax authority, are presented as operating cash flow.

Commitments and contingencies are disclosed net of the amount of GST recoverable from, or payable to, the tax authority.

New Accounting Standards and Interpretations not yet mandatory or early adopted

International Financial Reporting Standards and Interpretations that have recently been issued or amended but are not yet mandatory, have not been early adopted by the consolidated entity for the annual reporting periods ended 30 June 2019 and 2020. The consolidated entity’s assessment of the impact of these new or amended Accounting Standards and Interpretations, most relevant to the consolidated entity, are set out below.

F-16

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting (Conceptual Framework)

The revised Conceptual Framework is applicable to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2020 and early adoption is permitted. The Conceptual Framework contains new definition and recognition criteria as well as new guidance on measurement that affects several Accounting Standards. Where the consolidated entity has relied on the existing framework in determining its accounting policies for transactions, events or conditions that are not otherwise dealt with under the International Financial Reporting Standards, the consolidated entity may need to review such policies under the revised framework. At this time, the application of the Conceptual Framework is not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated entity’s financial statements.

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments replaces IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement for the financial year ended 30 June 2019. It makes major changes to the previous guidance on the classification and measurement of financial assets and introduces an ‘expected credit loss’ model for impairment of financial assets. The investment classifications Available-for-sale financial assets and Held-to-maturity investments are no longer used and Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) was introduced. There were no investments held in these categories as at 30 June 2018. Interest revenue is no longer included in the Revenue note and is now shown separately on the face of the statement of comprehensive income.

When adopting IFRS 9, the Group has applied transitional relief and opted not to restate prior periods due to the immaterial impact of any changes.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers and Related Amending Standards

In the financial year ended 30 June 2019, the Company adopted IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers which is effective for an annual period that begins on or after 1 January 2018. IFRS 15 introduced a 5-step approach to revenue recognition. IFRS 15 replaces IAS 18 Revenue, IAS 11 Construction Contracts and several revenue-related Interpretations. The new Standard has been applied as at 1 July 2018 using the modified retrospective approach. Under this method, the cumulative effect on initial application is recognised as an adjustment to the opening balance of accumulated losses on 1 July 2018 and comparatives are not restated. In accordance with the transition guidance, IFRS 15 has only been applied to contracts that were incomplete as at 1 July 2018. The core principle of IFRS 15 is that an entity should recognise revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Specifically, the Standard introduces a 5-step approach to revenue recognition:

•        Step 1: Identify the contract(s) with a customer.

•        Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract.

•        Step 3: Determine the transaction price.

•        Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.

•        Step 5: Recognise revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

In adopting IFRS 15 Steps 1 through 4 occur during the order process when the customer places the order. For on-line orders this also involves paying for the product. Step 5 occurs when the product is dispatched to the customer.

The adoption of IFRS 15 has mainly affected the following areas:

a)      Sales revenue in respect of products ordered and paid for by customers upon order that had yet to be produced and delivered to the customer

F-17

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

1. Significant accounting policies (cont.)

b)      The value ascribed to work-in-progress on sales that are the subject of a) above

While this represents significant new guidance, the implementation of this new guidance did not have a significant impact on the timing or amount of revenue recognised by the Company during the year ended 30 June 2019.

Financial impact of initial application of IFRS 15

First time adoption of IFRS 15 required an adjustment against Accumulated Losses of $79,220 comprising derecognition of sales revenue of $94,888 and recognition of additional cost of sales of $15,668 applicable to the prior year. For the year ended 30 June 2019, adoption of IFRS 15 had an effect of reducing net revenue by $19,111.

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts has been issued, but is not yet mandatorily required to be adopted by the Company. The Company will be required to adopt IFRS 17 during the financial year ending 30 June 2024. The Company is not planning to early adopt this new standard and the Directors do not expect the adoption of IFRS 17 to have a material impact on the financial position or performance of the Company once adopted.

2. Critical accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions

The preparation of the financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the financial statements. Management continually evaluates its judgements and estimates in relation to assets, liabilities, contingent liabilities, revenue and expenses. Management bases its judgements, estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on other various factors, including expectations of future events, management believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. The resulting accounting judgements and estimates will seldom equal the related actual results. The judgements, estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities (refer to the respective notes) within the next financial year are discussed below.

Coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic

Judgement has been exercised in considering the impacts that the Coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic has had, or may have, on the consolidated entity based on known information. This consideration extends to the nature of the products and services offered, customers, supply chain, staffing and geographic regions in which the consolidated entity operates. Other than as addressed in specific notes, there does not currently appear to be either any significant impact upon the financial statements or any significant uncertainties with respect to events or conditions which may impact the consolidated entity unfavourably as at the reporting date or subsequently as a result of the Coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic.

Share-based payment transactions

The consolidated entity measures the cost of equity-settled transactions with employees and third parties by reference to the fair value of the equity instruments at the date at which they are granted. The fair value is determined by using either the trinomial or Black-Scholes model taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the instruments were granted. The accounting estimates and assumptions relating to equity-settled share-based payments would have no impact on the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next annual reporting period but may impact profit or loss and equity. Refer to notes 13 and 19 for further information.

F-18

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

3. Revenue & expenses

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

(a) Revenue (point in time)

       

Cannabinoid oils sales

 

604,884

 

   

604,884

 

(b) Other income

       

Income from other arrangements(1)

 

123,125

 

Government grants(2)

 

89,500

 

Interest

 

4,545

 

1,553

   

217,170

 

1,553

(c) Expenses

       

Executive directors’ remuneration

 

539,923

 

217,949

____________

(1)      Notes for Income from other contractual arrangements

In September 2018 a transaction was entered into with AXIM Biotechnologies, in consideration of the terms of the full understanding 6,800,000 IHL shares were issued in full consideration of the intended transaction.

AXIM was not able to fulfill their part of the transaction, and the contract was terminated. In lieu of returning the shares, the Company received cash. As this revenue is not derived from any normal trading transactions, it has been accounted for as a separate line item in the accounts. The return of these shares and the subsequent income is a one off income item for IHL and has not resulted in a change in equity per the consolidated statement of financial position.

(1)      Notes for Government grants

Other income from government grants relates to assistance provided by the Australian Government in relation to the COVID-19 pandemic. The Company has reasonable assurance that it has complied with the conditions attaching to these grants. There were no unfulfilled conditions or other contingencies attaching to these grants as at 30 June 2020.

4. Segment Information

Identification of reportable operating segments

IFRS 8 Operating Segments requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of internal reports about components of the Group that are regularly reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer in order to allocate resources to the segment and to assess its performance.

The Group’s operating segments have been determined with reference to the monthly management accounts used by the Chief Executive Officer to make decisions regarding the Group’s operations and allocation of working capital. Due to the size and nature of the Group, the Board as a whole has been determined as the Chief Executive Officer.

Based on the quantitative thresholds included in IFRS 8, for the financial year ended 30 June 2020, the consolidated entity was organised into two operating segments based on differences in products and services provided (1) medicinal cannabis and (2) dental devices. On 30 June 2020, the Company disposed of the dental devices segment (refer note 6) to focus entirely on medicinal cannabis product sales and development from 1 July 2020. The consolidated entity will have no dental devices activities after 30 June 2020.

F-19

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

4. Segment Information (cont.)

The consolidated entity has only one geographical segment, namely Australia.

The revenues and results of these segments of the Group as a whole are set out in the condensed statement of comprehensive income and the assets and liabilities of the Group as a whole are set out in the condensed statement of financial position. A summary of revenue and expenses for the period and assets and liabilities at the end of the period for each segment is shown below.

Segment results

 

Oral and
Dental Devices
(discontinued)

 

Medicinal Cannabis

 

Unallocated

 

Consolidated

For the year ended 30 June 2020

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Revenue from external customers

 

718,656

 

 

604,884

(1)

 

 

 

1,323,540

 

Interest income

 

8

 

 

2

 

 

4,543

 

 

4,553

 

Other income

 

140,816

 

 

212,625

 

 

 

 

353,441

 

Depreciation

 

(14,854

)

 

 

 

 

 

(14,854

)

Amortisation

 

(21,688

)

 

 

 

 

 

(21,688

)

Other expenses

 

(1,591,290

)

 

(2,899,761

)

 

(1,851,577

)

 

(6,342,628

)

Segment loss after income tax

 

(768,352

)

 

(2,082,250

)

 

(1,847,034

)

 

(4,697,636

)

Segment assets

 

 

 

662,414

 

 

3,573,665

 

 

4,236,079

 

Segment liabilities

 

 

 

(567,423

)

 

(504,228

)

 

(1,071,651

)

     

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

For the year ended 30 June 2019

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Revenue from external customers

 

1,178,466

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,178,466

 

Interest income

 

80

 

 

 

 

1,553

 

 

1,633

 

Other income

 

1,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,800

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

(85,065

)

 

(85,065

)

Depreciation

 

(20,198

)

 

 

 

 

 

(20,198

)

Amortisation

 

(21,688

)

 

 

 

 

 

(21,688

)

Other expenses

 

(2,581,984

)

 

(736,140

)

 

(606,546

)

 

(3,924,670

)

Income tax benefit

 

151,323

 

 

 

 

 

 

151,323

 

Segment loss after income tax

 

(1,292,201

)

 

(736,140

)

 

(690,058

)

 

(2,718,399

)

Segment assets

 

479,553

 

 

8,237

 

 

30,121

 

 

517,911

 

Segment liabilities

 

(403,636

)

 

(23,441

)

 

(508,014

)

 

(935,091

)

____________

(1)      Of the total revenue from medicinal cannabis in the financial year ended 30 June 2020, 100% was through Cannvalate Pty Ltd’s distribution network.

F-20

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

5. Income tax

The prima facie income tax (expense)/benefit on pre-tax accounting (loss)/profit from operations reconciles to the income tax benefit in the financial statements as follows:

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Accounting loss before tax

 

(4,697,636

)

 

(2,869,722

)

Income tax benefit at the applicable tax rate of 27.5% (2019: 27.5%)

 

1,291,850

 

 

789,174

 

Non-deductible expenses at the applicable tax rate of 27.5% (2019:27.5%)

 

(155,498

)

 

(13,160

)

Deferred tax assets not recognised

 

(1,136,352

)

 

(776,014

)

Research and Development Grant in relation to prior year

 

 

 

151,323

 

Income tax benefit

 

 

 

151,323

 

     

 

   

 

Deductible temporary differences for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised

   

 

   

 

Unused tax losses at 27.5% (2019: 27.5%)

 

3,872,022

 

 

2,735,670

 

Net unrecognised tax benefit

 

3,872,022

 

 

2,735,670

 

The income tax benefit of $151,323 for the year ended 30 June 2019 is not presented on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income as it relates to income tax benefit on discontinued operations. The loss from discontinued operations is set out in note 6 to these financial statements.

The net unrecognised tax benefit has not been recognised as an asset in the financial statements because recovery of the asset is not considered probable in the context of IAS 12 Income Taxes.

The benefit will only be realised if:

a)      the Company derives future assessable income of a nature and of an amount sufficient to enable the benefit to be realised.

b)      the Company complies with the conditions for deductibility imposed by the law; and

c)      no changes in tax legislation adversely affect the Company in realising the benefit.

6. Discontinued operations

Description

On 30 June 2020 the consolidated entity sold its 100% subsidiary — Gameday International Pty Ltd (“Gameday”), for consideration of $29,277 which was the carrying value of its assets at that date so no loss on sale was incurred. Gameday produced and sold the consolidated entity’s dental devices and had been a loss maker since 2016. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic it suffered further as a result of the shut-down of community sport which directly affected the sale of its main product being sporting mouthguards. The sale of Gameday will allow the consolidated entity to pursue and focus entirely on its medicinal cannabis activities.

F-21

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

6. Discontinued operations (cont.)

Financial performance information

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Revenue from external customers

 

718,656

 

 

1,178,466

 

Interest income

 

8

 

 

80

 

Other income

 

140,816

 

 

1,800

 

Product costs

 

(589,570

)

 

(582,209

)

Administration expense

 

(38,985

)

 

(297,771

)

Advertising and promotion

 

(218,865

)

 

(610,042

)

Depreciation

 

(14,854

)

 

(20,198

)

Amortisation

 

(21,688

)

 

(21,688

)

Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment

 

(13,654

)

 

 

Impairment cost

 

(82,989

)

 

 

Compliance, legal and regulatory costs

 

 

 

(27,241

)

Occupancy expenses

 

(81,493

)

 

(153,830

)

Salaries and employee benefit expense

 

(565,734

)

 

(910,891

)

Loss before income tax

 

(768,352

)

 

(1,443,524

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

 

151,323

 

Loss after income tax from discontinued operations

 

(768,352

)

 

(1,292,201

)

     

 

   

 

Carrying amounts of assets and liabilities disposed

   

 

   

 

     

 

   

 

Cash

 

17,970

 

 

 

Inventories

 

6,000

 

 

 

Other current assets

 

6,100

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

(793

)

 

 

Total proceeds from sale

 

29,277

 

 

 

Impairment expense

During the process of the sale of Gameday, various assets of Gameday that were unwanted by the acquirer were assessed to determine their future value or ability to be sold. Specifically, these assets included specialist or customised plant and equipment, capitalised intangible assets, and the recovery of receivables.

For each of these assets it was determined that the future value was negligible and for each the contribution to the total impairment expense is set out below:

(i) Plant and equipment

 

Original
Cost

 

Accumulated Depreciation

 

Book value prior
to impairment

   

76,136

 

(32,221

)

 

43,915

(A)

(ii) Intangible assets

 

Original
cost

 

Accumulated Amortisation

 

Book value prior
to impairment

   

116,731

 

(89,042

)

 

27,689

(B)

(iii) Receivables

 

Original
book value

 

Recoverable
amount

 

Book value prior
to impairment

   

11,635

 

(250

)

 

11,385

(C)

Impairment expense

       

 

 

A+B+C  82,989

 

F-22

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

7. Loss per share

Basic loss per share – continuing and discontinued operations – cents
per share

 

(0.69

)

 

(0.40

)

Basic loss per share – continuing operations – cents per share

 

(0.57

)

 

(0.21

)

     

 

   

 

Basic loss per share

   

 

   

 

The loss and weighted average number of ordinary shares used in the calculation of basic loss per share is as follows:

   

 

   

 

– Loss from continuing and discontinued operations ($)

 

(4,697,636

)

 

(2,718,399

)

– Loss from continuing operations ($)

 

(3,929,284

)

 

(1,426,198

)

– Weighted average number of ordinary shares (number)

 

684,035,399

 

 

447,439,263

 

8. Dividends

The Company has not declared a dividend for the years ended 30 June 2019 or 2020.

9. Cash

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Cash at bank and on hand

 

3,603,390

 

93,332

   

3,603,390

 

93,332

Cash at bank earns interest at floating rates based on daily bank deposit rates.

i. Reconciliation of loss for the years to net cash flows from operating activities:

Loss after income tax

 

(4,697,636

)

 

(2,718,399

)

     

 

   

 

Non-cash based expenses:

   

 

   

 

Share based payments

 

565,448

 

 

47,854

 

Depreciation and amortisation

 

36,542

 

 

41,886

 

Interest expense capitalised as equity

 

 

 

75,000

 

Non-cash element of new business development costs

 

 

 

583,896

 

Other non-cash expenses

 

97,221

 

 

9,413

 

     

 

   

 

Changes in net assets and liabilities:

   

 

   

 

(Increase)/Decrease in receivables

 

(315,484

)

 

(43,681

)

(Increase)/Decrease in inventory

 

(30,355

)

 

70,268

 

Decrease in other current assets

 

2,928

 

 

10,009

 

(Increase)/Decrease in trade and other payables

 

464,223

 

 

(257,451

)

Increase/(Decrease) in other liabilities

 

(30,221

)

 

20,772

 

Cash flows from (used in) operations

 

(3,907,334

)

 

(2,160,433

)

ii. Non-cash financing activities

The proceeds of $29,277 from sale of the discontinued operations disclosed in note 6, were still to be received at 30 June 2020.

There Company has recorded non-cash transactions in the form of share based payments as disclosed in Note 13 to these financial statements. The total value of share-based payments recorded during the year ended 2020 is $565,448 (2019: $47,854).

F-23

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

9. Cash (cont.)

The Company recorded other current liabilities of $244,403 as at 30 June 2019, relating to option issues awaiting shareholder approval, as disclosed in note 17 to these financial statements. During the year ended 30 June 2021, this liability was settled via the issue of options upon which time the liability balance of $244,403 was transferred to equity.

10. Trade and other receivables (Current)

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Current

       

Receivables

 

276,151

 

66,605

GST recoverable

 

137,117

 

31,179

   

413,268

 

97,784

Opening receivables, contract assets and contract liabilities with customers:

The opening value of receivables from contracts with customers as at 1 July 2018 after the adoption of IFRS 15 was $10,422.

The opening value of contract assets from contracts with customers as at 1 July 2018 after the adoption of IFRS 15 was nil.

The opening value of contract liabilities from contracts with customers as at 1 July 2018 after the adoption of IFRS 15 was $79,220. As these opening contract liabilities related entirely to operations which have since been discontinued, no revenue is recorded in years ended 30 June 2020 and 2019 in relation to these contract liabilities. The entire value of these contract liabilities was recorded within the loss on discontinued operations, net of tax during the year ended 30 June 2019.

There was no revenue recognised in the years ended 30 June 2020 and 2019 from performance obligations satisfied (or partially satisfied) in previous periods.

Expected credit losses

The consolidated entity applies the IFRS 9 simplified model of recognising lifetime expected credit losses for all trade receivables as these items do not have a significant financing component.

In measuring the expected credit losses, the trade receivables have been assessed on a collective basis as they possess shared credit risk characteristics. They have been grouped based on the days past due and also according to the geographical location of customers.

11. Property, plant and equipment

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Property, plant & equipment – at cost

 

 

166,342

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

(80,919

)

Total property, plant & equipment

 

 

85,423

 

F-24

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

11. Property, plant and equipment (cont.)

Reconciliation:

 

Plant & Equipment

 

Computer Equipment

 

Office Furniture

 

Total

30 June 2019

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Carrying value as at 1 July 2019

 

81,151

 

 

 

4,272

 

 

85,423

 

Disposals

 

(23,065

)

 

 

(3,589

)

 

(26,654

)

Depreciation

 

(14,618

)

 

 

(236

)

 

(14,854

)

Impairment – refer note 6(i)

 

(43,468

)

 

 

(447

)

 

(43,915

)

Balance at 30 June 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation:

 

Plant & Equipment

 

Computer Equipment

 

Office Furniture

 

Total

30 June 2019

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Carrying value as at 1 July 2018

 

92,339

 

 

 

5,339

 

 

97,678

 

Additions

 

7,942

 

 

 

 

 

7,942

 

Depreciation

 

(19,130

)

 

 

(1,067

)

 

(20,197

)

Balance at 30 June 2019

 

81,151

 

 

 

4,272

 

 

85,423

 

12. Other assets (current)

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Prepayments

 

11,083

 

4,683

Office rental bond

 

25,179

 

17,179

Work in progress (contract assets)

 

 

17,329

   

36,262

 

39,191

13. Share based payments

From time to time, the Company may issue equity securities (i.e. shares, options or performance rights) to its employees, directors or advisors to more closely align rewards for performance with the achievement of the Company’s growth and strategic objectives. Where the recipient is a director of the Company, shareholder approval must be sought under the ASX Listing Rules prior to the issue of any equity securities to any director.

Fair value of shares issued

The fair value of shares issued to employees is determined using the closing price of shares on the grant date and expensed over the vesting period.

Fair value of options and performance rights granted

The fair values at grant date are independently determined using either a trinomial pricing or Black-Scholes option model that take into account any price to exercise, the term of the options or rights, the share price at grant date, the price volatility of the underlying share and the risk-free interest rate for the term of the options or rights. Inputs into the trinomial and Black-Scholes option pricing models used to calculate fair value are classified as level three inputs under the fair value hierarchy of IFRS 13. The expensed fair value in the tables below represents the proportion of the total fair value that has been allocated to the current period with the balance to be expensed in future periods.

F-25

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

13. Share based payments (cont.)

The following share-based payment arrangements were put in place during the period:

A. Shares

 

Number

 

Approval
Date
(1)

 

Escrow
Date

 

Exercise Price

 

Total
fair value

 

Expensed
fair value

Ordinary shares

 

4,583,334

 

26-Jun-2020

 

n/a

 

n/a

 

220,000

 

220,000

Ordinary shares (escrowed)

 

583,333

 

26-Jun-2020

 

30-Jun-2020

 

n/a

 

28,000

 

28,000

Ordinary shares (escrowed)

 

583,333

 

26-Jun-2020

 

30-Jun-2021

 

n/a

 

28,000

 

304

Ordinary shares (escrowed)

 

583,333

 

26-Jun-2020

 

30-Jun-2022

 

n/a

 

28,000

 

152

Total shares

 

6,333,333.00

                 

248,456

B. Options

 

Number

 

Grant
Date
(2)

 

Expiry
Date

 

Exercise
Price

 

Total
fair value

 

Expensed
fair value

Unlisted options

 

750,000

 

26-Jun-2020

 

30-Jun-2025

 

$

0.05

 

24,817

 

24,817

Unlisted options

 

750,000

 

26-Jun-2020

 

30-Jun-2026

 

$

0.05

 

26,424

 

286

Unlisted options

 

750,000

 

26-Jun-2020

 

30-Jun-2027

 

$

0.05

 

27,754

 

151

Unlisted options

 

200,000,000

 

26-Jun-2020

 

30-Sep-2021

 

$

0.20

 

306,299

 

130,667

Total options

 

202,250,000

         

 

       

155,921

C. Performance rights

 

Number

 

Grant
Date
(2)

 

Expiry
Date

 

Exercise
Price

 

Total
fair value

 

Expensed
fair value

Milestone-based

 

2,000,000

 

26-Jun-2020

 

Various(3)

 

n/a

 

64,000

 

 

1,341

Value-based

 

30,303,593

 

26-Jun-2020

 

24-Nov-2021

 

n/a

 

811,503

 

 

184,134

Total performance rights

 

32,303,593

                 

 

185,475

Total share based payments expense(4)

                     

$

589,852

____________

(1)      These shares were issued to Directors so shareholder approval was sought and provided at a general meeting of shareholders held on 26 June 2020.

(2)      Grant date is the date of the general meeting of shareholders, being 26 June 2020, at which these options and performance rights were approved by shareholders.

(3)      The milestone-based performance rights have non-market milestones which must be met at various dates ranging from 31 January 2021 to 31 March 2021.

(4)      The total amount issued to the Equity Reserve in relation to share based payments during the year ended 30 June 2020 per the Statement of Changes in equity is $589,852. This differs from the $565,448 disclosed in the table above by $24,404. This difference is due a $244,404 creditor that was settled via share based payments, offset by a $220,000 movement between Equity Reserve and Issued Capital.

Performance Rights

The value-based performance rights have milestones which are market-based. In arriving at the fair value of these rights the probability of achieving these milestones (related to various levels of market capitalisation) has been estimated using a trinomial option model, with major inputs being grant date share price of $0.048; risk-free rate of 0.25%; and volatility of 95%, for a total value of $469,324, of which $189,071 has been expensed in the current period commencing on 24 July 2019, being the commencement date of Dr Agarwal’s contract.

The milestone performance rights are valued at the share price at grant date ($0.048) taking into account management’s estimate s of the likelihood of meeting the milestones.

F-26

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

13. Share based payments (cont.)

Options

The fair value of the equity-settled share options granted in the above table is estimated as at the grant date using a Black-Scholes option model (for all $0.05 options) and a trinomial option model (for the $0.20 options) taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted, as follows:

 

$0.05 Options
30-Jun-2025

 

$0.05 Options
30-Jun-2026

 

$0.05 Options
30-Jun-2027

 

$0.20 Options
30-Sep-2021

Number

 

750,000

 

 

750,000

 

 

750,000

 

 

2,000,000

 

Dividend yield (%)

 

0

%

 

0

%

 

0

%

 

0

%

Expected volatility (%)

 

92

%

 

92

%

 

92

%

 

93

%

Risk-free interest rate (%)

 

0.39

%

 

0.48

%

 

0.58

%

 

0.25

%

Expected life of option (years)

 

5

 

 

6

 

 

7

 

 

1.25

 

Exercise price (cents)

 

5.0

 

 

5.0

 

 

5.0

 

 

20.0

 

Grant date share price (cents)

 

4.8

 

 

4.8

 

 

4.8

 

 

4.8

 

Vesting date

 

30-Jun-2020

 

 

30-Jun-2021

 

 

30-Jun-2022

 

 

Refer (a)  below

 

____________

          The expected life of the options is based on historical data and is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may also not necessarily be the actual outcome.

(a)      The options vest upon the shares having a closing price of 20 cents per share or more for any 5 trading days at any time from the date of grant of the options until the expiry date of the options (30 September 2021).

Securities issued to third parties

Refer to note 19 for details of options issued to advisors and Cannvalate Pty Ltd.

14. Inventory

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Current

       

Devices raw materials – at cost

 

 

152,804

Medicinal cannabis products in-transit

 

183,159

 

Total inventory

 

183,159

 

152,804

15. Intangible assets

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Non-current

   

 

   

 

Trademarks & IP

 

 

 

49,377

 

   

 

 

49,377

 

Movement schedule – Trademarks & IP

   

 

   

 

Opening Balance

 

49,377

 

 

71,066

 

Amortisation expense

 

(21,689

)

 

(21,689

)

Impairment – refer note 6(ii)

 

(27,688

)

 

 

Closing Balance

 

 

 

49,377

 

F-27

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

16. Trade and other payables (current)

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Trade payables

 

590,099

 

376,124

Accrued expenses

 

316,046

 

65,797

Employee leave entitlements

 

48,861

 

36,899

   

955,006

 

478,820

Employee leave entitlements Reconciliation:

 

Consolidated

   

$

Year ended 30 June 2020

   

Carrying value as at 1 July 2019

 

36,899

Leave accrued by employees during the year

 

11,962

Balance at 30 June 2020

 

48,861

 

$

Year ended 30 June 2019

   

 

Carrying value as at 1 July 2018

 

45,786

 

Leave used by employees during the year

 

(8,887

)

Balance at 30 June 2019

 

36,899

 

17. Other current liabilities

Income received in advance(1)

 

 

146,868

Provision for sales refunds(1)

 

116,645

 

Options issues awaiting shareholder approval(2)

 

 

244,403

   

116,645

 

391,271

____________

(1)      Under the terms of the sale agreement for the disposal of the devices business (refer to note 6) the Company is liable to pay to the buyer of the devices business the value of any sales proceeds already received by the Company where devices will be delivered to the customer by the buyer of the devices business after 30 June 2020. In prior years, this item related to sales proceeds that had been received where the device had yet to be produced and shipped to the customer and was treated under IFRS15 as income received in advance.

(2)      On 9 August 2019, at a general meeting of shareholders, the issue of 120,000,000 options to Cannvalate Pty Ltd as remuneration for Cannvalate’s management of the Company’s clinical program was approved. This amount was transferred to the equity based premium reserve upon approval (refer also to note 19).

Provision for sales refunds Reconciliation:

 

Consolidated

   

$

Year ended 30 June 2020

   

Carrying value as at 1 July 2019

 

Transfer from income received in advance

 

116,645

Balance at 30 June 2020

 

116,645

There was no opening or closing balance of the provision for sales refunds in the year ended 30 June 2019.

F-28

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

18. Issued capital

(a) Issued Capital

 

34,192,043

 

26,951,744

(b) Ordinary shares — movements during years

 

Year ended
30 June
2020
(No. of shares)

 

Year ended
30 June
2019
(No. of shares)

At beginning of year

 

581,897,040

 

288,288,248

Issues of new shares – placements

 

114,663,460

 

195,203,398

Issues of new shares – rights issues

 

 

73,572,062

Issues of new shares – share based payments

 

5,750,000

 

Conversion of performance rights

 

11,916,668

 

24,833,332

Exercise of options

 

34,427,321

 

At end of year

 

748,654,489

 

581,897,040

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and the proceeds on winding up of the Company in proportion to the number of shares held. On a show of hands, every shareholder present at a meeting is entitled to one vote and upon a poll each share is entitled to one vote. Ordinary shares have no par value and the Company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital.

(c) Movement in number of options on issue for the years

At 30 June 2020

Expiry date and exercise price

 

Balance at
start of year

 

Granted
during year

 

Exercised/ (expired)
during year

 

Balance at
end of year

30-Sep-2020 $0.04 IHLOB

 

 

262,960,728

 

 

 

 

(2,427,321

)

 

 

260,533,407

01-Jan-2020 $0.02 unlisted(1)

 

 

 

 

10,000,000

 

 

(10,000,000

)

 

 

01-May-2020 $0.03 unlisted(1)

 

 

 

 

10,000,000

 

 

(10,000,000

)

 

 

01-May-2020 $0.04 unlisted(1)

 

 

 

 

12,000,000

 

 

(12,000,000

)

 

 

01-Dec-2020 $0.06 unlisted(1)

 

 

 

 

14,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

14,000,000

01-Dec-2020 $0.08 unlisted(1)

 

 

 

 

16,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

16,000,000

01-Dec-2020 $0.10 unlisted(1)

 

 

 

 

18,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

18,000,000

01-Dec-2020 $0.12 unlisted(1)

 

 

 

 

20,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

20,000,000

01-Dec-2020 $0.14 unlisted(1)

 

 

 

 

20,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

20,000,000

30-Sep-2021 $0.08 unlisted(2)

 

 

 

 

89,919,705

 

 

 

 

 

89,919,705

30-Sep-2021 $0.20 unlisted(3)

 

 

 

 

200,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

200,000,000

30-Jun-2025 $0.05 unlisted(4)

 

 

 

 

750,000

 

 

 

 

 

750,000

30-Jun-2026 $0.05 unlisted(4)

 

 

 

 

750,000

 

 

 

 

 

750,000

30-Jun-2027 $0.05 unlisted(4)

 

 

 

 

750,000

 

 

 

 

 

750,000

Total

 

 

262,960,728

 

 

412,169,705

 

 

(34,427,321

)

 

 

640,703,112

Weighted average price ($)

 

$

0.04

 

$

0.139

 

$

0.031

 

 

$

0.104

F-29

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

18. Issued capital (cont.)

At 30 June 2019

Expiry date and exercise price

 

Balance at
start of year

 

Granted
during year

 

Expired
during year

 

Balance at
end of year

31-Dec-2019 $0.12 (IHLOA)

 

 

17,266,857

 

 

 

 

(17,266,857

)

 

 

31-Dec-2019 $0.12 unlisted

 

 

11,750,000

 

 

 

 

(11,750,000

)

 

 

31-Dec-2019 $0.128 unlisted

 

 

1,171,879

 

 

 

 

(1,171,879

)

 

 

30-Sep-2020 $0.04 IHLOB

 

 

126,570,156

 

 

136,390,572

 

 

 

 

 

262,960,728

Total

 

 

156,758,892

 

 

136,390,572

 

 

(30,188,736

)

 

 

262,960,728

Weighted average price ($)

 

$

0.055

 

$

0.040

 

$

0.120

 

 

$

0.040

____________

(1)      A total of 120,000,000 options were issued to Cannvalate Pty Ltd upon approval by shareholders on 9 August 2019.

(2)      22,368,422 options were issued to participants of the July 2019 equity capital raisings attaching to shares subscribed for under those raisings and 33,000,000 options were issued to brokers who supported those equity capital raisings. A further 34,551,283 options were issued to participants of the October 2019 capital raising attaching to shares subscribed for under that raising.

(3)      200,000,000 options were issued as remuneration for the Company’s Chief Medical Officer (Dr Sud Agarwal), after approval by shareholders on 26 June 2020.

(4)      2,250,000 options were issued as remuneration for the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (Mr Joel Latham), after approval by shareholders on 26 June 2020.

(d) Movement in number of Performance Shares and Performance Rights for the years

At 30 June 2020

Security Description

 

Balance at
start of year

 

Granted by the Company

 

Converted or Expired

 

Balance at
end of year

Performance Rights(1)

 

24,166,668

 

32,303,593

 

(14,916,668

)

 

41,553,593

Performance Shares(2)

 

20,000,002

 

 

(20,000,002

)

 

At 30 June 2019

Security Description

 

Balance at
start of year

 

Granted by the Company

 

Converted or Expired

 

Balance at
end of year

Performance Rights

 

735,021

 

49,000,000

 

(25,568,353

)

 

24,166,668

Performance Shares

 

40,000,004

 

 

(20,000,002

)

 

20,000,002

____________

(1)      32,303,593 performance rights were issued as remuneration for the Company’s Chief Medical Officer (Dr Sud Agarwal), after approval by shareholders on 26 June 2020. 11,916,668 performance rights converted into ordinary shares upon achievement of designated performance hurdles and 3,000,000 performance rights expired.

(2)      Performance shares were issued to holders upon the Company’s relisting in November 2016. Performance hurdles attaching to these shares related to sales targets within the now discontinued devices business. These targets were not achieved and the performance shares lapsed on 30 June 2020.

F-30

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

19. Reserves

Equity based premium reserve

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Balance at start of year

 

451,643

 

228,725

Options issued to advisors(1)

 

449,093

 

175,064

Options issued to Cannvalate Pty Ltd(2)

 

244,403

 

Equity instruments issued to management and directors

 

345,449

 

47,854

Balance at end of year

 

1,490,588

 

451,643

____________

(1)      During the year ended 30 June 2020, 33,000,000 options exercisable at $0.08 and expiring on 30 September 2021, were issued to brokers who supported the July 2019 capital raisings. These options have been valued using a Black-Scholes option model with inputs being grant date share price of $0.04 risk-free rate of 0.24% and volatility of 92%.

(2)      On 9 August 2019, at a general meeting of shareholders, the issue of 120,000,000 options to Cannvalate Pty Ltd as remuneration for Cannvalate’s management of the Company’s clinical program was approved. This amount was initially recorded as a payable as at 30 June 2019 (refer also to note 17) and transferred to the reserve in the year ended 30 June 2020. Details of these options are set out in note 18(c) and have been valued using Black-Scholes option model with inputs being grant date share price of $0.02; risk-free rate of 1.07% and volatility of 59%.

The equity based premium reserve is used to record the value of equity issued to raise capital, and for share-based payments.

20. Remuneration of auditors

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Audit or review of the financial reports of the Company

       

Amounts received & receivable by the auditor:

       

Audit services – HLB Mann Judd

 

37,000

 

37,500

   

37,000

 

37,500

The above remuneration of auditors has been recorded within Administration expense in the statement of comprehensive income/(loss).

21. Financial Instruments

The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise cash and short-term deposits and convertible notes.

The main purpose of these financial instruments is to raise finance for the Group’s operations. The Group has various other financial liabilities such as trade payables, which arise directly from its operations. It is, and has been throughout the years, the Group’s policy that no trading in financial instruments shall be undertaken. The main risks arising from the Group’s financial instruments are cash flow interest rate risk, liquidity risk, and credit risk. The Board reviews and agrees policies for managing each of these risks and they are summarised below.

Details of the significant accounting policies and methods adopted, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and the basis on which income and expenses are recognised, in respect of each class of financial asset, financial liability and equity instrument are disclosed in note 1 to the financial statements.

F-31

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

21. Financial Instruments (cont.)

(a) Interest rate risk

The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market interest rates relates primarily to the Group’s short-term deposits with a floating interest rate.

The Group’s exposure to interest rate on financial assets and financial liabilities is detailed in the sensitivity analysis section of this note.

(b) Sensitivity analysis

During the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020, if interest rates had been 50 basis points higher or lower than the prevailing rates realised, with all other variables held constant, there would have been an immaterial change in post-tax result for the year. The impact on equity would have been the same.

(c) Net fair values

The net fair value of cash and non-interest bearing monetary financial assets and liabilities approximates their carrying value.

(d) Commodity price risk

The Group’s exposure to price risk is minimal.

(e) Credit risk

There are no significant concentrations of credit risk within the Group.

With respect to credit risk arising from the other financial assets of the Group, which comprise cash, available-for-sale financial assets and certain derivative instruments, the Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counter party, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these instruments.

Since the Group trades only with recognised third parties, there is no requirement for collateral.

(f) Liquidity risk

The Group’s objective is to maintain a balance between continuity of funding and flexibility through the use of share issues and convertible notes.

The Group’s contractual liabilities at 30 June 2020 were as follows:

Description

 

Less than
1 month

 

1 to 3
months

 

3 months to
1 year

 

1 to 5
years

 

Total

   

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Consolidated

                   

Payables & accruals

 

906,144

 

 

 

 

906,144

   

906,144

 

 

 

 

906,144

The Group’s contractual liabilities at 30 June 2019 were as follows:

Description

 

Less than
1 month

 

1 to 3
months

 

3 months to
1 year

 

1 to 5
years

 

Total

   

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Consolidated

                   

Payables & accruals

 

478,820

 

 

 

 

478,820

Borrowings

 

65,000

 

 

 

 

65,000

   

543,820

 

 

 

 

543,820

F-32

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

21. Financial Instruments (cont.)

(g) Capital Management

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard its ability to continue as a going concern, so that it may continue to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other stakeholders. Due to the nature of the Group’s past activities, being a drug development business , it does not have ready access to credit facilities and therefore is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements, with the primary source of Group funding being equity raisings and unsecured convertible notes. Accordingly, the objective of the Group’s capital risk management is to balance the current working capital position against the requirements and corporate overheads. This is achieved by maintaining appropriate liquidity to meet anticipated operating requirements, with a view to initiating fund raisings as required.

22. Commitments and contingencies

Lease commitments

The Group holds two commercial leases for its office premises in Melbourne and Sydney, Australia. Both of these leases had terms of 12 months from the commencement date of the lease. Future minimum payments under these contracts as at 30 June are as follows:

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Within one year

 

9,697

 

11,500

Total minimum contract payments

 

9,697

 

11,500

In transitioning to IFRS 16, these leases were not capitalised on the basis that these are short-term leases.

23. Key Management Personnel compensation and related party disclosure

The Key Management Personnel of Incannex Healthcare Limited during the years were:

Troy Valentine

Peter Widdows

Joel Latham

Sud Agarwal (commenced 24 July 2019)

Alistair Blake (ceased as a director on 24 July 2019 and ceased employment on 31 October 2019)

Key management personnel compensation

 

Consolidated

   

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Short-term employee benefits

 

638,201

 

447,929

Long-term employment benefits

 

565,448

 

42,818

Post-employment benefits

 

29,985

 

14,344

Total KMP compensation

 

1,233,634

 

505,091

Transactions with related entities

Transactions between related parties are on commercial terms and conditions, no more favourable than those available to other parties unless otherwise stated.

F-33

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

23. Key Management Personnel compensation and related party disclosure (cont.)

During the year ended 30 June 2020, $145,200 (2019: $115,864) fees were paid to Alignment Capital Pty Ltd (“Alignment”), an entity in which Mr Valentine is a director. Alignment was engaged by the Company to act as lead manager in the various capital raisings conducted during the year.

As at 30 June 2019, there was $50,000 payable to Alignment Capital Pty Ltd and $15,000 payable to Joel Latham as short-term loans. These loans were repaid on 15 July 2019. There were no other amounts due to related parties as at 30 June 2019.

Cannvalate Pty Ltd (Cannvalate) is an entity of which Dr Sud Agarwal is a significant shareholder, the CEO and a director. In March 2019, the Company entered into a distribution agreement with Cannvalate. As stated in Note 4, of the total revenue from medicinal cannabis in the financial year ended 30 June 2020, 100% was through Cannvalate’s distribution network. This agreement is no longer effective and was terminated in June 2021.

As stated in Note 19, On 9 August 2019, at a general meeting of shareholders, the issue of 120,000,000 options to Cannvalate as remuneration for Cannvalate’s management of the Company’s clinical program was approved. This amount was initially recorded as a payable as at 30 June 2019 (refer also to Note 17) and transferred to reserves in the year ended 30 June 2020.

There were no amounts payable to related parties as at 30 June 2020.

24. Details of the controlled entity

The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Incannex Healthcare Limited (‘IHL’) and its wholly owned subsidiary Incannex Pty Ltd (‘IXPL’). IXPL is incorporated in Australia and IHL owns 100% of the issued ordinary shares in IXPL (2019: 100%).

On 30 June 2020, the consolidated entity disposed entirely of its 100% subsidiary — Gameday International Pty Ltd, (‘Gameday’). As at 30 June 2019, the consolidated entity owned 100% of the issued ordinary shares of Gameday.

25. Subsequent events

Between 30 June 2020 and the date these financial statements were authorized for issue by the Board of Directors (17 August 2021), holders of options have provided $584,290 to exercise a total of 14,607,242 ‘IHLOB’ options into IHL ordinary shares.

Between 30 June 2020 and the date these financial statements were authorized for issue, the Group has issued the following securities:

a.      2,952,619 ordinary shares issued on 1 July 2020, granted via three tranches of 984,207 shares each. Each of these tranches are subject to escrow restrictions expiring on 30 June 2021, 30 June 2022 and 30 June 2023 respectively;

b.      2,250,000 unlisted options issued on 1 July 2020 with an exercise price of $0.05, granted via three tranches of 750,000 options each. These three tranches are subject to vesting dates of 30 June 2025, 30 June 2026 and 30 June 2027 respectively;

c.      30,164,690 unlisted options issued on 2 October 2020 with an exercise price of $0.08 and a vesting date of 30 September 2021; and

d.      20,000,000 unlisted options issued on 20 November 2020. These options were granted via two tranches of 10,000,000 options each, one tranche with an exercise price of $0.15 and the other with an exercise price of $0.25. Both of these tranches have a vesting date of 20 November 2024.

There have been no other material events subsequent to 30 June 2020.

F-34

Table of Contents

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
For the years ended 30 June 2019 and 2020

26. Parent entity disclosures

Incannex Healthcare Limited (ACN 096 635 246) is the parent entity which is registered and domiciled in Australia.

The registered address of the parent entity is Level 39, Rialto Tower South, 525 Collins Street, Melbourne, Victoria, Australia.

The individual financial statements for the parent entity show the following aggregate amounts. The information presented has been prepared using accounting policies as discussed in Note 1.

 

2020

 

2019

   

$

 

$

Financial Position as at 30 June 2020 and 2019

   

 

   

 

Current assets

 

3,573,665

 

 

30,120

 

Non-Current assets(i)

 

 

 

7,383,665

 

Total assets

 

3,573,665

 

 

7,413,785

 

Current liabilities

 

(504,228

)

 

(508,014

)

Non-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

(504,228

)

 

(508,014

)

Net assets

 

3,069,437

 

 

6,905,771

 

     

 

   

 

Issued capital

 

34,192,043

 

 

26,951,744

 

Reserves

 

1,490,588

 

 

451,643

 

Accumulated losses

 

(32,613,194

)

 

(20,497,616

)

Shareholders’ equity

 

3,069,437

 

 

6,905,771

 

____________

(i)      In the year ended 30 June 2020, the loan to the subsidiary company has been fully impaired.

Contingencies of the Parent Entity

There were no contingent liabilities involving the parent entity as at 30 June 2020 (2019: Nil).

Guarantees of the Parent Entity

There were no guarantees involving the parent entity as at 30 June 2020 (2019: Nil)

F-35

Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 

Note

 

31 December 2020

 

31 December 2019

       

$

 

$

Sales

 

2(a)

 

1,177,163

 

 

7,350

 

Product costs

     

(537,939

)

 

(8,450

)

       

639,224

 

 

(1,100

)

Other income

 

2(b)

 

52,078

 

 

2,929

 

Administration expenses

     

(454,664

)

 

(173,228

)

Advertising and investor relations

     

(227,532

)

 

(141,783

)

Compliance, legal and regulatory

     

(89,065

)

 

(56,270

)

Research and development costs

     

(2,039,147

)

 

(313,426

)

Share based payment expense

 

5

 

(380,371

)

 

(966,937

)

Occupancy expenses

     

(61,992

)

 

(1,042

)

Salaries and employee benefit expense

     

(327,920

)

 

(274,616

)

Loss before tax from continuing operations

     

(2,889,389

)

 

(1,925,473

)

Income tax benefit (expense)

     

 

 

 

Loss after tax from continuing operations

     

(2,889,389

)

 

(1,925,473

)

Loss after tax from discontinuing operations

 

12

 

 

 

(286,531

)

Net loss for the period

     

(2,889,389

)

 

(2,212,004

)

Other comprehensive income

     

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the period

     

(2,889,389

)

 

(2,212,004

)

Total comprehensive loss attributable to owners of the parent

     

(2,889,389

)

 

(2,212,004

)

         

 

   

 

Earnings per share from continuing operations

 

3

   

 

   

 

Basic loss per share (cents per share)

     

(0.32

)

 

(0.30

)

Diluted loss per share (cents per share)

     

(0.32

)

 

(0.30

)

Earnings per share from discontinued operations

 

3

   

 

   

 

Basic loss per share (cents per share)

     

 

 

(0.04

)

Diluted loss per share (cents per share)

     

 

 

(0.04

)

The accompanying notes form part of these condensed consolidated financial statements

F-36

Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Financial Position
as at 31 December 2020 and 30 June 2020 (Unaudited)

 

Note

 

31 December 2020

 

30 June
2020

       

$

 

$

Assets

       

 

   

 

Current assets

       

 

   

 

Cash

     

11,840,308

 

 

3,603,390

 

Trade and other receivables

     

87,754

 

 

413,268

 

Other financial assets

     

39,963

 

 

36,262

 

Inventory

     

212,927

 

 

183,159

 

Total current assets

     

12,180,952

 

 

4,236,079

 

         

 

   

 

Total assets

     

12,180,952

 

 

4,236,079

 

         

 

   

 

Liabilities

       

 

   

 

Current liabilities

       

 

   

 

Trade and other payables

     

378,449

 

 

955,006

 

Other current liabilities

     

 

 

116,645

 

Total current liabilities

     

378,449

 

 

1,071,651

 

         

 

   

 

Total liabilities

     

378,449

 

 

1,071,651

 

Net assets

     

11,802,503

 

 

3,164,428

 

         

 

   

 

Equity

       

 

   

 

Issued capital

 

7

 

45,076,484

 

 

34,192,043

 

Reserves

     

2,133,611

 

 

1,490,588

 

Accumulated losses

     

(35,407,592

)

 

(32,518,203

)

Total equity

     

11,802,503

 

 

3,164,428

 

The accompanying notes form part of these condensed consolidated financial statements

F-37

Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 

Consolidated

   

31 December 2020

 

31 December 2019

   

$

 

$

Cash flows from operating activities

   

 

   

 

Receipts from customers

 

1,288,845

 

 

351,594

 

Payment to suppliers and employees

 

(4,235,483

)

 

(2,022,124

)

Interest and other income received

 

52,078

 

 

143,747

 

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(2,894,560

)

 

(1,526,783

)

     

 

   

 

Cash flows from investing activities

   

 

   

 

Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations

 

29,276

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

29,276

 

 

 

     

 

   

 

Cash flows from financing activities

   

 

   

 

Proceeds from share issues

 

11,200,178

 

 

7,119,901

 

Share issue costs paid

 

(97,975

)

 

(493,385

)

Repayment of debt

 

 

 

(65,000

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

11,102,203

 

 

6,561,516

 

     

 

   

 

Net increase in cash

 

8,236,918

 

 

5,034,733

 

Cash at beginning of period

 

3,603,390

 

 

93,332

 

Cash at end of period

 

11,840,308

 

 

5,128,065

 

The accompanying notes form part of these condensed consolidated financial statements

F-38

Table of Contents

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

Consolidated

 

Issued
Capital

 

Reserves

 

Accumulated
Losses

 

Total
Equity

   

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Balance at 1 July 2019

 

26,951,744

 

 

451,643

 

(27,820,567

)

 

(417,180

)

Loss for the period

 

 

 

 

(2,212,004

)

 

(2,212,004

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the period

 

 

 

 

(2,212,004

)

 

(2,212,004

)

Placement shares issued

 

6,885,200

 

 

 

 

 

6,885,200

 

Shares issued on exercise of options

 

234,216

 

 

 

 

 

234,216

 

Options granted

 

 

 

244,734

 

 

 

244,734

 

Share based payments

 

 

 

966,937

 

 

 

966,937

 

Shares issued pursuant to prospectus

 

154

 

 

 

 

 

154

 

Share issue costs

 

(493,384

)

 

 

 

 

(493,384

)

Balance at 31 December 2019

 

33,577,930

 

 

1,663,314

 

(30,032,571

)

 

5,208,673

 

Consolidated

 

Issued
Capital

 

Reserves

 

Accumulated
Losses

 

Total
Equity

   

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

Balance at 1 July 2020

 

34,192,043

 

 

1,490,588

 

(32,518,203

)

 

3,164,428

 

Loss for the period

 

 

 

 

(2,889,389

)

 

(2,889,389

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total comprehensive loss for the period

 

 

 

 

(2,889,389

)

 

(2,889,389

)

Shares issued on exercise of options

 

11,199,678

 

 

 

 

 

11,199,678

 

Options granted

 

 

 

262,652

 

 

 

262,652

 

Share based payments

 

 

 

380,371

 

 

 

380,371

 

Share issue costs

 

(315,237

)

 

 

 

 

(315,237

)

Balance at 31 December 2020

 

45,076,484

 

 

2,133,611

 

(35,407,592

)

 

11,802,503

 

The accompanying notes form part of these condensed consolidated financial statements

F-39

Table of Contents

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019

NOTE 1: CONDENSED STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

(a)    Basis of preparation

The condensed interim consolidated financial statements (the interim financial statements) are general purpose interim financial statements and have been have prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001, applicable accounting standards including IAS 34 Interim Financial Reporting, Accounting Interpretations and other authoritative pronouncements of the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). Compliance with IFRS 134 ensures compliance with IAS 34 ‘Interim Financial Reporting’.

The interim financial statements comprise the condensed interim financial statements for Incannex Healthcare Limited (the “Company”) and its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the “Group”). For the purposes of preparing the interim financial statements, the Group is a for-profit entity.

The interim financial statements do not include full disclosures of the type normally included in the full financial report. Therefore, it cannot be expected to provide as full an understanding of the financial performance, financial position and cash flows of the Group as in the full financial report. It is recommended interim financial statements be read in conjunction with the full financial report for the years ended 30 June 2020 and 2019 and any public announcements made by Incannex Healthcare Limited and its subsidiaries during the half-years in accordance with continuous disclosure requirements arising under the Corporations Act 2001 and the ASX Listing Rules.

The accounting policies and methods of computation adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year and corresponding half-year except for the impact of the new standards and interpretations effective 1 July 2020 as outlined below. These accounting policies are consistent with International Financial Reporting Standards and with International Financial Reporting Standards. To ensure comparability with current year disclosures, some presentation changes have been made to comparative information.

The interim financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for the revaluation of certain financial instruments to fair value. Cost is based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange for assets.

The Group is domiciled in Australia and all amounts are presented in Australian dollars, unless otherwise noted.

For the purpose of preparing the interim financial statements, the half-year has been treated as a discrete reporting period.

(b)    Adoption of new and revised standards

New Standards and Interpretations applicable for the half years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019

In the half years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019, the Directors have reviewed all of the new and revised Standards and Interpretations issued by the IFRS that are relevant to the Group and effective for the half-years. As a result of this review, the Directors have determined that there is no material impact of the new and revised Standards and Interpretations on the Group and, therefore, no material change is necessary to Group accounting policies.

Standards and Interpretations in issue not yet adopted

The Directors have also reviewed all of the new and revised Standards and Interpretations in issue not yet adopted for the half-year ended 31 December 2020. As a result of this review the Directors have determined that there is no material impact of the Standards and Interpretations in issue not yet adopted on the Group and, therefore, no change is necessary to Group accounting policies.

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts

IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts has been issued, but is not yet mandatorily required to be adopted by the Company. The Company will be required to adopt IFRS 17 during the financial year ending 30 June 2024. The Company is not planning to early adopt this new standard and the Directors do not expect the adoption of IFRS 17 to have a material impact on the financial position or performance of the Company once adopted.

F-40

Table of Contents

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019

NOTE 1: CONDENSED STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (cont.)

(c)     Statement of compliance

The interim financial statements were authorised for issue on 2 August 2021 by the Board of Directors.

The interim financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

(d)    Significant accounting estimates and judgements

The preparation of the interim financial statements requires management to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expense. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The judgements, estimates and assumptions applied in the interim financial statements, including the key sources of estimation uncertainty were the same as those applied in the Group’s last annual financial statements for the year ended 30 June 2020.

(e)     Going concern

The financial report has been prepared on the going concern basis, which contemplates continuity of normal business activities and the realisation of assets and settlements of liabilities in the ordinary course of business.

NOTE 2: REVENUE AND OTHER INCOME

(a)    Revenue from contracts with customers

The Group derives its revenue from the sale of medicinal cannabinoid oils.

This is consistent with the revenue information that is disclosed for each reportable segment under IFRS 8 (see note 4).

for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 

31 December
2020

 

31 December
2019

Point in time:

       

Sales of cannabinoid oils

 

1,177,163

 

7,350

Total sales revenue

 

1,177,163

 

7,350

(b) Other income

Income from other contractual arrangements

 

50,171

 

Interest

 

1,907

 

2,929

Total other income

 

52,078

 

2,929

The Company disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers based on the categories that most closely depict how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. During the half-years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized revenue from only one such category, being cannabinoid oils sales. The Company previously recognized revenue from oral and dental devices, although these operations have been discontinued. All sales are made within Australia and the Company has not disaggregated revenue based on geography.

F-41

Table of Contents

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019

NOTE 3: LOSS PER SHARE

Basic loss per share has been calculated using the loss attributable to shareholders of the Parent Company and the weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue.

for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited)

 

31 December
2020

 

31 December
2019

Weighted average number of shares

 

902,054,732

 

649,048,889

NOTE 4: SEGMENT REPORTING

IFRS 8 Operating Segments requires operating segments to be identified on the basis of internal reports about components of the Group that are regularly reviewed by the Chief Executive Officer in order to allocate resources to the segment and to assess its performance.

The Group’s operating segments have been determined with reference to the monthly management accounts used by the Chief Executive Officer to make decisions regarding the Group’s operations and allocation of working capital. Due to the size and nature of the Group, the Board as a whole has been determined as the Chief Executive Officer.

Based on the quantitative thresholds included in IFRS 8, for the half-years, the Group now has two reportable segments, being (1) distribution of medicinal cannabis products; and (2), development of psychedelic medicines and therapies — the latter commenced during the half-year ended 31 December 2020 — and currently one geographical segment, namely Australia.

The revenues and results of these segments of the Group as a whole are set out in the condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income and the assets and liabilities of the Group as a whole are set out in the condensed consolidated statement of financial position.

In the corresponding period for FY20, the Group had two reportable segments, being (1) production and distribution of dental devices; and (2) distribution of medicinal cannabis products. The production and distribution of dental devices ceased on 30 June 2020 and the results for this segment are reported in the condensed consolidated statement of comprehensive income as ‘Loss after tax on discontinued operations’.

A summary of revenue and expenses for the half-years and assets and liabilities at the end of the half-years for each segment is shown below:

 

6 months ended 31 December 2020
(Unaudited)

   

Medicinal
Cannabis

 

Psychedelic
Medicine(1)

 

Unallocated

 

Total

Sales revenue

 

1,177,163

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,177,163

 

Product costs

 

(537,939

)

 

 

 

 

 

(537,939

)

Other income

 

6

 

 

 

 

52,072

 

 

52,078

 

Expenses

 

(2,157,611

)

 

(90,000

)

 

(1,333,080

)

 

(3,580,691

)

Loss before tax

 

(1,518,381

)

 

(90,000

)

 

(1,281,008

)

 

(2,889,389

)

Segment assets

 

774,229

 

 

 

 

11,406,723

 

 

12,180,952

 

Segment liabilities

 

(119,141

)

 

 

 

(259,308

)

 

(378,449

)

F-42

Table of Contents

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019

NOTE 4: SEGMENT REPORTING (cont.)

 

6 months ended 31 December 2019
(Unaudited)

   

Medicinal
Cannabis

 

Dental
Devices(2)

 

Unallocated

 

Total

Sales revenue

 

7,350

 

 

352,150

 

 

 

 

359,500

 

Product costs

 

(8,450

)

 

(204,334

)

 

 

 

(212,784

)

Other income

 

 

 

140,817

 

 

2,929

 

 

143,746

 

Expenses

 

(322,779

)

 

(575,164

)

 

(1,604,523

)

 

(2,502,466

)

Loss before tax

 

(323,879

)

 

(286,531

)

 

(1,601,594

)

 

(2,212,004

)

Segment assets

 

96,836

 

 

338,666

 

 

5,162,710

 

 

5,598,212

 

Segment liabilities

 

(130,330

)

 

(241,441

)

 

(17,768

)

 

(389,539

)

____________

(1)      Commenced 20 November 2020

(2)      Ceased 30 June 2020

NOTE 5: SHARE BASED PAYMENTS

A.     Securities on Issue at 30 June 2020

As at 30 June 2020, the Group had a number of securities on issue that had either not completed all of their vesting conditions or had not yet reached their performance hurdles (or both). These included:

a.       88,000,000 unlisted options previously issued with various performance hurdles set for achievement prior to their expiry date of 1 December 2020 did not meet these hurdles and were lapsed. The amount of $72,656 that had been expensed during FY20 has been written-back in the current period;

b.       1,166,666 ordinary shares approved by shareholders on 26 June 2020. Half of these vest upon continuing employment with the Company by the CEO on 30 June 2021 and the other half on 30 June 2022. $456 was expensed for these options during FY20, with $20,810 expensed during this period. $20,810 will be expensed in the second half of FY21, and $13,924 will be expensed in FY22;

c.       1,500,000 options with a strike price of $0.05 (750,000 expiring on 30 June 2025 and 750,000 expiring on 30 June 2026) were issued after approval by shareholders on 26 June 2020. Each 750,000 of these vest upon continued employment with the Company by the CEO until 30 June 2021 and 30 June 2022 respectively. $438 was expensed for these options during FY20, with $19,969 expensed during this period. $19,969 will be expensed in the second half of FY21, and $13,801 will be expensed in FY22;

d.       18,266,328 value-based performance rights with an expiry date of 22 November 2021, achieved their value milestones (ranging between $60m and $150m market capitalisation) and converted to ordinary shares during the period. Up to 30 June 2020, $127,235 had been expensed and a residual amount of $190,059 was to be expensed across the remainder of their vesting period, however having now vested, the full expense value of $190,059 has been recognised in the current period;

e.       As at 31 December 2020, 12,037,265 value-based performance rights are yet to achieve their value milestone and need to do so prior to 22 November 2021 to convert to ordinary shares. At the start of the period, the amount of $60,964 had been expensed during FY20, and a value of $91,066 was yet to be expensed across the remainder of their vesting period (to 22 November 2021). Of this, $32,535 has been expensed in the current period;

F-43

Table of Contents

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019

NOTE 5: SHARE BASED PAYMENTS (cont.)

f.       2,000,000 milestone-based performance rights subject to performance hurdles that must be achieved between 30 January 2021 and 31 March 2021 to convert to ordinary shares. $1,345 was expensed in FY20 with $54,789 being expensed in the first half of FY21 and the remaining $7,870 to be expensed in the second half of FY21. In the event that the performance hurdles are not achieved, this amount will be written back in the second half of FY21; and

g.      200,000,000 unlisted options issued that vest upon achievement of share price of $0.20 and expire on 30 September 2021. As at 30 June 2020 the amount of $131,096 had been expensed during FY20 with $175,203 to be expensed over their remaining life — of this $69,989 has been expensed during this period, with $105,214 to be expensed between 1 January 2021 and 30 September 2021.

 

Being expensed:

Description

 

During
FY20

 

This period
FY21

 

Remainder of
FY21

 

FY22
and after

88m unlisted options

 

 

(72,656

)

 

 

1.167m CEO ordinary shares

 

456

 

20,810

 

 

20,810

 

13,924

1.5m CEO unlisted options

 

437

 

19,969

 

 

19,969

 

13,801

18.266m value-based performance rights

 

127,235

 

190,059

 

 

 

12.037m value-based performance rights

 

60,495

 

32,535

 

 

32,535

 

25,997

2m milestone-based performance rights

 

1,341

 

54,789

 

 

7,870

 

200m unlisted options

 

130,667

 

69,989

 

 

69,989

 

35,224

Share Based Payments expense (A)

     

315,495

 

       

B.     New Securities Issued During Period

During the period, the Group also issued the following securities that are subject to expense at the time of their issue and over the life of their vesting period:

a.      2,952,619 ordinary shares approved by shareholders at a general meeting held on 26 June 2020;

b.      2,250,000 unlisted options approved by shareholders at a general meeting held on 26 June 2020;

c.      30,164,690 unlisted options issued on 2 October 2020 as consideration for broker support of the exercise of the 262m listed IHLOB options series; and

d.      20,000,000 unlisted options issued on 20 November 2020 as consideration for investor relations and corporate advisory work contracted.

Type

 

Quantity

 

Exercise
price

 

Grant
Date

 

Vest date/
Expiry date

 

Expense
Value

Ordinary shares

 

984,207

 

 

n/a

 

1-Jul-2020

 

30-Jun-2021

 

48,226

Ordinary shares

 

984,206

 

 

n/a

 

1-Jul-2020

 

30-Jun-2022

 

43,403

Ordinary shares

 

984,206

 

 

n/a

 

1-Jul-2020

 

30-Jun-2023

 

36,170

Total (a)

 

2,952,619

 

 

           

127,799

Unlisted options

 

750,000

 

$

0.05

 

1-Jul-2020

 

30-Jun-2025

 

25,432

Unlisted options

 

750,000

 

$

0.05

 

1-Jul-2020

 

30-Jun-2026

 

27,450

Unlisted options

 

750,000

 

$

0.05

 

1-Jul-2020

 

30-Jun-2027

 

29,040

Total (b)

 

2,250,000

 

 

           

81,922

Unlisted options

 

30,164,690

 

$

0.08

 

2-Oct-2020

 

30-Sep-2021

 

876,284

Total (c)

 

30,164,690

 

 

           

876,284

Unlisted options

 

10,000,000

 

$

0.15

 

20-Nov-2020

 

20-Nov-2024

 

659,400

Unlisted options

 

10,000,000

 

$

0.25

 

20-Nov-2020

 

20-Nov-2024

 

539,500

Total (d)

 

20,000,000

 

 

           

1,198,900

F-44

Table of Contents

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019

NOTE 5: SHARE BASED PAYMENTS (cont.)

Type

 

Quantity

 

Expense
Value

 

This period
FY21

 

Remainder
FY21

 

FY22 and
after

(a) Ordinary Shares

 

2,952,619

 

127,799

 

40,650

 

40,650

 

45,609

(b) Unlisted options

 

2,250,000

 

81,922

 

24,226

 

24,226

 

32,940

(c) Unlisted options

 

30,164,690

 

876,284

 

217,261

 

436,935

 

222,089

(d) Unlisted options

 

20,000,000

 

1,198,900

 

44,890

 

198,174

 

955,835

Share Based Payments expense (B)

         

327,027

       

C.     Amount expensed as Share Based Payments expense in the half-year ended 31 December 2020 (Unaudited)

Share Based Payments expense (A) – for securities on issue at 30 June 2020

 

315,495

 

Share Based Payments expense (B) – for securities issued during this period

 

327,027

 

Less amount charged to share raising costs

 

(217,261

)

Less amount charged to advertising and investor relations

 

(44,890

)

Total Share Based Payments expense

 

380,371

 

D.     Valuation assumptions

OPTIONS

The fair value of the equity-settled share options granted in the above tables is estimated as at the date of grant using a trinomial option model taking into account the terms and conditions upon which the options were granted.

Expiry date

 

30-Sep-21

 

20-Nov-23

 

20-Nov-23

 

30-Jun-25

 

30-Jun-26

 

30-Jun-27

Exercise price

 

$

0.08

 

 

$

0.15

 

 

$

0.25

 

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

0.05

 

 

$

0.05

 

Dividend yield

 

 

0

%

 

 

0

%

 

 

0

%

 

 

0

%

 

 

0

%

 

 

0

%

Expected volatility

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

2

%

 

 

2

%

 

 

2

%

 

 

2

%

 

 

2

%

 

 

2

%

Expected life of option

 

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

6

 

Grant date share price

 

$

0.077

 

 

$

0.115

 

 

$

0.115

 

 

$

0.049

 

 

$

0.049

 

 

$

0.049

 

The expected life of the options is based on historical data and is not necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility is indicative of future trends, which may also not necessarily be the actual outcome. The options vest upon the shares having a closing price of 20 cents per share or more for any 5 trading days at any time from the date of grant of the options until the expiry date of the options (30 September 2021).

SHARES

Ordinary shares issued have been valued based on the market price of the shares on grant date.

NOTE 6: DIVIDENDS

No dividend have been declared or paid in the half-years ended 31 December 2020 or 2019.

F-45

Table of Contents

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019

NOTE 7: ISSUED CAPITAL (UNAUDITED)

Movement in:

 

Issued
Capital
($)

 

Number of securities:

Ordinary
Shares

 

Performance
Shares

 

Performance
Rights

 

Listed
Options

 

Unlisted
Options

As at 1 July 2019

 

26,951,744

 

 

581,897,040

 

20,000,002

 

24,166,668

 

 

262,960,728

 

 

 

Placement shares issued

 

6,885,354

 

 

114,663,460

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares issued on exercise of options

 

234,217

 

 

10,855,423

 

 

 

 

(855,423

)

 

(10,000,000

)

Share issue costs

 

(493,385

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

209,919,705

 

As at 31 December 2019

 

33,577,930

 

 

707,415,923

 

20,000,002

 

24,166,668

 

 

262,105,305

 

 

199,919,705

 

     

 

           

 

   

 

   

 

As at 1 July 2020

 

34,192,043

 

 

748,654,489

 

 

41,553,593

 

 

260,533,407

 

 

380,169,705

 

Shares issued on exercise of options

 

11,199,678

 

 

270,262,674

 

 

 

 

(260,533,407

)

 

(9,729,267

)

Performance rights converted

 

 

 

18,266,328

 

 

(18,266,328

)

 

 

 

 

Share issue costs

 

(315,237

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52,414,690

 

Other securities issued

 

 

 

2,952,619

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lapsed/expired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(88,000,000

)

As at 31 December 2020

 

45,076,484

 

 

1,040,136,110

 

 

23,287,265

 

 

 

 

334,855,128

 

Expiry date and exercise price of options

 

As at
31-Dec-19
Listed
Options

 

As at
31-Dec-19
Unlisted
Options

 

As at
31-Dec-20
Listed
Options

 

As at
31-Dec-20
Unlisted
Options

01-May-2020 $0.03 unlisted

 

 

10,000,000

 

 

01-Dec-2020 $0.04 unlisted

 

 

12,000,000

 

 

30-Sep-2020 $0.04 IHLOB

 

262,105,305

 

 

 

30-Jun-2025 $0.05 unlisted

 

 

 

 

1,500,000.00

30-Jun-2026 $0.05 unlisted

 

 

 

 

1,500,000.00

30-Jun-2027 $0.05 unlisted

 

 

 

 

1,500,000.00

01-Dec-2020 $0.06 unlisted

 

 

14,000,000

 

 

01-Dec-2020 $0.08 unlisted

 

 

16,000,000

 

 

30-Sep-2021 $0.08 unlisted

 

 

89,919,705

 

 

110,355,128

01-Dec-2020 $0.10 unlisted

 

 

18,000,000

 

 

01-Dec-2020 $0.12 unlisted

 

 

20,000,000

 

 

01-Dec-2020 $0.14 unlisted

 

 

20,000,000

 

 

23-Nov-2023 $0.15 unlisted

 

 

 

 

10,000,000

23-Nov-2023 $0.25 unlisted

 

 

 

 

10,000,000

30-Sep-2021 $0.20 unlisted

 

 

 

 

200,000,000

Total

 

262,105,305

 

199,919,705

 

 

334,855,128

NOTE 8: CONTINGENCIES

There has been no change in contingent liabilities since the last annual reporting date.

F-46

Table of Contents

Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
for the Half-Years ended 31 December 2020 and 2019

NOTE 9: FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Group has a number of financial instruments which are not measured at fair value in the condensed consolidated statement of financial position.

The Directors consider that the carrying amounts of current receivables, current payables and current borrowings are considered to be a reasonable approximation of their fair values.

NOTE 10: RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES

Directors’ holdings in securities

31 December 2020 (Unaudited)

 

Options

 

Performance
Shares and
Rights#

 

Ordinary
Shares

Mr Troy Valentine

 

7,116,950

 

1,500,000

 

23,734,248

Mr Peter Widdows

 

657,895

 

1,500,000

 

15,915,799

Dr Sud Agarwal*

 

200,000,000

 

14,037,265

 

54,266,328

Mr Joel Latham

 

4,700,000

 

5,000,000

 

17,948,414

31 December 2019 (Unaudited)

 

Options

 

Performance
Shares and
Rights#

 

Ordinary
Shares

Mr Troy Valentine

 

48,355,557

 

2,762,538

 

19,900,914

Mr Peter Widdows

 

3,957,895

 

1,833,334

 

12,282,456

Dr Sud Agarwal*

 

110,000,000

 

 

10,000,000

Mr Joel Latham

 

4,437,500

 

6,000,000

 

10,245,795

____________

*         Options and shares reported for Dr Sud Agarwal include those owned by Cannvalate Pty Ltd — an entity of which Dr Agarwal is a significant shareholder, the CEO and a director.

#         Performance Shares convert on one-for-one basis on achievement of sales targets — refer to 30 June 2020 financial statements for further details. Performance Rights convert on a one-for one basis on achievement of sales targets or EBITDA hurdles — refer to 30 June 2020 financial statements for further details.

Other Related Party Disclosures

There were no other transactions during the half-years with related parties and there were no liabilities due to related parties at the end of the half-years.

NOTE 11: SIGNIFICANT EVENTS AFTER BALANCE DATE

There has not been any other matter or circumstance that has arisen after balance date that has significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the operations of the Group, the results of those operations, or the state of affairs of the Group in future financial periods.

NOTE 12: DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

As disclosed in the Group’s financial report for the year ended 30 June 2020, the Group sold its 100% subsidiary, Gameday International Pty Ltd (“Gameday”), on 30 June 2020. The Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income discloses a loss after tax from discontinued operations, being Gameday, of $286,531 for the half year ended 31 December 2019. This amount represents the net loss attributed to Gameday for that period.

F-47

Table of Contents

American Depositary Shares

Representing            Ordinary Shares

_____________________________________

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

, 2021

_____________________________________

Roth Capital Partners, LLC

Through and including            , 2021 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the ADSs, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 6.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Australian law.    Australian law provides that a company or a related body corporate of the company may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent of any of the following liabilities incurred as an officer or director of the company:

•        a liability owed to the company or a related body corporate of the company;

•        a liability for a pecuniary penalty order made under section 1317G or a compensation order under section 961M, 1317H, 1317HA, 1317HB 1317HC or 1317HE of the Corporations Act;

•        a liability that is owed to someone other than the company or a related body corporate of the company and did not arise out of conduct in good faith; or

•        legal costs incurred in defending an action for a liability incurred as an officer or auditor of the company if the costs are incurred:

•        in defending or resisting proceedings in which the person is found to have a liability for which they cannot be indemnified as set out above;

•        in defending or resisting criminal proceedings in which the person is found guilty;

•        in defending or resisting proceedings brought by the Australian Securities& Investments Commission or a liquidator for a court order if the grounds for making the order are found by the court to have been established (except costs incurred in responding to actions taken by the Australian Securities& Investments Commission or a liquidator as part of an investigation before commencing proceedings for a court order); or

•        in connection with proceedings for relief to the person under the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), or the Corporations Act, in which the court denies the relief.

Constitution.    Our Constitution provides that, except to the extent prohibited by the law and the Corporations Act and, to the extent that the officer is not otherwise indemnified by us pursuant to an indemnity, we indemnify every person who is or has been an officer of the company against any liability or claim (other than legal costs that are unreasonable) incurred by that person as an officer. This includes any liability or claim incurred by that person in their capacity as an officer of a subsidiary of the company where the company requested that person to accept that appointment.

SEC Position.    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

ITEM 7.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

Since July 1, 2018, the following changes have been made to our ordinary share capital:

•        the Registrant granted share options to purchase an aggregate of 968,279,897 ordinary shares with a weighted-average exercise price of US$ 0.0654 per share to employees, directors, officers and consultants, under Regulation S. Options to purchase an aggregate of 53,685,260 ordinary have been exercised for aggregate consideration of approximately US$ 1,865,307, under Regulation S;

II-1

Table of Contents

•        the Registrant granted performance rights equivalent to an aggregate of 81,303,593 ordinary shares to employees, directors, officers and consultants, under Regulation S. Performance rights equivalent to 36,250,001 ordinary shares have been exercised for no consideration, under Regulation S;

•        on August 29, 2018, the Registrant issued 6,000,000 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.025 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on September 20, 2018, the Registrant issued 16,800,000 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.20 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on October 22, 2018, the Registrant issued 33,117,189 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.01 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on November 7, 2018, the Registrant issued 40,454,873 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.01 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on November 21, 2018, the Registrant issued 85,534,312 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.01 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on January 31, 2019, the Registrant issued 74,100,000 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.01 per share and 3,500,000 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.02 to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on April 26, 2019, the Registrant issued 9,269,086 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.01 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on July 8, 2019, the Registrant issued 31,983,470 ordinary shares and 2,000,000 ordinary shares, at a price of A$0.038 per share and A$0.02 to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on October 25, 2019, the Registrant issued 64,103,564 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.078 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on December 31, 2019, the Registrant issued 10,000,000 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.04 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on June 29, 2020, the Registrant issued 1,750,000 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.016 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on June 29, 2020, the Registrant issued 4,000,000 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.048 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

•        on July 1, 2020, the Registrant issued 2,952,619 ordinary shares at a price of A$0.036 per share to institutional investors, under Regulation S;

None of the foregoing transactions involved any underwriter, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed on the share certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us. The sales of these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising.

II-2

Table of Contents

ITEM 8.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)    Exhibits

Exhibit

 

Description

1.1*

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

3.1#

 

Constitution of Incannex Healthcare Limited

4.1*

 

Form of Deposit Agreement between Incannex Healthcare Limited and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas as Depositary

4.2*

 

Form of American Depositary Receipt (included in Exhibit 4.1)

4.3*

 

Form of Underwriter’s Warrant

5.1*

 

Opinion of Rimôn Law

10.1#

 

Employment Agreement between Incannex Healthcare Limited and Joel Latham, dated July 1, 2020

10.2#

 

Service Agreement between Incannex Healthcare Limited (formerly Impression Healthcare Limited) and Dr. Sud Agarwal, dated July 23, 2019

10.3#

 

Service Agreement between Incannex Healthcare Limited and Madhukar Bhalla, dated June 28, 2021

10.4

 

Clinical Trial Research Agreement between Alfred Health and Incannex Healthcare Limited, dated June 22, 2021

10.5

 

Clinical Trial Research Agreement between Alfred Health and Incannex Healthcare Limited, dated September 24, 2020

10.6

 

Clinical Trial Research Agreement between University of Western Australia and Incannex Healthcare Limited, dated April 6, 2021

10.7

 

Master Consultancy Agreement between Clinical Network Services (CNS) Pty Ltd (now Novotech Australia) Pty Limited) and Incannex Healthcare Limited, dated June 29, 2020

10.8

 

Research Services Agreement between Monash University and Incannex Healthcare Limited, dated November 27, 2020

10.9

 

Research Services Agreement between Monash University and Incannex Healthcare Limited, dated March 10, 2021

10.10

 

Master Service Agreement between Avance Clinical Pty Limited and Incannex Healthcare Limited, dated July 12, 2021

10.11

 

Appendix No. 2 to the Master Consultancy Agreement between Novotech Australia Pty Limited and Incannex Healthcare Limited, dated February 2, 2021

21.1#

 

List of subsidiaries of Registrant

23.1

 

Consent of Withum Smith+Brown, PC

23.2*

 

Consent of Rimôn Law (included in Exhibit 5.1)

24.1#

 

Power of Attorney (included in signature page to Registration Statement)

____________

*        to be filed by amendment

#        previously filed

✓      Certain confidential information in this exhibit was omitted by means of marking such information with brackets (“[***]”) because the identified confidential information is not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

ITEM 9.    Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such

II-3

Table of Contents

director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1)    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2)    For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in Docklands, Australia on September 28, 2021.

 

Incannex Healthcare Limited

   

By:

 

/s/ Joel Latham

   

Name:

 

Joel Latham

   

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Amendment No. 1 to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Joel Latham

 

Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director

 

September 28, 2021

Joel Latham

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

   

*

 

Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary

 

September 28, 2021

Madhukar Bhalla

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

   

*

 

Director

 

September 28, 2021

Troy Valentine

       

*

 

Director

 

September 28, 2021

Dr. Sud Agarwal

       

*

 

Director

 

September 28, 2021

Peter Widdows

       

*By:

 

/s/ Joel Latham

   
   

Joel Latham
Attorney-in-fact

   

II-5

Table of Contents

Signature of Authorized U.S. Representative of the Registrant

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of Incannex Healthcare Limited, has signed this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on September 28, 2021.

 

By:

 

/s/ Donald J. Puglisi

   

Name:

 

Donald J. Puglisi

   

Title:

 

Managing Director

II-6

Exhibit 10.4

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT WAS OMITTED BY MEANS OF MARKING SUCH INFORMATION WITH BRACKETS (“[***]”) BECAUSE THE IDENTIFIED CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION IS NOT MATERIAL AND IS THE TYPE THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL.

 

 

Clinical Trial Research Agreement

Medicines Australia - Standard Form

 

Details of the parties

 

Name of Institution:

Alfred Health a body corporate established under the Health Services Act 1988 (Vic) of Commercial Road, Melbourne, 3004 or Alfred Health

Address: Commercial Road, Melbourne, Victoria, 3004
ABN: 27 318 956 319
Contact for Notices: Professor Terence O’Brien
Fax for Notices: [***]
Phone Number: [***]

 

Name of Sponsor: lncannex Healthcare Ltd
Address: Unit 207, 11 Solent Circuit

Norwest 2153

New South Wales, Australia

ABN: 93 096 635 246 
Contact for Notices: Mr Joel Latham
Fax for Notices: N/A
Phone Number:

[***]

 

Study Name: An Open Label Extension on the Examination of the Combination of Dronabinol and Acetazolamide for Treatment of Obstructive Sleep Apnoea (OSA)
Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1
Date of Agreement: As per date of full execution

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 1 of 38

 

 

 

This agreement is made between the Sponsor and Institution

 

Purpose of the Agreement

 

According to this Agreement:

 

A.The Sponsor is responsible for the initiation, management, and financing of the Study.

 

B.The Institution, through the Principal Investigator, is responsible for the conduct of the Study at the Study Site(s) which is/are under the control of the Institution.

 

C.The Study will be conducted on the terms and conditions set out below.

 

Operative Provisions

 

1.INTERPRETATION

 

1.1In this Agreement:

 

Adverse Event has the meaning given in the TGA document “Access to Unapproved Therapeutic Goods — Clinical Trials in Australia” (October 2004) or its replacement.

 

Affiliate means any company which (directly or indirectly) controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Sponsor.

 

Agreement means this Agreement, including all the Schedules.

 

Background Intellectual Property (Background IP) of a party means information, techniques, know-how, software and materials (regardless of the form or medium in which they are disclosed or stored) that are provided by or on behalf of that party to the other for use in the Study (whether before or after the date of this Agreement) or used by that other party in conducting the Study, and all Intellectual Property in them, but excludes the Study Materials.

 

Biological Samples means any physical samples obtained from Study Participants in accordance with the Protocol for the purposes of the Study.

 

Case Report Form means a printed, optical or electronic document or database designed to record all of the information, which is required by the Protocol to be reported to the Sponsor on each Study Participant.

 

Confidential Information means:

 

(1)in respect of the Sponsor:
   
(a)all information collected in the course of, resulting from, or arising directly out of the conduct of the Study, whether at the Study Site or elsewhere;
   
(b)the Protocol, the Investigator’s Brochure, information related to the Protocol, Study Materials and Investigational Product;
   
(c)know-how, trade secrets, ideas, concepts, technical and operational information, scientific or technical processes or techniques, product composition or details owned by the Sponsor or its Affiliates;
   
(d)know-how, methodology, trade secrets, processes, sequences, structure and organisation of the Study; and
   
(e)information concerning the business affairs or clients of the Sponsor or its Affiliates;

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 2 of 38

 

 

 

(2)in respect of the Institution, information in relation to the Institution’s business, operations or strategies, intellectual or other property or actual or prospective suppliers or competitors,

 

but Confidential Information does not include Personal Information.

 

Equipment means the equipment supplied to the Institution by or on behalf of the Sponsor for the purposes of the Study, including that specified in Schedule 1.

 

Essential Documents means documents which individually and collectively permit evaluation of the conduct of the Study and the quality of the data produced.

 

GCP Guideline means the Committee for Proprietary Medicinal Products (CPMP)/lnternational Conference on Harmonisation (ICH) Note for Guidance on Good Clinical Practice (CPMP/ICH/135/95) as adopted with annotation by the TGA, or its replacement.

 

GST means the Goods and Services Tax payable under a GST Law.

 

GST Law means the same as in A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth) as amended from time to time, and any regulations made pursuant to that Act.

 

Institution means the body so described on the first page of this Agreement.

 

Intellectual Property means all present and future industrial and intellectual property rights, including without limitation:

 

(1)inventions, patents, copyright, trade business, company or domain names, rights in relation to circuit layouts, plant breeders rights, registered designs, registered and unregistered trade marks, know how, trade secrets and the right to have confidential information kept confidential, and any and all other rights to intellectual property which may subsist anywhere in the world; and
   
(2)any application for or right to apply for registration of any of those rights.

 

Investigational Product is the medicine or device being trialled or tested in the Study, as set out in Schedule 1, and includes where relevant any placebo.

 

Investigator’s Brochure is a compilation of the clinical and non-clinical data on the Investigational Product(s) which are relevant to the study of the Investigational Product in humans.

 

Multi-centre Study is a Study conducted by several investigators according to a single protocol at more than one study site.

 

NHMRC means the National Health and Medical Research Council of the Commonwealth of Australia.

 

Personal Information has the same meaning as in the Privacy Act 1988 (Cth).

 

Personnel means employees, agents and/or authorized representatives, and includes, in the case of the Institution, the Principal Investigator.

 

Principal Investigator is the person responsible for the conduct of the Study at the Study Site as described in Schedule 1.

 

Protocol means the document identified in Schedule 6 which describes the objective(s), design, methodology, statistical considerations and organisation of the Study, and subject to clause 2.3, as amended from time to time, as agreed by the parties, and most recently approved by the Reviewing HREC.

 

Publish means to publish, by way of a paper, article, manuscript, report, poster, internet posting, presentation slides, abstract, outline, video, instruction material or other disclosure, the Study Materials, in printed, electronic, oral or other form.

 

Publication has a corresponding meaning.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 3 of 38

 

 

 

Regulatory Authority means any body which has jurisdiction over the conduct of the Study at the Study Site and includes the TGA and any overseas regulatory authorities who may audit, or require to be audited, any part of the Study or Study Materials.

 

Relevant Privacy Laws means the Privacy Act 1988 (Cth) and any other legislation, code or guideline which applies in the jurisdiction in which the Study Site is located, and which relates to the protection of Personal Information.

 

Reviewing HREC means the Human Research Ethics Committee reviewing the Study on behalf of the Institution as described in Schedule 1.

 

Serious Adverse Event has the meaning given in the TGA document “Access to Unapproved Therapeutic Goods - Clinical Trials in Australia” (October 2004) or its replacement.

 

Software means the software supplied to the Institution by or on behalf of the Sponsor for the purposes of the Study, including that specified in Schedule 1.

 

Sponsor means the corporate entity so described on the first page of this Agreement.

 

Study means the investigation to be conducted in accordance with the Protocol.

 

Study Completion means the database for the Study has been locked and all Essential Documents have been provided to the Sponsor, including a copy of the letter from the Reviewing HREC acknowledging receipt of the final report and/or closure letter from the Principal Investigator.

 

Study Materials means all the materials and information created for the Study, or required to be submitted to the Sponsor including all data, results, Biological Samples, Case Report Forms (or their equivalent) in whatever form held, conclusions, discoveries, inventions, know-how and the like, whether patentable or not, relating to the Study, which are discovered or developed as a result of the Study, but excluding the Institution’s ordinary patient records.

 

Study Participant means a person recruited to participate in the Study.

 

Study Site means the location(s) under the control of the Institution where the Study is actually conducted as set out in Schedule 1.

 

TGA means the Therapeutic Goods Administration of the Commonwealth of Australia or any successor body.

 

1.2Except where the context otherwise requires:
  
(1)clause headings are for convenient reference only and are not intended to affect the interpretation of this Agreement;
   
(2)where any word or phrase has a defined meaning, any other form of that word or phrase has a corresponding meaning;
   
(3)any reference to a person or body includes a partnership and a body corporate or body politic;
   
(4)words in the singular include the plural and vice versa;
   
(5)all the provisions in any schedule to this Agreement are incorporated in, and form part of, this Agreement and bind the parties;
   
(6)a reference to a replacement of a document or standard, means any document or ruling which amends, updates, replaces or supersedes that document or standard;
   
(7)if a period of time is specified and dates from a given day or the day of an act or event, it is to be calculated inclusive of that day;

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 4 of 38

 

 

 

(8)a reference to a monetary amount means that amount in Australian currency; and
   
(9)references to a party include its Personnel.

 

2.THE STUDY

 

2.1The parties must comply with, and conduct the Study in accordance with, the Protocol and any conditions of the Reviewing HREC. In addition the parties must comply with the following, as applicable:

 

(1)any requirements of relevant Commonwealth or State or Territory laws or of Regulatory Authorities;

 

(2)the requirements of the TGA in Access to Unapproved Therapeutic Goods — Clinical Trials in Australia (October 2004) or its replacement and any other TGA publication or guideline that relates to clinical trials, or other such regulations or guidance governing the conduct of clinical research in the jurisdiction of the Study;

 

(3)the GCP Guideline;

 

(4)the principles that have their origins in the Declaration of Helsinki adopted by the World Medical Association in October 1996 (as accepted by the Australian Government); and

 

(5)the NHMRC National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research (2007) or its replacement, and any other relevant NHMRC publication or guideline that relates to clinical trials.

 

2.2If any issue relating to the safety of Study Participants arises which requires a deviation from the Protocol, the Institution through the Principal Investigator may immediately make such a deviation without breaching any obligations under this Agreement. If there is a need for such a deviation the Institution must notify the Sponsor and the Reviewing HREC of the facts and circumstance causing the deviation as soon as is reasonably practical, but in any event no later than 5 working days after the change is implemented.

 

2.3From time to time, the Sponsor may modify the Protocol by written notice to the Institution and Principal Investigator. Except where the modification is necessary to eliminate an immediate hazard to Study Participants or involves only logistical or administrative aspects of the trial, any modification may not be implemented before approval by the Reviewing HREC. If the parties determine that a modification will affect the cost of the Study, the parties shall amend Schedule 2 as agreed between them.

 

3.PRINCIPAL INVESTIGATOR

 

3.1Role of Principal Investigator

 

The Institution has authorised the Principal Investigator as the person responsible on a day-to-day basis for the conduct of the Study. The Principal Investigator does not have authority on behalf of the Institution to amend this Agreement or the Protocol.

 

3.2Liability for Principal Investigator

 

For the purpose of this Agreement only, and as between the Sponsor and the Institution only, the Institution agrees to be responsible for the acts and omissions of the Principal Investigator in relation to the conduct of the Study, to the extent that such responsibility would attach to the Institution in accordance with its obligations under this Agreement or under the common law on the basis that the Principal Investigator is acting as an employee of the Institution. Nothing in this clause or Agreement affects any pre-existing contractual or other arrangement which may be in place between the Institution and the Principal Investigator.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 5 of 38

 

 

 

3.3Obligations and responsibilities

 

The Institution is responsible for ensuring that the Principal Investigator:

 

(1)thoroughly familiarises themselves with the appropriate use of the Investigational Product(s), as described in the Protocol, Investigator’s Brochure, information relating to the Investigational Product and any other information sources provided by the Sponsor;

 

(2)ensures written approval has been obtained to conduct the Study from the Reviewing HREC and the Institution prior to Study initiation. Written documentation of approval by the Reviewing HREC and the Institution must be provided to the Sponsor;

 

(3)conducts the Study according to the Protocol without changes, except as provided in clause 2.2 or 2.3, or as agreed to in writing by the Sponsor and the Institution and approved in accordance with clause 3.3(5);

 

(4)completes (and obtains completion from relevant Personnel) and returns to the Sponsor a statement of financial disclosure (an example that meets this requirement is Food and Drug Administration Form 3455 ‘Disclosure: Financial Interests and Arrangements of Clinical Investigators) before the commencement of the Study and as otherwise required, and consents to the disclosure of the completed form to overseas regulatory agencies, if required;

 

(5)ensures that any amendments to the Protocol are approved by the Reviewing HREC and Sponsor prior to implementation of the amendment;

 

(6)ensures that the Sponsor’s prior written consent is obtained to any advertisement in respect of the Study;

 

(7)provides the Sponsor with evidence of the Principal Investigator’s qualifications through a current curriculum vitae and/or other relevant documentation and a list of appropriately qualified persons to whom they have delegated significant Study-related duties, if required;

 

(8)uses their best endeavours to recruit the target number of Study Participants, within the recruitment period, specified in Schedule 1, provided that if the overall target number of Study Participants for the Study is reached, the Sponsor may direct the Institution to cease recruitment;

 

(9)is available when a clinical research representative of the Sponsor visits the Study Site, as mutually agreed prior to the visit, and is contactable by telephone or electronic mail as frequently as is reasonably required;

 

(10)notifies the Sponsor, the Institution and the Reviewing HREC of any Adverse Events (including Serious Adverse Events) that occur during the course of the Study in accordance with the Protocol and relevant ethical and regulatory guidelines, and, in the case of the Institution and the Reviewing HREC, with their policies and procedures;

 

(11)completes Case Report Forms within the agreed time period. The Principal Investigator will ensure that Study Participants’ identifying information are removed from all records being transferred to the Sponsor;

 

(12)provides regular written progress reports to the Sponsor in relation to the Study as required by the Protocol;

 

(13)completes and returns to the Sponsor as required any Study related materials within a reasonable time period;

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 6 of 38

 

 

 

(14)is not subject to any obligations, either contractually or in any other way, which would unreasonably interfere with or prohibit the performance of work related to this Study; and

 

(15)ensures that informed consent to participate in the Study is obtained from each Study Participant prior to their enrolment in the Study and documented using an information and consent document which has been reviewed and approved by the Sponsor, the Institution and the Reviewing HREC.

 

4.INSTITUTION OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

4.1If the Principal Investigator leaves the Institution or otherwise ceases to be available, then:

 

(1)the Institution must consult with the Sponsor and use reasonable endeavours to nominate as soon as practicable a replacement reasonably acceptable to both parties; and

 

(2)the Sponsor may require recruitment into the Study by the Institution to cease or move the Study to a different Study Site.

 

4.2If the Principal Investigator fails to carry out those obligations specified in clauses 3.3(2), (3), (5), (8), (10), (11), (13) or (15), then the Institution must itself perform those obligations and rectify and make good any breach. The Institution will ensure that any Personnel who assist in the conduct of the Study are informed of and agree to abide by all terms of this Agreement relevant to the activities they perform.

 

4.3The Institution warrants that, to the best of its knowledge, it and its affiliates and any other person involved in the conduct of the Study, including the Principal Investigator, are properly registered with appropriate professional registration bodies, have not been disqualified from practice or disbarred or banned from conducting clinical trials by any Regulatory Authority. Furthermore, the Institution shall notify the Sponsor as soon as practical after it becomes aware of any such disqualification, disbarment or ban.

 

4.4The Institution will not engage in any conduct on the Sponsor’s behalf which is in violation of, or potentially in violation of, any applicable local or foreign laws or regulations.

 

4.5The Institution warrants, represents and undertakes to the Sponsor that it has not offered, promised or paid, either directly or indirectly, any Benefit to a government official (including, but not limited to, a healthcare professional employed by a government-owned healthcare facility) to induce such government official to act in any way in connection with his or her official duties with respect to services performed under this Agreement or to otherwise obtain an improper advantage for the Institution or the Sponsor (Improper Payment), and has not received an Improper Payment, and will not offer, promise, pay, authorise or receive any Improper Payment in the future. For the purposes of the foregoing, Benefit includes but is not limited to money, financial or other advantage, travel expenses, entertainment, business or investment opportunities, charitable donations or any other thing of value.

 

4.6The Institution must have adequate security measures to ensure the safety and integrity of the Investigational Product, Essential Documents and Study records and reports, Equipment and any Study related materials held or located at the Study Site.

 

4.7Subject to clause 9, the Institution will allow regular monitoring visits in accordance with the GCP Guideline, access for the purposes of audit and as required by Regulatory Authorities or as specified in the Protocol and permit access to the Essential Documents (including original records), Study records, reports, other Study related materials and its Personnel as soon as is reasonably possible upon request by the Sponsor, Regulatory Authority, Reviewing HREC or any third party designated by the Sponsor. Any such access is to take place at times mutually agreed, during business hours and subject to such reasonable conditions relating to occupational health and safety, security, and confidentiality as the Institution may require.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 7 of 38

 

 

 

4.8The Institution will make available adequate facilities, equipment and any other resource of the Institution reasonably required to safely follow the Protocol, provided that any amendments to the Protocol which take place after the execution of this Agreement and requiring any additional use of facilities, equipment, staff or resources, have been approved in writing by the Institution and the Reviewing HREC.

 

4.9The Institution will have an adequate number of appropriately qualified Personnel for the foreseen duration of the Study and ensure that such Personnel are adequately informed about the Protocol, Investigational Product(s), and their Study-related duties and functions. The Personnel appointed by the Institution to assess Study Participants will attend an investigator meeting or a pre-study/initiation meeting, where appropriate.

 

4.10The Institution must retain and preserve a copy of all Study Materials, including copies of signed consent forms, Case Report Forms, Protocol, information relating to the Investigational Product, correspondence and investigator files for at least 15 years from Study Completion and must ensure that no Study related materials are destroyed before the expiration of this time period without the written approval of the Sponsor. The Institution agrees to notify the Sponsor before destroying any Study Materials and agrees to retain the Study Materials for such longer period as reasonably required by the Sponsor at the Sponsor’s expense.

 

4.11The Institution will ensure that the Study is subject to the continuing oversight of the Reviewing HREC throughout its conduct.

 

4.12If the Institution is contacted by any Regulatory Authority in connection with the conduct of the Study, the Institution shall immediately notify the Sponsor, unless prevented from doing so by law.

 

4.13The Institution will provide the Sponsor with all reasonable assistance and cooperation to rectify any matter raised by a Regulatory Authority or as the result of an audit of the Institution or Study Site. This includes execution of any documents reasonably requested by the Sponsor in connection with the requirements of a Regulatory Authority or the Sponsor as a result of such an audit. The cost will be borne by the Sponsor unless such rectification is due to the default of the Institution or the Principal Investigator.

 

4.14The Institution shall obtain approval, in writing, from the Sponsor for any press statements or promotional statements regarding the Study or the Investigational Product(s) before the statements are released, unless the statement or disclosure is required by:

 

(1)law;

 

(2)any policy, guideline or direction of government or any government department or agency;

 

(3)any Regulatory Authority; or

 

(4)is, in the absolute discretion of the Institution, Minister for Health, Department of Health or any government official, reasonably necessary in the public interest or to protect the health and safety of any individual.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 8 of 38

 

 

 

5.SPONSOR OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

5.1Prior to the Agreement being executed, the Sponsor must provide the Principal Investigator, and, through the Principal Investigator, the Institution and the Reviewing HREC, with all current and relevant information regarding the Investigational Product as reasonably required to justify the nature, scope and duration of the Study.

 

5.2The Sponsor will implement and maintain quality assurance and quality control systems with written standard operating procedures to ensure that the Study can be conducted and data generated, documented, recorded and reported in compliance with all of the documents referred to in clause 2.1.

 

5.3The Sponsor will designate appropriately qualified personnel to advise on Study-related medical questions or problems.

 

5.4The Sponsor will monitor the application of the Investigational Product in other places (both within and outside Australia) and advise the Institution, through the Principal Investigator, and TGA of the cessation elsewhere of any relevant trial, or the withdrawal of the Investigational Product from any other market for safety reasons.

 

5.5The Sponsor will notify the Institution of any Adverse Events (including Serious Adverse Events) that occur during the course of the Study (either at the Study Site or other study sites, including overseas sites) which may require alteration of the conduct of the Study, or which may affect the rights, interests, safety or well-being of Study Participants.

 

5.6The Sponsor will cooperate with the Institution and/or the Reviewing HREC in investigating any Adverse Event (including Serious Adverse Event) arising out of or in connection with the Study.

 

5.7To assist the Institution to comply with clause 8, the Sponsor will provide the Institution with adequate information and all necessary Investigational Product accountability forms.

 

5.8The Sponsor will provide indemnity to the Institution and members of the Reviewing HREC against claims arising from the Study on the terms and conditions set out in the relevant Medicines Australia Form of Indemnity for Clinical Trials as set out in Schedule 3.

 

5.9The Sponsor will comply with the Medicines Australia Guidelines for Compensation for Injury Resulting from Participation in a Company-sponsored Trial as specified in Schedule 5.

 

5.10The Sponsor will maintain insurance with respect to its activities and indemnity obligations under this Agreement in accordance with Schedule 4. This insurance is to be evidenced by a certificate of insurance, as requested by the Institution from time to time.

 

6.PAYMENTS

 

6.1In consideration of the Institution conducting the Study, the Sponsor will pay to the Institution as nominated in Schedule 2 in the manner and on the basis of the amounts and at the times set out in Schedule 2. The amounts set out in Schedule 2 do not include GST. At the time of payment, the Sponsor must pay to the Institution any amount of GST that the Institution is required to pay in addition to the amounts set out in Schedule 2, and in accordance with GST Law.

 

6.2The Sponsor reserves the right to refuse to pay to the Institution payments specific to Study Participants entered into the Study who do not meet the entry criteria specified in the Protocol.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 9 of 38

 

 

 

6.3If a Study Participant discontinues their participation in the Study or if the Study is terminated as a whole, only those costs incurred up until the date of discontinuation or termination, including costs of final visit and completion of all Case Report Forms, will be paid.

 

6.4Payments will be made by the Sponsor upon either receipt of a valid tax invoice or a “Recipient Created Tax Invoice” issued by the Sponsor.

 

6.5The Sponsor and the Institution each warrant that they are registered under GST Law. Tax invoices must identify supplies for which GST is payable.

 

6.6The final payment will be made following Study Completion.

 

6.7No part of any consideration paid hereunder is for the recommending or arranging for the referral of business or the ordering of items or services.

 

6.8Neither this Agreement nor any consideration paid hereunder is contingent upon the Institution’s use or purchase of any of the Sponsor’s products.

 

7.PROVISION OF EQUIPMENT & SOFTWARE

 

7.1The Sponsor will provide the Institution and Principal Investigator with the Equipment and Software at the Sponsor’s expense. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, the Equipment and Software will be used only by the Principal Investigator and Personnel involved in the conduct of the Study and only for the purposes of the Study.

 

7.2If proper usage of the Equipment or Software requires training, the Institution agrees that

 

(1)the Principal Investigator and Institution’s Personnel will make themselves available for training in using the Equipment and Software, at the Sponsor’s expense; and

 

(2)the Equipment and Software will only be used as described in written directions provided by the Sponsor.

 

7.3The Equipment will be at the risk of the Sponsor, but the Institution will take reasonable care in the use and secure storage of the same and the Institution is responsible for damage caused to or by the Equipment by the negligence of its Personnel.

 

7.4At the completion of the Study or at the Sponsor’s request, the Institution will, unless otherwise specified, return to Sponsor, at the Sponsor’s expense, the Equipment and Software and all related training materials and documentation.

 

7.5The Sponsor will cooperate with the Institution in maintaining, at the Sponsor’s expense, the Equipment in good working order, and ensuring that it is in a safe condition and compliant with the requirements of the relevant licensing and safety authorities at all times.

 

7.6The Institution will not copy the Software unless specifically authorised by the Sponsor.

 

8.INVESTIGATIONAL PRODUCT

 

8.1The Institution must

 

(1)ensure that all Investigational Product made available by the Sponsor is used strictly according to the Protocol and are not used for any other purposes, unless agreed in writing by the Sponsor;

 

(2)provide a written explanation accounting for any missing Investigational Product;

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 10 of 38

 

 

 

(3)not charge a Study Participant or third-party payer for Investigational Product or for any services reimbursed by the Sponsor under this Agreement;

 

(4)keep all Investigational Product under appropriate storage conditions (including any conditions specified in the Protocol) and in a secured area accessible only to authorised Personnel; and

 

(5)ensure that complete and current records are maintained for all received, dispensed and returned Investigational Product.

 

8.2The Sponsor will supply the Principal Investigator with such quantities of the Investigational Product as will be required for the purpose of the Study. All supplied Investigational Product will be packaged in safe and appropriately labelled containers. The Sponsor will at all times remain the sole owner of the Investigational Product.

 

8.3On termination of this Agreement, the Institution must promptly return any unused Investigational Product to the Sponsor, or, if requested by the Sponsor, destroy it and provide evidence of such destruction.

 

9.CONFIDENTIALITY

 

9.1Subject to clause 9.2, each party must not, and must ensure their Personnel do not, use or disclose any Confidential Information of the other party, other than where and only to the extent that such use or disclosure is necessary for the performance of the Study, the exercise of its rights or the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

9.2The Institution may use or disclose Sponsor Confidential Information in any of the following circumstances:

 

(1)for the purposes of complying with the Institution’s internal complaint procedures, accident reporting procedures, quality assurance activities, disciplinary procedures or any applicable policy in relation to patient safety, Adverse Events and/or reportable incidents;

 

(2)for the purposes of disclosing any material risks, identified during the Study or subsequent to it, to Study Participants, Principal Investigators, medical practitioners administering treatment to Study Participants, Reviewing HRECs and Regulatory Authorities;

 

(3)for the purposes of complying with the requirements of any Regulatory Authority;

 

(4)to enable the Reviewing HREC to monitor the Study;

 

(5)where the Sponsor consents in writing to the disclosure;

 

(6)as part of a publication issued under the provisions of clause 11;

 

(7)where release of the Confidential Information is required by law, with notice as soon as reasonably practical to the Sponsor, and subject to the Institution upon request providing reasonable assistance to enable the Sponsor to obtain a protective order or other remedy to resist disclosure or ensure confidential treatment for any required disclosure;

 

(8)for the purposes of the Institution seeking legal advice; or

 

(9)disclosure to the Institution’s insurer.

 

9.3Where Confidential Information is disclosed in accordance with clause 9.2 (1), (4), (8) or (9) the Confidential Information must only be used in connection with the legitimate purposes of the Institution, and only disclosed to those who have a need to know it for such purposes and are obligated to keep the information confidential.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 11 of 38

 

 

 

9.4The Sponsor may disclose Institution Confidential Information to its lawyers for the purposes of obtaining legal advice or to its Affiliates but only on a needs to know and confidential basis. The Sponsor may disclose Institution Confidential Information if required by law, with notice as soon as reasonably practical to the Institution, and subject to the Sponsor upon request providing reasonable assistance to enable the Institution to obtain a protective order or other remedy to resist disclosure or ensure confidential treatment for any required disclosure.

 

9.5The parties are responsible for ensuring that their Personnel are aware of the obligations in respect of Confidential Information in this clause 9 and are bound in similar terms to keep such information confidential.

 

9.6Information will not be Confidential Information and subject to the provisions of this clause 9 where:

 

(1)the information has been independently received from a third party who is free to disclose it;

 

(2)the information is in or has entered the public domain other than as a result of a breach of this Agreement;

 

(3)the party already knew the information, the prior knowledge of which it can document by prior written records; or

 

(4)the party independently develops, discovers or arrives at the information without use, reference to, or reliance upon, the Confidential Information.

 

10.PRIVACY

 

10.1Each party must ensure that any Personal Information of Study Participants or Personnel it obtains or holds as a result of the conduct of the Study is collected, stored, used and disclosed by it in accordance with the Relevant Privacy Laws.

 

10.2Each party will promptly report to the other party any unauthorised access to, use or disclosure of Personal Information of Study Participants (“Incident”) of which it becomes aware, and will work with the other party to take reasonable steps to remedy the Incident.

 

11.PUBLICATIONS

 

11.1The Institution, Principal Investigator and other investigators (each a Discloser) involved in the Study have the right to Publish the methods, results of, and conclusions from, the Study, subject to this clause and in accordance with copyright law.

 

11.2If the Study is a Multi-centre Study, then the Institution agrees that no Publication of the Study results may be made until Publication of the results of the Multi-centre Study or 2 years after Study Completion, whichever is the sooner. The further provisions of this clause still apply to any such Publication.

 

11.3The Institution must ensure that the Discloser gives a copy of any proposed Publication drafted by them and/or other Personnel involved in the conduct of the Study to the Sponsor at least 40 days before forwarding it to any person that is not bound by the confidentiality obligations set out in clause 9.

 

11.4The Sponsor may, within that 40-day period do any one or more of the following:

 

(1)provide comments on the proposed Publication to the Institution, in which case the Institution must consider such comments but will not be bound to follow them;

 

(2)request delay of Publication for no more than 120 days to allow the Sponsor to file patent applications or take other measures to preserve or secure its Intellectual Property, in which case the Institution must abide by that request; or

 

(3)request that the Discloser remove specified Confidential Information (other than the results of the Study) from the Publication, in which case the Institution must remove such specified Confidential Information as is reasonably required to protect the Intellectual Property of the Sponsor.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 12 of 38

 

 

 

11.5If the Institution has not received any comments from the Sponsor on the proposed Publication within 40 days of giving a copy to the Sponsor under clause 11.3, the Discloser may proceed to make the Publication.

 

11.6Where the Sponsor intends to Publish the method, results or conclusions from the Study, any person named as an author on that Publication will be given a reasonable opportunity to review the Publication. Any person acknowledged as an investigator of the Study in the Publication will be given a reasonable opportunity to request the removal of his or her name from the Publication and the Sponsor shall comply with any such request.

 

11.7In all Publications the Sponsor’s support of the Study shall be acknowledged.

 

11.8The Sponsor may Publish a summary of the Study Results and conclusions on the Sponsor’s on-line Clinical Trial Register before or after Publication by another method.

 

11.9The Sponsor may freely use, copy and disseminate any manuscript following its Publication in a journal without further obligation to the Institution or Discloser.

 

11.10The Sponsor may only use the Institution’s and Investigators’ names:

 

(1)in relation to the publication of the Study on reputable clinical trials registers and websites in accordance with the CONSORT 2010 Statement;

 

(2)in Study publications and communications including Study newsletters made to the Institution and any other person which is subject to substantially the same confidentiality obligations as those set out in clause 9, in relation to performance of the Study; or

 

(3)in Study publications and communications made to any third party not subject to the confidentiality obligations set out in clause 9, with the Institution’s prior written consent.

 

12.STUDY MATERIALS AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

12.1The Sponsor grants to the Institution and its Personnel the right to use the Background IP of the Sponsor and the Study Materials as required to carry out the Study and perform this Agreement. Except for this right, neither the Institution nor any of its Personnel acquires any right or interest in any Intellectual Property provided by or on behalf of the Sponsor.

 

12.2In order to carry out the Study, the Institution may use Intellectual Property which is part of the Institution’s Background IP. Any such Background IP remains the sole property of the Institution. The Institution grants to the Sponsor a non-exclusive, perpetual, royalty free licence to use (including the right to sub-licence) the Institution’s Background IP solely for the purpose of the commercialisation of the Study Materials.

 

12.3Subject to clause 12.2, all Intellectual Property in the Study Materials will vest automatically upon its creation in the Sponsor, and the Institution presently assigns to the Sponsor all Intellectual Property rights contained in the Study Materials. The Institution agrees to execute or procure the execution by its Personnel of any documents reasonably necessary to give effect to this assignment, at the Sponsor’s expense.

 

12.4The Institution must promptly disclose and communicate in writing to the Sponsor full particulars of any Intellectual Property that the Institution or Principal Investigator make, discover or conceive in the course of the Study that is directly related to the Study Materials.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 13 of 38

 

 

 

13.TERM AND TERMINATION

 

13.1This Agreement commences from the date specified on the first page of this Agreement, or if such date is not included on the date this Agreement is last signed by either the Sponsor or Institution. In the ordinary course of events this Agreement terminates when the Sponsor makes its final payment to the Institution.

 

13.2A party may terminate this Agreement with 30 days prior written notice or such shorter time period as is reasonably required in the circumstances if the other party:

 

(1)is in breach of any obligations under the Agreement or the Protocol (including without just cause to meet a timeframe) and fails to remedy such breach where it is capable of remedy within 30 days of a written notice from the terminating party specifying the breach and requiring its remedy;

 

(2)is declared insolvent or has an administrator or receiver appointed over all or any part of its assets or ceases or threatens to cease to carry on its business; or

 

(3)assigns this Agreement to a person considered unsuitable to perform the Agreement as set out in clause 19.3.

 

13.3In addition to clause 13.2, a party may terminate this Agreement immediately by written notice to the other party if it believes on reasonable grounds that:

 

(1)continuing the Study poses an unacceptable risk to the rights, interests, safety or well-being of Study Participants; and

 

(2)terminating this Agreement is the most appropriate way to respond to that risk.

 

13.4The Sponsor may terminate this Agreement if the Institution breaches clause 4.5 or if the Sponsor learns that the Institution is making, or has made, Improper Payments (within the meaning of clause 4.5) to government officials with respect to services performed on behalf of the Sponsor or any other company. Further, in the event of such termination, the Institution will not be entitled to any further payment or compensation.

 

13.5The Sponsor may terminate this Agreement with 30 days prior written notice to the Institution. In the event of such early termination, the Sponsor will pay the reasonable costs of the Institution relating to the Study calculated in accordance with Schedule 2.

 

13.6In the event of termination, the Institution must promptly initiate all appropriate action to close the Study and, subject to any applicable retention requirements imposed by law, return to the Sponsor (or destroy if requested by the Sponsor, and provide evidence of such destruction) any completed Case Report Forms and other materials received from the Sponsor before Study Completion.

 

13.7In the event of termination the Sponsor must take all appropriate action to close out the Study Site in a timely manner.

 

13.8In the event of early termination, the Sponsor will cooperate with the Institution to ensure that Study Participants who may be affected by termination receive adequate medical care. This may include the provision of Investigational Product in certain circumstances at the Sponsor’s expense.

 

13.9The following provisions survive termination of this Agreement, clauses 1, 3.2, 3.3(11), 4.6, 4.7, 4.10, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, 6.1, 8.3, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13.5, 13.6, 13.7, 13.8, 13.9, 14, 15, 16, 18 and 20.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 14 of 38

 

 

 

14.DISPUTES

 

14.1No party may commence legal proceedings against another in respect of a dispute arising in relation to this Agreement (except for urgent interlocutory relief) unless the parties have complied with this clause and that party has first notified the other party in writing of the dispute and has used all reasonable endeavours to resolve the dispute with the other party within 28 days of the giving of that notice (Initial Period).

 

14.2If the dispute is not resolved within the Initial Period, then the dispute shall be referred within a further 28 days to the Australian Disputes Centre for mediation or any other agreed venue which conducts mediation. The parties will by agreement appoint a mediator to mediate the dispute in this forum. If the parties cannot agree to a mediator within 14 days of the end of the Initial Period, then the mediator will be nominated by the then current President of the Law Society of the State or Territory in which the Institution is located. Any documents produced for the mediation are to be kept confidential and cannot be used except for the purpose of settling the dispute.

 

14.3Each party must bear its own costs of resolving a dispute under this clause, and unless the parties otherwise agree, the parties to the dispute must bear equally the costs of the mediator.

 

14.4In the event that the dispute is not settled at mediation within 28 days (or such other period as the parties agree in writing) after the appointment of the mediator, then the parties are free to pursue any other procedures available at law for the resolution of the dispute.

 

15.APPLICABLE LAW

 

This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law for the time being in force in the State or Territory in which the Institution is located and the parties submit to the jurisdiction of that State or Territory and courts entitled to hear appeals from those courts.

 

16.NOTICES

 

16.1A notice, consent, approval or other communication (each a notice) under this Agreement must be:

 

(1)delivered to the party’s address; or

 

(2)sent by pre-paid mail to the party’s address; or

 

(3)transmitted by facsimile to the party’s address.

 

16.2A notice given by a party in accordance with this clause is treated as having been given and received:

 

(1)if delivered to a person’s address, on the day of delivery if a business day, otherwise on the next business day; or

 

(2)if sent by pre-paid mail, on the third business day after posting; or

 

(3)if transmitted by facsimile to a person’s address and a correct and complete transmission report is received, on the day of transmission if a business day, otherwise on the next business day.

 

16.3The addresses of the parties for the purposes of giving any notice are set out on the front page of this Agreement.

 

17.WAIVER

 

17.1No right under this Agreement is waived or deemed to be waived except by notice in writing signed by the party waiving the right. A waiver by any party in respect of any breach of a condition or provision of this Agreement will not be deemed to be a waiver in respect of any other breach.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 15 of 38

 

 

 

17.2Failure or delay by any party to enforce any provision of this Agreement will not be deemed to be a waiver by that party of any right in respect of any other such breach.

 

18.VARIATIONS

 

No variations of this Agreement are legally binding on any party unless evidenced in writing signed by all parties.

 

19.ASSIGNMENT

 

19.1Subject to clause 19.2, a party (the Assigning Party) may assign its rights or novate its rights and obligations under this Agreement after obtaining the prior written consent of the other party (the Other Party).

 

19.2The Assigning Party’s request for the Other Party’s consent to an assignment or novation of this Agreement must include:

 

(1)the name and the address of the proposed assignee or novatee;

 

(2)a copy of the proposed deed of assignment or novation; and

 

(3)such other information as the Other Party reasonably requires.

 

19.3Provided the proposed novatee is an Australian entity, the Other Party must give its consent promptly if:

 

(1)the Assigning Party provides evidence that ought reasonably satisfy the Other Party that the proposed novatee is financially secure and has the ability to carry out the Assigning Party’s obligations under this Agreement;

 

(2)the proposed novatee signs a deed or agreement in which it covenants with the Other Party and the Assigning Party to perform the obligations of the Assigning Party under this Agreement;

 

(3)the Assigning Party is not in breach of this Agreement; and

 

(4)the Assigning Party pays the Other Party’s reasonable costs of giving its consent.

 

19.4The Assigning Party remains liable for its obligations under this Agreement even if it assigns its rights pursuant to clause 19.1.

 

20.SUBCONTRACTING

 

20.1The Sponsor may subcontract any of its obligations under this Agreement, save for the obligations set out in clauses 5.8, 5.9 and 5.10. The Sponsor remains responsible for all subcontracted obligations and is liable for all acts and omissions of any subcontractor as if they were the Sponsor’s acts and omissions. In the event that the Sponsor subcontracts with another party to perform any of the Sponsor’s obligations under this Agreement, the Sponsor is bound by and will observe its obligations under clause 9.1 in its dealings with the subcontractor.

 

20.2No subcontractor will have any rights under this Agreement against the Institution or be entitled to receive any payment from the Institution.

 

20.3For the purpose of this Agreement only, and as between the Sponsor and the Institution only, where the Institution subcontracts any of its obligations under this Agreement, the Institution remains responsible for all subcontracted obligations and is liable for all acts and omissions of any subcontractor as if they were the Institution’s acts and omissions.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 16 of 38

 

 

 

21.ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties in relation to the Study and supersedes all prior representations, agreements, statements and understandings, whether verbal or in writing in relation to the Study.

 

22.FURTHER DOCUMENTS

 

Each party will do anything (including executing any document) and will ensure that its Personnel do anything (including executing any document), that the other party may reasonably require to give full effect to this Agreement.

 

23.SEVERANCE

 

If any part of this Agreement is prohibited, void, voidable, illegal or unenforceable, then that part is severed from this Agreement but without affecting the continued operation of this Agreement.

 

24.RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES

 

Nothing in this Agreement creates a relationship of employer and employee, principal and agent, joint venture or partnership between the parties and no party will hold itself out as an agent for another.

 

25.FORCE MAJEURE

 

If any party is delayed or prevented from the performance of any act required under this Agreement by reason of any act of God, act of nature, including any epidemic or outbreak of pandemic disease, fire, act of government or state, war, civil commotion, insurrection, embargo, prevention from or hindrance in obtaining raw material, energy or other supplies, labour disputes of whatever nature or whatever reason beyond the control of the party (a Force Majeure Event), the affected party shall promptly notify the other party in writing, giving details of the Force Majeure Event, the acts affected by the Force Majeure Event and the extent to which they are affected, and performance of such acts shall be excused for the period of such event provided that if such interference lasts for any period in excess of 30 days either party may, by written notice to the other, terminate this Agreement.

 

26.COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts. All counterparts taken together are deemed to constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

27.CONFLICT

 

In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and the Protocol, this Agreement prevails.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 17 of 38

 

 

 

In witness hereof, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of respective dates written below.

 

Signed on behalf of the Sponsor

 

Signed:  
Name:  
Position:    
Date:  

 

Signed on behalf of the Institution

 

Signed:  
Name:  
Position:      
Date:  

 

The Principal Investigator acknowledges this Agreement and understands the obligations it imposes.

 

Acknowledged by the Principal Investigator

 

Signed:  
Name:  
Position:    
Date:  

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 18 of 38

 

 

 

Schedule 1

Key Information

 

Study Name: An Open Label Extension on the Examination of the Combination of Dronabinol and Acetazolamide for Treatment of Obstructive Sleep Apnoea (OSA)
   
Study Site/s: The Alfred Hospital
   
   
   
Target number of Study Participants: Minimum: 12
   
  Maximum: 12
   
Recruitment Period:

Start: 01/MAR/2021    End:    01/MAR/2022

   
Principal Investigator Name:

Professor Terence O’Brien

   
Address: Department of Neurosciences, 4th Floor, Centre Block
   
  The Alfred Hospital, 55 Commercjal Road, Melbourne
   
  State:   Victoria, Australia         P/code:    3004
   

Reviewing HREC:

Alfred Hospital Ethics Committee
   
Equipment provided by Sponsor: Philips Actiwatch
   
   
   
Software provided by Sponsor: NIL
   
   
   

Investigational Product:

Dronabinol
   
  Acetazolamide
   
   

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 19 of 38

 

 

 

Schedule 2

 

[***]

[***]

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 20 of 38

 

 

 

Payments

 

Study Site Activities 

 

 

Activity

 

[***]

 

The Site Start Up Fee of will be paid upon the completion of the Site Initiation Visit. [***]

Study Site Administration Fee will be paid quarterly, starting from the Site Initiation Visit or Pre-screening (whichever occurs first), until the Close out Visit.

[***]
The Site Training Fee, a one-off fee, will be payable on the completion of all training required for the study conduct, including eCRF training. This payment is per system trained on per investigator and co-ordinator. [***]

Human Research Ethics Committee (HREC} Review Fee, a one-time fee, for the review of the initial submission package for the trial, will be payable upon receipt of invoice

[***]

Amendment Preparation FeeMajor

 

This fee will be paid for the preparation of a major Protocol amendment or Participant Information and Consent Form (PICF) for RGO review.

[***]

Amendment Preparation Fee Minor This fee will be paid for the preparation of amendments relating to Investigator Brochures (IBs), safety documents, participant facing materials, advertising or for RGO review.

[***]

Amendment Preparation Fee Major, within one month of RGO approval

 

This fee will be paid if a Protocol and/or PICF is prepared and submitted to the Alfred RGO within and up to one calendar month after initial RGO approval.

[***]

Amendment Preparation Fee Minor, within one month of RGO approval

 

This fee will be paid if an IBs, safety document, participant facing material, advertising or changes to site staff become available and are submitted to the Alfred RGO within and up to one calendar month after initial RGO approval.

[***]

Study Close Out

 

A one-time Close Out Fee will be paid upon completion and approval by the Sponsor of any outstanding data documentation (eCRFs and data clarifications issued) and regulatory documentation.

[***]

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 21 of 38

 

 

 

Archiving Fee

 

The one-time Archiving Fee will be paid for the archiving of 2 boxes as per ICH GCP and local requirements. This Fee also includes electronic scanning and secure destruction at the end of the archiving period.

[***]

Archiving Fee - Additional Box

 

The Archiving Fee - Additional Box Fee will be paid for any boxes in addition to the original 2 boxes. Prior Sponsor approval is required.

[***]

Archiving - Box Retrieval

 

The Archiving - Box Retrieval Fee will be paid if a storage box requires retrieval from the archiving location.

[***]

Audit Fee

 

The Audit Fee will be paid for the preparation, attendance and follow up of an Audit. This fee is capped at three (3) business days. This fee is not payable when the Audit is “for cause”.

[***]

Participant transport Allowance

 

Participant transport allowance will be paid, up to a maximum of $100 per day for each clinic visit and PSG visit throughout the study. This may be reimbursed on presentation of receipts to support the costs of transportation or granted as taxi vouchers. Receipts for reimbursements and taxi vouchers must include date of travel, amount per trip.

 

 

[***]

Participant Sleep Study Allowance

 

Participants will be reimbursed $25 per hour up to a maximum of 8 hours for their time spent at site performing each sleep study.

 

 

[***]

Breakfast Allowance

 

Each participant, that completes a sleep study will also be provided with a breakfast allowance, up to a maximum of $25 to be purchased at the hospital.

 

 

[***]

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 22 of 38

 

 

 

Pharmacy and Pathology Activities

 

 

Activity

Cost ($AUD)

All fees exclude

GST

 

A Pharmacy Setup and Study Establishment Fee will be payable upon the attendance and completion of the Site Initiation Visit. This fee will be payable upon invoice.

[***]

A Pharmacy Annual Fee, will be payable for the management and administration of the study. This fee will be payable upon invoice.

[***]

A Pharmacy storage of Investigational Product Fee will be payable for the storage of the IP in a refrigerated safe, suitable for refrigerated Schedule 8 licenced products. This fee will be payable upon invoice.

[***]

A Dispensing of Investigational Product Fee, which includes accountability, will be payable for every dispensing of IP for participants and post accountability visit and with the monitoring fee

[***]
An Investigational Product Accountability Fee is incorporated into the dispensing fee.

[***]

An Investigational Product Destruction Fee will be payable should the sponsor request that IP be destroyed on-site, according to hospital guidelines. This fee will be payable upon invoice.

[***]

A Remote Monitoring Fee will be payable for each hour the Clinical Research Associate requires for the purposes of IP accountability, should this service be requested. The IP accountability visit will be scheduled in advance and with the clinical trials pharmacist. This fee will be payable upon invoice.

 

Note: there is no additional charge for on-site monitoring.

[***]

After Hours Call Back Fee

 

The After Hours Call Back Fee will be paid when IP requires preparation and dispensation outside the hours of Barn - 5pm due to unforeseen circumstances. An initial amount of Six Hundred and Ninety Australian Dollars (690 AUD) will be paid for the first three (3) hours. After the first three (3) hours, this fee will be charged at the rate of One Hundred and Fifty-Five Australian Dollars (155 AUD) per hour.

[***]

A Pharmacy Close Out Fee, a one-time fee, will be payable upon the final close out visit, after all remaining or used Investigational Product as either been returned to the sponsor or destroyed upon written notification from the sponsor, and all pharmacy files have been returned to the site for archiving. This fee will be payable upon invoice, no later than 30 days post close out visit.

[***]

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 23 of 38

 

 

 

Pathology Activities  

A Protocol review and SSA completion Fee, a one-time fee, will be payable upon completion of the Site Initiation Visit and upon invoice.

[***]

An Establishment Fee, a one-time fee for the establishment of the trial, upon Site Initiation Visit and payable upon receipt of an invoice.

[***]
Standard Haematology panel [***]
Standard Biochemistry panel [***]
Urinalysis [***]
Urine pregnancy test [***]
Health Information Services
Retrieval fee for paper medical records (per volume) from onsite storage [***]

Retrieval fee for paper medical records (per volume) from external storage

[***]
Registration Fee, per participant [***]
Permanent retention (per volume) of medical records for research [***]

ICD10 Diagnosis database participant information search (per search)

[***]

 

1.General Terms. Payee will be compensated as outlined on the attached study budget (“Budget”) for Study Participants properly enrolled in the Study. This amount constitutes the full compensation for the work to be completed by the Institution and Principal Investigator, including all work and care specified in the Protocol for the Study, along with all overhead and administrative services. No compensation will be available for Study Participants enrolled in the Study in violation of the Protocol.

 

As indicated below (Point 8), the payee of these funds is Monash University (“Payee”), which is a payment administrator and is not party to this Agreement. Organisation’s or Local Sponsor’s only payment obligation under this Agreement is to pay Monash University. Administration of funding by Payee on behalf of Institution is governed by a separate agreement between those entities. Institution releases Organisation and Local Sponsor from any obligation or liability related to the handling or disbursement of funds by Payee. Organisation or Local Sponsor shall not make any payments directly to Institution.

 

2.Payment Terms. Payments for each Study Participant will be made in Australian Dollars (AUD) quarterly and based on CRF data entered by Institution and/or Principal Investigator supporting enrolled Study Participant visitation. Payments will be made for completed visits and treatment related costs in accordance with the Budget, unless otherwise noted in the Agreement. For each payment, including any Screen Failures (as defined below) that may be payable under the terms of this Agreement, Payee will be paid the total amount earned, less 10%, for the Final Payment (hereinafter defined). Monitoring will occur approximately every 8 weeks based on Study Site enrolment and completion of data entry. All queries must be resolved within five (5) business days of receipt by Institution and/or Principal Investigator any time during the Study. Payee must submit any final valid tax invoices within thirty (30) calendar days after the close-out visit of the Study at the Institution. Any invoices received thereafter may not be paid. Payee will have sixty (60) calendar days after the date of the close-out visit of the Study at the Institution to dispute any payment discrepancies or missing payments.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 24 of 38

 

 

 

3.Non-Procedural Costs. Payee will be paid for additional non-procedural costs that are pre-approved by Organisation/Local Sponsor as set forth in the Budget. To request payment for such costs, Payee will remit valid tax invoice to Local Sponsor or its designee with documentation and receipts substantiating agreed-upon pass-through expenses. Any non-procedural pass-through expenses will be invoiced only in the amount actually incurred with no mark-up, up to the maximum amounts shown in the Budget.

 

4.Final Payment. At the conclusion of the Study, all CRFs and Study-related documents will be promptly made available for Organisation/Local Sponsor review. The final payment (“Final Payment”) will be paid once: all CRFs have been completed and received; data queries have been satisfied; all Investigational Product is returned; and all close out issues are resolved and procedures completed, including final HREC and/or Regulatory Authority notification, if applicable. All queries must be resolved within five (5) business days of receipt by Institution and/or Principal Investigator. Local Sponsor or its designee will perform final reconciliation of all payments made to date against total amount due and will promptly pay Payee amounts remaining unpaid, if any. Payee will promptly reimburse Local Sponsor any unearned or overpaid amounts previously paid to Payee within thirty (30) calendar days of notification by Local Sponsor or designee.

 

5.Taxes.

 

1)Payments shown in the Budget do not include GST. If the Payee is GST registered, and if GST is required under the GST Law, GST should be added and shown on the invoice by the Payee at the applicable GST rate, along with Payee’s GST registration number.

 

2)Payee acknowledges and agrees that it is solely responsible for the payment of any and all contributions and taxes imposed by any applicable authority with respect to or measured by compensation paid to Payee under this Agreement. Local Sponsor/designee will not be responsible for the withholding or payment of any such required contributions or taxes. Payee accepts full responsibility for reporting all payments received, under this agreement, to the relevant taxation authorities as required by local regulations.

 

6.Necessary Procedures. Payee will be reimbursed for valid necessary visits and procedures not covered under the Budget. Payment for any necessary procedure due to Study Participant safety will be reimbursed at the agreed upon unit cost in the Budget, if available, or if there is no such unit cost in the Budget, Payee will be compensated based on actual costs incurred by Institution and Principal Investigator and will require a separate valid tax invoice with documentation for the medical necessity of the procedure. Where practicable, Local Sponsor or Organisation’s prior written consent will be obtained, unless it will compromise the integrity of the Study or affect Study Participant safety, in which case Local Sponsor or Organisation will be notified as soon as practicable after the fact.

 

8.Payee. The Institution has authorised Monash University to be responsible for financial administration of the Study funds as its Payee. The Parties acknowledge that Payee is authorised to receive and administer all Study payments on behalf of the Institution and that the Sponsor’s only payment obligation under this Agreement is to the Payee. Institution releases Sponsor from any obligation or liability related to handling or disbursement of the funds by Payee.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 25 of 38

 

 

 

9.The payments will be made to the following Payee and address:

 

Payee Name Monash University
Payee Address 211 Wellington Road, Mulgrave, Victoria, Australia
Australian Business Number 12 377 614 012
Recipient Address

Receivables and Revenue Accounting

Level 4, 211 Wellington Road

  Mulgrave, VIC, 3170
Recipient Phone Number

[***] [***]

Recipient Email

   
Payee Bank Account Details:  
Bank Name Westpac Banking Corporation
Bank Address Campus Centre, Clayton Campus,
  Monash University, Victoria, 3800, Australia
Account Name Monash University General Account
BSB Number

[***]

Bank Account Number

[***]

SWIFT Code

[***]

IBAN [***]
Duns Number

[***]

 

[***]

 

Monash: M51007 - Department of NeuroscienceNan Cleef/Roet Centre for Nervous Diseases – Research

PO Box 315 Prahran 3181

The Alfred Hospital, 55 Commercial Rd, Vic 3004

Telephone No.:   [***]

Facsimile No.:     [***].

E-Mail Address: [***]

 

The notification of all payments made under this Agreement will be accompanied with documentation of the calculation of each payment. The documentation will specify:

 

  The Human Research Ethics Committee (HREC) project number

 

The Principal Investigator’s name;

 

What the payment is being made for:

 

The number of participants who have completed particular milestones; and

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 26 of 38

 

 

 

Detail of any partial payments, or any other information relevant to the calculation of the payment by Neuroscience Trials Australia.

 

*Copies of all payment notices will be sent to the attention of the Management Accountant – Research at the following address:

 

Monash: M51007 - Department of NeuroscienceNan Cleef/Roet Centre for Nervous Diseases – Research

PO Box 315 Prahran 3181

55 Commercial Rd, Vic 3004

 

10. Invoices. All invoices must be issued and forwarded to the following as instructed:

 

Email: [***]

 

Sponsor Address;

lncannex Healthcare Ltd

Unit 207, 11 Solent Circuit

Norwest 2153, New South Wales

Australia

 

ABN 93 096 635 246

 

All payment related queries may be directed to:

 

Email: [***]

 

Each invoice must contain: (1) Organisation’s name, (2) Protocol number, (3) Study code, (4) Principal Investigator’s name, (5) a summary of the reimbursement to be made in compliance with the Budget, and (6) if the Payee is GST registered, the Australian Business Number (ABN).

 

Payee will not receive any payments for pass through expenses whereby Payee has failed to produce actual copy invoices or other documentation clearly substantiating that the expenditures were actual, reasonable, and verifiable in the amount submitted for compensation.

 

Suggested High Level Subject matter

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 27 of 38

 

 

 

Schedule 3

Form of Indemnity for Clinical Trials

 

The Sponsor agrees to execute and deliver to the Institution, as necessary, an indemnity in the form of the Medicines Australia Standard Form of Indemnity for Clinical Trials without amendment.

 

Indemnity for Clinical Trials; HREC Review Only and Standard Forms on following pages.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 28 of 38

 

 

 

MEDICINES AUSTRALIA FORM OF INDEMNITY FOR CLINICAL TRIALS HREC REVIEW ONLY

 

For use where the Indemnified Party is providing ethical review for a multicentre clinical Study where the ethical review will be adopted by hospitals, institutions or sites that are independent from the Indemnified Party, OR as a Reviewing HREC for a single centre study at a hospital or institution that is independent from the Indemnified Party.  

 

To: Alfred Health ABN 27 318 956 319 a body corporate established under the Health Services Act, 1988 (Vic), of Commercial Road, Melbourne 3004 Victoria Australia, or (“the Indemnified Party”)
   
From: lncannex Healthcare Ltd Unit 207, 11 Solent Circuit Norwest 2153, New South Wales Australia ABN 93 096 635246 (“the Sponsor”)
   
Re: Clinical Study No. [IHLOSAOLE1]; An Open Label Extension on the Examination of the Combination of Dronablnol and Acetazolamlde for Treatment of Obstructive Sleep Apnoea (OSA)
   
1. The Indemnified Party agrees to participate in the above sponsored study (“the Study) involving patients of Alfred Health (“the participants”) to be conducted by Professor Terence O’Brien (“the Investigator”) in accordance with the above referenced protocol, as amended in writing from time to lime with the agreement of the Sponsor and the Indemnified Party (“the Protocol”). The Sponsor confirms that it is a term of its agreement(s) with each hospital or institution participating in the Study that the Investigator shall obtain all necessary approvals from the Indemnified Party’s human research and ethics committee (“HREC”).
   
2. The Indemnified Party agrees to participate by making its HREC available to provide review, approval and oversight of the conduct of the Study in accordance with the requirements of the NHMRC National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research.
   
3. In consideration of such participation by the Indemnified Party, subject to paragraph 4, the Sponsor indemnifies and holds harmless the Indemnified Party and its employees, agents and members of and advisors to its HREC in respect of and against all claims and proceedings (including any settlements or ex gratia payments made with the consent of the parties hereto and reasonable legal and expert costs and expenses) made or brought (whether successfully or otherwise) by or on behalf of Participants (including their dependants and children injured in utero through the participation of the child’s mother or father in the Study) against the Indemnified Party or any of its employees, agents or members of and advisors to its HREC for personal Injury (Including death) to Participants (and children injured in utero through the participation of the child’s mother or father in the Study) arising out of or relating to the administration and/or use of the product(s) under investigation or any clinical intervention or procedure provided for or required by the Protocol to which the Participants would not have been exposed but for the participation of the Participants in the Study.

 

Medicines Australia Form of Indemnity - HREC Review Only version 1 October 2012

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 29 of 38

 

 

 

4. The above indemnity by the Sponsor will not apply to any such claim or proceeding referred to in paragraph 3:

 

  (1) to the extent that such personal injury (including death) is caused by the negligent or wrongful acts or omissions or breach of statutory duty of the Indemnified Party or any of its employees, agents or members of or advisors to the HREC:
     
  (2)

unless as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt of notice of such daim or proceeding, the Indemnified Party notifies ii to the Sponsor in writing and al the Sponsor's request. and cost, has permitted the Sponsor to have full care and control of the claim or proceeding using legal representation of its own choosing; or

     
  (3) if the Indemnified Party, its employees, agents, or members or and advisors to its HREC have made any admission in respect or any such claim or proceeding or taken any action relating to any such claim or proceeding prejudicial to the defence or any such claim or proceeding without the written consent of the Sponsor. Such consent will not be unreasonably withheld. This condition will not be treated as breached by any statement properly made by members of and advisors to the HREC in connection with the operation of the Indemnified Party's internal complaint procedures, accident reporting and quality assurance procedures or disciplinary procedures or where such statement is required by law.

 

5.

The Sponsor will keep the Indemnified Party and its legal advisers fully informed of the progress of any such claim or proceeding, consult fully with the Indemnified Party on the nature of any defence to be advanced and not settle any such claim or proceeding without the written approval of the Indemnified Party which approval is not lo be unreasonably withheld.

   
6. Without prejudice to the provisions of paragraphs 4(2) and 4(3), the Indemnified Party will use reasonable endeavors to inform, the Sponsor promptly of any circumstances of which ii has knowledge and which may reasonably be thought likely to give rise to any such claim or proceeding and will keep the Sponsor informed of developments in relation to any such circumstances even where the Indemnified Party decides not to claim indemnity from the Sponsor. Likewise, the Sponsor will use reasonable endeavors to inform the Indemnified Party of any such circumstances and will keep the Indemnified Party Informed of developments in relation to any such claim or proceeding made or brought against the Sponsor alone.
   
7. The Sponsor and the Indemnified Party will each give to the other such help as may reasonably be required for the efficient conduct and prompt handling of any claim or proceeding by or on behalf of Participants (including their dependants and children injured in utero through the participation of the child’s mother or father in the Study).
   
8. Without prejudice to the foregoing, if injury is suffered by a Participant while participating in the Study, the Sponsor agrees to adhere to the “Guidelines for Compensation for Injury Resulting From Participation in a Company-sponsored Clinical Trial” published by Medicines Australia and will request the Investigator to make clear to the Participants that the Study is being conducted subject to those Guidelines.

 

Medicines Australia Form of Indemnity - HREC Review ONLY version 1 October 2012

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 30 of 38

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 31 of 38

 

 

  

MEDICINES AUSTRALIA FORM OF INDEMNITY FOR CLINICAL TRIALS STANDARD

 

For use where the Indemnified Party is providing premises for the conduct of the Study and HREC Review. OR is providing premises only.

 

To:Alfred Health, ABN 27 318 956 319 a body corporate established under the Health Services Act 1988 (Vic) of Commercial Road, Melbourne 3004 Victoria Australia or Alfred Health, in which the study is to be conducted (“the Indemnified Party”)

 

From:lncannex Healthcare Ltd Unit 207, 11 Solent Circuit Norwest 2153 New South Wales, Australia ABN 93 096 635 246 (“the Sponsor”)

 

Re:Clinical Study No. [IHLOSAOLE 1]: An Open Label Extension on the Examination of the Combination of Dronabinol and Acetazolamide for Treatment of Obstructive Sleep Apnoea (OSA)

 

1.The Indemnified Party agrees to participate in the above sponsored study (“the Study”) involving patients of the indemnified Party (“the Participants”) to be conducted by Professor Terence O’Brien (“the Investigator”) in accordance with the above referenced protocol, as amended in writing from time to time with the agreement of the Sponsor and the Indemnified Party (“the Protocol”). The Sponsor confirms that ii is a term of its agreement with the Indemnified Party that the Investigator shall obtain all necessary approvals from a relevant and appropriate Human Research Ethics Committee (“HREC”) and the Indemnified Party, where appropriate.

 

2.The Indemnified Party agrees to participate by allowing the Study to be undertaken on its premises or as otherwise agreed, utilising such facilities, personnel and equipment as may reasonably be required for the Study.

 

3.

In consideration of such participation by the Indemnified Party, subject to paragraph 4. the Sponsor indemnifies and holds harmless the Indemnified Party and its employees, agents, and if the HREC is the ethics committee of the Indemnified Party, the members of and advisors to Its HREC (collectively the Indemnified"), in respect of and against all claims and proceedings (including any settlements or ex gratia payments made with the consent of the parties hereto and reasonable legal and expert costs and expenses) made or brought (whether successfully or otherwise) by or on behalf of Participants (including their dependants and children injured in utero through the participation or the child's mother or father in the Study) against any of the Indemnified for personal injury (including death) to Participants (and children injured in utero through the participation of the child's mother or father In the Study) arising out of or relating to the administration and/or use of the product(s) under investigation or any clinical intervention or procedure provided for or required by the Protocol to which the Participants would not have been exposed but for the participation or the Participants in the Study

 

Medicines Australia Form of Indemnity Standard version 1 October 2012

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 32 of 38

 

 

 

4.The above indemnity by the Sponsor will not apply to any such claim or proceeding referred to in paragraph 3:

 

(1)to the extent that such personal injury (including death) is caused by the negligent or wrongful acts or omissions or breach of statutory duty of the Indemnified;

 

(2)to the extent that such personal injury (including death) is caused by the failure of the Indemnified Party, its employees, or agents to conduct the Study strictly in accordance with the Protocol;

 

(3)unless as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt of notice of such claim or proceeding, the Indemnified Party notifies it to the Sponsor in writing and at the Sponsor’s request. and cost, has permitted the Sponsor to have full care and control of the claim or proceeding using legal representation of its own choosing; or

 

(4)if any of the Indemnified have made any admission in respect of any such claim or proceeding or taken any action relating to any such claim or proceeding prejudicial to the defence of any such claim or proceeding without the written consent of the Sponsor. Such consent will not be unreasonably withheld. This condition will not be treated as breached by any statement properly made by any of the Indemnified in connection with the operation of the Indemnified Party’s internal complaint procedures, accident reporting and quality assurance procedures or disciplinary procedures or where such statement is required by law.

 

5.The Sponsor will keep the Indemnified Party and its legal advisers fully informed of the progress of any such claim or proceeding, consult fully with the Indemnified Party on the nature of any defence to be advanced and not settle any such claim or proceeding without the written approval of the Indemnified Party which approval is not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

6.Without prejudice to the provisions of paragraphs 4(3) and 4(4), the Indemnified Party will use reasonable endeavors to inform the Sponsor promptly of any circumstances of which it has knowledge and which may reasonably be thought likely to give rise to any such claim or proceeding and will keep the Sponsor informed of developments in relation to any such circumstances even where the Indemnified Party decides not to claim indemnity from the Sponsor. Likewise, the Sponsor will use reasonable endeavors to inform the Indemnified Party of any such circumstances and will keep the Indemnified Party informed of developments in relation to any such claim or proceeding made or brought against the Sponsor alone.

 

7.The Sponsor and the Indemnified Party will each give lo the other such help as may reasonably be required for the efficient conduct and prompt handling of any claim or proceeding by or on behalf of Participants (including their dependants and children injured in utero through the participation of the child’s mother or father in the Study).

 

8.Without prejudice to the foregoing, if injury is suffered by a Participant while participating in the Study, the Sponsor agrees to adhere to the “Guidelines for Compensation for Injury Resulting From Participation in a Company-sponsored Clinical Trial’ published by Medicines Australia and will request the Investigator to make clear to the Participants that the Study is being conducted subject to those Guidelines.

 

Medicines Australia Form of Indemnity Standard version 1 October 2012

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 33 of 38

 

 

 

9.For the purpose of this indemnity, the expression agents is deemed to include, but is not limited to:

 

(1)any person carrying out activities for the Indemnified Party under a contract connected with such of the Indemnified Party’s facilities and equipment as are made available for the Study under paragraph 2: and

 

(2)any health professional providing services to the Indemnified Party under a contract for services or otherwise.

 

10.This indemnity will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws applicable in the State or Territory in which the Indemnified Party is established.

 

DATED the         day of             in the year

 

SIGNED by a duly authorised representative of the Sponsor who certifies that they have authority to sign on behalf of the Sponsor

 

 
  (Signature)
   
  Joel Latham
  (Name)
   
  Managing Director & CEO
  (Position)

 

SIGNED by the Chief Executive or a duly authorised representative of the Indemnified Party

 

   
  (Signature)
   
   
  (Name)
   
   
  (Position)

 

Medicines Australia Form of Indemnity Standard version 1 October 2012

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 34 of 38

 

 

 

Schedule 4

 

Insurance Arrangements

 

 

Certificate of Currency

 

Clinical Trials Insurance Policy

 

Policy No: AUS20989S94A
   
Name Insured: Incannex Healthcare Ltd
   
Specified Clinical Trial(s): Specified clinical trial: An Open Label Extension on the Examination of the Combination or Dronabinol and Acetazolamide ror Treatment or Obstructive Sleep Apnoea (OSA)
Protocol number: IHLOSAOLE1
Trial location: Australia
   
Period of Insurance From 4pm on 15 February 2021to 4pm on 15 February 2022 

   
Limit of liability: AUD any one Clalm 10,000,000
   
Overall Policy

AUD 10,000,000 in the annual aggregate any one Period of Insurance

   
limit:  
   

Excess:

NIL

   
Retroactive Date

15 February 2021

   

Extended Period:

Reportlne 12 months (other than 72 months in respect of QLD & WA)

   
Territorial limits:

Australia and New Zealand

   

Underwriting: Security:

Newline Australia Insurance Pty Ltd onbehalf of Lloyds Newline Syndicate 1218 at Lloyd’s (NWL1218)
   

Approved by:

Craig Rowsell

   
 
   
Date: 21 December 2020

 

 

This Certificate of Currency is current at the Date of Issue only and is issued as a matter of information only, conferring no rights upon the holder. Coverage is always subject to policy terms, conditions, limitation, exclusions and endorsements. This Certificate does not extend, amend or alter such coverage.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, Named Insured may include other parties as defined in the Policy..

 

 

Newline Australia Insurance Pty Ltd AON 81118 089651

PO Box 16208, Collins St West, VIC 8007

(T) 03 9999 1906 (f) 03 9670 0045

(E) admin@newlinegroup.com.au

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 35 of 38

 

 

 

Schedule 5

 

Guidelines for Compensation for Injury Resulting from Participation in a Company-Sponsored Trial

 

Copy available online at:

http://medicinesaustralia.eom.au/issues-information/clinical-trials/indemity-and-compensation-guidelines/

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 36 of 38

 

 

 

Schedule 6

Study Protocol Identification

 

   
   
Full Title: An Open Label Extension on the Examination of the Combination of Dronabinol and Acetazolamide focJreatment of Obstructive Sleep Apnoea (OSA)  
   
Version Number: 1
   
Date: 25 NOV 2020
   
List of Key Attachments: NIL
   
   
   
   
   

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 37 of 38

 

 

 

Schedule 7

Special Conditions

 

There are no special conditions.

This page is blank.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAOLE1

Site: Alfred Health

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 38 of 38

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT WAS OMITTED BY MEANS OF MARKING
SUCH INFORMATION WITH BRACKETS (“[***]”) BECAUSE THE IDENTIFIED CONFIDENTIAL
INFORMATION IS NOT MATERIAL AND IS THE TYPE THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL.

 

Clinical Trial Research Agreement

 

Medicines Australia - Standard Form

 

Details of the parties

 

Name of Institution:

Alfred Health a body corporate established under the Health Services Act 1988 (Vic) of Commercial Road, Melbourne, 3004 or Alfred Health

Address: Commercial Road, Melbourne, Victoria, 3004
ABN: 27 318 956 319
Contact for Notices: Professor Terence O’Brien
Fax for Notices:

[***]

Phone Number: [***]

 

Name of Sponsor: lncannex Healthcare Ltd
Address: 3 Fir Street

Dingley Village, 3172

Victoria Australia

ABN: 93 096 635 246
Contact for Notices: Mr Joel Latham
Fax for Notices: NIA
Phone Number: [***]

 

Study Name: Dose finding crossover trial investigating the effect of dronabinol combined with acetazolamide on Apnoea Hypopnea Index (AHi) in adults with obstructive sleep apnoea (OSA)
Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Date of Agreement: As per date of full execution

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 1 of 38 

 

This agreement is made between the Sponsor and Institution

 

Purpose of the Agreement

 

According to this Agreement:

 

A.The Sponsor is responsible for the initiation, management, and financing of the Study.

 

B.The Institution, through the Principal Investigator, is responsible for the conduct of the Study at the Study Site(s) which is/are under the control of the Institution.

 

C.The Study will be conducted on the terms and conditions set out below.

 

Operative Provisions

 

1.INTERPRETATION

 

1.1In this Agreement:

 

Adverse Event has the meaning given in the TGA document “Access to Unapproved Therapeutic Goods – Clinical Trials in Australia” (October 2004) or its replacement.

 

Affiliate means any company which (directly or indirectly) controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Sponsor.

 

Agreement means this Agreement, including all the Schedules.

 

Background Intellectual Property (Background IP) of a party means information, techniques, know-how, software and materials (regardless of the form or medium in which they are disclosed or stored) that are provided by or on behalf of that party to the other for use in the Study (whether before or after the date of this Agreement) or used by that other party in conducting the Study, and all Intellectual Property in them, but excludes the Study Materials.

 

Biological Samples means any physical samples obtained from Study Participants in accordance with the Protocol for the purposes of the Study.

 

Case Report Form means a printed, optical or electronic document or database designed to record all of the information, which is required by the Protocol to be reported to the Sponsor on each Study Participant.

 

Confidential Information means:

 

(1)in respect of the Sponsor:

 

(a)all information collected in the course of, resulting from, or arising directly out of the conduct of the Study, whether at the Study Site or elsewhere;

 

(b)the Protocol, the Investigator’s Brochure, information related to the Protocol, Study Materials and Investigational Product;

 

(c)know-how, trade secrets, ideas, concepts, technical and operational information, scientific or technical processes or techniques, product composition or details owned by the Sponsor or its Affiliates;

 

(d)know-how, methodology, trade secrets, processes, sequences, structure and organisation of the Study; and

 

(e)information concerning the business affairs or clients of the Sponsor or its Affiliates;

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 2 of 38 

 

(2)in respect of the Institution, information in relation to the Institution’s business, operations or strategies, intellectual or other property or actual or prospective suppliers or competitors, but Confidential Information does not include Personal Information.

 

Equipment means the equipment supplied to the Institution by or on behalf of the Sponsor for the purposes of the Study, including that specified in Schedule 1.

 

Essential Documents means documents which individually and collectively permit evaluation of the conduct of the Study and the quality of the data produced.

 

GCP Guideline means the Committee for Proprietary Medicinal Products (CPMP)/lnternational Conference on Harmonisation (ICH) Note for Guidance on Good Clinical Practice (CPMP/ICH/135/95) as adopted with annotation by the TGA, or its replacement.

 

GST means the Goods and Services Tax payable under a GST Law.

 

GST Law means the same as in A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth) as amended from time to time, and any regulations made pursuant to that Act.

 

Institution means the body so described on the first page of this Agreement.

 

Intellectual Property means all present and future industrial and intellectual property rights, including without limitation:

 

(1)inventions, patents, copyright, trade business, company or domain names, rights in relation to circuit layouts, plant breeders rights, registered designs, registered and unregistered trade marks, know how, trade secrets and the right to have confidential information kept confidential, and any and all other rights to intellectual property which may subsist anywhere in the world; and

 

(2)any application for or right to apply for registration of any of those rights.

 

Investigational Product is the medicine or device being trialled or tested in the Study, as set out in Schedule 1, and includes where relevant any placebo.

 

Investigator’s Brochure is a compilation of the clinical and non-clinical data on the Investigational Product(s) which are relevant to the study of the Investigational Product in humans.

 

Multi-centre Study is a Study conducted by several investigators according to a single protocol at more than one study site.

 

NHMRC means the National Health and Medical Research Council of the Commonwealth of Australia.

 

Personal Information has the same meaning as in the Privacy Act 1988 (Cth).

 

Personnel means employees, agents and/or authorized representatives, and includes, in the case of the Institution, the Principal Investigator.

 

Principal Investigator is the person responsible for the conduct of the Study at the Study Site as described in Schedule 1.

 

Protocol means the document identified in Schedule 6 which describes the objective(s}, design, methodology, statistical considerations and organisation of the Study, and subject to clause 2.3, as amended from time to time, as agreed by the parties, and most recently approved by the Reviewing HREC.

 

Publish means to publish, by way of a paper, article, manuscript, report, poster, internet posting, presentation slides, abstract, outline, video, instruction material or other disclosure, the Study Materials, in printed, electronic, oral or other form.

 

Publication has a corresponding meaning.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 3 of 38 

 

Regulatory Authority means any body which has jurisdiction over the conduct of the Study at the Study Site and includes the TGA and any overseas regulatory authorities who may audit, or require to be audited, any part of the Study or Study Materials.

 

Relevant Privacy Laws means the Privacy Act 1988 (Cth) and any other legislation, code or guideline which applies in the jurisdiction in which the Study Site is located, and which relates to the protection of Personal Information.

 

Reviewing HREC means the Human Research Ethics Committee reviewing the Study on behalf of the Institution as described in Schedule 1.

 

Serious Adverse Event has the meaning given in the TGA document “Access to Unapproved Therapeutic Goods – Clinical Trials in Australia” (October 2004) or its replacement.

 

Software means the software supplied to the Institution by or on behalf of the Sponsor for the purposes of the Study, including that specified in Schedule 1.

 

Sponsor means the corporate entity so described on the first page of this Agreement.

 

Study means the investigation to be conducted in accordance with the Protocol.

 

Study Completion means the database for the Study has been locked and all Essential Documents have been provided to the Sponsor, including a copy of the letter from the Reviewing HREC acknowledging receipt of the final report and/or closure letter from the Principal Investigator.

 

Study Materials means all the materials and information created for the Study, or required to be submitted to the Sponsor including all data, results, Biological Samples, Case Report Forms (or their equivalent) in whatever form held, conclusions, discoveries, inventions, know-how and the like, whether patentable or not, relating to the Study, which are discovered or developed as a result of the Study, but excluding the Institution’s ordinary patient records.

 

Study Participant means a person recruited to participate in the Study.

 

Study Site means the location(s) under the control of the Institution where the Study is actually conducted as set out in Schedule 1.

 

TGA means the Therapeutic Goods Administration of the Commonwealth of Australia or any successor body.

 

1.2Except where the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)clause headings are for convenient reference only and are not intended to affect the interpretation of this Agreement;

 

(2)where any word or phrase has a defined meaning, any other form of that word or phrase has a corresponding meaning;

 

(3)any reference to a person or body includes a partnership and a body corporate or body politic;

 

(4)words in the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

(5)all the provisions in any schedule to this Agreement are incorporated in, and form part of, this Agreement and bind the parties;

 

(6)a reference to a replacement of a document or standard, means any document or ruling which amends, updates, replaces or supersedes that document or standard;

 

(7)if a period of time is specified and dates from a given day or the day of an act or event, it is to be calculated inclusive of that day;

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 4 of 38 

 

(8)a reference to a monetary amount means that amount in Australian currency; and

 

(9)references to a party include its Personnel.

 

2.THE STUDY

 

2.1The parties must comply with, and conduct the Study in accordance with, the Protocol and any conditions of the Reviewing HREC. In addition the parties must comply with the following, as applicable:

 

(1)any requirements of relevant Commonwealth or State or Territory laws or of Regulatory Authorities;

 

(2)the requirements of the TGA in Access to Unapproved Therapeutic Goods – Clinical Trials in Australia (October 2004) or its replacement and any other TGA publication or guideline that relates to clinical trials, or other such regulations or guidance governing the conduct of clinical research in the jurisdiction of the Study;

 

(3)the GCP Guideline;

 

(4)the principles that have their origins in the Declaration of Helsinki adopted by the World Medical Association in October 1996 (as accepted by the Australian Government); and

 

(5)the NHMRC National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research (2007) or its replacement, and any other relevant NHMRC publication or guideline that relates to clinical trials.

 

2.2If any issue relating to the safety of Study Participants arises which requires a deviation from the Protocol, the Institution through the Principal Investigator may immediately make such a deviation without breaching any obligations under this Agreement. If there is a need for such a deviation the Institution must notify the Sponsor and the Reviewing HREC of the facts and circumstance causing the deviation as soon as is reasonably practical, but in any event no later than 5 working days after the change is implemented.

 

2.3From time to time, the Sponsor may modify the Protocol by written notice to the Institution and Principal Investigator. Except where the modification is necessary to eliminate an immediate hazard to Study Participants or involves only logistical or administrative aspects of the trial, any modification may not be implemented before approval by the Reviewing HREC. If the parties determine that a modification will affect the cost of the Study, the parties shall amend Schedule 2 as agreed between them.

 

3.PRINCIPAL INVESTIGATOR

 

3.1Role of Principal Investigator

 

The Institution has authorised the Principal Investigator as the person responsible on a day-to-day basis for the conduct of the Study. The Principal Investigator does not have authority on behalf of the Institution to amend this Agreement or the Protocol.

 

3.2Liability for Principal Investigator

 

For the purpose of this Agreement only, and as between the Sponsor and the Institution only, the Institution agrees to be responsible for the acts and omissions of the Principal Investigator in relation to the conduct of the Study, to the extent that such responsibility would attach to the Institution in accordance with its obligations under this Agreement or under the common law on the basis that the Principal Investigator is acting as an employee of the Institution. Nothing in this clause or Agreement affects any pre-existing contractual or other arrangement which may be in place between the Institution and the Principal Investigator.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 5 of 38 

 

3.3Obligations and responsibilities

 

The Institution is responsible for ensuring that the Principal Investigator:

 

(1)thoroughly familiarises themselves with the appropriate use of the Investigational Product(s), as described in the Protocol, Investigator’s Brochure, information relating to the Investigational Product and any other information sources provided by the Sponsor;

 

(2)ensures written approval has been obtained to conduct the Study from the Reviewing HREC and the Institution prior to Study initiation. Written documentation of approval by the Reviewing HREC and the Institution must be provided to the Sponsor;

 

(3)conducts the Study according to the Protocol without changes, except as provided in clause 2.2 or 2.3, or as agreed to in writing by the Sponsor and the Institution and approved in accordance with clause 3.3(5);
   
(4)completes (and obtains completion from relevant Personnel) and returns to the Sponsor a statement of financial disclosure (an example that meets this requirement is Food and Drug Administration Form 3455 ‘Disclosure: Financial Interests and Arrangements of Clinical Investigators) before the commencement of the Study and as otherwise required, and consents to the disclosure of the completed form to overseas regulatory agencies, if required;

 

(5)ensures that any amendments to the Protocol are approved by the Reviewing HREC and Sponsor prior to implementation of the amendment;

 

(6)ensures that the Sponsor’s prior written consent is obtained to any advertisement in respect of the Study;

 

(7)provides the Sponsor with evidence of the Principal Investigator’s qualifications through a current curriculum vitae and/or other relevant documentation and a list of appropriately qualified persons to whom they have delegated significant Study-related duties, if required;

 

(8)uses their best endeavours to recruit the target number of Study Participants, within the recruitment period, specified in Schedule 1, provided that if the overall target number of Study Participants for the Study is reached, the Sponsor may direct the Institution to cease recruitment;

 

(9)is available when a clinical research representative of the Sponsor visits the Study Site, as mutually agreed prior to the visit, and is contactable by telephone or electronic mail as frequently as is reasonably required;

 

(10)notifies the Sponsor, the Institution and the Reviewing HREC of any Adverse Events (including Serious Adverse Events) that occur during the course of the Study in accordance with the Protocol and relevant ethical and regulatory guidelines, and, in the case of the Institution and the Reviewing HREC, with their policies and procedures;

 

(11)completes Case Report Forms within the agreed time period. The Principal Investigator will ensure that Study Participants’ identifying information are removed from all records being transferred to the Sponsor;

 

(12)provides regular written progress reports to the Sponsor in relation to the Study as required by the Protocol;

 

(13)completes and returns to the Sponsor as required any Study related materials within a reasonable time period;

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 6 of 38 

 

(14)is not subject to any obligations, either contractually or in any other way, which would unreasonably interfere with or prohibit the performance of work related to this Study; and

 

(15)ensures that informed consent to participate in the Study is obtained from each Study Participant prior to their enrolment in the Study and documented using an information and consent document which has been reviewed and approved by the Sponsor, the Institution and the Reviewing HREC.

 

4.INSTITUTION OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

4.1If the Principal Investigator leaves the Institution or otherwise ceases to be available, then:

 

(1)the Institution must consult with the Sponsor and use reasonable endeavours to nominate as soon as practicable a replacement reasonably acceptable to both parties; and

 

(2)the Sponsor may require recruitment into the Study by the Institution to cease or move the Study to a different Study Site.

 

4.2If the Principal Investigator fails to carry out those obligations specified in clauses 3.3(2), (3), (5), (8), (10), (11), (13) or (15), then the Institution must itself perform those obligations and rectify and make good any breach. The Institution will ensure that any Personnel who assist in the conduct of the Study are informed of and agree to abide by all terms of this Agreement relevant to the activities they perform.

 

4.3The Institution warrants that, to the best of its knowledge, it and its affiliates and any other person involved in the conduct of the Study, including the Principal Investigator, are properly registered with appropriate professional registration bodies, have not been disqualified from practice or disbarred or banned from conducting clinical trials by any Regulatory Authority. Furthermore, the Institution shall notify the Sponsor as soon as practical after it becomes aware of any such disqualification, disbarment or ban.

 

4.4The Institution will not engage in any conduct on the Sponsor’s behalf which is in violation of, or potentially in violation of, any applicable local or foreign laws or regulations.

 

4.5The Institution warrants, represents and undertakes to the Sponsor that it has not offered, promised or paid, either directly or indirectly, any Benefit to a government official (including, but not limited to, a healthcare professional employed by a government-owned healthcare facility) to induce such government official to act in any way in connection with his or her official duties with respect to services performed under this Agreement or to otherwise obtain an improper advantage for the Institution or the Sponsor (Improper Payment), and has not received an Improper Payment, and will not offer, promise, pay, authorise or receive any Improper Payment in the future. For the purposes of the foregoing, Benefit includes but is not limited to money, financial or other advantage, travel expenses, entertainment, business or investment opportunities, charitable donations or any other thing of value.

 

4.6The Institution must have adequate security measures to ensure the safety and integrity of the Investigational Product, Essential Documents and Study records and reports, Equipment and any Study related materials held or located at the Study Site.

 

4.7Subject to clause 9, the Institution will allow regular monitoring visits in accordance with the GCP Guideline, access for the purposes of audit and as required by Regulatory Authorities or as specified in the Protocol and permit access to the Essential Documents (including original records), Study records, reports, other Study related materials and its Personnel as soon as is reasonably possible upon request by the Sponsor, Regulatory Authority, Reviewing HREC or any third party designated by the Sponsor. Any such access is to take place at times mutually agreed, during business hours and subject to such reasonable conditions relating to occupational health and safety, security, and confidentiality as the Institution may require.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 7 of 38 

 

4.8The Institution will make available adequate facilities, equipment and any other resource of the Institution reasonably required to safely follow the Protocol, provided that any amendments to the Protocol which take place after the execution of this Agreement and requiring any additional use of facilities, equipment, staff or resources, have been approved in writing by the Institution and the Reviewing HREC.

 

4.9The Institution will have an adequate number of appropriately qualified Personnel for the foreseen duration of the Study and ensure that such Personnel are adequately informed about the Protocol, Investigational Product(s), and their Study- related duties and functions. The Personnel appointed by the Institution to assess Study Participants will attend an investigator meeting or a pre-study/initiation meeting, where appropriate.

 

4.10The Institution must retain and preserve a copy of all Study Materials, including copies of signed consent forms, Case Report Forms, Protocol, information relating to the Investigational Product, correspondence and investigator files for at least 15 years from Study Completion and must ensure that no Study related materials are destroyed before the expiration of this time period without the written approval of the Sponsor. The Institution agrees to notify the Sponsor before destroying any Study Materials and agrees to retain the Study Materials for such longer period as reasonably required by the Sponsor at the Sponsor’s expense.

 

4.11The Institution will ensure that the Study is subject to the continuing oversight of the Reviewing HREC throughout its conduct.

 

4.12If the Institution is contacted by any Regulatory Authority in connection with the conduct of the Study, the Institution shall immediately notify the Sponsor, unless prevented from doing so by law.

 

4.13The Institution will provide the Sponsor with all reasonable assistance and cooperation to rectify any matter raised by a Regulatory Authority or as the result of an audit of the Institution or Study Site. This includes execution of any documents reasonably requested by the Sponsor in connection with the requirements of a Regulatory Authority or the Sponsor as a result of such an audit. The cost will be borne by the Sponsor unless such rectification is due to the default of the Institution or the Principal Investigator.

 

4.14The Institution shall obtain approval, in writing, from the Sponsor for any press statements or promotional statements regarding the Study or the Investigational Product(s) before the statements are released, unless the statement or disclosure is required by:

 

(1)law;

 

(2)any policy, guideline or direction of government or any government department or agency;

 

(3)any Regulatory Authority; or

 

(4)is, in the absolute discretion of the Institution, Minister for Health, Department of Health or any government official, reasonably necessary in the public interest or to protect the health and safety of any individual.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 8 of 38 

 

5.SPONSOR OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

5.1Prior to the Agreement being executed, the Sponsor must provide the Principal Investigator, and, through the Principal Investigator, the Institution and the Reviewing HREC, with all current and relevant information regarding the Investigational Product as reasonably required to justify the nature, scope and duration of the Study.

 

5.2The Sponsor will implement and maintain quality assurance and quality control systems with written standard operating procedures to ensure that the Study can be conducted and data generated, documented, recorded and reported in compliance with all of the documents referred to in clause 2.1.

 

5.3The Sponsor will designate appropriately qualified personnel to advise on Study- related medical questions or problems.

 

5.4The Sponsor will monitor the application of the Investigational Product in other places (both within and outside Australia) and advise the Institution, through the Principal Investigator, and TGA of the cessation elsewhere of any relevant trial, or the withdrawal of the Investigational Product from any other market for safety reasons.

 

5.5The Sponsor will notify the Institution of any Adverse Events (including Serious Adverse Events) that occur during the course of the Study (either at the Study Site or other study sites, including overseas sites) which may require alteration of the conduct of the Study, or which may affect the rights, interests, safety or well-being of Study Participants.

 

5.6The Sponsor will cooperate with the Institution and/or the Reviewing HREC in investigating any Adverse Event (including Serious Adverse Event) arising out of or in connection with the Study.

 

5.7To assist the Institution to comply with clause 8, the Sponsor will provide the Institution with adequate information and all necessary Investigational Product accountability forms.

 

5.8The Sponsor will provide indemnity to the Institution and members of the Reviewing HREC against claims arising from the Study on the terms and conditions set out in the relevant Medicines Australia Form of Indemnity for Clinical Trials as set out in Schedule 3.

 

5.9The Sponsor will comply with the Medicines Australia Guidelines for Compensation for Injury Resulting from Participation in a Company-sponsored Trial as specified in Schedule 5.

 

5.10The Sponsor will maintain insurance with respect to its activities and indemnity obligations under this Agreement in accordance with Schedule 4. This insurance is to be evidenced by a certificate of insurance, as requested by the Institution from time to time.

 

6.PAYMENTS

 

6.1In consideration of the Institution conducting the Study, the Sponsor will pay to the Institution as nominated in Schedule 2 in the manner and on the basis of the amounts and at the times set out in Schedule 2. The amounts set out in Schedule 2 do not include GST. At the time of payment, the Sponsor must pay to the Institution any amount of GST that the Institution is required to pay in addition to the amounts set out in Schedule 2, and in accordance with GST Law.

 

6.2The Sponsor reserves the right to refuse to pay to the Institution payments specific to Study Participants entered into the Study who do not meet the entry criteria specified in the Protocol.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 9 of 38 

 

6.3If a Study Participant discontinues their participation in the Study or if the Study is terminated as a whole, only those costs incurred up until the date of discontinuation or termination, including costs of final visit and completion of all Case Report Forms, will be paid.

 

6.4Payments will be made by the Sponsor upon either receipt of a valid tax invoice or a “Recipient Created Tax Invoice” issued by the Sponsor.

 

6.5The Sponsor and the Institution each warrant that they are registered under GST Law. Tax invoices must identify supplies for which GST is payable.

 

6.6The final payment will be made following Study Completion.

 

6.7No part of any consideration paid hereunder is for the recommending or arranging for the referral of business or the ordering of items or services.

 

6.8Neither this Agreement nor any consideration paid hereunder is contingent upon the Institution’s use or purchase of any of the Sponsor’s products.

 

7.PROVISION OF EQUIPMENT & SOFTWARE

 

7.1The Sponsor will provide the Institution and Principal Investigator with the Equipment and Software at the Sponsor’s expense. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, the Equipment and Software will be used only by the Principal Investigator and Personnel involved in the conduct of the Study and only for the purposes of the Study.

 

7.2If proper usage of the Equipment or Software requires training, the Institution agrees that:

 

(1)the Principal Investigator and Institution’s Personnel will make themselves available for training in using the Equipment and Software, at the Sponsor’s expense; and

 

(2)the Equipment and Software will only be used as described in written directions provided by the Sponsor.

 

7.3The Equipment will be at the risk of the Sponsor, but the Institution will take reasonable care in the use and secure storage of the same and the Institution is responsible for damage caused to or by the Equipment by the negligence of its Personnel.

 

7.4At the completion of the Study or at the Sponsor’s request, the Institution will, unless otherwise specified, return to Sponsor, at the Sponsor’s expense, the Equipment and Software and all related training materials and documentation.

 

7.5The Sponsor will cooperate with the Institution in maintaining, at the Sponsor’s expense, the Equipment in good working order, and ensuring that it is in a safe condition and compliant with the requirements of the relevant licensing and safety authorities at all times.

 

7.6The Institution will not copy the Software unless specifically authorised by the Sponsor.

 

8.INVESTIGATIONAL PRODUCT

 

8.1The Institution must:

 

(1)ensure that all Investigational Product made available by the Sponsor is used strictly according to the Protocol and are not used for any other purposes, unless agreed in writing by the Sponsor;

 

(2)provide a written explanation accounting for any missing Investigational Product;

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 10 of 38 

 

(3)not charge a Study Participant or third-party payer for Investigational Product or for any services reimbursed by the Sponsor under this Agreement;

 

(4)keep all Investigational Product under appropriate storage conditions (including any conditions specified in the Protocol) and in a secured area accessible only to authorised Personnel; and

 

(5)ensure that complete and current records are maintained for all received, dispensed and returned Investigational Product.

 

8.2The Sponsor will supply the Principal Investigator with such quantities of the Investigational Product as will be required for the purpose of the Study. All supplied Investigational Product will be packaged in safe and appropriately labelled containers. The Sponsor will at all times remain the sole owner of the Investigational Product.

 

8.3On termination of this Agreement, the Institution must promptly return any unused Investigational Product to the Sponsor, or, if requested by the Sponsor, destroy it and provide evidence of such destruction.

 

9.CONFIDENTIALITY

 

9.1Subject to clause 9.2, each party must not, and must ensure their Personnel do not, use or disclose any Confidential Information of the other party, other than where and only to the extent that such use or disclosure is necessary for the performance of the Study, the exercise of its rights or the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

9.2The Institution may use or disclose Sponsor Confidential Information in any of the following circumstances:

 

(1)for the purposes of complying with the Institution’s internal complaint procedures, accident reporting procedures, quality assurance activities, disciplinary procedures or any applicable policy in relation to patient safety, Adverse Events and/or reportable incidents;

 

(2)for the purposes of disclosing any material risks, identified during the Study or subsequent to it, to Study Participants, Principal Investigators, medical practitioners administering treatment to Study Participants, Reviewing HRECs and Regulatory Authorities;

 

(3)for the purposes of complying with the requirements of any Regulatory Authority;

 

(4)to enable the Reviewing HREC to monitor the Study;

 

(5)where the Sponsor consents in writing to the disclosure;

 

(6)as part of a publication issued under the provisions of clause 11;

 

(7)where release of the Confidential Information is required by law, with notice as soon as reasonably practical to the Sponsor, and subject to the Institution upon request providing reasonable assistance to enable the Sponsor to obtain a protective order or other remedy to resist disclosure or ensure confidential treatment for any required disclosure;

 

(8)for the purposes of the Institution seeking legal advice; or

 

(9)disclosure to the Institution’s insurer.

 

9.3Where Confidential Information is disclosed in accordance with clause 9.2 (1), (4), (8) or (9) the Confidential Information must only be used in connection with the legitimate purposes of the Institution, and only disclosed to those who have a need to know it for such purposes and are obligated to keep the information confidential.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 11 of 38 

 

9.4The Sponsor may disclose Institution Confidential Information to its lawyers for the purposes of obtaining legal advice or to its Affiliates but only on a needs to know and confidential basis. The Sponsor may disclose Institution Confidential Information if required by law, with notice as soon as reasonably practical to the Institution, and subject to the Sponsor upon request providing reasonable assistance to enable the Institution to obtain a protective order or other remedy to resist disclosure or ensure confidential treatment for any required disclosure.

 

9.5The parties are responsible for ensuring that their Personnel are aware of the obligations in respect of Confidential Information in this clause 9 and are bound in similar terms to keep such information confidential.

 

9.6Information will not be Confidential Information and subject to the provisions of this clause 9 where:

 

(1)the information has been independently received from a third party who is free to disclose it;

 

(2)the information is in or has entered the public domain other than as a result of a breach of this Agreement;

 

(3)the party already knew the information, the prior knowledge of which it can document by prior written records; or

 

(4)the party independently develops, discovers or arrives at the information without use, reference to, or reliance upon, the Confidential Information.

 

10.PRIVACY

 

10.1Each party must ensure that any Personal Information of Study Participants or Personnel it obtains or holds as a result of the conduct of the Study is collected, stored, used and disclosed by it in accordance with the Relevant Privacy Laws.

 

10.2Each party will promptly report to the other party any unauthorised access to, use or disclosure of Personal Information of Study Participants (“Incident”) of which it becomes aware, and will work with the other party to take reasonable steps to remedy the Incident.

 

11.PUBLICATIONS

 

11.1The Institution, Principal Investigator and other investigators (each a Discloser) involved in the Study have the right to Publish the methods, results of, and conclusions from, the Study, subject to this clause and in accordance with copyright law.

 

11.2If the Study is a Multi-centre Study, then the Institution agrees that no Publication of the Study results may be made until Publication of the results of the Multi-centre Study or 2 years after Study Completion, whichever is the sooner. The further provisions of this clause still apply to any such Publication.

 

11.3The Institution must ensure that the Discloser gives a copy of any proposed Publication drafted by them and/or other Personnel involved in the conduct of the Study to the Sponsor at least 40 days before forwarding it to any person that is not bound by the confidentiality obligations set out in clause 9.

 

11.4The Sponsor may, within that 40-day period do any one or more of the following:

 

(1)provide comments on the proposed Publication to the Institution, in which case the Institution must consider such comments but will not be bound to follow them;

 

(2)request delay of Publication for no more than 120 days to allow the Sponsor to file patent applications or take other measures to preserve or secure its Intellectual Property, in which case the Institution must abide by that request; or

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 12 of 38 

 

(3)request that the Discloser remove specified Confidential Information (other than the results of the Study) from the Publication, in which case the Institution must remove such specified Confidential Information as is reasonably required to protect the Intellectual Property of the Sponsor.

 

11.5If the Institution has not received any comments from the Sponsor on the proposed Publication within 40 days of giving a copy to the Sponsor under clause 11.3, the Discloser may proceed to make the Publication.

 

11.6Where the Sponsor intends to Publish the method, results or conclusions from the Study, any person named as an author on that Publication will be given a reasonable opportunity to review the Publication. Any person acknowledged as an investigator of the Study in the Publication will be given a reasonable opportunity to request the removal of his or her name from the Publication and the Sponsor shall comply with any such request.

 

11.7In all Publications the Sponsor’s support of the Study shall be acknowledged.

 

11.8The Sponsor may Publish a summary of the Study Results and conclusions on the Sponsor’s on-line Clinical Trial Register before or after Publication by another method.

 

11.9The Sponsor may freely use, copy and disseminate any manuscript following its Publication in a journal without further obligation to the Institution or Discloser.

 

11.10The Sponsor may only use the Institution’s and Investigators’ names:

 

(1)in relation to the publication of the Study on reputable clinical trials registers and websites in accordance with the CONSORT 2010 Statement;

 

(2)in Study publications and communications including Study newsletters made to the Institution and any other person which is subject to substantially the same confidentiality obligations as those set out in clause 9, in relation to performance of the Study; or

 

(3)in Study publications and communications made to any third party not subject to the confidentiality obligations set out in clause 9, with the Institution’s prior written consent.

 

12.STUDY MATERIALS AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

 

12.1The Sponsor grants to the Institution and its Personnel the right to use the Background IP of the Sponsor and the Study Materials as required to carry out the Study and perform this Agreement. Except for this right, neither the Institution nor any of its Personnel acquires any right or interest in any Intellectual Property provided by or on behalf of the Sponsor.

 

12.2In order to carry out the Study, the Institution may use Intellectual Property which is part of the Institution’s Background IP. Any such Background IP remains the sole property of the Institution. The Institution grants to the Sponsor a non-exclusive, perpetual, royalty free licence to use (including the right to sub-licence) the Institution’s Background IP solely for the purpose of the commercialisation of the Study Materials.

 

12.3Subject to clause 12.2, all Intellectual Property in the Study Materials will vest automatically upon its creation in the Sponsor, and the Institution presently assigns to the Sponsor all Intellectual Property rights contained in the Study Materials. The Institution agrees to execute or procure the execution by its Personnel of any documents reasonably necessary to give effect to this assignment, at the Sponsor’s expense.

 

12.4The Institution must promptly disclose and communicate in writing to the Sponsor full particulars of any Intellectual Property that the Institution or Principal Investigator make, discover or conceive in the course of the Study that is directly related to the Study Materials.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 13 of 38 

 

13.TERM AND TERMINATION

 

13.1This Agreement commences from the date specified on the first page of this Agreement, or if such date is not included on the date this Agreement is last signed by either the Sponsor or Institution. In the ordinary course of events this Agreement terminates when the Sponsor makes its final payment to the Institution.

 

13.2A party may terminate this Agreement with 30 days prior written notice or such shorter time period as is reasonably required in the circumstances if the other party:

 

(1)is in breach of any obligations under the Agreement or the Protocol (including without just cause to meet a timeframe) and fails to remedy such breach where it is capable of remedy within 30 days of a written notice from the terminating party specifying the breach and requiring its remedy;

 

(2)is declared insolvent or has an administrator or receiver appointed over all or any part of its assets or ceases or threatens to cease to carry on its business; or

 

(3)assigns this Agreement to a person considered unsuitable to perform the Agreement as set out in clause 19.3.

 

13.3In addition to clause 13.2, a party may terminate this Agreement immediately by written notice to the other party if it believes on reasonable grounds that:

 

(1)continuing the Study poses an unacceptable risk to the rights, interests, safety or well-being of Study Participants; and

 

(2)terminating this Agreement is the most appropriate way to respond to that risk.

 

13.4The Sponsor may terminate this Agreement if the Institution breaches clause 4.5 or if the Sponsor learns that the Institution is making, or has made, Improper Payments (within the meaning of clause 4.5) to government officials with respect to services performed on behalf of the Sponsor or any other company. Further, in the event of such termination, the Institution will not be entitled to any further payment or compensation.

 

13.5The Sponsor may terminate this Agreement with 30 days prior written notice to the Institution. In the event of such early termination, the Sponsor will pay the reasonable costs of the Institution relating to the Study calculated in accordance with Schedule 2.

 

13.6In the event of termination, the Institution must promptly initiate all appropriate action to close the Study and, subject to any applicable retention requirements imposed by law, return to the Sponsor (or destroy if requested by the Sponsor, and provide evidence of such destruction) any completed Case Report Forms and other materials received from the Sponsor before Study Completion.

 

13.7In the event of termination the Sponsor must take all appropriate action to close out the Study Site in a timely manner.

 

13.8In the event of early termination, the Sponsor will cooperate with the Institution to ensure that Study Participants who may be affected by termination receive adequate medical care. This may include the provision of Investigational Product in certain circumstances at the Sponsor’s expense.

 

13.9The following provisions survive termination of this Agreement, clauses 1, 3.2, 3.3(11), 4.6, 4.7, 4.10, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, 6.1, 8.3, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13.5, 13.6, 13.7, 13.8, 13.9, 14, 15, 16, 18 and 20.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 14 of 38 

 

14.DISPUTES

 

14.1No party may commence legal proceedings against another in respect of a dispute arising in relation to this Agreement (except for urgent interlocutory relief) unless the parties have complied with this clause and that party has first notified the other party in writing of the dispute and has used all reasonable endeavours to resolve the dispute with the other party within 28 days of the giving of that notice (Initial Period).

 

14.2If the dispute is not resolved within the Initial Period, then the dispute shall be referred within a further 28 days to the Australian Disputes Centre for mediation or any other agreed venue which conducts mediation. The parties will by agreement appoint a mediator to mediate the dispute in this forum. If the parties cannot agree to a mediator within 14 days of the end of the Initial Period, then the mediator will be nominated by the then current President of the Law Society of the State or Territory in which the Institution is located. Any documents produced for the mediation are to be kept confidential and cannot be used except for the purpose of settling the dispute.

 

14.3Each party must bear its own costs of resolving a dispute under this clause, and unless the parties otherwise agree, the parties to the dispute must bear equally the costs of the mediator.

 

14.4In the event that the dispute is not settled at mediation within 28 days (or such other period as the parties agree in writing) after the appointment of the mediator, then the parties are free to pursue any other procedures available at law for the resolution of the dispute.

 

15.APPLICABLE LAW

 

This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law for the time being in force in the State or Territory in which the Institution is located and the parties submit to the jurisdiction of that State or Territory and courts entitled to hear appeals from those courts.

 

16.NOTICES

 

16.1A notice, consent, approval or other communication (each a notice) under this Agreement must be:

 

(1)delivered to the party’s address; or

 

(2)sent by pre-paid mail to the party’s address; or

 

(3)transmitted by facsimile to the party’s address.

 

16.2A notice given by a party in accordance with this clause is treated as having been given and received:

 

(1)if delivered to a person’s address, on the day of delivery if a business day, otherwise on the next business day; or

 

(2)if sent by pre-paid mail, on the third business day after posting; or

 

(3)if transmitted by facsimile to a person’s address and a correct and complete transmission report is received, on the day of transmission if a business day, otherwise on the next business day.

 

16.3The addresses of the parties for the purposes of giving any notice are set out on the front page of this Agreement.

 

17.WAIVER

 

17.1No right under this Agreement is waived or deemed to be waived except by notice in writing signed by the party waiving the right. A waiver by any party in respect of any breach of a condition or provision of this Agreement will not be deemed to be a waiver in respect of any other breach.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 15 of 38 

 

17.2Failure or delay by any party to enforce any provision of this Agreement will not be deemed to be a waiver by that party of any right in respect of any other such breach.

 

18.VARIATIONS

 

No variations of this Agreement are legally binding on any party unless evidenced in writing signed by all parties.

 

19.ASSIGNMENT

 

19.1Subject to clause 19.2, a party (the Assigning Party) may assign its rights or novate its rights and obligations under this Agreement after obtaining the prior written consent of the other party (the Other Party).

 

19.2The Assigning Party’s request for the Other Party’s consent to an assignment or novation of this Agreement must include:

 

(1)the name and the address of the proposed assignee or novatee;

 

(2)a copy of the proposed deed of assignment or novation; and

 

(3)such other information as the Other Party reasonably requires.

 

19.3Provided the proposed novatee is an Australian entity, the Other Party must give its consent promptly if:

 

(1)the Assigning Party provides evidence that ought reasonably satisfy the Other Party that the proposed novatee is financially secure and has the ability to carry out the Assigning Party’s obligations under this Agreement;

 

(2)the proposed novatee signs a deed or agreement in which it covenants with the Other Party and the Assigning Party to perform the obligations of the Assigning Party under this Agreement;

 

(3)the Assigning Party is not in breach of this Agreement; and

 

(4)the Assigning Party pays the Other Party’s reasonable costs of giving its consent.

 

19.4The Assigning Party remains liable for its obligations under this Agreement even if it assigns its rights pursuant to clause 19.1.

 

20.SUBCONTRACTING

 

20.1The Sponsor may subcontract any of its obligations under this Agreement, save for the obligations set out in clauses 5.8, 5.9 and 5.10. The Sponsor remains responsible for all subcontracted obligations and is liable for all acts and omissions of any subcontractor as if they were the Sponsor’s acts and omissions. In the event that the Sponsor subcontracts with another party to perform any of the Sponsor’s obligations under this Agreement, the Sponsor is bound by and will observe its obligations under clause 9.1 in its dealings with the subcontractor.

 

20.2No subcontractor will have any rights under this Agreement against the Institution or be entitled to receive any payment from the Institution.

 

20.3For the purpose of this Agreement only, and as between the Sponsor and the Institution only, where the Institution subcontracts any of its obligations under this Agreement, the Institution remains responsible for all subcontracted obligations and is liable for all acts and omissions of any subcontractor as if they were the Institution’s acts and omissions.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 16 of 38 

 

21.ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties in relation to the Study and supersedes all prior representations, agreements, statements and understandings, whether verbal or in writing in relation to the Study.

 

22.FURTHER DOCUMENTS

 

Each party will do anything (including executing any document), and will ensure that its Personnel do anything (including executing any document), that the other party may reasonably require to give full effect to this Agreement.

 

23.SEVERANCE

 

If any part of this Agreement is prohibited, void, voidable, illegal or unenforceable, then that part is severed from this Agreement but without affecting the continued operation of this Agreement.

 

24.RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES

 

Nothing in this Agreement creates a relationship of employer and employee, principal and agent, joint venture or partnership between the parties and no party will hold itself out as an agent for another.

 

25.FORCE MAJEURE

 

If any party is delayed or prevented from the performance of any act required under this Agreement by reason of any act of God, act of nature, including any epidemic or outbreak of pandemic disease, fire, act of government or state, war, civil commotion, insurrection, embargo, prevention from or hindrance in obtaining raw material, energy or other supplies, labour disputes of whatever nature or whatever reason beyond the control of the party (a Force Majeure Event), the affected party shall promptly notify the other party in writing, giving details of the Force Majeure Event, the acts affected by the Force Majeure Event and the extent to which they are affected, and performance of such acts shall be excused for the period of such event provided that if such interference lasts for any period in excess of 30 days either party may, by written notice to the other, terminate this Agreement.

 

26.COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts. All counterparts taken together are deemed to constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

27.CONFLICT

 

In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and the Protocol, this Agreement prevails.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 17 of 38 

 

In witness hereof, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of respective dates written below.

 

Signed on behalf of the Sponsor  
     
Signed:  
Name:  
Position:   
Date:  

 

Signed on behalf of the Institution  

 

Signed:  
Name:  
Position:     
Date:  

 

The Principal Investigator acknowledges this Agreement and understands the obligations it imposes.

 

Acknowledged by the Principal Investigator  

 

Signed:    
Name:    
Position:   
Date:  

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 18 of 38 

 

Schedule 1

 

Key Information

 
   

Study Name:

Dose finding crossover trial investigating the effect of dronabinol combined with acetazolamide on Apnoea Hypopnea Index (AHi) in adults with obstructive sleep apnoea (OSA)

   

Study Site/s:

The Alfred Hospital

 

Target number of Study Participants: Minimum: 12
   
  Maximum: 12
   
Recruitment Period: Start: 07/SEP/2020                                  End: 01/MAR/2021
   
Principal Investigator Name: Professor Terence O’Brien
   
Address:

Department of Neurosciences, 4th Floor, Centre Block

   
  The Alfred Hospital, 55 Commercial Road, Melbourne
   
  State: Victoria, Australia                                  P/code: 3004

 

Reviewing HREC: Alfred Health Human Research Ethics Committee
   
Equipment provided by Sponsor: NIL
   
   
   
Software provided by Sponsor: NIL
   
   
   
Investigational Product: Dronabinol
   
 

Acetazolamide

   
   

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 19 of 38 

 

Schedule 2

Payments

 

[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]

 

 

 

 

[***]

 

    [***]

[***] 

[***]

[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
[***] [***] [***] [***] [***]   [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
[***]   [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
  [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
[***]   [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]

 

[***]

 

[***]  
[***] [***]  

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 20 of 38 

 

Payments

 

Study Site Activities

Activity

[***]

 

The Site Start Up Fee of will be paid upon the completion of the Site Initiation Visit.

 

[***]

 

Study Site Administration Fee will be paid quarterly, starting from the Site Initiation Visit or Pre-screening (whichever occurs

first), until the Close out Visit.

[***]

 

The Site Training Fee, a one-off fee, will be payable on the completion of all training required for the study conduct, including eCRF training. This payment is per system trained on per investigator and co-ordinator.

 

[***]

 

Human Research Ethics Committee (HREC) Review Fee, a one-time fee, for the review of the initial submission package for the trial, will be payable upon receipt of invoice

 

[***]

 

Pre-Screening Fee

 

The Pre-Screening Fee is paid for the pre-screening activities performed by the Institution to identity potential Participants by assessing medical records and databases. Pre-screening activities will be documented on a log to support pre-screening tasks. This fee is paid annually from the first anniversary of the

SIV.

[***]

 

Amendment Preparation Fee - Major

 

This fee will be paid for the preparation of a major Protocol amendment or Participant Information and Consent Form (PICF) for RGO review.

[***]

 

Amendment Preparation Fee - Minor This fee will be paid for the preparation of amendments relating to Investigator Brochures (IBs), safety documents, participant facing materials, advertising or for RGO review.

 

[***]

 

Amendment Preparation Fee - Major, within one month of RGO approval

 

This fee will be paid if a Protocol and/or PICF is prepared and submitted to the Alfred RGO within and up to one calendar month after initial RGO approval.

[***]

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 21 of 38 

 

 

Amendment Preparation Fee - Minor, within one month of RGO approval

 

This fee will be paid if an IBs, safety document, participant facing material, advertising or changes to site staff become available and are submitted to the Alfred RGO within and up to one calendar month after initial RGO approval.

 

[***]

 

Study Close Out

 

A one-time Close Out Fee will be paid upon completion and approval by the Sponsor of any outstanding data documentation (eCRFs and data clarifications issued) and regulatory documentation.

 

[***]

 

Archiving Fee

 

The one-time Archiving Fee will be paid for the archiving of 2 boxes as per ICH GCP and local requirements. This Fee also includes electronic scanning and secure destruction at the end of the archiving period.

 

[***]

 

Archiving Fee - Additional Box

 

The Archiving Fee -Additional Box Fee will be paid for any boxes in addition to the original 2 boxes. Prior Sponsor approval is required.

 

[***]

 

Archiving - Box Retrieval

 

The Archiving - Box Retrieval Fee will be paid if a storage box requires retrieval from the archiving location.

 

[***]

 

Audit Fee

The Audit Fee will be paid for the preparation, attendance and follow up of an Audit. This fee is capped at three (3) business days. This fee is not payable when the Audit is “for cause”.

 

[***]

 

Participant transport Allowance

 

Participant transport allowance will be paid, up to a maximum of $150 per day during each treatment period throughout the study. This may be reimbursed on presentation of receipts to support the costs of transportation or granted as taxi vouchers. Receipts for reimbursements and taxi vouchers must include date of travel, amount per trip.

 

 

[***]

 

Participant Sleep Study Allowance

 

Participants will be reimbursed $25 per hour up to a maximum of 8 hours for their time spent at site performing each sleep study.

 

 

[***]

 

Breakfast Allowance

 

Each participant, that completes a sleep study will also be provided with a breakfast allowance, up to a maximum of $25 to be purchased at the hospital.

 

[***]

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 22 of 38 

 

Pharmacy and Pathology Activities

 

Activity

Cost ($AUD)

 

All fees exclude

GST

 

A Pharmacy Setup and Study Establishment Fee will be payable upon the attendance and completion of the Site Initiation Visit. This fee will be payable upon invoice.

 

[***]

 

A Pharmacy Annual Fee, will be payable for the management and administration of the study. This fee will be payable upon invoice.

[***]

 

A Pharmacy storage of Investigational Product Fee will be payable for the storage of the IP in a refrigerated safe, suitable for refrigerated Schedule 8 licenced products. This fee will be payable upon invoice.

 

[***]

 

A Dispensing of Investigational Product Fee, which includes accountability, will be payable for every dispensing of IP for participants and post accountability visit and with the monitoring fee

 

[***]

 

An Investigational Product Accountability Fee is incorporated into the dispensing fee.

 

[***]

 

An Investigational Product Destruction Fee will be payable should the sponsor request that IP be destroyed on-site, according to hospital guidelines. This fee will be payable upon invoice.

 

[***]

 

A Remote Monitoring Fee will be payable for each hour the Clinical Research Associate requires for the purposes of IP accountability, should this service be requested. The IP accountability visit will be scheduled in advance and with the clinical trials pharmacist. This fee will be payable upon invoice.

 

Note: there is no additional charge for on-site monitoring.

 

[***]

 

After Hours Call Back Fee

 

The After Hours Call Back Fee will be paid when IP requires preparation and dispensation outside the hours of 8am - 5pm due to unforeseen circumstances. An initial amount of Six Hundred and Ninety Australian Dollars (690 AUD) will be paid for the first three (3) hours. After the first three (3) hours, this fee will be charged at the rate of One Hundred and Fifty-Five Australian Dollars (155 AUD) per hour.

 

[***]

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 23 of 38 

 

 

A Pharmacy Close Out Fee, a one-time fee, will be payable upon the final close out visit, after all remaining or used Investigational Product as either been returned to the sponsor or destroyed upon written notification from the sponsor, and all pharmacy files have been returned to the site for archiving. This fee will be payable upon invoice, no later than 30 days post close out visit.

 

[***]

 

Pathology Activities

 

[***]

 

A Protocol review and SSA completion Fee, a one-time fee, will be payable upon completion of the Site Initiation Visit and upon invoice.

 

[***]

 

An Establishment Fee, a one-time fee for the establishment of the trial, upon Site Initiation Visit and payable upon receipt of an invoice.

 

[***]

 

Test or service fee

 

[***]

 

Standard HAEM panel

 

[***]

 

Standard BIOCHEMISTRY panel

 

[***]

 

Urinalysis

 

[***]

 

Urine pregnancy test

 

[***]

 

Specimen shipping, per shipment

 

[***]

 

Health Information Services

Retrieval fee for paper medical records (per volume) from onsite storage

[***]

Retrieval fee for paper medical records (per volume) from external storage

[***]

Registration Fee, per participant

[***]

Permanent retention (per volume) of medical records for research

[***]

ICD10 Diagnosis database participant information search (per search)

[***]

 

1.General Terms. Payee will be compensated as outlined on the attached study budget (“Budget”) for Study Participants properly enrolled in the Study. This amount constitutes the full compensation for the work to be completed by the Institution and Principal Investigator, including all work and care specified in the Protocol for the Study, along with all overhead and administrative services. No compensation will be available for Study Participants enrolled in the Study in violation of the Protocol.

 

As indicated below (Point 8), the payee of these funds is Monash University (“Payee”), which is a payment administrator and is not party to this Agreement. Organisation’s or Local Sponsor’s only payment obligation under this Agreement is to pay Monash University. Administration of funding by Payee on behalf of Institution is governed by a separate agreement between those entities. Institution releases Organisation and Local

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 24 of 38 

 

2.Payment Tenns. Payments for each Study Participant will be made in Australian Dollars (AUD) quarterly and based on CRF data entered by Institution and/or Principal Investigator supporting enrolled Study Participant visitation. Payments will be made for completed visits and treatment related costs in accordance with the Budget, unless otherwise noted in the Agreement. For each payment, including any Screen Failures (as defined below) that may be payable under the terms of this Agreement, Payee will be paid the total amount earned, less 10%, for the Final Payment (hereinafter defined). Monitoring will occur approximately every 8 weeks based on Study Site enrolment and completion of data entry. All queries must be resolved within five (5) business days of receipt by Institution and/or Principal Investigator any time during the Study. Payee must submit any final valid tax invoices within thirty (30) calendar days after the close-out visit of the Study at the Institution. Any invoices received thereafter may not be paid. Payee will have sixty (60) calendar days after the date of the close-out visit of the Study at the Institution to dispute any payment discrepancies or missing payments.

 

3.Non-Procedural Costs. Payee will be paid for additional non-procedural costs that are pre-approved by Organisation/Local Sponsor as set forth in the Budget. To request payment for such costs, Payee will remit valid tax invoice to Local Sponsor or its designee with documentation and receipts substantiating agreed-upon pass-through expenses. Any non - procedural pass-through expenses will be invoiced only in the amount actually incurred with no mark-up, up to the maximum amounts shown in the Budget.

 

4.Final Payment. At the conclusion of the Study, all CRFs and Study-related documents will be promptly made available for Organisation/Local Sponsor review. The final payment (“Final Payment”) will be paid once: all CRFs have been completed and received; data queries have been satisfied; all Investigational Product is returned; and all close out issues are resolved and procedures completed, including final HREC and/or Regulatory Authority notification, if applicable. All queries must be resolved within five (5) business days of receipt by Institution and/or Principal Investigator. Local Sponsor or its designee will perform final reconciliation of all payments made to date against total amount due and will promptly pay Payee amounts remaining unpaid, if any. Payee will promptly reimburse Local Sponsor any unearned or overpaid amounts previously paid to Payee within thirty (30) calendar days of notification by Local Sponsor or designee.

 

5.Taxes.

 

1)Payments shown in the Budget do not include GST. If the Payee is GST registered, and if GST is required under the GST Law, GST should be added and shown on the invoice by the Payee at the applicable GST rate, along with Payee’s GST registration number.

 

2)Payee acknowledges and agrees that it is solely responsible for the payment of any and all contributions and taxes imposed by any applicable authority with respect to or measured by compensation paid to Payee under this Agreement. Local Sponsor/designee will not be responsible for the withholding or payment of any such required contributions or taxes. Payee accepts full responsibility for reporting all payments received, under this agreement, to the relevant taxation authorities as required by local regulations.

 

6.Screen Failures. A Screen Failure is a consented Study Participant who fails to meet the screening visit criteria and is thus not eligible for enrolment into the Study (“Screen Failure”). Screen Failures will be reimbursed, if at all, as outlined in the Budget.

 

7.Necessary Procedures. Payee will be reimbursed for valid necessary visits and procedures not covered under the Budget. Payment for any necessary procedure due to Study Participant safety will be reimbursed at the agreed upon unit cost in the Budget, if available, or if there is no such unit cost in the Budget, Payee will be compensated based on actual costs incurred by Institution and Principal Investigator and will require a separate valid tax invoice with documentation for the medical necessity of the procedure. Where practicable, Local Sponsor or Organisation’s prior written consent will be obtained, unless it will compromise the integrity of the Study or affect Study Participant safety, in which case Local Sponsor or Organisation will be notified as soon as practicable after the fact.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 25 of 38 

 

8.Payee. The Institution has authorised Monash University to be responsible for financial administration of the Study funds as its Payee. The Parties acknowledge that Payee is authorised to receive and administer all Study payments on behalf of the Institution and that the Sponsor’s only payment obligation under this Agreement is to the Payee. Institution releases Sponsor from any obligation or liability related to handling or disbursement of the funds by Payee.

 

9.The payments will be made to the following Payee and address:

 

Payee Name Monash University
Payee Address 211 Wellington Road, Mulgrave, Victoria, Australia
Australian Business Number 12 377 614 012
Recipient Address

Receivables and Revenue Accounting
Level 4, 211 Wellington Road

Mulgrave, VIC, 3170

Recipient Phone Number [***]
Recipient Email

[***]

   
Payee Bank Account Details:
Bank Name Westpac Banking Corporation
Bank Address

Campus Centre, Clayton Campus,

Monash University, Victoria, 3800,

Australia

Account Name Monash University General Account
BSB Number [***]
Bank Account Number [***]
SWIFT Code [***]
IBAN [***]
Duns Number [***]

 

Notification of all payments by EFT/direct credit made under this Agreement will be communicated to the Executive Officer at the following address:

 

Monash: M51007 - Department of Neuroscience/Van Cleef/Roet Centre for Nervous Diseases - Research

PO Box 315 Prahran 3181

The Alfred Hospital, 55 Commercial Rd, Vic 3004
Telephone No.: +[***]

E-Mail Address: [***]

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 26 of 38 

 

The notification of all payments made under this Agreement will be accompanied with documentation of the calculation of each payment. The documentation will specify:

 

The Human Research Ethics Committee (HREC) project number

 

The Principal Investigator’s name;

 

What the payment is being made for:

 

The number of participants who have completed particular milestones; and

 

Detail of any partial payments, or any other information relevant to the calculation of the payment by Neuroscience Trials Australia.

 

*Copies of all payment notices will be sent to the attention of the Management Accountant - Research at the following address:

 

Monash: M51007 - Department of Neuroscience/Van Cleef/Roet Centre for Nervous Diseases - Research

PO Box 315 Prahran 3181

55 Commercial Rd, Vic 3004

Telephone No.: [***]

Facsimile No.: [***]

E-Mail Address: [***]

 

10.Invoices. All invoices must be issued and forwarded to the following as instructed:

 

Email:

 

Sponsor Address;
lncannex Healthcare Ltd

3 Fir Street, Dingley Village, VIC 3172
Australia

 

ABN 93 096 635 246

 

All payment related queries may be directed to:

 

Email: [***]

 

Each invoice must contain: (1) Organisation’s name, (2) Protocol number, (3) Study code, (1) Principal Investigator’s name, (5) a summary of the reimbursement to be made in compliance with the Budget, and (6) if the Payee is GST registered, the Australian Business Number (ABN).

 

Payee will not receive any payments for pass through expenses whereby Payee has failed to produce actual copy invoices or other documentation clearly substantiating that the expenditures were actual, reasonable, and verifiable in the amount submitted for compensation.

 

Suggested High Level Subject matter

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 27 of 38 

 

Schedule 3

Form of Indemnity for Clinical Trials

 

The Sponsor agrees to execute and deliver to the Institution, as necessary, an indemnity in the form of the Medicines Australia Standard Form of Indemnity for Clinical Trials without amendment.

 

Indemnity for Clinical Trials; HREC Review Only and Standard Forms on following pages.

  

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 28 of 38 

 

MEDICINES AUSTRALIA FORM OF INDEMNITY FOR CLINICAL TRIALS

HREC REVIEW ONLY

 

For use where the Indemnified Party Is providing ethical review for a multicentre clinical Study where the ethical review will be adopted by hospitals, institutions or sites that are independent from the Indemnified Party, OR as a Reviewing HREC for a single centre study at a hospital or institution that is independent from the Indemnified Party.

 

NOTE there is a different Form of Indemnity for use where the Indemnified Pany is providing premises for the conduct of the Study and HREC Review, or is providing premises only [The STANDARD Form of Indemnity]

 

This Form has been developed by Medicinos Australia and is an adaptation of the form used by The Association of the British Pharmaceutical Industry (ABPI), for use in Australia It is to be regarded as the basis for agreements between pharmaceutical companies sponsoring clinical studies and the institution that has oversight of the study to be conducted. Non-members of Medicinos Australia are encouraged to usethis Form of Indemnity.

 

To:Alfred Heatlh Human Research Ethics, 55 Commercial Rd, Melbourne Victoria 3004 Austrolia, or Alfred Health ABN 27 318 956 319 (“the Indemnified Party’’)
   
 From:lncannex Hoalthcare Ltd 3 Fir Street Dingley Village, Victoria 3172 Australia ABN 93 096635 246 (“the Sponsor’’)
   
 Re:Clinical Study No. IHLOSAPOC1: Dose finding crossover trial investigating the effect of dronabinol combined with acotazolamide on Apnoea Hypopnea Index (AHI) In adults with obstructive sleep apnoea (OSA)

 

 

1.The Indemnified Party agrees to participate in the above sponsored study (“the Study”) Involving patients of The Alfred Hospital (“the Participants”) to be conducted by Professor Terence O’Brien (“the lnvestigator”) in accordance with the above referenced protocol, as amended in writing from time to time with the agreement of the Sponsor and the Indemnified Party (“the Protocol”). The Sponsor confirms that It is a term of Its agreement(s) with each hospital or Institution participating In the Study that the Investigator shall obtain all necessary approvals from the Indemnified Party’s human research and ethics committee (“HREC”).

 

2.The Indemnified Party agrees to participate by making its HREC available lo provide review, approval and oversight of the conduct of the Study in accordance with the requirements of the NHMRC National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research.

 

3.

In consideration of such participation by the Indemnified Party, subject lo paragraph 4, the Sponsor Indemnifies and holds harmless the Indemnified Pany and its employees, agents and members of and advisors to its HREC In respect of and against all claims and proceedings (including any settlements or ex gratia payments made with the consent of the parties hereto and reasonable legal and expert costs and expenses) made or brought (whether successfully or otherwise) by or on behalf of Participants (including their dependants and children injured in utero through the participation of the child’s mother or father in the Study) against the Indemnified Party or any of its employees, agents or members of and advisors to its HREC for personal injury (including death) to Participants (and children injured in utero through the participation of the child’s mother or father in the Study) arising out of or relating to the administration and/or use of the product(s) under investigation or any clinical intervention or procedure provided for or required by the Protocol to which the Participants would not have been exposed but for the participation of the Participants in the Study.

 

Medicines Australia Form of Indemnity• HREC Review ONLY version 1 October 2012

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 29 of 38 

 

4.The above indemnity by the Sponsor will not apply to any such claim or proceeding referred to in paragraph 3:

 

(1)to the extent that such personal injury (including death) is caused by the negligent or wrongful acts or omissions or breach of statutory duty of the Indemnified Party or any of its employees, agents or members of or advisors to the HREC;

 

(2)unless as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt of notice of such claim or proceeding, the Indemnified Party notifies it to the Sponsor in writing and at the Sponsor’s request, and cost, has permitted the Sponsor to have full care and control of the claim or proceeding using legal representation of its own choosing; or

 

(3)if the Indemnified Party, its employees, agents, or members of and advisors to its HREC have made any admission in respect of any such claim or proceeding or taken any action relating to any such claim or proceeding prejudicial to the defence of any such claim or proceeding without the written consent of the Sponsor. Such consent will not be unreasonably withheld. This condition will not be treated as breached by any statement properly made by members of and advisors to the HREC in connection with the operation of the Indemnified Party’s internal complaint procedures, accident reporting and quality assurance procedures or disciplinary procedures or where such statement is required by law.

 

5.The Sponsor will keep the Indemnified Party and its legal advisers fully informed of the progress of any such claim or proceeding, consult fully with the Indemnified Party on the nature of any defence to be advanced and not settle any such claim or proceeding without the written approval of the Indemnified Party which approval is not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

6.Without prejudice to the provisions of paragraphs 4(2) and 4(3), the Indemnified Party will use reasonable endeavors to inform the Sponsor promptly of any circumstances of which it has knowledge and which may reasonably be thought likely to give rise to any such claim or proceeding and will keep the Sponsor informed of developments in relation to any such circumstances even where the Indemnified Party decides not to claim indemnity from the Sponsor. Likewise. the Sponsor will use reasonable endeavors to inform the Indemnified Party of any such circumstances and will keep the Indemnified Party informed of developments in relation to any such claim or proceeding made or brought against the Sponsor alone.

 

7.The Sponsor and the Indemnified Party will each give to the other such help as may reasonably be required for the efficient conduct and prompt handling of any claim or proceeding by or on behalf of Participants (including their dependants and children injured in utero through the participation of the child’s mother or father in the Study).

 

Medicines Australia Form of Indemnity - HREC Review ONLY version 1 October 2012

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 30 of 38 

 

8.Without prejudice to the foregoing, if injury is suffered by a Participant while participating in the Study, the Sponsor agrees to adhere to the “Guidelines for Compensation for Injury Resulting From Participation in a Company-sponsored Clinical Trial” published by Medicines Australia and will request the Investigator to make clear to the Participants that the Study is being conducted subject to those Guidelines.

 

9.For the purpose of this indemnity, the expression “agents” is deemed to include, but is not limited to any health professional providing services to the Indemnified Party under a contract for services or otherwise

 

10.This indemnity will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws applicable in the State or Territory in which the Indemnified Party is established.

 

DATED the             day of           In the year

 

SIGNED by a duly authorised representative of the Sponsor who certifies that they have authority to sign on behalf of the Sponsor

 

 
  (Signature)
   
 
  (Name)
   
 
  (Position)

 

SIGNED by the Chief Executive or a duly authorised representative of the Indemnified Party

 

 
  (Signature)
 
   
  (Name)
 
   
  (Position)

 

Medicines Australia Form of Indemnity - HREC Review ONLY version 1 October 2012

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 31 of 38 

 

MEDICINES AUSTRALIA FORM OF INDEMNITY FOR CLINICAL TRIALS

STANDARD

 

For use where the Indemnified Party is providing premises for the conduct of the Study and HREC Review, OR is providing premises only.

 

To:Alfred Health a body corporate established under the Health Services Act 1988 (Vic) of Commercial Road, Melbourne, 3004 Victoria Australia or Alfred Health, ABN 27 318 956 319 in which the Study is to be conducted (“the Indemnified Party”)

 

From:lncannex Healthcare Ltd 3 Fir Street Dlngley Village, 3172 Victoria Australia ABN 93 096 635 246 (“the Sponsor”)

 

Re:Clinical Study No. IHLOSAPOC1: Dose Finding Crossover Trial Investigating the Effect of Dronabinol Combined with Acetazolamide on Apnoea Hypopnea Index (AHI) in Adults with Obstructive Sloop Apnoea (OSA)

 

1.

The Indemnified Party agrees to participate in the above sponsored study (“the Study”) involving patients or the Indemnified Party (“the Participants”) to be conducted by Professor Terence O’Brien (“the Investigator”) in accordance with the above referenced protocol, as amended In writing from time to time with the agreement of the Sponsor and the Indemnified Party (“the Protocol”). The Sponsor confirms that is is a term of its agreement with the Indemnified Party that the Investigator shall obtain all necessary approvals from a relevant and appropriate Human Research Ethics Committee (“HREC”) and the Indemnified Party, where appropriate. 

 

2.The Indemnified Party agrees to participate by allowing the Study to be undertaken on its premises or as otherwise agreed, utilising such facilities, personnel and equipment as may reasonably be required lor the Study.
  
3.

In consideration or such participation by the Indemnified Party, subject lo paragraph 4, the Sponsor indemnifies and holds harmless the Indemnified Party and its employees. agents, and ii the HREC is the ethics committee of the Indemnified Party, the members of and advisors to its HREC (collectively the “Indemnified”), in respect of and against all claims and proceedings (including any settlements or ex gratia payments made with the consent of the parties hereto and reasonable legal and expert costs and expenses) made or brought (whether successfully or otherwise) by or on behalf of Participants (including their dependants and children injured in utero through the participation of the child’s mother or father in the Study) against any of the Indemnified lor personal injury (including death) to Participants (and children injured in utero through the participation of the child’s mother or father in the Study) arising out or or relating to the administration and/or use of the product(s) under investigation or any clinical intervention or procedure provided for or required by the Protocol to which the Participants would not have been exposed but lor the participation or the Participants in the Study. 

 

Medicines Australia Fom, or Indemnity Standard version 1 October 2012

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 32 of 38 

 

4.The above indemnity by the Sponsor will not apply to any such claim or

 

(1)to the extent that such personal injury (including death) is caused by the negligent or wrongful acts or omissions or breach of statutory duty of the Indemnified;

 

(2)to the extent that such personal injury (including death) is caused by the failure of the Indemnified Party, its employees, or agents to conduct the Study strictly in accordance with the Protocol;

 

(3)unless as soon as reasonably practicable following receipt of notice of such claim or proceeding, the Indemnified Party notifies it to the Sponsor in writing and at the Sponsor’s request, and cost. has permitted the Sponsor to have full care and control of the claim or proceeding using legal representation of its own choosing; or

 

(4)if any of the Indemnified have made any admission in respect of any such claim or proceeding or taken any action relating to any such claim or proceeding prejudicial to the defence of any such claim or proceeding without the written consent of the Sponsor. Such consent will not be unreasonably withheld. This condition will not be treated as breached by any statement properly made by any of the Indemnified In connection with the operation of the Indemnified Party’s Internal complaint procedures, accident reporting and quality assurance procedures or disciplinary procedures or where such statement is required by law.

 

5.The Sponsor will keep the Indemnified Party and its legal advisers fully informed of the progress of any such claim or proceeding, consult fully with the Indemnified Party on the nature of any defence to be advanced and not settle any such claim or proceeding without the written approval of the Indemnified Party which approval is not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

6.Without prejudice to the provisions of paragraphs 4(3) and 4(4), the Indemnified Party will use reasonable endeavors to inform the Sponsor promptly of any circumstances of which it has knowledge and which may reasonably be thought likely to give rise to any such claim or proceeding and will keep the Sponsor informed of developments in relation to any such circumstances even where the Indemnified Party decides not to claim indemnity from the Sponsor. Likewise, the Sponsor will use reasonable endeavors to inform the Indemnified Party of any such circumstances and will keep the Indemnified Party informed of developments in relation to any such claim or proceeding made or brought against the Sponsor alone.

 

7.The Sponsor and the Indemnified Party will each give to the other such help as may reasonably be required for the efficient conduct and prompt handling of any claim or proceeding by or on behalf of Participants (including their dependants and children injured in utero through the participation of the child’s mother or father in the Study).

 

8.Without prejudice to the foregoing, if Injury is suffered by a Participant while participating in the Study, the Sponsor agrees to adhere to the “•Guidelines for Compensation for Injury Resulting From Participation In a Company-sponsored Clinical Trial” published by Medicines Australia and will request the Investigator to make clear to the Participants that the Study is being conducted subject to those Guidelines. and children injured in utero through the participation of the child’s mother or father in the Study).

 

Medicines Australia Form of Indemnity Standard version 1 October 2012

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 33 of 38 

 

8.Without prejudice to the foregoing, if injury is suffered by a Participant while participating in the Study, the Sponsor agrees to adhere to the “Guidelines for Compensation for Injury Resulting From Participation in a Company-sponsored Clinical Trial” published by Medicines Australia and will request the Investigator to make clear to the Participants that the Study is being conducted subject to those Guidelines.

 

9.For the purpose of this indemnity, the expression “agents” is deemed to include, but is not limited to any health professional providing services to the Indemnified Party under a contract for services or otherwise

 

10.

This indemnity will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws applicable in the State or Territory in which the Indemnified Party is established.

 

DATED the           day of         in the year

 

SIGNED by a duly authorised representative of the Sponsor who certifies that they have authority to sign on behalf of the Sponsor

 

 
  (Signature)
   
 
  (Name)
   
 
  (Position)

 

SIGNED by the Chief Executive or a duly authorised representative of the Indemnified Party

 

 
  (Signature)
 
   
  (Name)
 
   
  (Position)

 

Medicines Australia Form of Indemnity- HREC Review ONLY version 1 October 2012

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 34 of 38 

 

Schedule 4

Insurance Arrangements

 

 

Certificate of Currency

 

Clinical Trials Insurance Policy

 

Policy No: AUS20980675A
   
Name Insured: lncannHealthcare Lill
   
Specified Clinical Trial(s): Dose Finding:Crossover Trial Investigating:the Effect of Dronabinol Combined with Acetezolamide on Apnoea Hypopnea Index (AHI) in Adults with Obstructive Sleep Apnoea (OSA)
   
Protocol Number IHLOSAPOO
   
Trial Location:

Australia (VIC, NSW, QLD, WA)

   
Period of lnsurance: from 4pm on 1 Augst 2020 to 4 pm on 1 August 2021 

   
Limit of Liability: AUD 20,000,000 any one Claim
   
Overall PolicyLimit:

AUD 20,000,000 in the annual aggregate any one Period of Insurance

   

Excess:

Nil

   
Retroactive Date:

1 August 2020

   

Extended Reporting: Period:

12 months (other than 72 months in respect of QLD & WA)

   
Territorial Limits:

Australia and New Zealand

   

Underwriting:

Newline Australia Insurarce Pty Ltd on behalf of Lloyds Newline Syndicate 1218 at Lloyd’s (NWL1218)
   
Security:  
   

Approved by:

Craig.Rowsell

   
  /   
   
Date: 28 July 2020

 

 

This Certificate of Currency is current at the Date of Issue only and is issued as a matter of information only, conferring no rights upon the holder. Coverage is always subject to policy terms, conditions, limitation, exclusions and endorsements. This Certificate does not extend, amend or alter such coverage.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, Named Insured may include other parties as defined in the Policy.

 

 

Newline Australia Insurance Pty Ltd AON 81118 089651

PO Box 16208, Collins St West, VIC 8007

(T) 03 9999 1906 (f) 03 9670 0045

(E) admin@newlinegroup.com.au

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 35 of 38 

 

Schedule 5

Guidelines for Compensation for Injury Resulting from Participation in a Company-Sponsored Trial

 

Copy available online at:

http://medicinesaustralia.corn.au/issues-information/clinical-trials/indemity-and - compensation-guidelines/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 36 of 38 

 

Schedule 6

Study Protocol Identification

 

   
   
Full Title: Dose finding crossover trial investigating the effect of dronabinol combined with acetazolamide on Apnoea Hypopnea Index (AHi) in adults with obstructive sleep apnoea (OSA)

 

Version Number: 4
   
Date: 13 / AUGUST 2020
   
List of Key Attachments: NIL
   
   
   
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 37 of 38 

 

Schedule 7

Special Conditions

 

There are no special conditions.

This page is blank.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Site: Alfred Health

 

 
Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 38 of 38 

Exhibit 10.6

 

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT WAS OMITTED BY MEANS OF MARKING SUCH INFORMATION WITH BRACKETS (“[***]”) BECAUSE THE IDENTIFIED CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION IS NOT MATERIAL AND IS THE TYPE THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL.

 

Clinical Trial Research Agreement

Medicines Australia – Standard Form

 

Details of the parties

 

Name of Institution: University of Western Australia
Address: 35 Stirling Highway Crawley, WA 6009
ABN: 37 882 817 280
Contact for Notices: Dr Kathleen Maddison
Fax for Notices: [***]
Phone Number: [***]
 
Name of Sponsor: Incannex Healthcare Ltd
Address: Unit 207, 11 Solent Circuit

Norwest 2153

New South Wales Australia

ABN: 93 096 635 246
Contact for Notices: Mr Joel Latham
Fax for Notices: N/A
Phone Number: [***]
 
Study Name: Dose finding crossover trial investigating the effect of dronabinol combined with acetazolamide on Apnoea Hypopnea Index (AHI) in adults with obstructive sleep apnoea (OSA)
Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1
Date of Agreement: As per date of full execution

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 1 of 32

 

This agreement is made between the Sponsor and Institution

 

Purpose of the Agreement

 

According to this Agreement:

 

A.The Sponsor is responsible for the initiation, management, and financing of the Study.

 

B.The Institution, through the Principal Investigator, is responsible for the conduct of the Study at the Study Site(s) which is/are under the control of the Institution.

 

C.The Study will be conducted on the terms and conditions set out below.

 

Operative Provisions

 

1.INTERPRETATION

 

1.1In this Agreement:

 

Adverse Event has the meaning given in the TGA document “Access to Unapproved Therapeutic Goods – Clinical Trials in Australia” (October 2004) or its replacement.

 

Affiliate means any company which (directly or indirectly) controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the Sponsor.

 

Agreement means this Agreement, including all the Schedules.

 

Background Intellectual Property (Background IP) of a party means information, techniques, know-how, software and materials (regardless of the form or medium in which they are disclosed or stored) that are provided by or on behalf of that party to the other for use in the Study (whether before or after the date of this Agreement) or used by that other party in conducting the Study, and all Intellectual Property in them, but excludes the Study Materials.

 

Biological Samples means any physical samples obtained from Study Participants in accordance with the Protocol for the purposes of the Study.

 

Case Report Form means a printed, optical or electronic document or database designed to record all of the information, which is required by the Protocol to be reported to the Sponsor on each Study Participant.

 

Confidential Information means:

 

(1)in respect of the Sponsor:

 

(a)all information collected in the course of, resulting from, or arising directly out of the conduct of the Study, whether at the Study Site or elsewhere;

 

(b)the Protocol, the Investigator’s Brochure, information related to the Protocol, Study Materials and Investigational Product;

 

(c)know-how, trade secrets, ideas, concepts, technical and operational information, scientific or technical processes or techniques, product composition or details owned by the Sponsor or its Affiliates;

 

(d)know-how, methodology, trade secrets, processes, sequences, structure and organisation of the Study; and

 

(e)information concerning the business affairs or clients of the Sponsor or its Affiliates;

 

(2)in respect of the Institution, information in relation to the Institution’s business, operations or strategies, intellectual or other property or actual or prospective suppliers or competitors, but Confidential Information does not include Personal Information.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 2 of 32

 

Equipment means the equipment supplied to the Institution by or on behalf of the Sponsor for the purposes of the Study, including that specified in Schedule 1.

 

Essential Documents means documents which individually and collectively permit evaluation of the conduct of the Study and the quality of the data produced.

 

GCP Guideline means the Committee for Proprietary Medicinal Products (CPMP)/International Conference on Harmonisation (ICH) Note for Guidance on Good Clinical Practice (CPMP/ICH/135/95) as adopted with annotation by the TGA, or its replacement.

 

GST means the Goods and Services Tax payable under a GST Law.

 

GST Law means the same as in A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth) as amended from time to time, and any regulations made pursuant to that Act.

 

Institution means the body so described on the first page of this Agreement.

 

Intellectual Property means all present and future industrial and intellectual property rights, including without limitation:

 

(1)inventions, patents, copyright, trade business, company or domain names, rights in relation to circuit layouts, plant breeder’s rights, registered designs, registered and unregistered trademarks, know how, trade secrets and the right to have confidential information kept confidential, and any and all other rights to intellectual property which may subsist anywhere in the world; and
   
(2)any application for or right to apply for registration of any of those rights.

 

Investigational Product is the medicine or device being trialled or tested in the Study, as set out in Schedule 1, and includes where relevant any placebo.

 

Investigator’s Brochure is a compilation of the clinical and non-clinical data on the Investigational Product(s) which are relevant to the study of the Investigational Product in humans.

 

Multi-centre Study is a Study conducted by several investigators according to a single protocol at more than one study site.

 

NHMRC means the National Health and Medical Research Council of the Commonwealth of Australia.

 

Personal Information has the same meaning as in the Privacy Act 1988 (Cth).

 

Personnel means employees, agents and/or authorized representatives, and includes, in the case of the Institution, the Principal Investigator.

 

Principal Investigator is the person responsible for the conduct of the Study at the Study Site as described in Schedule 1.

 

Protocol means the document identified in Schedule 6 which describes the objective(s), design, methodology, statistical considerations and organisation of the Study, and subject to clause 2.3, as amended from time to time, as agreed by the parties, and most recently approved by the Reviewing HREC.

 

Publish means to publish, by way of a paper, article, manuscript, report, poster, internet posting, presentation slides, abstract, outline, video, instruction material or other disclosure, the Study Materials, in printed, electronic, oral or other form.

 

Publication has a corresponding meaning.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 3 of 32

 

Regulatory Authority means any body which has jurisdiction over the conduct of the Study at the Study Site and includes the TGA and any overseas regulatory authorities who may audit, or require to be audited, any part of the Study or Study Materials.

 

Relevant Privacy Laws means the Privacy Act 1988 (Cth) and any other legislation, code or guideline which applies in the jurisdiction in which the Study Site is located, and which relates to the protection of Personal Information.

 

Reviewing HREC means the Human Research Ethics Committee reviewing the Study on behalf of the Institution as described in Schedule 1.

 

Serious Adverse Event has the meaning given in the TGA document “Access to Unapproved Therapeutic Goods – Clinical Trials in Australia” (October 2004) or its replacement.

 

Software means the software supplied to the Institution by or on behalf of the Sponsor for the purposes of the Study, including that specified in Schedule 1.

 

Sponsor means the corporate entity so described on the first page of this Agreement.

 

Study means the investigation to be conducted in accordance with the Protocol.

 

Study Completion means the database for the Study has been locked and all Essential Documents have been provided to the Sponsor, including a copy of the letter from the Reviewing HREC acknowledging receipt of the final report and/or closure letter from the Principal Investigator.

 

Study Materials means all the materials and information created for the Study, or required to be submitted to the Sponsor including all data, results, Biological Samples, Case Report Forms (or their equivalent) in whatever form held, conclusions, discoveries, inventions, know-how and the like, whether patentable or not, relating to the Study, which are discovered or developed as a result of the Study, but excluding the Institution’s ordinary patient records.

 

Study Participant means a person recruited to participate in the Study.

 

Study Site means the location(s) under the control of the Institution where the Study is actually conducted as set out in Schedule 1.

 

TGA means the Therapeutic Goods Administration of the Commonwealth of Australia or any successor body.

 

1.2Except where the context otherwise requires:

 

(1)clause headings are for convenient reference only and are not intended to affect the interpretation of this Agreement;

 

(2)where any word or phrase has a defined meaning, any other form of that word or phrase has a corresponding meaning;

 

(3)any reference to a person or body includes a partnership and a body corporate or body politic;

 

(4)words in the singular include the plural and vice versa;

 

(5)all the provisions in any schedule to this Agreement are incorporated in, and form part of, this Agreement and bind the parties;

 

(6)a reference to a replacement of a document or standard, means any document or ruling which amends, updates, replaces or supersedes that document or standard;

 

(7)if a period of time is specified and dates from a given day or the day of an act or event, it is to be calculated inclusive of that day;

 

(8)a reference to a monetary amount means that amount in Australian currency; and

 

(9)references to a party include its Personnel.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 4 of 32

 

2.THE STUDY

 

2.1The parties must comply with, and conduct the Study in accordance with, the Protocol and any conditions of the Reviewing HREC. In addition the parties must comply with the following, as applicable:

 

(1)any requirements of relevant Commonwealth or State or Territory laws or of Regulatory Authorities;

 

(2)the requirements of the TGA in Access to Unapproved Therapeutic Goods – Clinical Trials in Australia (October 2004) or its replacement and any other TGA publication or guideline that relates to clinical trials, or other such regulations or guidance governing the conduct of clinical research in the jurisdiction of the Study;

 

(3)the GCP Guideline;

 

(4)the principles that have their origins in the Declaration of Helsinki adopted by the World Medical Association in October 1996 (as accepted by the Australian Government); and
   
(5)the NHMRC National Statement on Ethical Conduct in Human Research (2007) or its replacement, and any other relevant NHMRC publication or guideline that relates to clinical trials.

 

2.2If any issue relating to the safety of Study Participants arises which requires a deviation from the Protocol, the Institution through the Principal Investigator may immediately make such a deviation without breaching any obligations under this Agreement. If there is a need for such a deviation the Institution must notify the Sponsor and the Reviewing HREC of the facts and circumstance causing the deviation as soon as is reasonably practical, but in any event no later than 5 working days after the change is implemented.

 

2.3From time to time, the Sponsor may modify the Protocol by written notice to the Institution and Principal Investigator. Except where the modification is necessary to eliminate an immediate hazard to Study Participants or involves only logistical or administrative aspects of the trial, any modification may not be implemented before approval by the Reviewing HREC. If the parties determine that a modification will affect the cost of the Study, the parties shall amend Schedule 2 as agreed between them.

 

3.PRINCIPAL INVESTIGATOR

 

3.1Role of Principal Investigator

 

The Institution has authorised the Principal Investigator as the person responsible on a day-to-day basis for the conduct of the Study. The Principal Investigator does not have authority on behalf of the Institution to amend this Agreement or the Protocol.

 

3.2Liability for Principal Investigator

 

For the purpose of this Agreement only, and as between the Sponsor and the Institution only, the Institution agrees to be responsible for the acts and omissions of the Principal Investigator in relation to the conduct of the Study, to the extent that such responsibility would attach to the Institution in accordance with its obligations under this Agreement or under the common law on the basis that the Principal Investigator is acting as an employee of the Institution. Nothing in this clause or Agreement affects any pre-existing contractual or other arrangement which may be in place between the Institution and the Principal Investigator.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 5 of 32

 

3.3Obligations and responsibilities

 

The Institution is responsible for ensuring that the Principal Investigator:

 

(1)thoroughly familiarises themselves with the appropriate use of the Investigational Product(s), as described in the Protocol, Investigator’s Brochure, information relating to the Investigational Product and any other information sources provided by the Sponsor;

 

(2)ensures written approval has been obtained to conduct the Study from the Reviewing HREC and the Institution prior to Study initiation. Written documentation of approval by the Reviewing HREC and the Institution must be provided to the Sponsor;

 

(3)conducts the Study according to the Protocol without changes, except as provided in clause 2.2 or 2.3, or as agreed to in writing by the Sponsor and the Institution and approved in accordance with clause 3.3(5);

 

(4)completes (and obtains completion from relevant Personnel) and returns to the Sponsor a statement of financial disclosure (an example that meets this requirement is Food and Drug Administration Form 3455 ‘Disclosure: Financial Interests and Arrangements of Clinical Investigators) before the commencement of the Study and as otherwise required, and consents to the disclosure of the completed form to overseas regulatory agencies, if required;

 

(5)ensures that any amendments to the Protocol are approved by the Reviewing HREC and Sponsor prior to implementation of the amendment;

 

(6)ensures that the Sponsor’s prior written consent is obtained to any advertisement in respect of the Study;
   
(7)provides the Sponsor with evidence of the Principal Investigator’s qualifications through a current curriculum vitae and/or other relevant documentation and a list of appropriately qualified persons to whom they have delegated significant Study-related duties, if required;

 

(8)uses their best endeavours to recruit the target number of Study Participants, within the recruitment period, specified in Schedule 1, provided that if the overall target number of Study Participants for the Study is reached, the Sponsor may direct the Institution to cease recruitment;

 

(9)is available when a clinical research representative of the Sponsor visits the Study Site, as mutually agreed prior to the visit, and is contactable by telephone or electronic mail as frequently as is reasonably required;

 

(10)notifies the Sponsor, the Institution and the Reviewing HREC of any Adverse Events (including Serious Adverse Events) that occur during the course of the Study in accordance with the Protocol and relevant ethical and regulatory guidelines, and, in the case of the Institution and the Reviewing HREC, with their policies and procedures;
   
(11)completes Case Report Forms within the agreed time period. The Principal Investigator will ensure that Study Participants’ identifying information are removed from all records being transferred to the Sponsor;

 

(12)provides regular written progress reports to the Sponsor in relation to the Study as required by the Protocol;

 

(13)completes and returns to the Sponsor as required any Study related materials within a reasonable time period;

 

(14)is not subject to any obligations, either contractually or in any other way, which would unreasonably interfere with or prohibit the performance of work related to this Study; and

 

(15)ensures that informed consent to participate in the Study is obtained from each Study Participant prior to their enrolment in the Study and documented using an information and consent document which has been reviewed and approved by the Sponsor, the Institution and the Reviewing HREC.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 6 of 32

 

4.INSTITUTION OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

4.1If the Principal Investigator leaves the Institution or otherwise ceases to be available, then:

 

(1)the Institution must consult with the Sponsor and use reasonable endeavours to nominate as soon as practicable a replacement reasonably acceptable to both parties; and

 

(2)the Sponsor may require recruitment into the Study by the Institution to cease or move the Study to a different Study Site.

 

4.2If the Principal Investigator fails to carry out those obligations specified in clauses 3.3(2), (3), (5), (8), (10), (11), (13) or (15), then the Institution must itself perform those obligations and rectify and make good any breach. The Institution will ensure that any Personnel who assist in the conduct of the Study are informed of and agree to abide by all terms of this Agreement relevant to the activities they perform.

 

4.3The Institution warrants that, to the best of its knowledge, it and its affiliates and any other person involved in the conduct of the Study, including the Principal Investigator, are properly registered with appropriate professional registration bodies, have not been disqualified from practice or disbarred or banned from conducting clinical trials by any Regulatory Authority. Furthermore, the Institution shall notify the Sponsor as soon as practical after it becomes aware of any such disqualification, disbarment or ban.

 

4.4The Institution will not engage in any conduct on the Sponsor’s behalf which is in violation of, or potentially in violation of, any applicable local or foreign laws or regulations.

 

4.5The Institution warrants, represents and undertakes to the Sponsor that it has not offered, promised or paid, either directly or indirectly, any Benefit to a government official (including, but not limited to, a healthcare professional employed by a government-owned healthcare facility) to induce such government official to act in any way in connection with his or her official duties with respect to services performed under this Agreement or to otherwise obtain an improper advantage for the Institution or the Sponsor (Improper Payment), and has not received an Improper Payment, and will not offer, promise, pay, authorise or receive any Improper Payment in the future. For the purposes of the foregoing, Benefit includes but is not limited to money, financial or other advantage, travel expenses, entertainment, business or investment opportunities, charitable donations or any other thing of value.

 

4.6The Institution must have adequate security measures to ensure the safety and integrity of the Investigational Product, Essential Documents and Study records and reports, Equipment and any Study related materials held or located at the Study Site.

 

4.7Subject to clause 9, the Institution will allow regular monitoring visits in accordance with the GCP Guideline, access for the purposes of audit and as required by Regulatory Authorities or as specified in the Protocol and permit access to the Essential Documents (including original records), Study records, reports, other Study related materials and its Personnel as soon as is reasonably possible upon request by the Sponsor, Regulatory Authority, Reviewing HREC or any third party designated by the Sponsor. Any such access is to take place at times mutually agreed, during business hours and subject to such reasonable conditions relating to occupational health and safety, security, and confidentiality as the Institution may require.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 7 of 32

 

4.8The Institution will make available adequate facilities, equipment and any other resource of the Institution reasonably required to safely follow the Protocol, provided that any amendments to the Protocol which take place after the execution of this Agreement and requiring any additional use of facilities, equipment, staff or resources, have been approved in writing by the Institution and the Reviewing HREC.

 

4.9The Institution will have an adequate number of appropriately qualified Personnel for the foreseen duration of the Study and ensure that such Personnel are adequately informed about the Protocol, Investigational Product(s), and their Study-related duties and functions. The Personnel appointed by the Institution to assess Study Participants will attend an investigator meeting or a pre-study/initiation meeting, where appropriate.

 

4.10The Institution must retain and preserve a copy of all Study Materials, including copies of signed consent forms, Case Report Forms, Protocol, information relating to the Investigational Product, correspondence and investigator files for at least 15 years from Study Completion and must ensure that no Study related materials are destroyed before the expiration of this time period without the written approval of the Sponsor. The Institution agrees to notify the Sponsor before destroying any Study Materials and agrees to retain the Study Materials for such longer period as reasonably required by the Sponsor at the Sponsor’s expense.

 

4.11The Institution will ensure that the Study is subject to the continuing oversight of the Reviewing HREC throughout its conduct.
  
4.12If the Institution is contacted by any Regulatory Authority in connection with the conduct of the Study, the Institution shall immediately notify the Sponsor, unless prevented from doing so by law.
  
4.13The Institution will provide the Sponsor with all reasonable assistance and cooperation to rectify any matter raised by a Regulatory Authority or as the result of an audit of the Institution or Study Site. This includes execution of any documents reasonably requested by the Sponsor in connection with the requirements of a Regulatory Authority or the Sponsor as a result of such an audit. The cost will be borne by the Sponsor unless such rectification is due to the default of the Institution or the Principal Investigator.
  
4.14The Institution shall obtain approval, in writing, from the Sponsor for any press statements or promotional statements regarding the Study or the Investigational Product(s) before the statements are released, unless the statement or disclosure is required by:

 

(1)law;

 

(2)any policy, guideline or direction of government or any government department or agency;
   
(3)any Regulatory Authority; or
   
(4)is, in the absolute discretion of the Institution, Minister for Health, Department of Health or any government official, reasonably necessary in the public interest or to protect the health and safety of any individual.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 8 of 32

 

5.SPONSOR OBLIGATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES

 

5.1Prior to the Agreement being executed, the Sponsor must provide the Principal Investigator, and, through the Principal Investigator, the Institution and the Reviewing HREC, with all current and relevant information regarding the Investigational Product as reasonably required to justify the nature, scope and duration of the Study.
  
5.2The Sponsor will implement and maintain quality assurance and quality control systems with written standard operating procedures to ensure that the Study can be conducted and data generated, documented, recorded and reported in compliance with all of the documents referred to in clause 2.1.

 

5.3The Sponsor will designate appropriately qualified personnel to advise on Study-related medical questions or problems.

 

5.4The Sponsor will monitor the application of the Investigational Product in other places (both within and outside Australia) and advise the Institution, through the Principal Investigator, and TGA of the cessation elsewhere of any relevant trial, or the withdrawal of the Investigational Product from any other market for safety reasons.
  
5.5The Sponsor will notify the Institution of any Adverse Events (including Serious Adverse Events) that occur during the course of the Study (either at the Study Site or other study sites, including overseas sites) which may require alteration of the conduct of the Study, or which may affect the rights, interests, safety or well-being of Study Participants.

 

5.6The Sponsor will cooperate with the Institution and/or the Reviewing HREC in investigating any Adverse Event (including Serious Adverse Event) arising out of or in connection with the Study.
  
5.7To assist the Institution to comply with clause 8, the Sponsor will provide the Institution with adequate information and all necessary Investigational Product accountability forms.

 

5.8The Sponsor will provide indemnity to the Institution and members of the Reviewing HREC against claims arising from the Study on the terms and conditions set out in the relevant Medicines Australia Form of Indemnity for Clinical Trials as set out in Schedule 3.

 

5.9The Sponsor will comply with the Medicines Australia Guidelines for Compensation for Injury Resulting from Participation in a Company-sponsored Trial as specified in Schedule 5.
  
5.10The Sponsor will maintain insurance with respect to its activities and indemnity obligations under this Agreement in accordance with Schedule 4. This insurance is to be evidenced by a certificate of insurance, as requested by the Institution from time to time.

 

6.PAYMENTS

 

6.1In consideration of the Institution conducting the Study, the Sponsor will pay to the Institution as nominated in Schedule 2 in the manner and on the basis of the amounts and at the times set out in Schedule 2. The amounts set out in Schedule 2 do not include GST. At the time of payment, the Sponsor must pay to the Institution any amount of GST that the Institution is required to pay in addition to the amounts set out in Schedule 2, and in accordance with GST Law.

 

6.2The Sponsor reserves the right to refuse to pay to the Institution payments specific to Study Participants entered into the Study who do not meet the entry criteria specified in the Protocol.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 9 of 32

 

6.3If a Study Participant discontinues their participation in the Study or if the Study is terminated as a whole, only those costs incurred up until the date of discontinuation or termination, including costs of final visit and completion of all Case Report Forms, will be paid.

 

6.4Payments will be made by the Sponsor upon either receipt of a valid tax invoice or a “Recipient Created Tax Invoice” issued by the Sponsor.

 

6.5The Sponsor and the Institution each warrant that they are registered under GST Law. Tax invoices must identify supplies for which GST is payable.

 

6.6The final payment will be made following Study Completion.

 

6.7No part of any consideration paid hereunder is for the recommending or arranging for the referral of business or the ordering of items or services.

 

6.8Neither this Agreement nor any consideration paid hereunder is contingent upon the Institution’s use or purchase of any of the Sponsor’s products.

 

7.PROVISION OF EQUIPMENT & SOFTWARE

 

7.1The Sponsor will provide the Institution and Principal Investigator with the Equipment and Software at the Sponsor’s expense. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, the Equipment and Software will be used only by the Principal Investigator and Personnel involved in the conduct of the Study and only for the purposes of the Study.

 

7.2If proper usage of the Equipment or Software requires training, the Institution agrees that:

 

(1)the Principal Investigator and Institution’s Personnel will make themselves available for training in using the Equipment and Software, at the Sponsor’s expense; and

 

(2)the Equipment and Software will only be used as described in written directions provided by the Sponsor.

 

7.3The Equipment will be at the risk of the Sponsor, but the Institution will take reasonable care in the use and secure storage of the same and the Institution is responsible for damage caused to or by the Equipment by the negligence of its Personnel.

 

7.4At the completion of the Study or at the Sponsor’s request, the Institution will, unless otherwise specified, return to Sponsor, at the Sponsor’s expense, the Equipment and Software and all related training materials and documentation.

 

7.5The Sponsor will cooperate with the Institution in maintaining, at the Sponsor’s expense, the Equipment in good working order, and ensuring that it is in a safe condition and compliant with the requirements of the relevant licensing and safety authorities at all times.

 

7.6The Institution will not copy the Software unless specifically authorised by the Sponsor.

 

8.INVESTIGATIONAL PRODUCT

 

8.1The Institution must:

 

  (1)ensure that all Investigational Product made available by the Sponsor is used strictly according to the Protocol and are not used for any other purposes, unless agreed in writing by the Sponsor;
    
  (2)provide a written explanation accounting for any missing Investigational Product;

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 10 of 32

 

(3)not charge a Study Participant or third-party payer for Investigational Product or for any services reimbursed by the Sponsor under this Agreement;
   
(4)keep all Investigational Product under appropriate storage conditions (including any conditions specified in the Protocol) and in a secured area accessible only to authorised Personnel; and

 

(5)ensure that complete and current records are maintained for all received, dispensed and returned Investigational Product.

 

8.2The Sponsor will supply the Principal Investigator with such quantities of the Investigational Product as will be required for the purpose of the Study. All supplied Investigational Product will be packaged in safe and appropriately labelled containers. The Sponsor will at all times remain the sole owner of the Investigational Product.
  
8.3On termination of this Agreement, the Institution must promptly return any unused Investigational Product to the Sponsor, or, if requested by the Sponsor, destroy it and provide evidence of such destruction.

 

9.CONFIDENTIALITY

 

9.1Subject to clause 9.2, each party must not, and must ensure their Personnel do not, use or disclose any Confidential Information of the other party, other than where and only to the extent that such use or disclosure is necessary for the performance of the Study, the exercise of its rights or the performance of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

9.2The Institution may use or disclose Sponsor Confidential Information in any of the following circumstances:

 

(1)for the purposes of complying with the Institution’s internal complaint procedures, accident reporting procedures, quality assurance activities, disciplinary procedures or any applicable policy in relation to patient safety, Adverse Events and/or reportable incidents;

 

(2)for the purposes of disclosing any material risks, identified during the Study or subsequent to it, to Study Participants, Principal Investigators, medical practitioners administering treatment to Study Participants, Reviewing HRECs and Regulatory Authorities;

 

(3)for the purposes of complying with the requirements of any Regulatory Authority;

 

(4)to enable the Reviewing HREC to monitor the Study;

 

(5)where the Sponsor consents in writing to the disclosure;

 

(6)as part of a publication issued under the provisions of clause 11;

 

(7)where release of the Confidential Information is required by law, with notice as soon as reasonably practical to the Sponsor, and subject to the Institution upon request providing reasonable assistance to enable the Sponsor to obtain a protective order or other remedy to resist disclosure or ensure confidential treatment for any required disclosure;
   
(8)for the purposes of the Institution seeking legal advice; or

 

(9)disclosure to the Institution’s insurer.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 11 of 32

 

9.3Where Confidential Information is disclosed in accordance with clause 9.2 (1), (4), (8) or (9) the Confidential Information must only be used in connection with the legitimate purposes of the Institution, and only disclosed to those who have a need to know it for such purposes and are obligated to keep the information confidential.

 

9.4The Sponsor may disclose Institution Confidential Information to its lawyers for the purposes of obtaining legal advice or to its Affiliates but only on a needs to know and confidential basis. The Sponsor may disclose Institution Confidential Information if required by law, with notice as soon as reasonably practical to the Institution, and subject to the Sponsor upon request providing reasonable assistance to enable the Institution to obtain a protective order or other remedy to resist disclosure or ensure confidential treatment for any required disclosure.

 

9.5The parties are responsible for ensuring that their Personnel are aware of the obligations in respect of Confidential Information in this clause 9 and are bound in similar terms to keep such information confidential.

 

9.6Information will not be Confidential Information and subject to the provisions of this clause 9 where:

 

(1)the information has been independently received from a third party who is free to disclose it;
   
(2)the information is in or has entered the public domain other than as a result of a breach of this Agreement;

 

(3)the party already knew the information, the prior knowledge of which it can document by prior written records; or

 

(4)the party independently develops, discovers or arrives at the information without use, reference to, or reliance upon, the Confidential Information.

 

10.PRIVACY

 

10.1Each party must ensure that any Personal Information of Study Participants or Personnel it obtains or holds as a result of the conduct of the Study is collected, stored, used and disclosed by it in accordance with the Relevant Privacy Laws.
  
10.2Each party will promptly report to the other party any unauthorised access to, use or disclosure of Personal Information of Study Participants (“Incident”) of which it becomes aware, and will work with the other party to take reasonable steps to remedy the Incident.

 

11.PUBLICATIONS

 

11.1The Institution, Principal Investigator and other investigators (each a Discloser) involved in the Study have the right to Publish the methods, results of, and conclusions from, the Study, subject to this clause and in accordance with copyright law.

 

11.2If the Study is a Multi-centre Study, then the Institution agrees that no Publication of the Study results may be made until Publication of the results of the Multi-centre Study or 2 years after Study Completion, whichever is the sooner. The further provisions of this clause still apply to any such Publication.

 

11.3The Institution must ensure that the Discloser gives a copy of any proposed Publication drafted by them and/or other Personnel involved in the conduct of the Study to the Sponsor at least 40 days before forwarding it to any person that is not bound by the confidentiality obligations set out in clause 9.

 

11.4The Sponsor may, within that 40-day period do any one or more of the following:

 

(1)provide comments on the proposed Publication to the Institution, in which case the Institution must consider such comments but will not be bound to follow them;
   
(2)request delay of Publication for no more than 120 days to allow the Sponsor to file patent applications or take other measures to preserve or secure its Intellectual Property, in which case the Institution must abide by that request; or
   
(3)request that the Discloser remove specified Confidential Information (other than the results of the Study) from the Publication, in which case the Institution must remove such specified Confidential Information as is reasonably required to protect the Intellectual Property of the Sponsor.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 12 of 32

 

11.5If the Institution has not received any comments from the Sponsor on the proposed Publication within 40 days of giving a copy to the Sponsor under clause 11.3, the Discloser may proceed to make the Publication.
  
11.6Where the Sponsor intends to Publish the method, results or conclusions from the Study, any person named as an author on that Publication will be given a reasonable opportunity to review the Publication. Any person acknowledged as an investigator of the Study in the Publication will be given a reasonable opportunity to request the removal of his or her name from the Publication and the Sponsor shall comply with any such request.

 

11.7In all Publications the Sponsor’s support of the Study shall be acknowledged.

 

11.8The Sponsor may Publish a summary of the Study Results and conclusions on the Sponsor’s on-line Clinical Trial Register before or after Publication by another method.
  
11.9The Sponsor may freely use, copy and disseminate any manuscript following its Publication in a journal without further obligation to the Institution or Discloser.
  
11.10The Sponsor may only use the Institution’s and Investigators’ names:

 

(1)in relation to the publication of the Study on reputable clinical trials registers and websites in accordance with the CONSORT 2010 Statement;
   
(2)in Study publications and communications including Study newsletters made to the Institution and any other person which is subject to substantially the same confidentiality obligations as those set out in clause 9, in relation to performance of the Study; or

 

(3)in Study publications and communications made to any third party not subject to the confidentiality obligations set out in clause 9, with the Institution’s prior written consent.

 

12.STUDY MATERIALS AND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
  
12.1The Sponsor grants to the Institution and its Personnel the right to use the Background IP of the Sponsor and the Study Materials as required to carry out the Study and perform this Agreement. Except for this right, neither the Institution nor any of its Personnel acquires any right or interest in any Intellectual Property provided by or on behalf of the Sponsor.
  
12.2In order to carry out the Study, the Institution may use Intellectual Property which is part of the Institution’s Background IP. Any such Background IP remains the sole property of the Institution. The Institution grants to the Sponsor a non-exclusive, perpetual, royalty free licence to use (including the right to sub-licence) the Institution’s Background IP solely for the purpose of the commercialisation of the Study Materials.

 

12.3Subject to clause 12.2, all Intellectual Property in the Study Materials will vest automatically upon its creation in the Sponsor, and the Institution presently assigns to the Sponsor all Intellectual Property rights contained in the Study Materials. The Institution agrees to execute or procure the execution by its Personnel of any documents reasonably necessary to give effect to this assignment, at the Sponsor’s expense.

 

12.4The Institution must promptly disclose and communicate in writing to the Sponsor full particulars of any Intellectual Property that the Institution or Principal Investigator make, discover or conceive in the course of the Study that is directly related to the Study Materials.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 13 of 32

 

13.TERM AND TERMINATION

 

13.1This Agreement commences from the date specified on the first page of this Agreement, or if such date is not included on the date this Agreement is last signed by either the Sponsor or Institution. In the ordinary course of events this Agreement terminates when the Sponsor makes its final payment to the Institution.

 

13.2A party may terminate this Agreement with 30 days prior written notice or such shorter time period as is reasonably required in the circumstances if the other party:

 

(1)is in breach of any obligations under the Agreement or the Protocol (including without just cause to meet a timeframe) and fails to remedy such breach where it is capable of remedy within 30 days of a written notice from the terminating party specifying the breach and requiring its remedy;

 

(2)is declared insolvent or has an administrator or receiver appointed over all or any part of its assets or ceases or threatens to cease to carry on its business; or

 

(3)assigns this Agreement to a person considered unsuitable to perform the Agreement as set out in clause 19.3.

 

13.3In addition to clause 13.2, a party may terminate this Agreement immediately by written notice to the other party if it believes on reasonable grounds that:

 

(1)continuing the Study poses an unacceptable risk to the rights, interests, safety or well-being of Study Participants; and

 

(2)terminating this Agreement is the most appropriate way to respond to that risk.

 

13.4The Sponsor may terminate this Agreement if the Institution breaches clause 4.5 or if the Sponsor learns that the Institution is making, or has made, Improper Payments (within the meaning of clause 4.5) to government officials with respect to services performed on behalf of the Sponsor or any other company. Further, in the event of such termination, the Institution will not be entitled to any further payment or compensation.

 

13.5The Sponsor may terminate this Agreement with 30 days prior written notice to the Institution. In the event of such early termination, the Sponsor will pay the reasonable costs of the Institution relating to the Study calculated in accordance with Schedule 2.

 

13.6In the event of termination, the Institution must promptly initiate all appropriate action to close the Study and, subject to any applicable retention requirements imposed by law, return to the Sponsor (or destroy if requested by the Sponsor, and provide evidence of such destruction) any completed Case Report Forms and other materials received from the Sponsor before Study Completion.
  
13.7In the event of termination the Sponsor must take all appropriate action to close out the Study Site in a timely manner.
  
13.8In the event of early termination, the Sponsor will cooperate with the Institution to ensure that Study Participants who may be affected by termination receive adequate medical care. This may include the provision of Investigational Product in certain circumstances at the Sponsor’s expense.

 

13.9The following provisions survive termination of this Agreement, clauses 1, 3.2, 3.3(11), 4.6, 4.7, 4.10, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, 6.1, 8.3, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13.5, 13.6, 13.7, 13.8, 13.9, 14, 15, 16, 18 and 20.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 14 of 32

 

14.DISPUTES

 

14.1No party may commence legal proceedings against another in respect of a dispute arising in relation to this Agreement (except for urgent interlocutory relief) unless the parties have complied with this clause and that party has first notified the other party in writing of the dispute and has used all reasonable endeavours to resolve the dispute with the other party within 28 days of the giving of that notice (Initial Period).

 

14.2If the dispute is not resolved within the Initial Period, then the dispute shall be referred within a further 28 days to the Australian Disputes Centre for mediation or any other agreed venue which conducts mediation. The parties will by agreement appoint a mediator to mediate the dispute in this forum. If the parties cannot agree to a mediator within 14 days of the end of the Initial Period, then the mediator will be nominated by the then current President of the Law Society of the State or Territory in which the Institution is located. Any documents produced for the mediation are to be kept confidential and cannot be used except for the purpose of settling the dispute.
  
14.3Each party must bear its own costs of resolving a dispute under this clause, and unless the parties otherwise agree, the parties to the dispute must bear equally the costs of the mediator.
  
14.4In the event that the dispute is not settled at mediation within 28 days (or such other period as the parties agree in writing) after the appointment of the mediator, then the parties are free to pursue any other procedures available at law for the resolution of the dispute.

 

15.APPLICABLE LAW

 

This Agreement will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law for the time being in force in the State or Territory in which the Institution is located and the parties submit to the jurisdiction of that State or Territory and courts entitled to hear appeals from those courts.

 

16.NOTICES

 

16.1A notice, consent, approval or other communication (each a notice) under this Agreement must be:

 

(1)delivered to the party’s address; or

 

(2)sent by pre-paid mail to the party’s address; or

 

(3)transmitted by facsimile to the party’s address.

 

16.2A notice given by a party in accordance with this clause is treated as having been given and received:

 

(1)if delivered to a person’s address, on the day of delivery if a business day, otherwise on the next business day; or

 

(2)if sent by pre-paid mail, on the third business day after posting; or

 

(3)if transmitted by facsimile to a person’s address and a correct and complete transmission report is received, on the day of transmission if a business day, otherwise on the next business day.

 

16.3The addresses of the parties for the purposes of giving any notice are set out on the front page of this Agreement.

 

17.WAIVER

 

17.1No right under this Agreement is waived or deemed to be waived except by notice in writing signed by the party waiving the right. A waiver by any party in respect of any breach of a condition or provision of this Agreement will not be deemed to be a waiver in respect of any other breach.

 

17.2Failure or delay by any party to enforce any provision of this Agreement will not be deemed to be a waiver by that party of any right in respect of any other such breach.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 15 of 32

 

18.VARIATIONS

 

No variations of this Agreement are legally binding on any party unless evidenced in writing signed by all parties.

 

19.ASSIGNMENT

 

19.1Subject to clause 19.2, a party (the Assigning Party) may assign its rights or novate its rights and obligations under this Agreement after obtaining the prior written consent of the other party (the Other Party).

 

19.2The Assigning Party’s request for the Other Party’s consent to an assignment or novation of this Agreement must include:

 

(1)the name and the address of the proposed assignee or novatee;

 

(2)a copy of the proposed deed of assignment or novation; and

 

(3)such other information as the Other Party reasonably requires.

 

19.3Provided the proposed novatee is an Australian entity, the Other Party must give its consent promptly if:

 

(1)the Assigning Party provides evidence that ought reasonably satisfy the Other Party that the proposed novatee is financially secure and has the ability to carry out the Assigning Party’s obligations under this Agreement;

 

(2)the proposed novatee signs a deed or agreement in which it covenants with the Other Party and the Assigning Party to perform the obligations of the Assigning Party under this Agreement;
   
(3)the Assigning Party is not in breach of this Agreement; and

 

(4)the Assigning Party pays the Other Party’s reasonable costs of giving its consent.

 

19.4The Assigning Party remains liable for its obligations under this Agreement even if it assigns its rights pursuant to clause 19.1.

 

20.SUBCONTRACTING

 

20.1The Sponsor may subcontract any of its obligations under this Agreement, save for the obligations set out in clauses 5.8, 5.9 and 5.10. The Sponsor remains responsible for all subcontracted obligations and is liable for all acts and omissions of any subcontractor as if they were the Sponsor’s acts and omissions. In the event that the Sponsor subcontracts with another party to perform any of the Sponsor’s obligations under this Agreement, the Sponsor is bound by and will observe its obligations under clause 9.1 in its dealings with the subcontractor.
  
20.2No subcontractor will have any rights under this Agreement against the Institution or be entitled to receive any payment from the Institution.

 

20.3For the purpose of this Agreement only, and as between the Sponsor and the Institution only, where the Institution subcontracts any of its obligations under this Agreement, the Institution remains responsible for all subcontracted obligations and is liable for all acts and omissions of any subcontractor as if they were the Institution’s acts and omissions.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 16 of 32

 

21.ENTIRE AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties in relation to the Study and supersedes all prior representations, agreements, statements and understandings, whether verbal or in writing in relation to the Study.

 

22.FURTHER DOCUMENTS

 

Each party will do anything (including executing any document) and will ensure that its Personnel do anything (including executing any document), that the other party may reasonably require to give full effect to this Agreement.

 

23.SEVERANCE

 

If any part of this Agreement is prohibited, void, voidable, illegal or unenforceable, then that part is severed from this Agreement but without affecting the continued operation of this Agreement.

 

24.RELATIONSHIP OF THE PARTIES

 

Nothing in this Agreement creates a relationship of employer and employee, principal and agent, joint venture or partnership between the parties and no party will hold itself out as an agent for another.

 

25.FORCE MAJEURE

 

If any party is delayed or prevented from the performance of any act required under this Agreement by reason of any act of God, act of nature, including any epidemic or outbreak of pandemic disease, fire, act of government or state, war, civil commotion, insurrection, embargo, prevention from or hindrance in obtaining raw material, energy or other supplies, labour disputes of whatever nature or whatever reason beyond the control of the party (a Force Majeure Event), the affected party shall promptly notify the other party in writing, giving details of the Force Majeure Event, the acts affected by the Force Majeure Event and the extent to which they are affected, and performance of such acts shall be excused for the period of such event provided that if such interference lasts for any period in excess of 30 days either party may, by written notice to the other, terminate this Agreement.

 

26.COUNTERPARTS

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts. All counterparts taken together are deemed to constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

27.CONFLICT

 

In the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and the Protocol, this Agreement prevails.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 17 of 32

 

In witness hereof, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed as of respective dates written below.

 

Signed on behalf of the Sponsor

 

Signed: /s/ Joel Latham  
Name: Joel Latham  
Position: CEO  
Date: 25 March 2021  

 

Signed on behalf of the Institution

 

Signed: /s/ Dr Campbell Thomson  
Name: Dr Campbell Thomson  
Position: Director, Office of Research Enterprise  
Date: 6 April 2021  

 

The Principal Investigator acknowledges this Agreement and understands the obligations it imposes.

 

Acknowledged by the Principal Investigator

 

Signed: /s/ Dr Jennifer Walsh
Name: Dr Jennifer Walsh 
Position: Director, Centre for Sleep Science 
Date: 6 March 2021 

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 18 of 32

 

Schedule 1

Key Information

 

Study Name:

Dose finding crossover trial investigating the effect of dronabinol combined with acetazolamide on Apnoea Hypopnea Index (AHI) in adults with obstructive sleep apnoea (OSA)

   

Study Site/s:

Centre for Sleep Science, University of Western Australia

 

 

 

   

Target number of Study Participants:

Minimum: 12

 

Maximum: 12

   
Recruitment Period: Start: 26/MAR/2021 End: 28/MAY/2021
       
Principal Investigator Name: Dr Jennifer Walsh

Address:

Centre for Sleep Science,

 

35 Stirling Hwy, Crawley

 

State: Western Australia

 

P/code: 6009

       

Reviewing HREC:

Alfred Health Human Research Ethics Committee

Equipment provided by Sponsor:

NIL

   
   
   
   

Software provided by Sponsor:

NIL

   
   
   
   

Investigational Product:

Dronabinol

 

Acetazolamide

   

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 19 of 32

  

Schedule 2

Payments

 

[***] 

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 20 of 32

 

Payments

 

Study Site Activities

 

Activity Cost ($AUD)

 

All fees include
30% overhead
charge (exclusive
GST)

The Site Start Up Fee of will be paid upon the completion of the Site Initiation Visit. This fee includes;

 

- Protocol & IB review

 

- Negotiating and execution of CTRA & study budget

 

- Pre-Study Site Visit

 

- Completion & execution of Regulatory Documentation

 

- HREC and RGO review and submission

 

- Site Initiation Visit including Protocol, Product and GCP Training

 

- Set Up of Invoicing and Administration Costs

[***]

The Sponsor supported salary of site staff Fee will be paid upon completion of the Site Initiation Visit. This payment will support the employment and allocation of staff to the study for purposes of pre-screening, screening, financial management:

 

Research Coordinator for 2.5 months at 0.75 FTE & 1 month at end of trial 0.25 FTE for close out

 

Research Assistant - to assist recruitment at $75 per hour - 22.5 hours/week for 6 weeks

 

administrative support at $40 per hour - 7.6hours/week for 1 month

 

finance management 4 hour per month @$95 per hr for 6 months

 

 

 

  

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

 

[***]

Human Research Ethics Committee (HREC) Review Fee, will be paid by the sponsor directly to the HREC for review and addition of the site to the initial study approval.

NA

Amendment Preparation Fee – Major

 

This fee will be paid for the preparation of a major Protocol amendment for RGO review.

[***]

Amendment Preparation Fee – Major, requiring changes to Participant Information and Consent Form (PICF)

 

This fee will be paid should the major amendment requires changes to the Participant Information and Consent Form (PICF)

[***]

Amendment Preparation Fee – Minor This fee will be paid for the preparation of amendments relating to Investigator Brochures (IBs), safety documents, participant facing materials, advertising or for RGO review. 

[***]

 

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 21 of 32

 

Reconsent Fee will be paid, should an amendment require updates to the PICF and reconsenting of participants. This fee will be charged per updated PICF and per participant.

[***]

Monitoring Visit Fee will be paid, for each monitoring visit conducted by the CRO for the review of data and the overall site conduct of the study. This fee will be paid upon review of eCRF pages, completed by the site staff in readiness for the monitoring visit and as per contract general terms.

[***]

Archiving Fee

 

The one-time Archiving Fee will be paid for the archiving of study documentation, as per ICH GCP and local requirements. This fee will be paid upon completion of the close out visit as per satisfaction of the CRO, monitoring the study.

[***]

Audit Fee

 

The Audit Fee will be paid for the preparation, attendance and follow up of an Audit conducted by either a regulatory agency, such as the FDA or TGA or a sponsor-directed audit by an independent third-party auditor. This fee is not payable when the Audit is “for cause”.

[***]

Protocol deviation driven by sponsor

 

The Protocol deviation fee will be charged,when a protocol deviation arises in response to a situation imposed upon the site by the sponsor – eg. Medication shipment has not arrived and study visits are subsequently out of window and a protocol deviation is required. This fee will be charged per situation and on consultation with the sponsor.

[***]

Other Fees;

 

●     MD/Clinical Psychiatrist appointment (excluding overhead (30%)) fee, should this be deemed necessary by the trials team and in consultation and approval by the sponsor.

 

 

[***]

Study Close Out

 

A one-time Close Out Fee will be paid upon completion and approval by the Sponsor of any outstanding data documentation (eCRFs and data clarifications issued) and regulatory documentation.

[***]

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 22 of 32

 

Participant transport Allowance (as noted in the budget per patient costs – see page 20)

 

 

Participant transport allowance will be paid, up to a maximum of $150 per day during each treatment period throughout the study. This may be reimbursed on presentation of receipts to support the costs of transportation or granted as taxi vouchers. Receipts for reimbursements and taxi vouchers must include date of travel, amount per trip.

 

[***]

Breakfast Allowance

 

Each participant, that completes a sleep study will also be provided with a breakfast allowance, up to a maximum of $20 to be purchased at the hospital.

 

However, should the site staff decide to order in breakfast for participants, the allowance per participant is $20 per sleep study.

[***]

 

Pharmacy and Pathology Activities

 

Activity Cost ($AUD)

 

All fees exclude

GST

A Pharmacy Setup and Study Establishment Fee will be waived for this trial.

 

Instead, the sponsor will purchase a Department of Health (W.A) approved Schedule 8 refrigerated drug safe, up to a maximum value of $6000.00 for supply and installation of the safe, for the cold storage of the investigational product. Upon the close out visit, the safe will remain the property of the pharmacy.

[***]

A Pharmacy Administration Fee, payable in advance from SIV and annually thereafter on anniversary of SIV, per year (or part thereof). This fee will be payable upon invoice.

[***]

A Pharmacy storage of Investigational Product Fee will be payable in advance from SIV and annually thereafter on anniversary of SIV, per year (or part thereof), for the storage of the Investigational Product in the refrigerated safe, suitable for refrigerated Schedule 8 licenced products. This fee will be payable upon invoice.

[***]

A Dispensing of Investigational Product Fee, which includes accountability Fee for complex oral drugs (e.g., requiring additional statutory recording as S8 medicine)

[***]

An Investigational Product Destruction Fee will be payable should the sponsor request that IP be destroyed on-site, according to hospital guidelines. This fee will be payable upon invoice.

[***]

A Remote Monitoring Fee will be payable for each hour the Clinical Research Associate requires for the purposes of IP accountability, should this service be requested. The IP accountability visit will be scheduled in advance and with the clinical trials pharmacist. This fee will be payable upon invoice.

 

Note: there is no additional charge for on-site monitoring. 

[***]

After Hours Call Back Fee

 

The After Hours Call Back Fee will be paid when IP requires preparation and dispensation outside the hours of 8am - 5pm due to unforeseen circumstances.

[***]

A Pharmacy Close Out Fee, a one-time fee, will be payable upon the final close out visit, after all remaining or used Investigational Product as either been returned to the sponsor or destroyed upon written notification from the sponsor, and all pharmacy files have been returned to the site for archiving. This fee will be payable upon invoice, no later than 30 days post close out visit.

[***]

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 23 of 32

 

Pathology Activities

 

A Setup and Study Establishment Fee, a one-time fee for the quotation, set up and establishment of the trial, upon Site Initiation Visit and payable upon receipt of an invoice.

[***]

Protocol Amendment Fee will be paid for the changes to pathology activities, should the protocol amendment require. This fee will be charged per amendment.

[***]

Specimen Phlebotomy Collection and Processing Fee will be paid, per sample for the collection, handling and processing of samples, specifically for this study.

[***]

Standard Full Blood Panel Fee will be charged per sample per participant, and as mandated by the participant schedule and protocol.

[***]

Urea and Electrolytes and Liver Function Testing Fee will be charged per sample per participant, and as mandated by the participant schedule and protocol.

[***]

Urine Drug Screen Fee will be charged for each drug screen performed, as mandated by the protocol

[***]

Note: lab kits with supplies required for each test required will be provided by the sponsor to the site.

 

 

1. General Terms. Payee will be compensated as outlined on the attached study budget (“Budget”) for Study Participants properly enrolled in the Study. This amount constitutes the full compensation for the work to be completed by the Institution and Principal Investigator, including all work and care specified in the Protocol for the Study, along with all overhead and administrative services. No compensation will be available for Study Participants enrolled in the Study in violation of the Protocol, unless pre-approved by the Sponsor prior to enrolment. Fees for Site Start-up, HREC Review Fee and Sponsor Supported Salary of Site Staff Fee are fixed, non-cancellable, non-refundable cost payable on receipt of a valid tax invoice. At the time of the study completion unspent funds will remain the property of the Centre for Sleep Science.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 24 of 32

 

2. Payment Terms. Payments for each Study Participant will be made in Australian Dollars (AUD) quarterly and based on CRF data entered by Institution and/or Principal Investigator supporting enrolled Study Participant visitation. Payments will be made for completed visits and treatment related costs in accordance with the Budget, unless otherwise noted in the Agreement. Monitoring will occur approximately every 6 weeks based on Study Site enrolment and completion of data entry. All participant visit data must be entered within five (1) business days and queries must be resolved within five (5) business days of receipt by Institution and/or Principal Investigator any time during the Study. Payee must submit any final valid tax invoices within sixty (60) calendar days after the close-out visit of the Study at the Institution. Any invoices received thereafter may not be paid. Payee will have ninety (90) calendar days after the date of the close-out visit of the Study at the Institution to dispute any payment discrepancies or missing payments.

 

3. Non-Procedural Costs. Payee will be paid for additional non-procedural costs that are pre-approved by Organisation/Local Sponsor as set forth in the Budget. To request payment for such costs, Payee will remit valid tax invoice to Local Sponsor or its designee with documentation and receipts substantiating agreed-upon pass-through expenses. Any non-procedural pass-through expenses will be invoiced only in the amount actually incurred with no mark-up, up to the maximum amounts shown in the Budget.

 

4. Final Payment. At the conclusion of the Study, all CRFs and Study-related documents will be promptly made available for Organisation/Local Sponsor review. The final payment (“Final Payment”) will be paid once: all CRFs have been completed and received; data queries have been satisfied; all Investigational Product is returned; and all close out issues are resolved, and procedures completed, including final HREC and/or Regulatory Authority notification, if applicable. All queries must be resolved within five (5) business days of receipt by Institution and/or Principal Investigator. Local Sponsor or its designee will perform final reconciliation of all payments made to date against total amount due and will promptly pay Payee amounts remaining unpaid, if any. Payee will promptly reimburse Local Sponsor any unearned or overpaid amounts previously paid to Payee within sixty (60) calendar days of notification by Local Sponsor or designee.

 

5. Taxes.

 

1) Payments shown in the Budget do not include GST. If the Payee is GST registered, and if GST is required under the GST Law, GST should be added and shown on the invoice by the Payee at the applicable GST rate, along with Payee’s GST registration number.

 

2) Payee acknowledges and agrees that it is solely responsible for the payment of any and all contributions and taxes imposed by any applicable authority with respect to or measured by compensation paid to Payee under this Agreement. Local Sponsor/designee will not be responsible for the withholding or payment of any such required contributions or taxes. Payee accepts full responsibility for reporting all payments received, under this agreement, to the relevant taxation authorities as required by local regulations.

 

6. Screen Failures. A Screen Failure is a consented Study Participant who fails to meet the screening visit criteria and is thus not eligible for enrolment into the Study (“Screen Failure”). Documentation to support rationale for screen failure must be presented to the monitor prior to screen failure reimbursement. Screen Failures will be reimbursed, as outlined in the Budget.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 25 of 32

 

7. Necessary Procedures. Payee will be reimbursed for valid necessary visits and procedures not covered under the Budget. Payment for any necessary procedure due to Study Participant safety will be reimbursed at the agreed upon unit cost in the Budget, if available, or if there is no such unit cost in the Budget, Payee will be compensated based on actual costs incurred by Institution and Principal Investigator and will require a separate valid tax invoice with documentation for the medical necessity of the procedure. Where practicable, Local Sponsor or Organisation’s prior written consent will be obtained, unless it will compromise the integrity of the Study or affect Study Participant safety, in which case Local Sponsor or Organisation will be notified as soon as practicable after the fact.

 

8. Payee. The Institution has authorised Valerie Mandel on behalf of The Centre for Sleep Science to be responsible for financial administration of the Study funds as its Payee. The Parties acknowledge that Payee is authorised to receive and administer all Study payments on behalf of the Institution and that the Sponsor’s only payment obligation under this Agreement is to the Payee. Institution releases Sponsor from any obligation or liability related to handling or disbursement of the funds by Payee.

 

9. The payments will be made to the following Payee and address:

 

Payee Name Valerie Mandel
Payee Address

Office of Research

Research Grants and Contracts Mailbag M459

35 Stirling Highway Crawley, WA

6009

Australian Business Number 37 822 817 280
Recipient Address

35 Stirling Highway

Crawley, WA

6009

Recipient Phone Number [***]
Recipient Email [***]
Payee Bank Account Details:
Bank Name Westpac Banking Corporation
Bank Address

University Campus

UWA Guild Village

Hackett Drive

CRAWLEY, WA

6009

Account Name The University of Western Australia
BSB Number [***]
Bank Account Number [***]
SWIFT Code [***]

 

10. Invoices. All invoices must be issued and forwarded to the following as instructed:

 

Email: accounts@incannex.com.au and rosemarie@incannex.com.au

 

Sponsor Address;

Incannex Healthcare Ltd

Unit 207, 11 Solent Circuit

Norwest, 2153

New South Wales

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 26 of 32

 

Australia

 

ABN 93 096 635 246

 

All payment related queries may be directed to:

 

Email: rosemarie@incannex.com.au

 

Each invoice must contain: (1) Organisation’s name, (2) Protocol number, (3) Study code, (4) Principal Investigator’s name, (5) a summary of the reimbursement to be made in compliance with the Budget, and (6) if the Payee is GST registered, the Australian Business Number (ABN).

 

Payee will not receive any payments for pass through expenses whereby Payee has failed to produce actual copy invoices or other documentation clearly substantiating that the expenditures were actual, reasonable, and verifiable in the amount submitted for compensation.

 

Suggested High Level Subject matter

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 27 of 32

 

Schedule 3

Form of Indemnity for Clinical Trials

 

The Sponsor agrees to execute and deliver to the Institution, as necessary, an indemnity in the form of the Medicines Australia Standard Form of Indemnity for Clinical Trials without amendment.

 

Indemnity for Clinical Trials; HREC Review Only and Standard Forms have been provided as separate documents.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 28 of 32

 

Schedule 4

Insurance Arrangements

 

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 29 of 32

 

Schedule 5

Guidelines for Compensation for Injury Resulting from Participation in a Company-Sponsored Trial

 

Copy available online at:

http://medicinesaustralia.com.au/issues-information/clinical-trials/indemity-and-compensation-guidelines/

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 30 of 32

 

Schedule 6

Study Protocol Identification

 

   

 

 

Full Title:

Dose finding crossover trial investigating the effect of dronabinol combined with acetazolamide on Apnoea Hypopnea Index (AHI) in adults with obstructive sleep apnoea (OSA)

   

Version Number:

                    

 

Date: 13 / AUGUST 2020
List of Key Attachments: NIL
   
   
   
   

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 31 of 32

 

Schedule 7
Special Conditions

 

There are no special conditions.

 

This page is blank.

 

Protocol Number: IHLOSAPOC1

Site: University of Western Australia_FINAL

 

Medicines Australia Standard CTRA 8 March 2017 (revised)Page 32 of 32

Exhibit 10.7

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT WAS OMITTED BY MEANS OF MARKING SUCH INFORMATION WITH BRACKETS (“[***]”) BECAUSE THE IDENTIFIED CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION IS NOT MATERIAL AND IS THE TYPE THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL.

 

MASTER CONSULTANCY AGREEMENT

 

Date: 25th June 2020 (Effective Date”)

 

BETWEEN Clinical Network Services (CNS) Pty Ltd
  ABN: 45 082 063 492
  Level 2, 381 MacArthur Avenue, Hamilton, Queensland, 4007, Australia
  (“Consultant”)
   
AND
  lnCannex Pty Ltd
  ABN 33 630 326 902
  3 Fir Street, Dingley Village VIC 3172, Australia
  (“Client”)

 

BACKGROUND

 

A.The Consultant is a contract services organisation engaged in the business of product development and managing clinical research programs.

 

B.The Client is engaged in the development, manufacture, distribution and sale of medicinal products.

 

C.The Client wishes to appoint the Consultant to supply certain services to the Client and its affiliates in relation to medicinal products from time to time and the Consultant has agreed to provide those services on the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement and the attached Appendices.

 

TERMS & CONDITIONS

 

1.MEANINGS AND DEFINITIONS

 

“Affiliate” shall mean any company or business entity that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with either party, as the context requires. For the purpose of this definition “control”, means direct or indirect beneficial ownership or the right to vote in respect of at least fifty percent (50%) of the issued share capital in such company or business entity.

 

“Agreement” means this agreement between the Client and the Consultant for the provision of the Services by the Consultant in accordance with an Appendix.

 

“Appendix” means an offer to provide the Services that has been agreed to in writing by the parties, and attached and made a part of this Agreement. The first Appendix being attached as Appendix 1 (and each subsequent Appendix that is agreed to in writing by the parties will be attached as Appendix 2, 3, and so forth and made a part hereof).

 

“Budget” means, on an Appendix by Appendix basis, the total amount to be paid by Client to Consultant for its Services under this Agreement as set forth in an Appendix to this Master Consultancy Agreement that is agreed upon in writing by the parties pursuant to each such Appendix. Each Budget shall contain Consultant’s Fees and Pass Through Costs.

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 1 of 29

 

 

“Confidential Information” is defined in Section 10.2.

 

“Data” is defined in Section 10.3.

 

“Fees” means professional time costs and any other costs required to be paid by the Client to the Consultant as specified in an Appendix.

 

“Intellectual Property Rights” means any patents, trademarks, designs or applications for them, copyright, rights in and to trade or business names, know-how or confidential information, and any similar or analogous rights or forms of protection in any part of the world.

 

“lnvestigational Product” means the therapeutic good (including any components such as devices, accessories and consumables necessary for the administration and use of the therapeutic good), that is manufactured or supplied by or on behalf of Client for the purpose of administration and use in the conduct of a Study.

 

“lnvestigational Site” means a clinical trial site where a Study is conducted.

 

“Investigator” means an investigator at an lnvestigational Site.

 

“Laws” is defined in Section 5.2.

 

“Local Regulators” is defined in Section 5.1.

 

“Pass Through Costs” means those direct and indirect expenses and costs incurred by the Consultant in carrying out the Services required to complete a Study, as expressly set forth in a Budget or otherwise agreed by the parties.

 

“Protocol” means a written description of tasks and procedures (including the schedule, number of Study Subjects and other specific requirements for conducting a Study) to be followed in conducting a Study. A Protocol may be amended from time to time accordingly, the term Protocol refers to the then-current authorized Protocol.

 

“Records” is defined in Section 13.

 

“Services” means those consultancies and other activities referred to in an Appendix and such expression includes the duties to be undertaken under the Scope of Work associated with such an Appendix.

 

“Scope of Work” or “SOW” means the Scope of Work included in an Appendix, and includes the specific details of the Services that Consultant shall provide, including the timelines, Budget and payment schedule, all of which shall be agreed by the parties. Each SOW is an integral part of an Appendix to which it relates.

 

“Study” means the human clinical trial or clinical trials as set out in an Appendix and as described in the Protocol governing such trial(s).

 

“Study Subject” is a human being who participates in a Study.

 

“Term” is defined in Section 2.

 

2.TERM

 

2.1.The term of this Master Consultancy Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and, shall expire on the fifth anniversary of the Effective Date unless terminated earlier in accordance with Section 8 (“Term”).

 

2.2.Each Appendix shall commence on the effective date set out in that Appendix and that Appendix shall expire upon the completion of the Services under that Appendix unless terminated earlier in accordance with Section 8 [Termination)

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 2 of 29

 

 

3.STRUCTURE OF AGREEMENT

 

3.1.If the Client and the Consultant agree that the Consultant shall supply the Services as set out in an Appendix, the Client and the Consultant shall execute that Appendix which the Client and the Consultant shall complete and execute at that time. Each Appendix incorporatesthe terms of this Master Consultancy Agreement by reference.

 

3.2.The Client or an Affiliate of the Client may enter into an Appendix with the Consultant. Where an Affiliate of a Client enters into an Appendix, all references to the Client in this Master Consultancy Agreement as incorporated by reference into an Appendix shall automatically refer to the Affiliate of the Client that is the party to the Appendix. The Client acknowledges and agrees that CNSmay at itsdiscretion use its Affiliates to provide the Services (including, for the avoidance of doubt, CNS (Australia) Pty Limited and its Affiliates). CNS will be responsible to the Client for the acts or omissions of its Affiliates in the performance of the Services.

 

3.3.In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Master Consultancy Agreement and an Appendix, the terms of the following prevail in the following order unless specified otherwise in the Appendix in which case the Appendix, as the case may be, will control solely with respect to that conflict:

 

3.3.1. MasterConsultancy Agreement;

 

 3.3.2.Appendix

 

3.4.In the event that the Client requests the Consultant to commence providing Services before the execution of an Appendix for those Services, the parties shall execute a Letter of Intent. In the event of a conflict between the terms of this Master Consultancy Agreement and a Letter of Intent, the terms of this Master Consultancy Agreement prevail.

 

4.AMENDMENT

 

Any amendment, variation or modification to this Agreement or an Appendix or any other supplementary or supporting document (including any SOW) shall have no force and effect unless evidenced in writing and signed by the parties. If the parties agree to a change in an Appendix, such change shall be documented in a written addendum signed by both parties (“Addendum”), which Addendum shall become an amendment to the relevant Appendix. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a change to an Appendix that results in an increase or decrease to a Budget of less than five thousand dollars (A$5,000.00) shall not require an Addendum but such changes must be approved in advance by the Client via email with CNS.

 

5.SERVICES

 

5.1.The Consultant will act as the local legal Australian and/or New Zealand sponsor on behalf of the Client as set out in the Appendix, and will fulfil all obligations that this role entails, including the maintenance of appropriate clinical trial insurance unless otherwise set out in an Appendix to this Agreement. The Consultant shall, to the extent required by Laws, interact with Therapeutic Goods Administration (Australia) and/or Medsafe (New Zealand) (collectively, “Local Regulators”) on behalf of Client in connection with the performance of Serviceshereunder, including but not necessarily limited to signing regulatory submissions and other documents to be filed with Local Regulators on behalf of the Client. The Consultant shall in a timely manner, communicate with the Client with regard to all such interactions, including copying the Client on any and all written communications with Local Regulators on behalf of the Client and summarising in writing for the Client all oral communications with Local Regulators on behalf of the Client.

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 3 of 29

 

 

5.2.The Consultant shall provide the Services as set out in each Appendix. The Consultant shall perform the Services in compliance with: (a) the Protocol; (b) the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the applicable Appendices; (c) all applicable federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations and guidelinesincluding but not limited to applicable requirements and guidelines of the Local Regulators, and patient privacy laws and regulations (collectively, “Laws); (d) the International Conference on Harmonisation (“ICH”) Guidelines for Good Clinical Practices (“GCP”); (e) the World Medical Association’s Declaration of Helsinki (1996 version); (f) its Standard Operating Procedures (“SOPs”); (g) any authorisation for the Study issued by a Local Regulator; and (h) the terms and conditions of the favourable opinion of the relevant ethics committee for the Study.

 

5.3.Consultant represents and warrants that: (a) it has the requisite facilities, equipment, and personnel with the requisite training, expertise, qualification, experience and skill, to render the Services, and Consultant shall render the Services, in a timely, competent, and efficient manner in accordance with this Agreement; (b) it will devote itsgood faith effortsto accurately and efficiently perform the Servicesrequired under this Agreement; and (c) it is not a party to a contract and will not enter into any contract, that would prevent it from fulfilling its obligations or materially interfere with the rights of the Client under this Agreement.

 

6.FEES AND PASS THROUGH COSTS

 

6.1.The Consultant shall deliver to the Client an invoice for payment of the Fees and Pass Through Costs at the times set out in an Appendix and as otherwise expressly agreed in writing by the parties. All references to dollars or money shall be read as being in Australian Dollars unless otherwise stated. Where the Client reasonably requests, the Consultant shall provide to the Client explanationsor further information regarding any invoice delivered by the Consultant.

 

6.2.The Client shall pay to the Consultant all amounts properly due and undisputed in the manner and at the times set out in an Appendix and as otherwise expressly agreed in writing by the parties. If the due date for payment of any amountsis not set out in an Appendix or otherwise agreed by the parties, the Client shall pay the amounts properly due and undisputed in respect of any validly presented invoice within 30 days of the date of receipt by the Client of the Consultant’sinvoice for those amounts. For invoices where costs are being passed through directly from third party vendors (including investigator sites), the Client shall pay the amounts properly due and undisputed in respect of any validly presented invoice within 14 days of the date of receipt by the Client of the Consultant’s invoice for those amounts. When making a payment, the Client must quote relevant reference numbers and the invoice number.

 

6.3.Within 30 days or 14 days (whichever is applicable), of the date of receipt by the Client of an invoice from the Consultant, the Client shall notify the Consultant of any genuinely disputed amount and the reasons for the dispute. If no dispute is raised by the Client to the Consultant in relation to an invoice, the invoice is deemed to be undisputed.

 

6.4.The Client shall pay all disputed amounts in respect of any invoice within 30 days or 14 days (whichever is applicable), of the dispute being resolved by the parties.

 

6.5.The Client shall pay all amounts properly due and undisputed under this Agreement in full without any set-off, counterclaim, deduction or withholding (other than any deduction or withholding of tax as required by law).

 

6.6.Where Client fails to pay any part of an undisputed invoice within the agreed period, an additional administrative charge of 2% per month of the undisputed value of an invoice will be invoiced to the Client by the Consultant until such time as payment is made and the Consultant may suspend provision of the Services until payment of the overdue amount payable is received by the Consultant in cleared funds.

 

6.7.The parties agree that the Fees and Pass Through Costs, including both unit based and additional Pass Through Costs not contained in unit prices, as set forth in Appendices to this Agreement are reasonable and at fair market value and shall not take into account the volume or value of any referrals, purchases or business otherwise generated by Consultant.

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 4 of 29

 

 

7.GST

 

7.1.GST’’ means any goods and services tax payable under the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Act 1999 Commonwealth), consumption tax, value added tax or like tax.

 

7.2.The Client acknowledges that all Fees and Pass Through Costs are stated exclusive of any GST or any other taxes that may be applicable under law and therefore, the Consultant shall be entitled to add on GST and other applicable taxes.

 

7.3.If GST is payable by the Consultant on any Fees and Pass Through Costs, the Client must pay to the Consultant the amount equal to the GST payable in addition to the amount of the Fees and Pass Through Costs as set out in the invoices.

 

8.TERMINATION

 

8.1.This Agreement and any Appendix may be terminated:

 

8.1.1.by the Consultant immediately by written notice to the Client if the Client fails to supply the lnvestigational Product as required for the performance of a Study;

 

8.1.2.by either party immediately by written notice to the other party if the other party isdeclared bankrupt, has an administrator, receiver or receiver/manager or a liquidator is appointed to it, or enters into a deed of arrangement or an order is made for it to be wound up, or the other party would be presumed to be insolvent by a court in any of the circumstances referred to in the Corporations Act 2001 (cth) or equivalent applicable law;

 

8.1.3.by the Consultant immediately by written notice to the Client where the Consultant is acting as a local Sponsor on behalf of the Client and the Consultant can no longer fulfil that role for any reason including, but not limited to, legal, moral or ethical reasons;

 

8.1.4.by the Consultant immediately by written notice to the Client if any of the undisputed Fees or Pass Through Costs remain unpaid for a period of more than 30 days after the due date for payment, provided that Consultant has given Client no less than 15 days written notice of such intention to terminate and Client has the opportunity to make such undisputed payment by the end of such 15 day period to avoid termination;

 

8.1.5.by either party immediately by written notice to the other party where the other party has materially breached this Agreement or an Appendix and where the other party has failed to remedy that breach within 30 days of the date of service of a written notice from the first party specifying the breach and requiring that it be remedied;

 

8.1.6.by either party immediately by written notice to the other party where the other party has materially breached this Agreement or an Appendix and that breach is incapable of remedy; and

 

8.1.7.by either party in accordance with Section 17.

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 5 of 29

 

 

8.2.The expiry or termination of one Appendix does not terminate another Appendix or this Agreement. The early termination of this Agreement terminates all Appendices. Despite the expiry of the Term of this Agreement, the Agreement is deemed to continue and apply to any outstanding Appendices until the expiry or earlier termination of that Appendix.

 

8.3.In event of termination of this Agreement (and all Appendices) or any Appendix by either party, Client shall pay undisputed amounts owed to Consultant in relation to this Agreement (and all Appendices) or the Appendix, as relevant, through to the date of termination including amounts reasonably incurred by the Consultant for all future non-cancellable obligations provided however Consultant shall use it best efforts in winding down the Services to minimize any costs and to minimize incurring additional Fees and Pass-Through Costs.

 

8.4.Upon receipt of any notice of termination hereunder, Consultant shall limit its work to that which is necessary to orderly close out a Study and comply with Laws, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to conclude or transfer any Study as instructed by Client as soon as practicable and in accordance with Laws and the Client shall pay the Consultant all reasonable costs incurred by the Consultant in relation to the closing out a Study or transferring a Study.

 

8.5.Upon the request of Client during the Term and in any event upon termination or the expiration of the Term, Consultant shall return all documents, information, research, clinical data, the Data, equipment, Investigational Product or other material received from Client or arising from the Services and a Study, including any and all derivations thereof and improvements thereto, and copies thereof in whatever form (including electronic form, in which case such copiesshall be destroyed by Consultant), subject only to Consultant’s obligations under Section 13.

 

8.6.In the event of termination or the expiration of this Agreement or an Appendix, Sections 10.1 and 10.2 shall survive for a period of five years from the date of termination or expiration of this Agreement or the Appendix, and Sections 6, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 10.3, 10.4, 10.5, 10.6, 10.7, 10.8, 11, 12.2, 12.3, 12.4, 12.5, 13, 188, and 19 shall survive and the parties shall remain bound by such Sections in relation to their rights and obligationsunder this Agreement or the Appendix as relevant. Expiration or termination will not affect the parties’ rights and obligations accrued as of the date of such expiration or termination, or preclude a party from obtaining any remedy or seeking any damages or equitable relief to which it may be entitled as a result of any breach.

 

9.RELATIONSHIP AND LIMITED AUTHORITY

 

9.1.The Consultant shall not have, nor shall it represent itself as having any authority to commit the Client or its affiliates by negotiation or otherwise to any contract, agreement or other legal commitments in the name of or binding the Client or its affiliates or to pledge or extend credit in the name of the Client or its affiliates. The Consultant shall perform the Services as an independent contractor and not as employee, agent, joint venture or partner of the Client or its affiliates.

 

9.2.Subject to the provisions of clause 5.1, it is agreed that at all times, the Client, and not the Consultant, is the sponsor of all Studiescarried out pursuant to this Agreement and that the Client (or its designee), and not the Consultant, is the sole owner of the Investigational Products and any and all data, regulatory submissions and approvals related to the Investigational Products administered and used in any such Studies.

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 6 of 29

 

 

10.CONFIDENTIALITY, DATA PRIVACY AND PUBLICATION

 

10.1.The terms and conditions of this Agreement and any Appendicesshall be considered the Confidential Information of Client. Consultant shall not make any disclosure regarding the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any Appendices to any third party (except to its legal and financial advisors, provided such individuals are bound by obligations of confidentiality substantially similar to those set forth herein) without the prior written consent of Client.

 

10.2.Consultant’s work with Client will involve access to business information and technical and other data that Client considers proprietary and therefore of a confidential nature. All such information or data in whatever form including all copies and derivations thereof or improvements thereto (“Confidential Information”) shall be the sole property of Client and shall be treated by Consultant as confidential in character and of a proprietary nature. Consultant shall not disclose Confidential Information to third parties other than its employees and subcontractors on a need to know basis or use Confidential Information for Consultant’s own benefit at any time, without Client’s prior written consent. Consultant shall use Confidential Information for the sole purpose of carrying out Services under this Agreement. Client’s Confidential Information shall also include, without limitation, the Dato; information regarding Client’s business; the Client’s Intellectual Property Rights; the Client’s drug products and proposed drug products; current or proposed studies on Client’s products, any research and resultsof studies on Client’s drug products; and analyses, reports and decisions resulting from clinical trials or studies on Client’s drug products. For the avoidance of doubt, references herein to drug products include lnvestigotionol Products and references herein to studiesinclude any Study.

 

  10.3. Any and all clinical data, information and materials arising from or related to a Study and the performance of the Services or a Study in whatever form (including all copies and derivations thereof or improvements thereto) (“Data”) is the sole property of Client, and the Consultant hereby assigns all rights, title and interest in the Data to the Client upon its creation. Upon the request of Client or within sixty (60) days of conclusion of a Study, or upon the termination or expiration of this Agreement, the Consultant shall provide the Doto and all copies thereof to the Client and shall destroy any electronic versions thereof, subject only to Consultant’s obligations under Section 13.

 

10.4.Consultant will maintain the confidentiality of and not disclose any Study Subject’s Doto collected during a Study and will protect the privacy of the Study Subjects, all in accordance with the Laws, unless such disclosure is required by the Laws. The Consultant shall only collect, use, store, transfer, delete, disclose or otherwise process a Study Subject’s personal information or personal data collected under a Study in accordance with the instructions of the Client and as reasonably required in connection with the performance of the Services.

 

10.5 Sections 10.1, 10.2 and 10.4 do not apply to Confidential Information or Data which:

 

10.5.1.is in or becomes part of the public domain other than through breach of this Agreement or on obligation of confidence owed to the Client;

 

10.5.2.the Consultant can prove by contemporaneous written documentation was already known to it at the time of disclosure by the Client (unless that knowledge arose from disclosure of information in breach of on obligation of confidence);

 

10.5.3.the Consultant acquires from a source other than the Client, its Affiliates or any employees, agents, officers, directors, auditors, advisers, partners, consultants, licensees, sublicensees, joint venturers or subcontractors of the Client or its Affiliates where that source is entitled to disclose it; or

 

10.5.4.

isindependently developed by any employee, agent, officer, director, auditor, adviser, partner, consultant, licensee, sublicensee, joint venturer or subcontractor of the Consultant who hod no access to the Confidential Information and where the independent development con be proven by contemporaneous written documentation.

 
InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 7 of 29

 

 

10.6.Client may inspect and copy Study Subjectsmedical records that might also include information not directly connected to a Study provided such information will remain confidential and will not be used for any purpose other than the confirmation of the Study Data. Consultant shall and shall use its best endeavours to ensure that the Investigators shall not include names or personal identifiers that could lead to the identification of the Study Subjects in any release of data, reports, or publications related to a Study.

 

10.7.The Consultant shall have no publication rights whatsoever relating or arising from a Study or the Services performed under this Agreement, including without limitation, with respect to any Data or other Confidential Information.

 

10.8.Within thirty (30) days after termination or expiration of this Agreement, Consultant shall return to Client any document or other data carrier containing Client Confidential Information and Data including copies and shall destroy any electronic versions thereof, with the exception of those documents or other data that Consultant is entitled to or required to maintain in accordance with any Laws.

 

11.INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

 

11.1.The parties acknowledge that any Intellectual Property Rights developed, owned or licensed by a party prior to the effective date of an Appendix shall remain the property of that party.

 

11.2.The Client hereby grants to the Consultant until termination or expiry of this Agreement a royalty-free non-exclusive, non-transferable licence to use those parts of the Intellectual Property Rights owned or controlled by the Client which are wholly and necessarily required by the Consultant solely for the purpose of the provision of Services under this Agreement or an Appendix.

 

11.3.Subject to the Client complying with clause 6, all Intellectual Property Rights made, originated, developed, created or produced pursuant to the provision of the Services under this Agreement, shall belong to and vest automatically upon creation in the Client (“Client Intellectual Property Rights”).

 

11.4.To the extent the Consultant, its employees or its subcontractors acquire any rights to the Client Intellectual Property Rights under this Agreement, the Consultant shall, and shall procure that its employees and its subcontractors shall, at the Client’s expense, immediately take all necessary steps to assign or procure the assignment of all right, title and interest in the Client Intellectual Property Rightsand deliver these to the Client together with all rights of action and remedies in relation to those infringements. The Client acknowledges that the assignment shall not restrict the Consultant from using the skill, know-how and expertise acquired in the performance of the Services for the purposes of providing similar services to any other client.

 

11.5.The Client acknowledges that the Consultant possesses certain inventions, processes, technology, know-how, trade secrets, improvements, other Intellectual Property Rights and other assets including those related to composition of matter, data collection, data management processes, laboratory analyses, analytical methods, procedures and techniques, computer technical expertise and software (including codes) which have been independently developed without the benefit of any information provided by the Client (“Consultant Property”) and all Consultant Property isthe property of the Consultant and the Client hasno right, title or interest in that Consultant Property.

 

11.6. At the reasonable request and expense of the Client, the Consultant shall, and shall procure that its employees and subcontractors shall, provide all assistance necessary including the execution of documents and the supply of information in order to give effect to clauses 11.3 and 11.4 above.

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 8 of 29

 

 

12.WARRANTY, INDEMNITY, LIMITATION ON LIABILITY, AND INSURANCE

 

12.1.The Consultant representsand warrants that, to the best of itsknowledge: (a) it and its subcontractors (including Investigators) have not been debarred, disqualified from practice, or banned from conducting clinical trials by any regulatory authority; and (b) it and its subcontractors (including Investigators) have not been convicted under any Laws for misconduct relating to the development or approval of any drug, biologic or medical device; or any application to conduct clinical trials; or any application for marketing approval of a drug, biologic or medical device. As soon as practicable after it becomes aware, Consultant shall notify Client of any debarment, disqualification or ban, or the commencement of any debarment or disqualification proceedings against Consultant or any of its subcontractors (including Investigators) or othersperforming Services hereunder.

 

12.2.Subject to Section 12.4, the Client shall indemnify the Consultant (and its officers, directors, employees, consultants and sub-consultants) (together, “Consultant lndemnitees”) against all third party costs, expenses (including legal fees and costs), claims, proceedings, losses or damages including claims made or brought (whether successfully or otherwise) by or on behalf of Study Subjects (including their dependants and children injured in utero through the participation of the child’s mother or father in a Study) for personal injury (including death) to Study Subjects (and children injured in utero through the participation of the child’smother or father in a Study) arising out of or relating to the administratitn and/or or use of an lnvestigational Product or any clinical intervention or procedur provided for or required by a Protocol to which the Study Subjects would not have een exposed but for the participation of the Study Subjects in a Study (“Liabilities”) incurred or suffered by or awarded against a Consultant lndemnitee in connection with this Agreement except to the extent caused by: (a) any negligence, wrongful act, omission, breach of statutory duty of a Consultant lndemnitee; (b) conduct of a Consultant lndemnitee not in accordance with the Protocol; or (c) conduct of a Consultant lndemnitee not in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the applicable Appendix, and all applicable Laws (the Liabilities described in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c), “Consultant Liabilities”).

 

12.3.Subject to Section 12.4, the Consultant shall indemnify the Client (and its officers, directors, employees, agents, consultants and sub-consultants) (together, “Client lndemnitees”) against all Consultant Liabilities incurred or suffered by or awarded against a Client lndemnitee in connection with this Agreement.

 

12.4.The parties shall provide each other with prompt notice of any third party claim that may be subject to indemnification under this Agreement and they shall cooperate with each other in the defence of such claims. Neither party shall be bound by any settlement of any claim unlesssuch party hasprovided itsprior written consent to such settlement, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

12.5.During the Term of this Agreement and for a reasonable time after the Term, where each party remains in operation, the Client and the Consultant shall each maintain insurance necessary to meeting their liability obligationsunder this Agreement, as well as sufficient levels of all legally mandated insurance, including as a minimum, commercial generalliability insurance, clinical trials insurance and professional liability insurance and shall provide each other upon request, copies of the appropriate evidence of currency of such insurance.

 

13.RECORDSRETENTION

 

Consultant shall retain all records, documents, materials and Data related to a Study (Records”) during the Term hereof and for the longer of: (a) the period of time required by applicable laws and regulations; and (b) five (5) years after the date of expiration or termination of this Agreement. In any event, Consultant shall not destroy any Records without first notifying Client in writing and giving Client the opportunity to retrieve same at its own expense.

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 9 of 29

 

 

14.REGULATORY; AUDIT AND INSPECTIONS

 

14.l.If any Local Regulator requests access to or the right to inspect and audit the Records or facilities of Consultant or any lnvestigational Site, Consultant shall promptly notify Client and cooperate with Client in any response to such request, including giving the Local Regulator access and the right to inspect and audit such Records, facilities or lnvestigational Site and, at Client’s election where reasonably possible, allowing Client to be present at such inspection and audit. Consultant shall keep Client informed of the progress of any such access, inspection and audit, and provide Client with copies of those documents that are furnished to any Local Regulator in the course of such access, inspection and audit.

 

14.2.Consultant shall permit Client or its designee, on reasonable advance notice to Consultant and during regular business hours and under conditions of confidentiality, to examine and audit: (a) all Records and all Data; and (b) Consultant’s facilities (including the facilities of Consultant’s subcontractors) where Services are performed.

 

14.3.If pursuant to any access, inspection or audit under this Section 14, any deficiencies are identified and notified to the Consultant in the Services, in any Records, in any Data, or in any facilities where Services are performed, or if any non-compliance with this Agreement is ascertained, the Consultant shall promptly correct such deficiencies or non-compliance at its sole expense.

 

14.4.Consultant shall promptly provide Client with copies of all written communications with Local Regulators relating to the Services or a Study and with summaries of all oral communications with Local Regulators relating to the Services or a Study. Consultant shall provide Client with any proposed response to any communication from a Local Regulator relating to the Services or a Study, shall take into account Client’scomments with respect thereto, and shall provide Client with a copy of the final response.

 

15.ASSIGNMENT

 

No party may assign its obligations or rights under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party except where the assignment is to an Affiliate of the assigning party or to an assignee of all or substantially all of that assigning party’s business (or the portion to which this Agreement relates). The assigning party will promptly give notice of such assignment in writing to the other party and the assigning party will remain liable for all of its obligations contained in this Agreement up to and including date of assignment.

 

16.NOTICES

 

16.l.Any notice, approval, consent or other communication in connection with this Agreement must be in writing, and either hand-delivered, email attachment or sent by express air courier service to the addressee set forth below:

 

If to Consultant: Clinical Network Services (CNS) Pty Ltd Attention: Russell Neal

Managing Director

Level 2, 38l MacArthur Ave HAMILTON,

QLD 4007

Australia

Tel: +61(0)73719 6000

Email: russell.neal@clinical.net.au

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 10 of 29

 

 

If to Client: InCannex Pty Ltd

Attention: Mr Glenn Fowles

PO Box 324, Collins Street West,

Melbourne,

VIC 8007,

Australia

Tel: [***]

Email: [***]

 

16.2.The address of a party may be changed by a party on written notice to the other party.

 

16.3.Any notice, approval, consent or other communication made shall be deemed to have been received upon delivery in the event of hand delivery or delivery by air courier. In the case of notice by email attachment, delivery shall be deemed effective upon receipt by the sender of confirmed answer-back by the recipient. All noticesshall be given by one party to the other party in the English language and must be signed by an authorised officer of the party giving the notice, or (on its behalf} by any solicitor, director, secretary or authorised agent of that party.

 

17.FORCE MAJEURE

 

17.1. If any party is unable to carry out itsobligationsunder this Agreement by reason of any act of God. strike, lockout, or other industrial disturbance, act of public enemy, war, blockade, public riot, lightning, fire, storm, flood, earthquake, explosion, governmental restraint, or any other event whether of the kind specifically enumerated above or otherwise which is not reasonably within the control of a party relying on that event (“Force Majeure Event), that party must give the other party prompt written notice of the Force Majeure Event with reasonably full particulars concerning it.

 

17.2.After a party has given notice of a Force Majeure Event, the obligations of that party, so far as they are affected by the Force Majeure Event, are suspended during the continuance of the Force Majeure Event and neither party is liable for any delay or failure to perform its obligationsunder this Agreement if the delay or failure is due to a Force Majeure Event.

 

17.3.As soon as practicable following such notification, the parties will consult with each other in good faith and use all reasonable endeavours to agree appropriate terms to mitigate the effects of the Force Majeure Event and facilitate the continued performance of the Agreement. An affected party must use itsbest efforts to remove the Force Majeure Event as quickly as possible.

 

17.4.If a delay or failure by a party to perform its obligations due to Force Majeure Event exceeds 30 days, either party may immediately terminate this Agreement on providing notice in writing to the other party.

 

18.APPLICABLE LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

18.1.This Agreement and the transactionscontemplated by it are governed by the lawsof Queensland, Australia and the parties hereby submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courtsin Queensland, Australia.

 

19.MISCELLANEOUS

 

19.1.Exercise of Rights: A party to this Agreement may exercise a right, power or remedy at its discretion and separately or concurrently with another right. power or remedy. A single or partial exercise of a right, power or remedy of a party does not prevent a further exercise of that or of any other right, power or remedy. Failure by a party to exercise or delay in exercise a right, power or remedy does not prevent its exercise.

 

19.2.Publicity: Consultant shall not use Client’s name publicly or in connection with any publication without Client’s prior written consent, nor shall Consultant make any public announcements concerning this Agreement or any Study.

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 11 of 29

 

 

19.3.Waiver: A provision of or right created by this Agreement may not be waived except in writing signed by the party granting the waiver.

 

19.4.Approvals and Consent: A party to this Agreement may give conditionally or unconditionally or withhold its approval or consent in its absolute discretion unless this Agreement expressly provides otherwise.

 

19.5.Remedies Cumulative: The rights, powers and remedies provided under this Agreement are cumulative with and not exclusive of the rights, powers or remedies provided by law or in equity independently of this Agreement.

 

19.6.Further Assurances: Each party to this Agreement agrees at its own expense, on the request of the other party, to do everything reasonably necessary to give effect to the Agreement and the transactions contemplated by it (including the execution of documents) and to use all reasonable endeavours to cause relevant third parties to do otherwise.

 

19.7.Severability: Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable laws and regulations, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be prohibited by or invalid under applicable laws or regulations, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of this Agreement. In the event of such invalidity, the parties shall endeavour in good faith to agree on an alternative enforceable provision that preserves the original purpose of this Agreement.

 

19.8.Entire Agreement: This Agreement and the Appendices attached hereto [i.e., the Appendix(s) and SOW(s)) constitute and contain the complete, final and exclusive understanding and agreement of the parties, and cancel and supersede any and all prior negotiations, correspondence, understandings and agreements, whether oral or written, between them respecting the subject matter hereof.

 

19.9.Counterparts: This Agreement may be signed and delivered in two or more counterparts each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument and may be signed and delivered through the use of facsimile.

 

[SIGNATURES APPEAR ON NEXT PAGE]

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 12 of 29

 

 

This Master Consulting Agreement is EXECUTED as an agreement.

 

EXECUTED by an authorised signatory of InCannex Pty Ltd  
   
/s/ Joel Latham  
Signature of Company Signatory  
   
Joel Latham  
Name of Company Signatory  
   
Managing Director  
Title of Company Signatory  
   
29.6.20  
Date  
   
EXECUTED by an authorised signatory of CLINICAL NETWORK SERVICES (CNS) PTY LTD  
   
/s/ Russell Neal  
 
Russell Neal  
Name of Company Signatory  
   
Managing Director  
Title of Company Signatory  

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 13 of 29

 

 

APPENDIX 1

 

1INTRODUCTION

 

THIS Appendix l to MCA (25 June 2020), by and between InCannex Pty Ltd and Clinical Network Services (CNS) Pty Ltd, is made effective on 25 June 2020 and has been developed based upon Protocol synopsis entitled:

 

A randomised crossover study in Subjects with suspected or diagnosed mild to moderate Obstructive Sleep Apnoea (OSA).

 

2PROJECT ASSUMPTIONS AND SCOPE OF WORK

 

General

 

l)The study will be conducted in strict accordance with the Protocol, the quality practices as detailed in ICH GCP, and Australian regulations detailed in its document Integrated Addendum to ICH E6(Rl ): Guideline for Good Clinical Practice ICH E6(R2) - Annotated with Therapeutic Goods Administration (TGA) comments as below, 25 June 2018”, the DIA TMFReference Model as well as the current Declaration of Helsinki, collectively referred to hereafter as “GCP standards”.

 

2)CNSwill archive their own records for a period determined by GCPstandards and/or local Australian regulations as applicable. All other original files and records including a GCP standard electronic Trial Master File (eTMF) will be returned to InCannex at the conclusion of the study. The TMF will contain completed sections for which CNS are directly responsible. Vendors and sites that are not managed by CNS may not be included unless otherwise agreed upon by InCannex and N CNS.

 

3)CNS willutilise SureClinical as the cloud-based eTMFfor this study, as they are FDA Part 11 and European Commission Annex 11 compliant. SureClinical will enable lnCannex to securely acquire, view, share and manage clinical trial electronic content in the trial master files including those from other vendors, as well as, those related to the site. SureClinical ensures that study documents, medical images and eRecords are always available to all stakeholders, even when offline. CNS will be responsible for ensuring that the Investigator and/or study coordinator maintainsand updatesthe regulatory files at the site. At each interim monitoring visit and close-out visit the site file will be reviewed for consistency with the eTMF maintained by CNS.

 

4)CNS will ensure all required documents and records are included in the TMF throughout the study and will provide a final review for completeness at the conclusion of the study. The complete TMF, inclusive of final CRFdata and statistical outputson digital media is the final deliverable in thisproject.

 

5)CNSuses Oracle Siebel®Clinical Trial Management System (CTMS) and can either provide direct access for lnCannex to the reportsmodule of thissystem, or forward reports to your team for review on a regular basis (e.g. along with the agenda of the regular team calls).Oracle Siebel®provides visibility and access to: site start up status, site contractsand budgets, ethics committee submissions and approvals, patient enrolment, monitoring visit reports, frequently asked questions, protocol deviations, accessible reports that can be sent to lnCannex weekly and ad hoc and tracks timelines and key project deliverables.

 

Lead-In and Operational Project Kick-off

 

6)CNSwill appropriately resource the Project Team according to servicesrequired, led by a PM. Upon contract award, the CNS PM will immediately arrange a kick-off call with InCannexs PM to review the scope and timelines and identify any areas for clarification.

 

7)Clinical and Biometrics activities will need to commence once the contract is signed and therefore an operationally focussed project kick-off meeting will be held with all relevant members of the Project Team and InCannex. At this meeting, the CNS PM will lead discussion to provide all team members with an understanding of the trial aims, timelines and expectations of all deliverables to InCannex.

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 14 of 29

 

 

8)The Project Team will include a Clinical Research Associate (CRA), Data Manager, Biostatistician, Medical Writer, Medical Monitor and a Project Administrator (PA).

 

9)Project Team members will review and familiarise themselves with the relevant project materialsas soon asrequired dutiesdictate. The PM will manage interaction of the required Project Team members with lnCannex throughout the project.

 

Investigator Brochure (1B) Development

 

10)InCannex will provide CNSwith an ICH-GCP compliant Investigator’s Brochure.

 

Protocol Development

 

11) InCannex will provide CNSwith an ICH-GCP compliant Study Protocol.

 

Site Identification and Selection

 

12)InCannex will identify an lnvestigational Site to perform the proposed study. It is assumed that lnCannex have performed appropriate assessments of the site’s suitability and capabilities to conduct thisstudy. Whilst not included in this Appendix, CNScan perform a Site Selection Visit (SSV) upon request.

 

Clinical Services

 

13)Following confirmation of the site and finalisation of the protocol, CNS initiate Data Management activities (See below).

 

14)lnCannex will assist lnvestigational Site with preparation of submission packages to their Human Research Ethics Committee (HREC) including the development and approval of compliant PIC/F and any other patient materials, including all patient assessment materials, advertising etc. It is assumed that a diary card isnot applicable to thisstudy but should one be utilised, lnCannex will advise CNSso suitable solutionsmay be discussed and added to future iterationsof this Appendix.

 

15)lnCannex will co-ordinate and manage the Clinical Trial Research Agreement (CTRA) with lnvestigational Site including paymentsto lnvestigational Site.

 

16)An Investigator Meeting is not considered necessary for thisstudy and isnot included in this Appendix.

 

17)CNS will collect necessary regulatory documents and will establish and maintain applicable filing systems in compliance with GCP standards.

 

18)Following receipt of HREC approval and acknowledgement of the clinical trial notification (CTN) from the TGA, CNS will perform a Site Initiation Visit [SIV) to prepare for commencement of the study and will review final logistical considerations, lnvestigational Product (IP), Protocol, CRF training, SAE reporting and GCP training. CNS PM may accompany the CRA for thisvisit to ensure all final logistical mattersare reviewed, however, these costs are not included in the Appendix at this time.

 

19)A total of eleven ( 11) days monitoring has been calculated as required to monitor/ source data verify (SDV) 100% subject CRFs against 100% of data points as well as an appropriate regime to ensure timely review of data, minimisation of data cleaning bottlenecks and identify issues/resolution during the study.

 

a.A 3-day monitoring visit every three weeks’ during the course of the study (3 visits)

 

b.A 2-day monitoring visit following last subject last visit to complete all data queries in preparation for database lock

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 15 of 29

 

 

c.This plan would result in six (6) monitoring visit reportsbeing generated

 

d.The final monitoring visit schedule will be agreed with lnCannex and documented in the study Project Management Plan.

 

20)At every visit, the CNS CRA will perform the following tasks:

 

e.Meet with key site staff to discuss the progress of the study;

 

f.Identify any unreported SAEs and implement appropriate reporting tasks;

 

g.Assess study conduct and data recording compliance against the current approved protocol and log all protocol deviations;

 

h.Review CRF data against Source Data for l 00% of data points and informed consent for l 00% of Participants;

 

i.Screen failures will not be reviewed other than consent and reason for failure;

 

j.Review IP storage and accountability

 

k.Ensure currency of Investigator oversight of the study, site contracted vendors and site study team

 

I.Review the Investigator Site File for completeness and collect any updated documents, and;

 

m.Document and seek corrective action for all discrepancies and findings.

 

21)CNSwill perform a study closure site visit of 1-day (8 hour) duration upon advice from Data Management that the study database is locked. This ensures completion of all GCP standard required activities and archiving of associated documentation.

 

22)CNS will prepare a visit report, and following internal review, each final report will be submitted to lnCannex within fifteen (15) working days of the last day of site visit.

 

23)Any visitsof any type required in addition to this will be charged on a “fee for service” basis following written approval from lnCannex.

 

24)CNS will perform in-house site management activities as required throughout the study, including:

 

a.Tracking screening and enrolment

 

b.eCRF completion guidance

 

c.Resolution of eData Queries

 

d.CTMS management

 

e.eTMF Maintenance

 

Regulatory

 

25)lnCannex will act as the local Sponsor in Australia for the active period of the study. As local Sponsor lnCannex will act as required under regulatory authority rules of the TGA and will be responsible for the following:

 

a.Review of product labelling to ensure local compliance of all inner and outer product packaging.

 

b.lnCannex will maintain suitable study insurance compliant with country requirements and will have CNS as additionally insured.

 

c.Complete/sign necessary regulatory submission documents.

 

d.Complete/sign and maintain study indemnification.

  

e.Report any SAEs that are determined to be unexpected and related to the IP (or comparators), termed SUSARs, to the local regulatory authority.

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 16 of 29

 

 

26)In Australia, the protocol will be submitted for regulatory acknowledgement only via the Australian CTN scheme.

 

27)CNS SOPs will be used in the conduct of all activities performed by CNS unless otherwise requested by lnCannex and following training of applicable CNS staff by lnCannex on lnCannex SOPs. The CNS PM will ensure currency of training in applicable SOPs is maintained throughout the project.

 

28)lnCannex will be responsible for registering the study on a Clinical Trial Register in accordance with local regulations.

 

29)CNS will monitor investigators responsibilities for the Periodic Safety and Annual Reporting requirements to their applicable HREC and will support the site in their preparations in meeting such requirements. CNS will obtain relevant Safety Information from lnCannex in order to comply with HREC and Regulatory Authority requirements for ongoing and study completion advice.

 

Safety Laboratory

 

30)It is assumed lnvestigational Site will contract and manage their preferred pathology laboratory to provide safety pathology testing required per protocol. The lnvestigational Site’s Pl will be responsible for their preferred laboratory, which in turn will be responsible for appropriate sample labelling according to local practices.

 

31)CNS will review accreditation of the preferred laboratory during study start up, collect relevant accreditation and normal range documentation during the essential document collection process after site selection, confirming correct filing in the TMF and Investigator Site File at the SIV.

 

32)CNS will check to ensure currency of all laboratory documentation during monitoring visits and collect updated documents as available.

 

33)CNS will review laboratory sampleshandling and co-ordination throughout the study.

 

34)CNS Data Manager will establish a Laboratory Data Transfer Agreement (LDTA) with the responsible laboratory for transfer and upload of the safety lab data into CNS systems. Following a test run, data will be transferred to CNS as per the agreed frequency in the LDTA considering protocol specific requirementsincluding dose escalation data package compilation and data review requirements.

 

35)Upon request, CNScan be responsible for the sourcing, contracting and management of the safety laboratory. Updated scope and costs will be provided in further versions of this Appendix.

 

Bioanalytical

 

36)Selected Bioanalytical Laboratory will provide Bioanalytical services. lnCannex will directly contract and manage the Bioanalytical Vendor and will ensure that lnvestigational Site receive appropriate manuals and instructions for both processing and shipments prior to the study enrolment.

 

37)Following analysis, Selected Bioanalytical Laboratory will report raw data to the CNS Data Management team for inclusion in the study database for further analysis as required.

 

38)CNSBiometrics’ team will establish required Data Transfer Agreements with the laboratory as necessary.

 

lnvestigational Product (IP) Management

 

39)lnCannex will be fully responsible for the packaging and labelling of IMP.

 

40)lnCannex will prepare a Pharmacy Manual and CNS willperform local review and make comment as necessary.

 

41)InCannex will manage shipment of IPdirectly to Investigational Site.

 

42)CNSwill assist in the co-ordination of return of used/unused IPto InCannex per InCannex’s requirements.

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 17 of 29

 

 

Safety Management

 

43)A Safety Monitoring Committee (SMC) is not considered necessary for this study.

 

Medical Monitoring

 

44)CNS be responsible for local Medical Monitoring (MM) via a qualified, experienced medically licensed Doctor. CNS MM will join the initial team kick-off meeting with the PM and lnCannex team to confirm service expectations and timeline

 

45)The MM will be available 24/7 over the period of participant recruitment, treatment and follow up for medical support of the study inclusive of medical review of:

 

a.Inclusion/exclusion queries from site

 

b.Planned protocol deviations

 

c.Safety issues arising in the study

 

d.SAE reports and related narrative preparation, as required

 

e.The final study safety database

 

46)After protocol finalisation and prior to the first SIV, a MM Kick Off Meeting will be arranged between the CNS MM and lnCannex Medical Officer to confirm expectations of the local MMsupport required throughout the study. At thismeeting a schedule of further meetings, status reports or other contact requirements will be agreed. Thereafter, the MM and lnCannex Medical Officer will maintain contact as required for management of any safety matters as they arise in the study.

 

47)During the study start-up, the MM will be given access and training to the study databases EDC and Laboratory to ensure the MM can provide review of all safety data in real time and with available context data for the subjects.

 

48)The CNS MM will perform a review of medical coded terms during the study. The MM can provide a final medical coding review on behalf of lnCannex prior to database lock if requested: however, this has not been included at this time.

 

49)MM time has been costed as follows:

 

Unit cost for familiarisation, Kick Off Meeting, protocol review and CSR review/input.

 

A fixed retainer of five (5) hours each month during the 24/7 availability periods of the study. If greater than 5 hoursisrequired in a given month, CNS will bill hours as incurred (Timesheet costs) with the agreement of lnCannex.

 

Hours as incurred each month during the 24/7 availability periods of the study.

 

Project Management

 

50)Overall project management willbe provided by CNS PM noting that as lnCannex will be responsible for start-up activities related to site selection, HREC approvals and CTN submissions, initial CNS PM role will be limited to regular communication and development of the eCRF and other Biometrics functions.

 

51)CNS’s PM will maintain regular communications with lnCannex as required by telephone and email. Key activitiesperformed by the CNSPM include:

 

a.Review and management of CNS budget and project resourcing.

 

b.Adherence to Project Timelines.

 

c.Provide overall Project Team leadership and liaise with InCannex Project Team on a regular basis.

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 18 of 29

 

 

d.Ensure frequent and effective communication within the CNS Project Team, with lnCannex Project Team and with lnvestigational Site.

 

e.Participation in all teleconferences with lnCannex and lead internal meetings throughout the course of the project.

 

f.Maintain written documentation of all project correspondence including regular sponsor meetings.

 

g.Collate and review IP Release Packages.

 

h.Develop the overall Project Management Plan, Safety Plan, Review of Pharmacy Manual. CNS assumes that lnCannex will review and comment on final version of each and have costed for one round of review only. Project specific documents are developed asan adjunct to CNSSOP’s.

 

i.Manage prompt resolution of identified problemswith appropriate team members, including timely issue escalation to lnCannex. PM will identify potential problems/issues and provide lnCannex with recommended solutions on a proactive basis.

 

j.Identification of areas of project risk, mitigation and escalation as required in conjunction with the project team.

 

k.Ensure that proper SOPs are followed and that trial documentation is consistent, complete, and correct.

 

I.Provide review of all key documents/deliverables in the trial for e.g. the eCRF, Data Management Plan, Randomisation Plan, Statistical Analysis Plan and CSR.

 

m.Training of new CNSstaff and ongoing training for CNS team where contracted.

 

52)Teleconferences will be held between lnCannex and CNSProject Team. Teleconferences are estimated to be of one-hour duration and held weekly throughout the stud. Agenda and minutes will be prepared by CNSPM and circulated.

 

53)Additional meetings may be requested by lnCannex either face to face or by telephone. These meetings will be invoiced at timesheet costs {hours as incurred) for required attendees with prior approval of lnCannex.

 

54)Formal status reports may also be provided upon reques1 but are not included in this Appendix as it is anticipated that regular teleconferences and other communication will suffice

 

Data Management

 

55)It has been assumed Medidata Rave will be the EDC platform for thisstudy.

 

56)Data Management will be provided by CNS’sData Management team based in Australia. CNS Data Manager will join the initial team kick-off meeting with the PM and lnCannex team to confirm service expectations and timelines. In addition, the Data Manager will work with the PM and lnCannex team to clarify lnCannex’s requirements in terms of CRF/Database specifications and expectations with respect to lnCannex team’s involvement in the Data Management process.

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 19 of 29

 

 

57)It has been assumed that a subject diary isnot required. However, should one be required, CNS can support ePRO/eDiary allowsfor the safe and secure collection of patient reported outcomes and Electronic Clinical outcome assessments (eCOA) data directly from patients through multiple platforms using handheld devices such as tablets, smart phones etc. This service is not included in this Appendix but may be included upon request.

 

58)For studies with a substantial number of sites and patients, online randomisation and trial supply management is a seriousoption that needs to be considered, i.e. the benefits may outweigh your direct and indirect costs, and risks. For studies with a few sites and low number of patients, manual randomisation and supply management usually is more cost effective at acceptable risk.

 

59)CNS deploys a library of CRF pages with variables (questions) and code lists (optional answers) being compliant with CDASH (CDISC) conventions including variables and code lists required or expected by regulators like the FDA. The regulatory requirements concerning variables and code lists that need to be collected influence the number of unique pages and edit checks. CNS strongly recommends using these CDASH compliant CRF pages unchanged as SDTM compliant datasets will need to be submitted to the regulators.

 

60)eCRF/DB costs are based on CNS using its library of CDASH compliant CRFs for assessments except for those assessments that are unique to the protocol and not in the CRF library. Deviating from the standard CRFs might incur costs. At the time of this Appendix, CNS has assumed 200 CRF pages and 400 edit checks. These estimates will be updated upon finalisation of the protocol.

 

61)lnCannex will be involved in reviewing the CRF/Database; following a CRF screen review session with client the database will be updated and the annotated CRF presented to lnCannex for sign off thus confirming the specifications of the CRF/Database. Further changes after client sign-off of the annotated CRF will incur costs for implementing and testing the additional changes. If so, a new annotated CRF will be presented for sign-off to client prior to Go Live of the CRF/Database.

 

62)A Data Management Plan (DMP) will be developed in compliance will Good Data Management Practices (GDMP), updated as required and forwarded to lnCannex for review. This document will determine all Data Management activities. In addition, a Data Review Plan will be developed addressing data consistency checks that cannot be addressed via edit checks.

 

63)CNS will work closely with Medidata Rave and lnvestigational Site in the design of an electronic, online CRF/Database (eCRF/DB), inclusive of edit checks.

 

64)User Acceptance Testing (UAT) will be undertaken of the final draft eCRF in order to test and confirm expected performance of the system prior to finalisation and being released as final. Any issues found will be rectified prior to eCRF release. There will be no additional charges for required/requested additional screens or checks prior to launch of eCRF (release for use).

 

65)This database will be maintained by CNS until the PM confirms that the database can be decommissioned after submission of the second version of the tables, figures and listings (TFLs), unless agreed otherwise.

 

66)Prior to or around the SIV, all users of the eCRF at the site, at CNS and, if desired, at lnCannex will need to have completed their training in the use of the eCRF system. CNS also provide eCRF Completion Guidelines for use at the site.

 

67)Following training, user accounts will be activated for the users at lnvestigational Site, the CNS clinical team, and if desired for lnCannex. Over the course of the study, all eCRF users (site and clinical teams) have access to 24/7 helpdesk support.

 

68)All Adverse Events and Medical History medical verbatim terms will be coded using the Medical Dictionary for Regulatory activities (MedDRA). lnCannex will be required to source and hold a (limited) MedDRA licence per MedDRA licensing requirements. Please note CNS is unable to oversee MedDRA licencing on behalf of the client due to MedDRA’s own policy.

 

69)Concomitant medications will be coded using WHO Drug Global unless indicated otherwise by lnCannex. lnCannex will be required to hold a WHO Drug Global licence per WHO-Drug Global licensing requirements.

 

70)Pathology/Bioanalytical data will be transferred in electronic format directly by the laboratories to CNS or if applicable directly entered into the eCRF by site staff. The Electronic Data Transfer process (EDT) of laboratory data will be described in the LDTA. A separate LDTA will be agreed for each laboratory and each type of laboratory dataset.

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 20 of 29

 

 

71)Should lnCannex determine the need for additional applications and services for the project, for example, an online randomisation system, trial supply management system, or imaging system, CNScan support these. Any additional costs, both professional feesand application services fees, will be provided in further versions of this Appendix.

 

72)The costs for review of CRF data and reconciliation of CRF data with third party data (e.g. safety laboratory data, PK data), are based on the available protocol (synopsis) details at the time of contracting and CNS best practices. If changes to the scope and nature of data being collected, the visit-event structure, or other changes that impact the data review time, CNS will contact lnCannex to discuss the cost implications of the budgeted versus the true data review time required.

 

73)The cost does not include data exports of the raw data for lnCannex’sperusal.

 

74)Edit checks will be programmed in the eCRF. These include missing data, ranges, consistency checksbetween visitsetc. The Data Review Plan will also list all manual queries such as reconciliation of AEs, ConMeds, checking of protocol deviations, etc.

 

75)Once all requirements for hard locking the database have been met, the database will be hard-locked and data exported for analysis to the Biostatistics team.

 

Biostatistics

 

76)Biostatistical support to the study will be provided by CNS’s Biostatistics team based in Australia. CNS Biostatistician will join the initial team kick-off meeting with the PM and lnCannex to confirm service expectations and timelines.

 

77)A Randomisation Plan and Specifications Document (RPSD) will be prepared and held by the Biostatistician. This RPSD will be approved by the PM and lnCannex before finalisation. Based on the approved Randomisation plan, Randomisation Listswill be prepared for each cohort and issued as appropriate to facilitate randomised subject treatment per protocol, with a copy issued to the TMF. Code break envelopes will be prepared and provided to the Investigator for use in case of emergency.

 

78)Following the start of study enrolment, the Biostatistician will develop a draft Statistical Analysis Plan (SAP) to define the statistical analysis as required by the final protocol, which will be sent to lnCannex for review and comment. lnCannex will provide consolidated comments to CNS for incorporation into the final draft.

 

79)A final draft version of the SAP will be issued to lnCannex for review to ensure CNS have correctly incorporated lnCannex’s required changes. The SAP will then be finalised immediately prior to any statistical analysisfollowing database lock.It isexpected that only minor changes related to the previous review will be required at this time. Any major changes or amendments required to the final draft SAP, will be invoiced on a timesheet basis.

 

80)The SAP will contain appendiceslisting the planned TLFs. Shell/mock TLFs will be created as an adjunct to the SAP and will be sent to lnCannex for separate review and approval.

 

81)Any additional changes and subsequent reviews to the SAP and/or TLF shells, and/or any changes to the study that therefore necessitate changes to the SAP and/or TFL shells (e.g. major changes to the protocol after SAP drafting and/or approval) will be subject to timesheet cost invoicing to lnCannex by CNS.

 

82)CDISC Submission Package:

 

a.CDISC Conversion - SDTM: CNS will prepare a CDISC-compliant SDTM data package that will include: Domain-level SAS® datasets and transport files and the define.mxl file including the supporting annotated case report form {blankcrf.pdf) and the Study Data Reviewer’s Guide {SDRG), as well as the applicable Pinnacle21 validation reports. The final SDTM data package will be sent together with the final TLFpackage.

 

b.The SDTM data package will be based on the SDTM Implementation Guide and Coded Terminology versions decided at thestart of the study. If required, the SDTM specifications can be reviewed by the sponsor prior to the start of programming.

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 21 of 29

 

 

c.

CDISC Mapping - ADaM: CNS will prepare a CDISC-compliant ADaM data package that will include: Analysis-level SAS® datasets and transport files and the define.mxl file including the supporting Analysis Data Reviewer’s Guide {ADRG), as well as the applicable Pinnacle21 validation reports. The final ADaM data package will be sent together with the final TLF package.

 

  The ADaM data package will be based on the ADaM Implementation Guide and Coded Terminology versions decided at the start of the study. If required, the ADaM specifications can be reviewed by the sponsor prior to the start of programming.

 

83)CNS will perform all non-compartmental PK analyses for this study. PK analysis will be performed for the primary compound only/ and two metabolites. All PK analysis will be performed using validated applicable software and provided for inclusion in the CSR.

 

84)CNS will perform four (4) PD review of the protocol defined parameters namely:

 

a.Polysomnography (PSG)

 

b.Epworth Sleepiness Scale.

 

c.POMS (Profile of Moods State),

 

d.Short-from 36.

 

 85)

All final tabulation and analysis will be conducted using an appropriate, current and validated statistical software package. Draft TLF’s will be provided to CNS Medical Writer and lnCannex for review. Upon receipt of lnCannex comments, the final TLFs will be prepared, and following necessary review by the CNS team, final TLFs will be issued to lnCannex for sign off and acceptance. Major changes to the format/layout from the approved TLF shells will be subject to timesheet cost invoicing to lnCannex by CNS. Additional round of review and/or updates to the TLFs (beyond the 2 provided) will be subject to timesheet cost invoicing to lnCannex by CNS.

86)The estimated number of derived datasets (CDISC SDTM and ADaM) and Tables, Listings and Figures, to be provided by CNS is as follows:

 

  # CDISC SDTM Datasets 22
  # CDISC ADaM Datasets 10
  # Unique Tables 20
  # Unique Figures 4
  # Unique Listings 26
  # Repeat  Tables 14
  # Repeat Listings 4
  # Cohorts 3
  # Analytes 3

 

87)At the time of SAP finalisation, the assumptions around number of TFLs will be reviewed and any changes will be re-costed accordingly.

 

88)A formal statistical report will not be produced. Limited, per protocol tabulations/figures and listings will be prepared per protocol requirements and provided to the CNS Medical Writer for preparation of the Clinical Study Report (CSR).

 

Clinical Study Report (CSR)

 

89)CNS will be responsible for development of the CSR. CNS Medical Writer will join the initial team kick-off meeting with the PM and InCannex team to confirm service expectations and timelines.
   
90)CNS will produce the CSR using standardized content templates that comply with all ICH and regional structure and formatting requirements.

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 22 of 29

 

 

91)CNS will develop a shell clinical study report in accordance with protocol requirements and ICH E3 standards for review by lnCannex.

 

92)Following finalisation of the TFLs, CNS will prepare a first draft CSR which will be sent to lnCannex for review, comment and/or approval. lnCannex will provide consolidated comments to CNS for incorporation into the final draft.

 

93)A second draft version of the CSR will then be issued to lnCannex for review to ensure CNS have correctly incorporated lnCannex’s required changes. It is expected that only minor changes related to the previous review will be required at this time. Any major changes or amendments required to the final draft CSR, may be invoiced on a timesheet basis.

 

94)CNS will finalise the CSR and following internal QC, the final CSR will be issued for lnvestigational Site’s Pl and lnCannex approval and final sign off. Following sign off of the CSR, CNS will format the CSR.

 

95)Any additional changes and subsequent reviews to the CSR and/or any changes that require changes to the statistical analysis output and by definition changes to the SAP will be subject to timesheet cost invoicing to InCannex by CNS.

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 23 of 29

 

   

Clinical Network Services (CNS) pty Ltd
Level 2. 381 MacArthur Ave
Hamilton. Brisbone. QLD 4007Australia
Tel: +61 (0)7 3719 6000
Email: ens ii clinical.net.au
Web: www.clinicol.net.au
ABN: 45 082 063 492

Intelligent Development    

 

3ESTIMATED PROJECT TIMELINES

 

The following timeline projection isoffered as an educated yet realistic estimate of the study timeline from signing of the contract, through to the return of Trial Master File. This estimation is highly dependent upon date of sign-off of contract, site availability / clinic dates, EC approval and Subject recruitment. These timelines do not considerany holiday periodsand a final timeline will be provided by the CNS PM upon contract award which will reflect any holiday periods and relevant input from lnvestigational Site.

 

[***] 

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 24 of 29

 

 

[***] 

 

[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 25 of 29

 

 

4SCOPE OF WORK & BUDGET

 

Thissection details the activities and tasks that will be carried out by CNS as based upon Section 2 Assumptions. Any desired amendments to the following section may necessitate CNS resubmitting an amended financial, and possibly timeline, Appendix. A budget has been carefully prepared to ensure that CNS provides contract services at a cost that is deemed competitive and appropriate. CNS developsits budgets on a unitcost basis with certain activities being timesheet cost due to the variability of such tasks. CNS proposed budgets are current for up to 60 days from the date of this Appendix. All budgets are quoted in Australian Dollars (A$)

 

Reference: 

As Inc: As Incurred, PT: Pass Through, X: Responsible, R: Review

 

4.1DETAILED MEDICAL WRITING BUDGET

 

[***]

  

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 26 of 29

 

 

4.2DETAILED CLINICAL BUDGET

 

[***]

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 27 of 29

 

   

Clinical Network Services (CNS) Pty Ltd

Level 2, 381MacArthur Ave
Hamilton, Brisbane, OLD 4007, Australia
Tel: +61 (0)7 3719 6000
Email: cnsra•clinical.net.au
Web: www.clinical.net.au
ABN: 45 082 063 492

     
Intelligent Development    

 

5JRD PARTY COSTS

 

lnCannex will co-ordinate and manage the 3rd party agreements for Site(s)/Laboratories,

 

6ESTIMATION OF ANTICIPATED PASS-THROUGH COSTS

 

All costs incurred by CNS whilst delivering our services will be passed-through as a unit cost. Where costs have been incurred that have not been unitised, they will be passed through as incurred to lnCannex on a monthly basis. CNS does not add any service fee or margins to such costs.

 

7TIMESHEET COST BUDGETS

 

The agreed budget isa fixed unit cost budget. However, given the nature of certain tasks that may or may not be needed, several tasks are denoted as “Timesheet”, meaning CNS will invoice lnCannex per hour according to the type/level of person involved in performing the task. Examples of such tasks that will be invoiced at timesheet cost are:

 

Additional changes to any document prepared by CNS following incorporation of amendmentsto final drafts of such documents

Any face to face meetingswith lnCannex as requested by lnCannex

Involvement of the Local Medical Monitor for hours above the monthly retainer of 5 hoursper month.

SAEReporting/Follow Up by the Clinical team

EDC/UAT/SOP/Therapeutic/Testing/Training

 

  8OUT OF SCOPE

 

CNSmakesevery effort to anticipate all service costs. However, it ispossible that services/tasks in excess of those agreed at the outset of the project may be required or requested. CNS reserves the right to seek fair and appropriate compensation from lnCannex where services are to be performed outside of this scope of work. CNS will obtain written agreement from lnCannex in such situations before delivery of those out of scope services. Furthermore, CNS commits to rectifying any errors, etc., that are of its own making at no additional cost to lnCannex.

 

Examples of Out of Scope tasks that will be invoiced at timesheet costs are:

 

Development of additional versions of any document originally prepared by CNS or CNS review of additional version provided by 1nCannex or their Vendor.
HREC Submission of Protocol Amendments
Additional Project Specific CNS Team Training as requested by 1nCannex
Site Audit attendance and response at 1nCannex ’s request.
Additional site monitoring visitsrequired due to increased patient numbers.

 

The following additional service ratesapply where timesheet cost rates apply:

 

  PA = [***]
  CRA = [***]
  Project  Manager = [***]

  Medical Writer = [***]
  Regulatory Consultant =
  Biostatistician =
  QA Manager = [***]
  Local Medical Monitor = [***]

 

  9INVOICING AND PAYMENTS

 

 lnCannex will pay CNS 15% of the agreed total fixed costs upon signature of this contract, serving as a security deposit.
All invoices will be prepared in Australian dollars with fees increased by Goods and Services Tax (as applicable) and line itemswill be expressed on a per unit basis per task performed and billed accordingly. The invoice will be provided in the same level of detail as the agreed upon project budget and will include in such invoices all pass through costsincurred in the previous month.

All invoices will be prepared in Australian dollars and lnCannex agrees to pay all invoices by electronic funds transfer (EFT) in Australian dollars. Payment terms are as described in the MCA.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App 125 June 2020Page 28 of 29

 

 

THIS Appendix 1 to MCA (25 June 2020) dated 25 June 2020 is executed as of the effective date.

 

EXECUTED by an authorised signatory of lnCannex Pty Ltd  
   
/s/ Joel Latham  
Signature of Company Signatory  
   
Joel Latham  
Name of Company Signatory  
   
Managing Director  
Title of Company Signatory  
   
29.6.20  
Date  
   
EXECUTED by an authorised signatory of CLINICAL NETWORK SERVICES (CNS) PTY LTD  
   
/s/ Russell Neal  
 
Russell Neal  
Name of Company Signatory  
   
Managing Director  
Title of Company Signatory  
   
 
Date  

 

 

InCannex & CNS MCA & App l 25 June 2020 Page 29 of 29

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT WAS OMITTED BY MEANS OF MARKING SUCH
INFORMATION WITH BRACKETS (“[***]”) BECAUSE THE IDENTIFIED CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION IS NOT
MATERIAL AND IS THE TYPE THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL.

 

Research Services Agreement

 

DETAILS

 

PARTIES

 
Monash Monash University (ABN 12 377 614 012), a body corporate constituted in accordance with the Monash University Act 2009 (Vic) of Wellington Road, Clayton, Victoria, Australia 3800
Contracting Party lncannex Healthcare Ltd (ABN 93 096 635 246) of Level 39, Rialto South Tower, 525 Collins Street, Melbourne VIC 3000 (or its nominee)

TERM

 
Commencement Date (23/11/2020]
Completion Date (23/11/2023]
RESEARCH SERVICES  
Research Services The research services described in Annexure A
Deliverables Psi-GAD-1 Trial Brief Progress Report: 23/05/2021
Psi-GAD-1 Trial Annual Progress Report: 23/11/2021
Psi-GAD-1 Trial Brief Progress Report: 23/05/2022
Psi-GAD-1 Trial Annual Progress Report: 23/11/2022
Psi-GAD-1 Trial Brief Progress Report: 23/05/2023
Psi-GAD-1 Trial Completion Report: 23/12/2023
Milestones Description Due Date
  Determine basic trial design and register trial with ANZCTR Before 23/03/2021
  Submission of trial protocol to HREC Before 23/05/2021
  Commence patient recruitment Before 23/09/2021 (subject to HREC delays)
Key Personnel Dr Paul Liknaitzky, Prof Murat Yucel, Prof Suresh Sundram
School of Clinical Sciences
Contracting Party Responsibilities Not Applicable
Background IP

Monash Background IP: None Specified
Contracting Party’s Background IP: None Specified
Dr Liknaitzky’s Background IP: Outlined in Annexure B

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 v6 (Apr 2020)

 Page 1 of 21

 

 

Are Monash approvals

(eg ethics/biosafety) required? 

YES – Human Ethics

 

☐ No
PAYMENT    
Fees

Invoicing date or Milestone

Amount $AUD (excl GST) 

  On the listed Commencement Date $[***]
 

15 months following the listed

Commencement Date

[***]
  TOTAL

[***]

     

Expenses

 

Any shortfall arising from requested changes to the budget from the Contracting Party, and any additional activities outside the scope of the budgeted research trial requested by the Contracting Party and agreed to by the Principal Investigator team. Any such expenses are payable prior to above changes or activities occurring.
     
CONTACT DETAILS    

Address for notices

Monash address:

Contracting Party address:

 

Attention:

Vanalysa Ly Research

Manager

Attention:

  Address:

[***]

Address:

[***]

  Phone:

[***]

Phone:

[***]

 

Email:

[***]

Email:

[***]

Address for invoices As above

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 v6 (Apr 2020)

 Page 2 of 21

 

 

EXECUTED as an agreement    
     
SIGNED for and on behalf of    
MONASH UNIVERSITY by    
its authorised officer:    
     
/s/ Ross Coppel    
Ross Coppel    
Print Name    
     
Senior Deputy Dean and Director of Research FMNHS   25-11-2020
Title   Date
     
SIGNED by the CONTRACTING PARTY    
in accordance with section 127    
of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth):   Signature of Director
     
/s/ Glenn Fowles   /s/ Troy Valentine
GLENN FOWLES   TROY VALENTINE
Name of Secretary Director

XXXXX):

  Name of Director
27 November 2020   27 November 2020
Date   Date

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 v6 (Apr 2020)

 Page 3 of 21

 

 

Background

 

A.The Contracting Party wishes to engage Monash to perform the Research Services.

 

B.Monash agrees to perform the Research Services on the terms set out in this Agreement.

 

C.The parties acknowledge and agree that the Contracting Party may assign or novate its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a nominee, being a subsidiary of the Contracting Party.

 

1. Definitions

 

1.In this Agreement:

 

Agreement means this agreement, the Details, and annexures (if any);

 

Australian Sanctions Law means any law prohibiting or restricting dealings with proscribed states, persons or entities or seeking to prevent the proliferation of weapons, including but not limited to laws implementing the sanctions imposed by the United Nations Security Council.;

 

Background IP means Intellectual Property Rights owned or controlled by a Party at the Commencement Date or created or acquired independently of this Agreement, that a Party makes available for the performance of the Research Services, and includes Improvements and any Background IP specified in the Details;

 

Business Day means a weekday on which banks are open in Melbourne, Australia.

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 v6 (Apr 2020)

 Page 4 of 21

 

 

Confidential Information means information disclosed to a Party (Receiving Party) in any material form by the other Party (Disclosing Party) in relation to the Research Services which is by its nature confidential, which is designated by the Disclosing Party as confidential, or which the Receiving Party knows or ought to know is confidential, but does not include (or, as the case requires, ceases to include) information which:

 

(a)is in the public domain at the time of disclosure;

 

(b)is published or otherwise becomes part of the public domain through no fault of the Receiving Party;

 

(c)was in the possession of the Receiving Party at the time of disclosure without an obligation of non-disclosure to the Disclosing Party;

 

(d)is received from a third party without an obligation of non-disclosure;

 

(e)is independently created by or on behalf of the Receiving Party by persons who had no knowledge of the Confidential Information; or

 

(f)is required to be disclosed by law.

 

Controller means, in relation to a person:

 

(a)a receiver, receiver and manager, administrator or liquidator (whether provisional or otherwise) of that person or that person’s property; or

 

(b)anyone else who (whether or not as agent for the person) is in possession, or has control, of that person’s property to enforce an encumbrance;

 

Details mean the matters set out in the table on the front page(s) of this Agreement headed “Details”;

 

Developed IP means Intellectual Property Rights created or developed by or on behalf of Monash in the course of performing the Research Services, including the Deliverables, but expressly excluding Background IP;

 

Force Majeure Event has the meaning given to that term in clause 10.1;

 

GST means a goods and services tax imposed on the supply of goods and services (including intellectual property) under the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth);

 

Improvements means any improvements, enhancements, modifications, adaptations, extensions, developments, mutations, application of Background IP, and all other technical advances made by or on behalf of Monash to Background IP, whether or not protected by statute, in the course of providing the Research Services;

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 v6 (Apr 2020)

 Page 5 of 21

 

 

Insolvency Event means, in respect of a Party, any one or more of the following events or circumstances:

 

(a)a winding up, dissolution, liquidation, provisional liquidation, administration or bankruptcy;

 

(b)having a Controller or analogous person appointed to it or any of its property;

 

(c)being unable to pay any of its debts as and when due and payable or being deemed to be insolvent under any provision of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) or any other law;

 

(d)seeking protection from its creditors under any law, entering into a compromise, moratorium, assignment, composition or arrangement with, or for the benefit of, any of its members or creditors, or

 

(e)any analogous event or circumstance to those described in paragraphs (a) to (d) under any law,

 

unless such event or circumstance occurs as part of a solvent reconstruction, amalgamation, compromise, arrangement, merger or consolidation approved by the other party (which approval is not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

Intellectual Property Rights means all rights resulting from intellectual activity whether capable of protection by statute, common law or in equity, including copyright, discoveries, inventions, patent rights, registered and unregistered trade marks, design rights, circuit layouts, plant varieties, the right to have confidential information kept confidential and all rights and interests of a like nature, together with any and all documentation relating to such rights and interests;

 

Party means Monash or the Contracting Party and Parties means both of them;

 

Personal Information means ‘personal information’ as defined in the Privacy and Data Protection Act 2014 (Vic) and ‘health information’ as defined in the Health Records Act 2001 (Vic);

 

Research Services means the research services to be provided by Monash under this Agreement, as described in the Details;

 

Term means the term of this Agreement as set out in clause 2.

 

2.All other capitalised expressions in this Agreement have the meanings given to them in the Details.

 

2.Term

 

This Agreement will commence on the Commencement Date and will continue until the Completion Date, unless terminated earlier in accordance with this Agreement.

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 v6 (Apr 2020)

 Page 6 of 21

 

 

3.Research Services

 

3.1.Performance

 

(a)Monash agrees to:

 

(i}carry out and complete the Research Services during the Term in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including providing the Deliverables and complying with the Milestones as set out in the Details;

 

(ii}carry out the Research Services in accordance with all reasonable professional, scientific and ethical principles and standards;

 

(iii)use reasonable endeavours to obtain any required Monash approvals and is not required to commence the Research Services until such approvals are obtained. If Monash approvals are unable to be obtained or obtained in a timely manner, the Parties will communicate with each other and decide whether to terminate this Agreement. If the Parties agree to terminate this Agreement under this clause, Monash will be entitled to payment for work done and Expenses incurred up to the date of termination; and

 

(iv)use reasonable endeavours to ensure that any Key Personnel are actively involved in delivering the Research Services. Where the Key Personnel leave the employ of Monash or are unable to perform the Research Services, Monash will use reasonable endeavours to provide a replacement subject to the Contracting Party’s approval which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If a suitable replacement cannot be found or is not agreed to by the Parties, the Parties will communicate with each other and decide whether to terminate this Agreement. If the Parties agree to terminate this Agreement under this clause, Monash will be entitled to payment for work done and Expenses incurred up to the date of termination, and reasonable costs necessarily incurred arising from such termination.

 

(b}The Contracting Party acknowledges and agrees that to the extent that Monash is unable to perform the Research Services, or there is a change in the scope of the Research Services, due to any act or omission of the Contracting Party or any Force Majeure Event, Monash may, acting reasonably, propose amendments to the Details and the Fees. Monash will promptly provide the Contracting Party with notice of such proposed amendments, whereupon the Parties will meet and agree on changes (if any}. If the Parties are unable to agree on the changes, then the Agreement will be terminated on a date agreed between the Parties (both acting reasonably} and Monash will be paid all Fees and Expenses up to the date of termination, including any committed Fees and Expenses.

 

3.2.Contracting Party Responsibilities

 

(a}The Contracting Party will comply with or perform the Contracting Party Responsibilities at its sole expense and will promptly provide Monash with any materials listed under the Contracting Party Responsibilities (Materials}, in addition to all information and assistance reasonably required to enable Monash to carry out the Research Services.

 

(b}The Contracting Party will:

 

(i}ensure that the Materials are accurate, complete and current;

 

(ii}ensure that it is entitled to supply the Materials to Monash for the purpose of the Research Services;

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 v6 (Apr 2020)

 Page 7 of 21

 

 

(iii)ensure that the use of the Materials in connection with the Research Services is lawful and all required consents, permissions or authorisations relating to such use have been obtained;

 

(iv)be responsible for arranging for the packaging and delivery of all Materials to Monash and for all associated costs. Monash will not be responsible for any damage to the Materials prior to delivery to it;

 

(v)unless specified by written notice to Monash, ensure that the Contracting Party Materials, when used by Monash for the Research Services, are not reasonably capable of constituting a threat to safety, health, life, property or the environment; and

 

(vi)ensure that it provides Monash all relevant information regarding the Materials, including, without limitation, information relating to the safe, secure and appropriate transportation, use, storage and disposal of the Materials.

 

4.Payment

 

4.1.Fees and Expenses

 

In consideration of Monash performing the Research Services, the Contracting Party must pay to Monash the Fees and Expenses in the manner specified in the Details.

 

4.2.Late Payment

 

Monash may suspend performance of the Research Services or its other obligations under this Agreement until any overdue amounts are paid. The Contracting Party will pay, if demanded, interest at a rate 2% higher than the rate fixed from time to time under the Penalty Interest Rates Act 1983 (Vic) on any amounts which the Contracting Party has not paid to Monash by the due date. Interest is to be calculated daily from the due date and will continue until the overdue amounts are paid.

 

5.GST

 

5.1.Monash shall submit invoices for amounts payable according to the Details and the Contracting Party agrees and undertakes to pay such amounts within thirty {30) days of receipt of a valid tax invoice.

 

5.2.Any amount payable by the Contracting Party for anything supplied under this Agreement is expressed exclusive of GST. The Contracting Party will, on issue of a valid tax invoice (or other documentation required under GST laws to enable tax in-put credits to be claimed), pay Monash an additional amount equal to the GST liability payable by Monash on the supply within 30 days of the invoice.

 

6.Intellectual Property Rights

 

6.1.Background IP

 

(a)Each Party agrees that it will not have any claim, ownership or interest in the other Party’s Background IP, except as specified in this Agreement.

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 v6 (Apr 2020)

 Page 8 of 21

 

 

(b)Where Background IP is contributed by the Contracting Party, the Contracting Party grants Monash a non-exclusive, royalty-free licence for the Term to use, reproduce, communicate, modify and adapt that Background IP solely for the purpose of providing the Research Services.

 

(c)To the extent that Improvements have been made by Monash to the Contracting Party’s Background IP (Contracting Party Improvements), Monash agrees that title to, and all Intellectual Property Rights (including future copyright) in the Contracting Party Improvements will automatically be transferred and assigned to the Contracting Party, encumbrance free, such transfer and assignment to be effective on payment in full of the Fees and Expenses.

 

(d)Monash agrees to execute all such further documents and do all such further acts, at the Contracting Party’s expense, that are necessary to effect the assignment in clause 6.l(c).

 

6.2.Ownership of Developed IP

 

(a)Title to, and all Intellectual Property Rights (including future copyright) in, the Developed IP will automatically be transferred and assigned to the Contracting Party, encumbrance free, such transfer and assignment to be effective on payment in full of the Fees and Expenses.

 

(b)Monash agrees to execute all such further documents and do all such further acts, at the Contracting Party’s expense, that are necessary to effect the assignment of the Developed IP to Contracting Party under clause 6.2(a).

 

(c)Where the use of any Monash Background IP is necessary for the Contracting Party to be able to fully utilise the Developed IP, Monash will grant the Contracting Party a non-exclusive, royalty free licence, to use, reproduce, communicate, publish, adapt and exploit that Background IP in conjunction with the Developed IP to the extent necessary and solely for the purpose of utilising the Developed IP.

 

6.3.Licence to Monash

 

(a)The Contracting Party grants to Monash a non-exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, free, worldwide licence to use, reproduce, communicate, publish, adapt and exploit the Developed IP solely for research, teaching and publication purposes (subject to Monash’s compliance with clause 9.2).

 

(b)Where the use of any Background IP of the Contracting Party is necessary for Monash to be able to fully utilise the Developed IP in accordance with the licence granted to it under clause 6.3(a), the Contracting Party grants Monash a non-exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, free, worldwide licence to use, reproduce, communicate, publish, adapt and exploit that Background IP in conjunction with the Developed IP solely for the purpose of utilising the Developed IP in accordance with clause 6.3(a).

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 v6 (Apr 2020)

 Page 9 of 21

 

 

7.Liability, warranties and indemnity

 

7.1.Acknowledgement

 

The Contracting Party acknowledges and agrees that:

 

(a)while Monash will exercise reasonable care and diligence and comply with its obligations under this Agreement in carrying out the Research Services, research work is by its nature uncertain and that the outcomes of the Research Services and its ability to produce commercially useful results cannot be assured;

 

(b)Monash makes no representation and gives no warranties that any Developed IP will be patentable;

 

(c)Monash is not required to make enquiries or undertake patent searches to ascertain whether any Developed IP or Background IP infringes any third party Intellectual Property Rights;

 

(d)the Developed IP is a result of experimental research and as such, the Contracting Party must use its own judgement as to the applicability and appropriateness of the Developed IP for the Contracting Party’s intended use;

 

(e)the Contracting Party assumes sole responsibility and risk in interpreting, using, exploiting and protecting the Developed IP (including any findings, results and recommendations contained within); and

 

(f)given the above, to the maximum extent permitted by law, subject to clause 7.7 and notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, Monash will not be liable to the Contracting Party for any loss or damage arising from:

 

(i)Contracting Party’s (or any of its users) use of any Developed IP (including any findings, results and recommendations contained within); or

 

(ii)Monash’s failure to perform work on time or within estimated costs, provided that Monash has exercised reasonable care and diligence and complied with its other obligations under this Agreement in carrying out the Research Services.

 

7.2.Developed IP and Background IP limitation on warranty

 

Monash makes no representations and gives no warranties that the Developed IP, Monash Background IP, or any Improvements to the Contracting Party’s Background IP when used by the Contracting Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, will not infringe upon any third party Intellectual Property Rights.

 

7.3.Limitation of condition, guarantee or warranty

 

Monash will exercise all reasonable care and diligence and comply with its other obligations under this Agreement in carrying out the Research Services but where permitted by law (including, without limitation, under the Competition and Consumer Act 2010) specifically excludes any condition, guarantee or warranty either express or implied, as to the standard or timeliness of work, the accuracy of, or fitness for a particular purpose of, the Research Services.

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 v6 (Apr 2020)

 Page 10 of 21

 

 

7.4.Limitation of liability

 

(a)To the fullest extent permitted by law (including, without limitation, the Competition and Consumer Act 2010), Monash’s liability under any condition, guarantee or warranty which cannot legally be excluded is limited, at the option of Monash, to supplying the Research Services again or paying the cost of having the Research Services supplied again.

 

(b)Monash’s liability under this Agreement is reduced to the extent that any damage, liability, loss or cost arises from or is attributable to any act or omission of the Contracting Party, its officers, employees, agents or contractors.

 

7.5.Contracting Party to bear responsibility and risk

 

The Contracting Party assumes sole responsibility and risk in interpreting, using and exploiting the Developed IP and any Improvements to its Background IP (including any findings, results and recommendations therein) and shall indemnify Monash and its officers, employees and agents against any actions, proceedings, suits, claims and demands arising from such interpretation, use or exploitation by the Contracting Party, its officers, employees, contractors, agents, successors, licensees or assigns; save to the extent such loss, damage or expense is directly attributable to any breach of this Agreement by Monash or any negligent, fraudulent, or unlawful act or omission by Monash, its officers, employees or agents.

 

7.6.Special, indirect or consequential loss or damage

 

To the fullest extent permitted by law, Monash will not be liable to the Contracting Party or any third party for any special, indirect or consequential loss or damage, or loss of anticipated profits, revenue, data or opportunity, arising from or in any way relating to this Agreement, whether in tort (including negligence), contract, statute, equity or otherwise.

 

7.7Maximum liability

 

Notwithstanding any other clause in this Agreement and to the fullest extent permitted by law, Monash’s liability arising from its obligations under this Agreement or in any other manner related to this Agreement, whether in tort (including negligence), contract, statute, equity or otherwise, will not in the aggregate exceed the Fees and Expenses paid under this Agreement.

 

8.Privacy

 

8.1.Each Party must handle any Personal Information relating to the Research Services or under this Agreement in accordance with the Privacy and Data Protection Act 2014 (Vic) and the Health Records Act 2001 (Vic), including the Information Privacy Principles and Health Privacy Principles, and any code of practice or guidelines made under these Acts, and must co-operate with all efforts by either Party to comply with these laws, codes and guidelines, including in response to a complaint or a suspected privacy breach.

 

8.2.Where the Contracting Party discloses any Personal Information it receives from Monash, or it receives, creates or holds in connection with this Agreement, to any third party for the purposes of this Agreement, the Contracting Party must ensure that the third party is subject to enforceable obligations requiring the third party to comply with the obligations in this clause as if the third party were the Contracting Party, and to enforce these obligations against the third party if required to do so by Monash.

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 v6 (Apr 2020)

 Page 11 of 21

 

 

8.3.To the extent that:

 

(a}the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (2016/679} (GDPR} is applicable to Monash or the Contracting Party (or both} in the context of this Agreement; and

 

(b}GDPR provisions impose obligations on Monash or the Contracting Party (or both} which are additional to the obligations in clauses 8.1 or 8.2 in respect of personal data as that term is defined in the GDPR,

 

the Contracting Party shall comply with those GDPR provisions in addition to its obligations under clauses 8.1 and 8.2.

 

8.4.The Contracting Party will indemnify and will continue to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Monash, its officers and employees from and against all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, settlements, expenses and costs (including reasonable legal costs} arising out of or relating to the Contracting Party’s breach of this clause 8 or a breach by any third party of the obligations it undertakes under clause 8.2.

 

9.Confidentiality and Publication

 

9.1.Obligations of confidentiality

 

Each party (Receiving Party} receiving, possessing or otherwise acquiring Confidential Information of the other party (Disclosing Party} acknowledges that the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information is the property of and confidential to or a trade secret of the Disclosing Party. The Receiving Party must:

 

(a}keep the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information confidential and not directly or indirectly disclose, divulge or communicate that Confidential Information to, or otherwise place that Confidential Information at the disposal of, any other person without the prior written approval of the Disclosing Party;

 

(b}take all reasonable steps to secure and keep secure all Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information in its possession or control; and

 

(a)not deliberately memorise, use, modify, reverse engineer or make copies, notes or records of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information for any purpose other than in connection with the performance by the Receiving Party of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

9.2.Publication rights

 

(a}With the exception of Specified Confidential Information outlined in 9.2(b}, Monash may publish the Developed IP after providing the Contracting Party with a thirty (30} day period in which to review each proposed publication to identify any inadvertent disclosure of the Contracting Party’s Specified Confidential Information.

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 v6 (Apr 2020)

 Page 12 of 21

 

 

(b}Specified Confidential Information cannot be published or otherwise communicated without prior written approval from the Contracting Party. When and if the Contracting Party deems further items should be added to this list of items comprising Specified Confidential Information, a Contract Addendum will be provided to Monash by the Contracting Party, outlining the proposed items for agreement. Monash’s agreement with the addition of these items as Specified Confidential Information will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. At the date of this Agreement, Specified Confidential Information consists of:

 

(i}Psi-GAD Trial Treatment Manual

 

(ii}Psi-GAD Trial Therapist Training Manual

 

(c)If the Contracting Party notifies Monash in writing within the thirty (30} day period that the proposed publication should not be published due to clause 9.2(a), then the Parties agree that they will communicate with each other in good faith with a view to reaching agreement on whether the proposed publication can be published in some amended form. If the Contracting Party does not respond to Monash within the thirty (30} day period, approval to publish is deemed to be given. Such approvals are not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

(d}Excluding the Specified Confidential Information and any information the subject of a Contract Addendum, Monash researchers may discuss the project without written approval from the Contracting Party, for media and other forums such as academic talks, interviews for radio, television, film, other media, or other forums as appropriate to promote the research.

 

9.3.The Contracting Party shall not publish, or make a public statement about, any findings, results, outcomes or recommendations arising from the Research Services in association with the name, trade marks or logos of Monash or the name of Monash staff, without the express written approval of Monash (which approval is not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed}.

 

9.4.The Contracting Party shall not represent that Monash or any Monash staff in any way endorse, support or approve of, any products, services, intellectual property or business of the Contracting Party, unless Monash has given its express written consent to such representation.

 

10.Force Majeure

 

10.1.Neither party will be liable for any delay or failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement where such delay or failure is due to any event beyond that party’s reasonable control including by reason of any of the following: labor disturbances, shortages or disputes of any kind; natural disasters; national emergencies; government directives or restrictions; civil disorders; acts of war or aggression; acts of God; failure of utilities; mechanical breakdowns; material shortages; epidemics; pandemics (including but not limited to COVID-19}; or similar occurrences (Force Majeure Event}. This clause does not apply to the Contracting Party’s obligation to pay the Fees and Expenses, provided that Monash is ready, willing and able to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

10.2.The Party unable to perform its obligations as a result of a Force Majeure Event must:

 

(a}notify the other Party promptly of any delay or failure to perform referred to in clause 10.1; and

 

(b}use reasonable endeavours to resume performance in accordance with this Agreement as soon as practically possible.

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 v6 (Apr 2020)

 Page 13 of 21

 

 

11.Dispute Resolution

 

11.1.If any dispute arises between the Parties out of or in connection with this Agreement, the Parties shall endeavour to resolve that dispute by negotiation in good faith.

 

11.2.If the dispute is not mutually resolved within 20 Business Days of a Party serving on the other Party a written dispute notice, each Party must nominate one senior representative who shall meet as soon as practicable for the purpose of endeavouring to resolve the dispute.

 

11.3.If within 20 Business Days after submitting the dispute to senior representatives the Parties fail to resolve the dispute then the Parties shall have the right to seek the determination of the dispute in a court or tribunal exercising jurisdiction over such matters in Victoria, Australia.

 

11.4.The provisions of this clause 11 shall not preclude a Party from seeking urgent interlocutory relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

12.Termination

 

12.1.Either Party (Terminating Party) may terminate this Agreement immediately by notice in writing to the other Party (Defaulting Party) if:

 

(a)the Defaulting Party is in breach of this Agreement and the Defaulting Party fails to remedy the breach, where it is capable of remedy, within 20 Business Days of receiving written notice of the breach from the Terminating Party;

 

(b)the Defaulting Party is in breach of this Agreement and the breach is not capable of remedy;

 

(c)an Insolvency Event occurs in relation to the Defaulting Party; or

 

(d)the Parties agree that the Milestones will not be met, whether because it appears the outcomes will not be attained or for technical reasons the work should not continue.

 

12.2.Monash may terminate this Agreement immediately by notice in writing if the Contracting Party breaches clause 13.11.

 

12.3.Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason:

 

(a)each Party must immediately cease using the other Party’s Confidential Information and promptly return to the other Party its Confidential Information or, if requested by the other Party, destroy it;

 

(b)in the case of termination pursuant to clause 12.l(d), the Contracting Party will meet payments due to Monash up to the effective date of termination, plus the reasonable costs and committed expenses of Monash which cannot be avoided notwithstanding the termination; and

 

(c)the termination will be without prejudice to any other remedies available to any Party.

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 v6 (Apr 2020)

 Page 14 of 21

 

 

13.General

 

13.1.Nature of obligations

 

(a)Any provision in this Agreement which binds more than one person binds all of those persons jointly and each of them severally.

 

(b)Each obligation imposed on a Party by this Agreement in favour of another is a separate obligation.

 

13.2.Entire understanding

 

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the Parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes, terminates, and replaces all prior agreements between the Parties.

 

13.3.Further assurances

 

A Party, at its own expense and within a reasonable time of being requested by the other Party to do so, must do all things and execute all documents that are reasonably necessary to give full effect to this Agreement.

 

13.4.No waiver

 

(a)A failure, delay, relaxation or indulgence by a Party in exercising any power or right conferred on the Party by this Agreement does not operate as a waiver of the power or right.

 

(b)A single or partial exercise of the power or right does not preclude a further exercise of it or the exercise of any other power or right under this Agreement.

 

(c)A waiver of a breach does not operate as a waiver of any other breach.

 

13.5.Severability

 

Any provision of this Agreement which is invalid in any jurisdiction must, in relation to that jurisdiction:

 

(a)be read down to the minimum extent necessary to achieve its validity, if applicable; and

 

(b)be severed from this Agreement in any other case,

 

without invalidating or affecting the remaining provisions of this Agreement or the validity of that provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

13.6.No assignment

 

(a)Subject to clause 13.6, a Party cannot assign or otherwise transfer the benefit of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

(b)Monash agrees that the Contracting Party may assign or novate its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a subsidiary of the Contracting Party.

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 v6 (Apr 2020)

 Page 15 of 21

 

 

13.7.Consents and approvals

 

Where anything depends on the consent or approval of a party then, unless this Agreement provides otherwise, that consent or approval may be given conditionally or unconditionally or withheld, in the absolute discretion of that party.

 

13.8.No variation

 

This Agreement cannot be amended or varied except in writing signed by the Parties.

 

13.9.Governing law and jurisdiction

 

(a)This Agreement is governed by and must be construed in accordance with the laws in force in the State of Victoria, Australia.

 

(b)The Parties submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of that State and the Commonwealth of Australia in respect of all matters arising out of or relating to this Agreement, its performance or subject matter.

 

13.10.Notices

 

All notices to be served under this Agreement:

 

(a)may be served personally, via email, or sent by express post to the address of the recipient as set out in the Details (or to such alternative address which has been notified by the recipient to the sender); and

 

(b)will be deemed to have been given:

 

(i)if served personally, on the date upon which it is served;

 

(ii)if sent by email, upon receipt by the sender of confirmation that the notice has been sent in its entirety to the recipient; and

 

(iii)if sent by express post, two Business Days after the date of posting.

 

13.11.Sanctions

 

(a)Where the Contracting Party is an Australian entity or person:

 

The Parties acknowledges their obligations under Australian sanctions laws, including but not limited to those arising under the Charter of the United Nations Act 1945 (Cth) and the Autonomous Sanctions Act 2011 (Cth), and undertake to comply with those obligations.

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 v6 (Apr 2020)

 Page 16 of 21

 

 

(b)Where the Contracting Party is not an Australian entity or person:

 

The Contracting Party undertakes not to engage in any act which may result in Monash contravening an Australian Sanctions Law.

 

13.12.Electronic Signing & Counterparts

 

(a)Each Party agrees that this Agreement may be executed by electronic signature (regardless of the form of electronic signature utilised) and that this method of signature is conclusive of the parties’ intention to be bound by this Agreement as if physical signing had occurred.

 

(b)This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties on separate counterparts. Each counterpart constitutes the agreement of each party who has executed and delivered that counterpart. Each party may communicate its execution of this Agreement by successfully transmitting an executed copy of the Agreement by an electronic method to each party.

 

13.13.Relationship of parties

 

The Parties are independent contracting parties and nothing in this Agreement may be construed as creating a relationship of partnership, joint venture, employer and employee, principal and agent, or trustee and beneficiary, nor does it grant either Party any authority to assume or to create any obligation on behalf of, or in the name of, the other Party.

 

13.14.Survival of obligations

 

Clauses 4, 5.2, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12.3 and 13 survive expiry or termination of this Agreement.

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 v6 (Apr 2020)

 Page 17 of 21

 

 

Annexure A - Trial Summary

 

A Phase 2A randomised double-blind active-placebo-controlled trial to assess the safety and efficacy of psilocybin-assisted psychotherapy for Generalized Anxiety Disorder [Psi-GAD-1]

 

Study Type   Double blind active-placebo controlled Phase 2A RCT
     

Estimated
enrolment:

 

72 participants

     
Primary Indication:  

Generalised Anxiety Disorder (GAD) 

     
Treatment:   Psilocybin-assisted psychotherapy
     
Treatment sessions:   Two psilocybin or active-placebo dosing sessions; 9 non-drug psychotherapy sessions. [Open-label extension arm for placebo group after 26 week follow-up and unblinding: single psilocybin dosing sessions; 3 additional non-drug psychotherapy sessions].
     
Primary outcomes:   Safety, efficacy
     

Secondary
outcomes: 

  Quality of life, functional impairment, comorbidities, mechanisms
     
Funding (source)  

[***] 

     

Timing

 

[***]

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 v6 (Apr 2020)

 Page 18 of 21

 

 

Investigators

 

Chief Principal Investigator and Trial Co-ordinator: Paul Liknaitzky
Principal Investigators: Murat Yucel, Suresh Sundram

 

Brief Description

 

Phase 3 trials pursuing FDA and EMA drug licencing for psilocybin-assisted psychotherapy to treat depression are on course to commence in the US and Europe in 2021. This trial will be a double blind active-placebo controlled RCT assessing safety, efficacy, feasibility and therapeutic mechanisms of psilocybin-assisted psychotherapy for Generalised Anxiety Disorder (GAD). With support from the Usona Institute, and based on the treatment protocols of leading psychedelic research groups, this FDA-compliant pivotal trial is likely to be a world-first using psilocybin to treat GAD. Ancillary options and sub-studies, subject to additional funding or partnerships, include: biomarkers, neuroimaging, Lifestyle Medicine continued care program, performance-based tasks, and app-based ecological momentary assessment. In addition, the trial will fund the development of a specialist training program for trial therapists using psilocybin in the treatment of GAD.

 

Dosing and Psychotherapeutic support

[***] [***]Primary objectives include:

 

[***]

 

Secondary objectives include:

 

[***]

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 v6 (Apr 2020)

 Page 19 of 21

 

 

Indicative Budget Summary: Psi-GAD-1 trial [30-36 months duration]  Total {excl GST)
Study IP and preparation  [***]
Pharmacy  [***]
Project management, patient assessments, research staff  [***]
Administration, set-up, training  [***]
Clinical treatment/ Laboratory assessment  [***]
Miscellaneous (incl participant reimbursement)  [***]
Total  [***]

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 v6 (Apr 2020)

 Page 20 of 21

 

 

Annexure B: Background IP

 

Dr Liknaitzky has developed Background IP in a private capacity, and provides the Contracting Party with a non-exclusive, royalty-free licence in perpetuity to use, reproduce, communicate, modify and adapt that Background IP. Dr Liknaitzky retains the rights to use this background IP in future research, development, and other projects. This Background IP consists of a Research Trial Protocol Prototype and a Therapist Training Program Prototype, detailed below.

 

Research Trial Protocol Prototype [psilocybin-assisted psychotherapy clinical trial protocol]: consists of an extensive document (~so pages) that includes the following sections:

 

Psychedelic Compounds In Medicine, Psilocybin Summary, Safety Of Psilocybin Use, Risks Of Psilocybin Use.
Study Design, Type Of Study, Sample Size, Source Population, Expected Duration Of Participation, Study Measures, lnvestigational Product (Dosage, Storage, Handling And Labelling), Psychotherapy, Concomitant Medications And Psychotropics, Rescue Medications.
Participant Recruitment, Consenting Process, Screening For Eligibility, Clinical Laboratory Assessments, Inclusion Criteria, Exclusion Criteria, General Medical Exclusion Criteria, Psychiatric Exclusion Criteria,
Study Procedures, Data Points And Associated Procedures, Premature Discontinuation Of The Study, Removal Or Withdrawal Of Participants From The Study.
Potential Benefits, Possible Risks And Discomforts Associated With Assessment Measures, Possible Risks And Discomforts Associated With Non-Drug And Experimental Psychotherapy, Possible Risks Of Receiving Psilocybin, Cardiovascular And Sympathomimetic Effects, Possible Psychological Distress Associated With Receiving Psilocybin, Reproductive And Developmental Risks, Drug Dependence And Abuse Potential, Risk Mitigation, Adverse Events, Serious Adverse Events, Medical Emergencies, Serious Adverse Event Collection.

 

Therapist Training Program Prototype [psilocybin-assisted psychotherapy therapist training program]: consists of a document (~25 pages) outlining training schedule, national and international trainers, educational material list, and training content summaries for each session (outline of in- person schedule shown below):

 

FOUNDATIONS: Setting the scene on this training; Introductions, broader context of PP; Historic and research overview of PP; Group discussion: questions, concerns; Key trial details; Set-setting protocol.
PREPARATION: AIMS: Key Aims Of Preparation; PRACT: Practical Approaches To Preparation; GUEST: Intro, Therapist Qualities, Past Challenges For Psychedelic Research Groups; GUEST: Principles Of PP, Stories From The Field; Clinical Exercise: Somatic And Mindfulness Tools Within Preparation; ROLE PLAY: Preparation; DISCUSSION: Preparation.
DOSING: AIMS: Psychedelic experience and supporting therapeutic mechanisms; PRACT 1: Dosing skills; PRACT 2: Risks, safety monitoring, symptoms, adverse events, rescue, reporting, referral; CLINICAL EXERCISE: Dosing skills; ROLE PLAY: dosing; DISCUSSION: dosing.
INTEGRATION: AIMS: Key aims of Integration; PRACTICAL: integration; ROLE PLAY: Integration; DISCUSSION: Integration.
SYNTHESIS: Trial requirements and key pragmatics for therapists, plus Q&A; GUEST: Safety response, red flags, pre-emptive support, therapist anxiety; PRACTICAL: General considerations, incl screening, rapport, expectation/intention, red flags, dyadic challenges; PRACTICAL: Specific tips, statements, and exercises for each phase; DISCUSSION: take outs, final questions; GUEST: Case studies from TRD trial, tips and hard- earned wisdom, Q&A.

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 v6 (Apr 2020)

 Page 21 of 21

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT WAS OMITTED BY MEANS OF

MARKING SUCH INFORMATION WITH BRACKETS (“[***]”) BECAUSE THE IDENTIFIED

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION IS NOT MATERIAL AND IS THE TYPE THAT

THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL.

 

Research Services Agreement

 

DETAILS

 

PARTIES  
Monash Monash University (ABN 12 377 614 012), a body corporate constituted in accordance with the Monash University Act 2009 (Vic) of Wellington Road, Clayton, Victoria, Australia 3800
Contracting Party

Incannex Pty Ltd (ABN 33 630 326 902) of PO Box 324, Collins Street West, Melbourne

VIC 8007 (“Incannex”)

TERM  
Commencement Date 15 February 2021
Completion Date

Phase 1: Six months from animal ethics clearance. Behaviour and Blood biomarkers preliminary report to be provided after five months.

 

Phase 2: Four months from Incannex notification to proceed with Phase 2.

RESEARCH SERVICES

 
Research Services The research services described in Annexure A
Deliverables A written report including detailed data analysis
Milestones

Description

 

1.       Delivery of Phase 1 behaviour and blood biomarkers report 

2.       Delivery of Phase 1 ex vivo MRI report

3.       If at the completion of Phase 1 Incannex agrees to the commencement of Phase 2, delivery of Phase 2 report.

Key Personnel Stuart McDonald, Richelle Mychasiuk,Sandy Shultz
Department of Neuroscience, Central Clinical School
Contracting Party Responsibilities           ● Incannex to provide 50 g of synthetic cannabidiol manufactured by SCI-pharmtech
Background IP

Monash Background IP: None Specified

 

Contracting Party Background IP: Incannex has IP over the CBD isoflurane combination for treatment of traumatic brain injury.

Are Monash approvals
(eg ethics/biosafety) required?
              ☐ YES                                                           ☒ NO

PAYMENT

 

Fees 

   
  Phase 1: Invoicing date or Milestone Amount $AUD (excl GST)
  Upon signing this agreement [***]
  Upon Submission of two Phase 1 Reports [***]
  TOTAL [***]
  *  Parties have agreed that they can progress to Phase 2 project contingent upon success of Phase 1 and agreement of Contracting Party with additional fees of [***] + GST. Timeline and Schedule for the phase 2 to be agreed in writing by both parties.
  Phase 2: Invoicing date or Milestone Amount $AUD (excl GST)
  Upon agreement [***]
  Upon Submission of Phase 2 Report [***]
  TOTAL [***]
Expenses Not Applicable  

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 (June 2020) Page 1 of 17

 

 

CONTACT DETAILS  
Address for notices

Monash address:

 

Attention: Sean Meehan

    Director Contracts

    Management Office 

Address:   Monash University

    New Horizons Building -
    Room 1.46, 20 Research
    Way, Clayton VIC 3800 

Phone: [***]

Email: [***]

Contracting Party address:

 

Attention: Mr Glen Fowles
Address:   Incannex Pty Ltd

PO Box 324

Collins Street West
Melbourne VIC 8007

Phone:       [***]

Email: [***]

Address for invoices Please send invoices via email to Glenn Fowles as above and copy Mark Bleackley mark@incannex.com.au

 

EXECUTED as an agreement

 

SIGNED for and on behalf of )  
MONASH UNIVERSITY by )  
its authorised officer:      
       
Ross Coppel )   /s/ Ross Coppel
Print Name     Signature
       
Senior Deputy Dean and      
Director of Research, FMNHS     26 – 2 – 2021
Title     Date
       
SIGNED for and on behalf of )  
the CONTRACTING PARTY by )  
its authorised officer: )  
   
Joel Latham )   /s/ Joel Latham
Print Name )   Signature
       
Managing Director & CEO     10.03.2021
Title     Date

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 (June 2020) Page 2 of 17

 

 

Background

 

A.The Contracting Party wishes to engage Monash to perform the Research Services.

 

B.Monash agrees to perform the Research Services on the terms set out in this Agreement.

 

1.Definitions

 

1.1In this Agreement:

 

Agreement means this agreement, the Details, and annexures (if any);

 

Australian Sanctions Law means any law prohibiting or restricting dealings with proscribed states, persons or entities or seeking to prevent the proliferation of weapons, including but not limited to laws implementing the sanctions imposed by the United Nations Security Council.;

 

Background IP means Intellectual Property Rights owned or controlled by a Party at the Commencement Date or created or acquired independently of this Agreement, that a Party makes available for the performance of the Research Services, and includes Improvements and any Background IP specified in the Details;

 

Business Day means a weekday on which banks are open in Melbourne, Australia.

 

Confidential Information means information disclosed to a Party (Receiving Party) in any material form by the other Party (Disclosing Party) in relation to the Research Services which is by its nature confidential, which is designated by the Disclosing Party as confidential, or which the Receiving Party knows or ought to know is confidential, but does not include (or, as the case requires, ceases to include) information which:

 

(a)is in the public domain at the time of disclosure;
   
(b)is published or otherwise becomes part of the public domain through no fault of the Receiving Party;
   
(c)was in the possession of the Receiving Party at the time of disclosure without an obligation of non-disclosure to the Disclosing Party;
   
(d)is received from a third party without an obligation of non-disclosure;
   
(e)is independently created by or on behalf of the Receiving Party by persons who had no knowledge of the Confidential Information; or
   
(f)is required to be disclosed by law.

 

Controller means, in relation to a person:

 

(a)a receiver, receiver and manager, administrator or liquidator (whether provisional or otherwise) of that person or that person’s property; or
   
(b)anyone else who (whether or not as agent for the person) is in possession, or has control, of that person’s property to enforce an encumbrance;

 

Details mean the matters set out in the table on the front page(s) of this Agreement headed “Details”;

 

Developed IP means Intellectual Property Rights created or developed by or on behalf of Monash in the course of performing the Research Services, including the Deliverables, but expressly excluding Background IP;

 

Force Majeure Event has the meaning given to that term in clause 10.1;

 

GST means a goods and services tax imposed on the supply of goods and services (including intellectual property) under the A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth);

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 (June 2020) Page 3 of 17

 

 

Improvements means any improvements, enhancements, modifications, adaptations, extensions, developments, mutations, application of Background IP, and all other technical advances made by or on behalf of Monash to Background IP, whether or not protected by statute, in the course of providing the Research Services;

 

Insolvency Event means, in respect of a Party, any one or more of the following events or circumstances:

 

(a)a winding up, dissolution, liquidation, provisional liquidation, administration or bankruptcy;
   
(b)having a Controller or analogous person appointed to it or any of its property;
   
(c)being unable to pay any of its debts as and when due and payable or being deemed to be insolvent under any provision of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) or any other law;
   
(d)seeking protection from its creditors under any law, entering into a compromise, moratorium, assignment, composition or arrangement with, or for the benefit of, any of its members or creditors, or
   
(e)any analogous event or circumstance to those described in paragraphs (a) to (d) under any law,

 

unless such event or circumstance occurs as part of a solvent reconstruction, amalgamation, compromise, arrangement, merger or consolidation approved by the other party (which approval is not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed);

 

Intellectual Property Rights means all rights resulting from intellectual activity whether capable of protection by statute, common law or in equity, including copyright, discoveries, inventions, patent rights, registered and unregistered trade marks, design rights, circuit layouts, plant varieties, the right to have confidential information kept confidential and all rights and interests of a like nature, together with any and all documentation relating to such rights and interests;

 

Party means Monash or the Contracting Party and Parties means both of them;

 

Personal Information means ‘personal information’ as defined in the Privacy and Data Protection Act 2014 (Vic) and ‘health information’ as defined in the Health Records Act 2001 (Vic);

 

Research Services means the research services to be provided by Monash under this Agreement, as described in the Details;

 

Term means the term of this Agreement as set out in clause 2.

 

1.2All other capitalised expressions in this Agreement have the meanings given to them in the Details.
  
2.Term

 

This Agreement will commence on the Commencement Date and will continue until the Completion Date, unless terminated earlier in accordance with this Agreement.

 

3.Research Services

 

3.1Performance

 

(a)Monash agrees to:

 

(i)carry out the Research Services in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including providing the Deliverables and complying with the Milestones as set out in the Details;

 

(ii)carry out the Research Services in accordance with all reasonable professional, scientific and ethical principles and standards;

 

(iii)use reasonable endeavours to obtain any required Monash approvals and is not required to commence the Research Services until such approvals are obtained. If Monash approvals are unable to be obtained or obtained in a timely manner, the Parties will communicate with each other and decide whether to terminate this Agreement. If the Parties agree to terminate this Agreement under this clause, Monash will be entitled to payment for work done and Expenses incurred up to the date of termination; and

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 (June 2020) Page 4 of 17

 

 

(iv)use reasonable endeavours to ensure that any Key Personnel are actively involved in delivering the Research Services. Where the Key Personnel leave the employ of Monash or are unable to perform the Research Services, Monash will use reasonable endeavours to provide a replacement subject to the Contracting Party’s approval which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If a suitable replacement cannot be found or is not agreed to by the Parties, the Parties will communicate with each other and decide whether to terminate this Agreement. If the Parties agree to terminate this Agreement under this clause, Monash will be entitled to payment for work done and Expenses incurred up to the date of termination, and reasonable costs necessarily incurred arising from such termination.

 

(b)The Contracting Party acknowledges and agrees that to the extent that Monash is unable to perform the Research Services, or there is a change in the scope of the Research Services, due to any act or omission of the Contracting Party or any Force Majeure Event, Monash may, acting reasonably, propose amendments to the Details and the Fees. Monash will promptly provide the Contracting Party with notice of such proposed amendments, whereupon the Parties will meet and agree on changes (if any). If the Parties are unable to agree on the changes, then the Agreement will be terminated on a date agreed between the Parties (both acting reasonably) and Monash will be paid all Fees and Expenses up to the date of termination, including any committed Fees and Expenses.

 

3.2Contracting Party Responsibilities

 

(a)The Contracting Party will comply with or perform the Contracting Party Responsibilities at its sole expense and will promptly provide Monash with any materials listed under the Contracting Party Responsibilities (Materials), in addition to all information and assistance reasonably required to enable Monash to carry out the Research Services.

 

(b)The Contracting Party will:

 

(i)ensure that the Materials are accurate, complete and current;

 

(ii)ensure that it is entitled to supply the Materials to Monash for the purpose of the Research Services;

 

(iii)ensure that the use of the Materials in connection with the Research Services is lawful and all required consents, permissions or authorisations relating to such use have been obtained;

 

(iv)be responsible for arranging for the packaging and delivery of all Materials to Monash and for all associated costs. Monash will not be responsible for any damage to the Materials prior to delivery to it;

 

(v)unless specified by written notice to Monash, ensure that the Contracting Party Materials, when used by Monash for the Research Services, are not reasonably capable of constituting a threat to safety, health, life, property or the environment; and

 

(vi)ensure that it provides Monash all relevant information regarding the Materials, including, without limitation, information relating to the safe, secure and appropriate transportation, use, storage and disposal of the Materials.

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 (June 2020) Page 5 of 17

 

 

4.Payment

 

4.1Fees and Expenses

 

In consideration of Monash performing the Research Services, the Contracting Party must pay to Monash the Fees and Expenses in the manner specified in the Details.

 

4.2Late Payment

 

Monash may suspend performance of the Research Services or its other obligations under this Agreement until any overdue amounts are paid. The Contracting Party will pay, if demanded, interest at a rate 2% higher than the rate fixed from time to time under the Penalty Interest Rates Act 1983 (Vic) on any amounts which the Contracting Party has not paid to Monash by the due date. Interest is to be calculated daily from the due date and will continue until the overdue amounts are paid.

 

5.GST

 

5.1Monash shall submit invoices for amounts payable according to the Details and the Contracting Party agrees and undertakes to pay such amounts within thirty (30) days of receipt of a valid tax invoice.

 

5.2Any amount payable by the Contracting Party for anything supplied under this Agreement is expressed exclusive of GST. The Contracting Party will, on issue of a valid tax invoice (or other documentation required under GST laws to enable tax in-put credits to be claimed), pay Monash an additional amount equal to the GST liability payable by Monash on the supply within 30 days of the invoice.

 

6.Intellectual Property Rights

 

6.1Background IP

 

(a)Each Party agrees that it will not have any claim, ownership or interest in the other Party’s Background IP, except as specified in this Agreement.

 

(b)Where Background IP is contributed by the Contracting Party, the Contracting Party grants Monash a non-exclusive, royalty-free licence for the Term to use, reproduce, communicate, modify and adapt that Background IP solely for the purpose of providing the Research Services.

 

(c)To the extent that Improvements have been made by Monash to the Contracting Party’s Background IP (Contracting Party Improvements), Monash agrees that title to, and all Intellectual Property Rights (including future copyright) in the Contracting Party Improvements will automatically be transferred and assigned to the Contracting Party, encumbrance free, such transfer and assignment to be effective on payment in full of the Fees and Expenses.

 

(d)Monash agrees to execute all such further documents and do all such further acts, at the Contracting Party’s expense, that are necessary to effect the assignment in clause 6.1(c).

 

6.2Ownership of Developed IP

 

(a)Title to, and all Intellectual Property Rights (including future copyright) in, the Developed IP will automatically be transferred and assigned to the Contracting Party, encumbrance free, such transfer and assignment to be effective on payment in full of the Fees and Expenses.

 

(b)Monash agrees to execute all such further documents and do all such further acts, at the Contracting Party’s expense, that are necessary to effect the assignment of the Developed IP to Contracting Party under clause 6.2(a).

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 (June 2020) Page 6 of 17

 

 

(c)Where the use of any Monash Background IP is necessary for the Contracting Party to be able to fully utilise the Developed IP, Monash will grant the Contracting Party a non-exclusive licence, on reasonable commercial terms to be negotiated in good faith, to use, reproduce, communicate, publish, adapt and exploit that Background IP in conjunction with the Developed IP to the extent necessary and solely for the purpose of utilising the Developed IP.

 

6.3Licence to Monash

 

(a)The Contracting Party grants to Monash a non-exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, free, worldwide licence to use, reproduce, communicate, publish, adapt and exploit the Developed IP solely for research, teaching and publication purposes (subject to Monash’s compliance with clause 9.2).

 

(b)Where the use of any Background IP of the Contracting Party is necessary for Monash to be able to fully utilise the Developed IP in accordance with the licence granted to it under clause 6.3(a), the Contracting Party grants Monash a non-exclusive, irrevocable, perpetual, free, worldwide licence to use, reproduce, communicate, publish, adapt and exploit that Background IP in conjunction with the Developed IP solely for the purpose of utilising the Developed IP in accordance with clause 6.3(a).

 

7.Liability, warranties and indemnity

 

7.1Acknowledgement

 

The Contracting Party acknowledges and agrees that:

 

(a)while Monash will exercise reasonable care and diligence in carrying out the Research Services, research work is by its nature uncertain and that the outcomes of the Research Services and its ability to produce commercially useful results cannot be assured;

 

(b)Monash makes no representation and gives no warranties that any Developed IP will be patentable;

 

(c)Monash is not required to make enquiries or undertake patent searches to ascertain whether any Developed IP or Background IP infringes any third party Intellectual Property Rights;

 

(d)the Developed IP is a result of experimental research and as such, the Contracting Party must use its own judgement as to the applicability and appropriateness of the Developed IP for the Contracting Party’s intended use;

 

(e)the Contracting Party assumes sole responsibility and risk in interpreting, using, exploiting and protecting the Developed IP (including any findings, results and recommendations contained within); and

 

(f)given the above, to the maximum extent permitted by law, subject to clause 7.7 and notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, Monash will not be liable to the Contracting Party for any loss or damage arising from:

 

(i)Contracting Party’s (or any of its users) use of any Developed IP (including any findings, results and recommendations contained within); or

 

(ii)Monash’s failure to perform work on time or within estimated costs, provided that Monash has exercised reasonable care and diligence in carrying out the Research Services.

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 (June 2020) Page 7 of 17

 

 

7.2Developed IP and Background IP limitation on warranty

 

Monash makes no representations and gives no warranties that the Developed IP, Monash Background IP, or any Improvements to the Contracting Party’s Background IP when used by the Contracting Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or otherwise, will not infringe upon any third party Intellectual Property Rights.

 

7.3Limitation of condition, guarantee or warranty

 

Monash will exercise all reasonable care and diligence in carrying out the Research Services but where permitted by law (including, without limitation, under the Competition and Consumer Act 2010) specifically excludes any condition, guarantee or warranty either express or implied, as to the standard or timeliness of work, the accuracy of, or fitness for a particular purpose of, the Research Services.

 

7.4Limitation of liability

 

(a)To the fullest extent permitted by law (including, without limitation, the Competition and Consumer Act 2010), Monash’s liability under any condition, guarantee or warranty which cannot legally be excluded is limited, at the option of Monash, to supplying the Research Services again or paying the cost of having the Research Services supplied again.

 

(b)Monash’s liability under this Agreement is reduced to the extent that any damage, liability, loss or cost arises from or is attributable to any act or omission of the Contracting Party, its officers, employees, agents or contractors.

 

7.5Contracting Party to bear responsibility and risk

 

The Contracting Party assumes sole responsibility and risk in interpreting, using and exploiting the Developed IP and any Improvements to its Background IP (including any findings, results and recommendations therein) and shall indemnify Monash and its officers, employees and agents against any actions, proceedings, suits, claims and demands arising from such interpretation, use or exploitation by the Contracting Party, its officers, employees, contractors, agents, successors, licensees or assigns; save to the extent such loss, damage or expense is directly attributable to any breach of this Agreement by Monash or any negligent, fraudulent, or unlawful act or omission by Monash.

 

7.6Special, indirect or consequential loss or damage

 

To the fullest extent permitted by law, Monash will not be liable to the Contracting Party or any third party for any special, indirect or consequential loss or damage, or loss of anticipated profits, revenue, data or opportunity, arising from or in any way relating to this Agreement, whether in tort (including negligence), contract, statute, equity or otherwise.

 

7.7Maximum liability

 

Notwithstanding any other clause in this Agreement and to the fullest extent permitted by law, Monash’s liability arising from its obligations under this Agreement or in any other manner related to this Agreement, whether in tort (including negligence), contract, statute, equity or otherwise, will not in the aggregate exceed the Fees and Expenses paid under this Agreement.

 

8.Privacy

 

8.1Each Party must handle any Personal Information relating to the Research Services or under this Agreement in accordance with the Privacy and Data Protection Act 2014 (Vic) and the Health Records Act 2001 (Vic), including the Information Privacy Principles and Health Privacy Principles, and any code of practice or guidelines made under these Acts, and must co-operate with all efforts by either Party to comply with these laws, codes and guidelines, including in response to a complaint or a suspected privacy breach.

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 (June 2020) Page 8 of 17

 

 

8.2Where the Contracting Party discloses any Personal Information it receives from Monash, or it receives, creates or holds in connection with this Agreement, to any third party for the purposes of this Agreement, the Contracting Party must ensure that the third party is subject to enforceable obligations requiring the third party to comply with the obligations in this clause as if the third party were the Contracting Party, and to enforce these obligations against the third party if required to do so by Monash.

 

8.3To the extent that:

 

(a)the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (2016/679) (GDPR) is applicable to Monash or the Contracting Party (or both) in the context of this Agreement; and

 

(b)GDPR provisions impose obligations on Monash or the Contracting Party (or both) which are additional to the obligations in clauses Error! Reference source not found. or 8.2 in respect of personal data as that term is defined in the GDPR,

 

the Contracting Party shall comply with those GDPR provisions in addition to its obligations under clauses Error! Reference source not found. and 8.2.

 

8.4The Contracting Party will indemnify and will continue to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Monash, its officers and employees from and against all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, settlements, expenses and costs (including reasonable legal costs) arising out of or relating to the Contracting Party’s breach of this clause 8 or a breach by any third party of the obligations it undertakes under clause 8.2.

 

9.Confidentiality and Publication

 

9.1Obligations of confidentiality

 

Each party (Receiving Party) receiving, possessing or otherwise acquiring Confidential Information of the other party (Disclosing Party) acknowledges that the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information is the property of and confidential to or a trade secret of the Disclosing Party. The Receiving Party must:

 

(a)keep the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information confidential and not directly or indirectly disclose, divulge or communicate that Confidential Information to, or otherwise place that Confidential Information at the disposal of, any other person without the prior written approval of the Disclosing Party;

 

(b)take all reasonable steps to secure and keep secure all Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information in its possession or control; and

 

(c)not deliberately memorise, use, modify, reverse engineer or make copies, notes or records of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information for any purpose other than in connection with the performance by the Receiving Party of its obligations under this Agreement.

 

9.2Publication rights

 

(a)Monash may publish the Developed IP and include Incannex researchers as co-authors as appropriate. Monash should provide the Contracting Party with a thirty (30) day period in which to review each proposed publication to identify:
   
(i)any inadvertent disclosure of the Contracting Party’s Confidential Information; and/or

 

(ii)any disclosure of information created under the Research Services that is likely to prejudice the commercial exploitation of Developed IP.

 

(b)If the Contracting Party notifies Monash in writing within the thirty (30) day period that the proposed publication should not be published due to clauses 9.2(a)(i) and/or 9.2(a)(ii), then the Parties agree that they will communicate with each other in good faith with a view to reaching agreement on whether the proposed publication can be published in some amended form. If the Contracting Party does not respond to Monash within the thirty (30) day period, approval to publish is deemed to be given.

 

  9.3 The Contracting Party shall not publish, or make a public statement about, any findings, results, outcomes or recommendations arising from the Research Services in association with the name, trade marks or logos of Monash or the name of Monash staff, without the express written approval of Monash.

 

  9.4 The Contracting Party shall not represent that Monash or any Monash staff in any way endorse, support or approve of, any products, services, intellectual property or business of the Contracting Party, unless Monash has given its express written consent to such representation.

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 (June 2020) Page 9 of 17

 

 

10.Force Majeure

 

10.1 Neither party will be liable for any delay or failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement where such delay or failure is due to any event beyond that party’s reasonable control including by reason of any of the following: labour disturbances, shortages or disputes of any kind; natural disasters; national emergencies; government directives or restrictions; civil disorders; acts of war or aggression; acts of God; failure of utilities; mechanical breakdowns; material shortages; epidemics; pandemics (including but not limited to COVID-19); or similar occurrences (Force Majeure Event). This clause does not apply to the Contracting Party’s obligation to pay the Fees and Expenses.

 

10.2The Party unable to perform its obligations as a result of a Force Majeure Event must:

 

(a)notify the other Party promptly of any delay or failure to perform referred to in clause 10.1; and

 

(b)use reasonable endeavours to resume performance in accordance with this Agreement as soon as practically possible.

 

11.Dispute Resolution

 

11.1The Parties will attempt to resolve any dispute arising under this Agreement by negotiation in good faith, initiated by one Party giving written notice of the dispute to the other Party.

 

11.2If a dispute remains unresolved within thirty (30) Business Days of a Party receiving written notice of the dispute, the Parties will refer the dispute to mediation. The mediator will be appointed jointly by the Parties or, where the Parties cannot agree, nominated by the then President of the Law Institute of Victoria or if not then in operation, a like organisation to be agreed between the Parties. All costs of the mediation shall be borne equally by the Parties, and the Parties shall bear their own legal costs.

 

11.3In the event the dispute is not resolved by mediation within twenty (20) Business Days after the appointment of the mediator, or such further time as the Parties agree in writing, a Party may then commence proceedings in relation to the dispute.

 

11.4Notwithstanding the existence of a dispute, the Parties must continue to perform their obligations under this Agreement.

 

11.5Nothing in this clause 11 shall be taken as preventing a Party from commencing a proceeding for urgent interlocutory relief or from terminating this Agreement in accordance with clause 12.

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 (June 2020) Page 10 of 17

 

 

12.Termination

 

12.1Either Party (Terminating Party) may terminate this Agreement immediately by notice in writing to the other Party (Defaulting Party) if:

 

(a)the Defaulting Party is in breach of this Agreement and the Defaulting Party fails to remedy the breach, where it is capable of remedy, within 20 Business Days of receiving written notice of the breach from the Terminating Party;

 

(b)the Defaulting Party is in breach of this Agreement and the breach is not capable of remedy;

 

(c)an Insolvency Event occurs in relation to the Defaulting Party; or

 

(d)the Parties agree that the Milestones will not be met, whether because it appears the outcomes will not be attained or for technical reasons the work should not continue.

 

12.2Monash may terminate this Agreement immediately by notice in writing if the Contracting Party breaches clause 13.11.

 

12.3Upon termination of this Agreement for any reason:

 

(a)each Party must immediately cease using the other Party’s Confidential Information and promptly return to the other Party its Confidential Information or, if requested by the other Party, destroy it;

 

(b)in the case of termination pursuant to clause 12.1(d), the Contracting Party will meet payments due to Monash up to the effective date of termination, plus the reasonable costs and committed expenses of Monash which cannot be avoided notwithstanding the termination; and

 

(c)the termination will be without prejudice to any other remedies available to any Party.

 

13.General

 

13.1Nature of obligations

 

(a)Any provision in this Agreement which binds more than one person binds all of those persons jointly and each of them severally.

 

(b)Each obligation imposed on a Party by this Agreement in favour of another is a separate obligation.

 

13.2Entire understanding

 

This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the Parties concerning the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes, terminates, and replaces all prior agreements between the Parties.

 

13.3Further assurances

 

A Party, at its own expense and within a reasonable time of being requested by the other Party to do so, must do all things and execute all documents that are reasonably necessary to give full effect to this Agreement.

 

13.4No waiver

 

(a)A failure, delay, relaxation or indulgence by a Party in exercising any power or right conferred on the Party by this Agreement does not operate as a waiver of the power or right.

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 (June 2020) Page 11 of 17

 

 

(b)A single or partial exercise of the power or right does not preclude a further exercise of it or the exercise of any other power or right under this Agreement.

 

(c)A waiver of a breach does not operate as a waiver of any other breach.

 

13.5Severability

 

Any provision of this Agreement which is invalid in any jurisdiction must, in relation to that jurisdiction:

 

(a)be read down to the minimum extent necessary to achieve its validity, if applicable; and

 

(b)be severed from this Agreement in any other case,

 

without invalidating or affecting the remaining provisions of this Agreement or the validity of that provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

13.6No assignment

 

A Party cannot assign or otherwise transfer the benefit of this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

13.7Consents and approvals

 

Where anything depends on the consent or approval of a party then, unless this Agreement provides otherwise, that consent or approval may be given conditionally or unconditionally or withheld, in the absolute discretion of that party.

 

13.8No variation

 

This Agreement cannot be amended or varied except in writing signed by the Parties.

 

13.9Governing law and jurisdiction

 

(a)This Agreement is governed by and must be construed in accordance with the laws in force in the State of Victoria, Australia.

 

(b)The Parties submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of that State and the Commonwealth of Australia in respect of all matters arising out of or relating to this Agreement, its performance or subject matter.

 

13.10 Notices

 

All notices to be served under this Agreement:

 

(a)may be served personally, via email, or sent by express post to the address of the recipient as set out in the Details (or to such alternative address which has been notified by the recipient to the sender); and

 

(b)will be deemed to have been given:

 

(i)if served personally, on the date upon which it is served;

 

(ii)if sent by email, upon receipt by the sender of confirmation that the notice has been sent in its entirety to the recipient; and

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 (June 2020) Page 12 of 17

 

 

(iii)if sent by express post, two Business Days after the date of posting.

 

13.11 Sanctions

 

(a)Where the Contracting Party is an Australian entity or person:

 

The Parties acknowledges their obligations under Australian sanctions laws, including but not limited to those arising under the Charter of the United Nations Act 1945 (Cth) and the Autonomous Sanctions Act 2011 (Cth), and undertake to comply with those obligations.

 

(b)Where the Contracting Party is not an Australian entity or person:

 

The Contracting Party undertakes not to engage in any act which may result in Monash contravening an Australian Sanctions Law.

 

13.12 Electronic Signing and Counterparts

 

(a)Each Party agrees that this Agreement may be executed by electronic signature (regardless of the form of electronic signature utilised) and that this method of signature is conclusive of the Parties’ intention to be bound by this Agreement as if physical signing had occurred.

 

(b)This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the Parties on separate counterparts. Each counterpart constitutes the agreement of each Party who has executed and delivered that counterpart. Each Party may communicate its execution of this Agreement by successfully transmitting an executed copy of the Agreement by an electronic method to each Party.

 

13.13 Relationship of parties

 

The Parties are independent contracting parties and nothing in this Agreement may be construed as creating a relationship of partnership, joint venture, employer and employee, principal and agent, or trustee and beneficiary, nor does it grant either Party any authority to assume or to create any obligation on behalf of, or in the name of, the other Party.

 

13.14 Survival of obligations

 

Clauses 4, 5.2, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 12.3 and 13 survive expiry or termination of this Agreement.

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 (June 2020) Page 13 of 17

 

 

Annexure A

 

Project Title: Neuroprotective effect of the combination of cannabidiol and isoflurane in mild traumatic brain injury

 

Project goal: Determine the neuroprotective effect of the combination of cannabidiol (CBD) and isoflurane in a rodent model of mild traumatic brain injury (mTBI).

 

Research Team: Stuart McDonald, PhD; Richelle Mychasiuk, PhD; Sandy Shultz, PhD. Department of Neuroscience, Monash University.

 

Aim: Compare the therapeutic benefit of the combination of CBD and isoflurane to placebo and each drug in isolation in a rodent model of mTBI.

 

Overall Study Design:

 

Injury model: Lateral Impact (LI) model of mTBI.

 

[***] [***]

 

Treatments:

 

[***]
   
[***]

 

Groups:

 

Group

Injury

Isoflurane

CBD

1 Sham [***] [***]
2 Sham [***] [***]
3 Mild TBI [***] [***]
4 Mild TBI [***] [***]
5 Mild TBI [***] [***]
6 Mild TBI [***] [***]

 

Housing: 3 rats per cage. Rats separated by sex and CBD treatment (to avoid potential impact of coprophagy).

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 (June 2020) Page 14 of 17

 

 

Phase 1: Effect of CBD and isoflurane treatment on neurobehavioural, neuroimaging and blood biomarker outcomes after mild TBI.

 

Rats: [***]

 

Cohort size/number: [***]

 

Endpoint: [***]

 

Outcomes:

 

oBehaviour
Sensorimotor ability
Rotarod (daily)
Spatial memory
Y-maze
Novel object
Water maze
Locomotion
Open field
Anxiety
Elevated plus maze
Open field
Pain
Hot-cold plate

 

oBlood biomarkers (serum @5d and @10d)
Axonal Injury
NfL

 

oEx vivo MRI @ 10d
T2-weighted imaging
Brain volumetrics
Diffusion Tensor Imaging
Tract-based spatial statistics (white matter integrity)

  

Phase 1 Study timeline/overview

 

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 (June 2020) Page 15 of 17

 

 

Phase 1 Specific Deliverables:

 

Report 1: At the conclusion of Phase 1 behaviour and biomarker data collection, estimated [***]months from ethics approval date, a word document including analysed data (i.e. figures/tables and statistical analyses) will be provided to Incannex. This report will contain data from the [***]. The following analysed data will be presented. Raw data will be available upon request.

 

Outcome Details
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]

 

Report 2: Analyzed MRI data from phase 1 rats will be presented a word document including analysed data (i.e. figures/tables and statistical analyses). Raw data will be available upon request. Estimated delivery date six months from animal ethics clearance. The following analysed data will be presented.

 

Outcome Details
[***] [***]
[***] [***]

 

Phase 2: Effect of CBD and isoflurane treatment on acute neuropathological outcomes.

 

Rats: [***]

 

Cohort size/number: [***]

 

Endpoint: [***]

 

Outcomes:

 

oImmunohistochemistry (coronal sections) for quantification of:
Neuroinflammation
Microglial activation: Iba1
Astrocyte reactivity: GFAP
Axonal Injury
Amyloid Precursor Protein (APP)
Oxidative Stress
4-hydoxynonenal (4-HNE)

 

oBlood biomarkers (serum @2d)
Axonal Injury
NfL

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 (June 2020) Page 16 of 17

 

 

Phase 2 Study timeline/overview:

 

 

Phase 2 Specific Deliverables:

 

At the conclusion of Phase 2, a word document including analysed data (i.e. figures/tables and statistical analyses) will be provided to Incannex. This report will contain data from the [***]rat study. Specifically, the following analysed data will be presented. Raw data will be available upon request.

 

Outcome Details
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]
[***] [***]

 

Phase 2 expected delivery date: Four months from Incannex notification to proceed with Phase 2.

 

Research Services Agreement Option 2 (June 2020) Page 17 of 17

 

 

 

Certificate Of Completion

 

Envelope Id: B607E245211D446DB55EF6A5C959121D Status: Completed
Subject: Please DocuSign: Incannex RSA LEX 6325 Monash Draft final clean 08-02-2021.docx  
Source Envelope:    
Document Pages: 17 Signatures: 1 Envelope Originator:
Certificate Pages: 1 Initials: 0 Natasha Elford
AutoNav: Enabled   Monash University
EnvelopeId Stamping: Enabled   Clayton, Victoria 3008
Time Zone: (UTC+10:00) Canberra, Melbourne, Sydney [***]
    IP Address: 49.127.100.9

 

Record Tracking

 

Status: Original Holder: Natasha Elford Location: DocuSign
26-02-2021 | 11:29 Natasha.Elford@monash.edu  

 

Signer Events Signature Timestamp

 

Ross Coppel /s/ Ross Coppel Sent: 26-02-2021 | 11:32
ross.coppel@monash.edu   Viewed: 26-02-2021 | 11:50
Senior Deputy Dean and Director of Research,   Signed: 26-02-2021 | 11:50
FMNHS Signature Adoption: Pre-selected Style Freeform Signing
Monash University Using IP Address: 61.68.61.39  
Security Level: Email, Account Authentication    
(None)    
Electronic Record and Signature Disclosure:    

Not Offered via DocuSign  
   
In Person Signer Events Signature Timestamp
     
Editor Delivery Events Status Timestamp
     
Agent Delivery Events Status Timestamp
     
Intermediary Delivery Events Status Timestamp
     
Certified Delivery Events Status Timestamp
     
Carbon Copy Events Status Timestamp
     
Witness Events Signature Timestamp
     
Notary Events Signature Timestamp
     
Envelope Summary Events Status Timestamps
Envelope Sent Hashed/Encrypted 26-02-2021 | 11:32
Certified Delivered Security Checked 26-02-2021 | 11:50
Signing Complete Security Checked 26-02-2021 | 11:50
Completed Security Checked 26-02-2021 | 11:50
Payment Events Status Timestamps

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT WAS OMITTED BY MEANS OF MARKING SUCH INFORMATION WITH BRACKETS (“[***]”) BECAUSE THE IDENTIFIED CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION IS NOT MATERIAL AND IS THE TYPE THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL.

 

Master Service Agreement

Contract Details

 

Date of Agreement 12 July 2021
Avance Clinical
Entity Avance Clinical Pty Limited
ACN 630 528 719
Registered Address Level 3, 153 Flinders Street, Adelaide, SA 5000
Notice addressee Yvonne Lungershausen, CEO
Notice postage/delivery address Level 1, 2 Ann Nelson Drive, Thebarton 5031, South Australia, Australia
Notice email addresses [***]
Incannex
Entity Incannex Pty Ltd
ACN 630 326 902
Registered Address Unit 207, 11 Solent Circuit, Norwest 2153, New South Wales, Australia
Notice addressee Joel Latham, CEO
Notice postage/delivery address Incannex Ltd Suite 15, Level 12 401 Docklands Drive Docklands 3008 Victoria Australia
Notice email addresses [***]
Commercial Terms
Initial Term 5 years
Extension 1 year each

 

Master Service Agreement Incannex Pty Ltd07Jul2021Page 1 of 14
 CONFIDENTIAL
MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENT 

 

Executed as an Agreement    
Signed by    
Avance Clinical Pty Limited    
     
/s/ Yvonne Lungershausen   /s/ Sandrien Louwaars
Yvonne Lungershausen   Sandrien Louwaars 
Name (please print)   Name (please print)

 

Signed by    
Incannex Pty Ltd    
by:   Witness:
     
     
     
/s/ Joel Latham   /s/ Rosemarie Walsh
Joel Latham   Rosemarie Walsh
Name (please print)   Name (please print)
     
Joel Latham    

 

Master Service Agreement Incannex Pty Ltd07Jul2021Page 2 of 14
 CONFIDENTIAL
MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENT 

 

OPERATIVE PROVISIONS

 

1.ENGAGEMENT

 

1.1Avance Clinical is engaged on a Job with a binding Work Order, which is created if:

 

(a)Avance Clinical accepts in writing the Work Order for that Job issued by Incannex; or

 

(b)Incannex accepts in writing the changes made by Avance Clinical to the Work Order for that Job issued by Incannex.

 

1.2A Work Order is capable of being accepted for the purposes of clause 1.1 if in writing and it sets out the following:

 

(a)the services required of Avance Clinical for the Job;

 

(b)the Contributed Materials to be provided to Avance Clinical by Incannex for the purposes of the Job;

 

(c)the Deliverables Avance is to provide to Incannex in connection with the Job;

 

(d)the Milestones (if any); and

 

(e)the fee for the Job or, if Milestones are specified, the fee for each Milestone.

 

1.3Avance Clinical may provide to Incannex an estimate of the period required to complete a Job (Estimated Job Duration). Incannex acknowledges that any Estimated Job Duration provided by Avance Clinical is an estimate only, based on information available to Avance Clinical, including information provided by Incannex.

 

1.4The Estimate Job Duration may need to be adjusted from time to time prior to completion, depending on changes in circumstances or Avance Clinical learning new information regarding the Job, which Avance Clinical may do by notice in writing to Incannex, setting out the reasons for changing the Estimated Job Duration.

 

1.5A separate and discrete contract is created for each Job, constituted by the Work Order for the Job and the terms of this agreement.

 

1.6If there is any inconsistency between this agreement and a Work Order, the Work Order prevails to the extent of the inconsistency.

 

2.UNDERTAKING AND COMPLETING JOBS

 

2.1Avance Clinical must use its best endeavours to commence each Job by the later of:

 

(a)the Commencement Date of that Job; and

 

(b)five (5) Business Days after receipt of the Contributed Materials specified in the Work Order and any other information, documents and material requested at any time prior to it commencing work in accordance with clause 2.2(a) .

 

2.2Incannex must provide the following for any Job if requested by Avance Clinical at any time prior to the completion of that Job:

 

(a)any information, documents and other material; and

 

(b)any co-operation and assistance.

 

2.3Each Job must be undertaken and completed in accordance with:

 

(a)any reasonable directions provided in writing to Avance Clinical by Incannex from time to time; and

 

(b)all applicable laws and regulations,

 

providing to Incannex each of the Deliverables of that Job.

 

Master Service Agreement Incannex Pty Ltd07Jul2021Page 3 of 14
 CONFIDENTIAL
MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENT 

 

2.4Avance Clinical must use its best endeavours to complete each Job within the Estimated Job Duration, as varied in accordance with clause 1.4.

 

3.JOB VARIATION AND CANCELATION

 

3.1A Work Order may be varied by agreement only, and only if that agreement is reduced to writing and signed by both parties (Variation), the Variation taking effect on the date specified in the Variation or, if no date is specified, the date the Variation is signed by both parties.

 

3.2Incannex may cancel a Job with immediate effect by notice in writing to Avance Clinical.

 

4.SERVICES FEE

 

4.1The fee specified in the Work Order for a Job must be paid by the later of the date nominated in that Work Order for payment and thirty (30) days from the date of invoice. This clause does not apply to an invoice insofar as a notice is received in accordance with clause 5 in connection with that invoice.

 

4.2The fee payable on any Job cancelled in accordance with clause 3.1 (Individual Job Cancellation) is the Set-up Fee plus the following:

 

(a)the fee specified in the Work Order for each Line Item completed by the date of cancellation plus a prorated amount of the fee specified in the Work Order for each Line Item begun but not completed by the date of cancellation; or

 

(b)the fee specified in the Work Order for each Milestone (if any) achieved by the date of cancellation plus a prorated amount of the fee specified in the Work Order for any Milestone the Services for which are begun but not completed by the date of cancellation.

 

4.3The fee payable on any Job cancelled in accordance with clause 10.1 (Agreement Termination) is determined in accordance with the following:

 

(a)where termination is effected as a result of a breach by Incannex:

 

(i)the fee specified in the Work Order for each Line Item completed by the date of cancellation plus a prorated amount of the fee specified in the Work Order for each Line Item begun but not completed by the date of cancellation; or

 

(ii)the fee specified in the Work Order for each Milestone (if any) achieved by the date of cancellation plus a prorated amount of the fee specified in the Work Order for any Milestone the Services for which are begun but not completed by the date of cancellation, plus

 

an amount equal to 50% of the Line Items not begun by the date of cancellation or Milestones the Services for which are begun but not completed by the date of cancellation.

 

Master Service Agreement Incannex Pty Ltd07Jul2021Page 4 of 14
 CONFIDENTIAL
MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENT 

 

(b)where termination is effected as a result of any reason other than a breach by Incannex (including breach by Avance Clinical):

 

(i)the fee specified in the Work Order for each Line Item completed by the date of cancellation plus a prorated amount of the fee specified in the Work Order for each Line Item begun but not completed by the date of cancellation; or

 

(ii)the fee specified in the Work Order for each Milestone (if any) achieved by the date of cancellation plus a prorated amount of the fee specified in the Work Order for any Milestone the Services for which are begun but not completed by the date of cancellation.

 

4.4Incannex must on invoice pay to Avance Clinical a sum equal to the costs incurred by Avance Clinical specifically and solely in connection with a Job if:

 

(a)the cost is identified by type or category and the amount is specified in the Work Order for that Job;

 

(b)the cost is identified by type or category, an estimate of the cost is specified in the Work Order for that Job and the cost incurred is no greater than 150% of that estimate; or

 

(c)Incannex otherwise authorises the incurring of the cost in writing.

 

Avance Clinical must provide to Incannex a receipt establishing the quantum of any expense reasonably requested by Incannex.

 

4.5Interest is payable on all outstanding sums at a rate of 2% greater than the standard overdraft rate charged by the Commonwealth Bank (or the highest rate charged by the Commonwealth Bank if it charges multiple rates on overdrafts), calculated monthly on a compound basis.

 

5.CONTESTING INVOICES

 

5.1An invoice is accepted as correct save to the extent that Avance Clinical receives written notification to the contrary within 15 days of the date of that invoice, specifying the discrepancy or error and providing documentation that establishes that discrepancy or error.

 

5.2Any amount of an invoice unpaid in accordance with clause 5 (Disputed Amount) must be paid within ten (10) days of:

 

(a)the parties resolving the notice provided under clause 5; or

 

(b)an independent accountant appointed by agreement of the parties determines that the Disputed Amount is payable.

 

5.3If an independent accountant determines that an amount less than that a Disputed Amount is payable, Incannex must pay that amount within ten (10) days of the date of the determination.

 

5.4Incannex must pay the costs of any accountant appointed to determine a notice issued under clause 5 if that accountant determines that the Disputed Amount is properly payable. Avance Clinical must pay the costs of any accountant appointed to determine a notice issued under clause 5 if that accountant determines that an amount less than the Disputed Amount is properly payable.

 

5.5If a party makes a supply under or in connection with this agreement in respect of which GST is payable, the consideration payable under this agreement must be increased by an amount equal to the GST payable to the authorities by the supplier of those services.

 

Master Service Agreement Incannex Pty Ltd07Jul2021Page 5 of 14
 CONFIDENTIAL
MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENT 

 

6.SERVICE QUALITY AND STANDARDS

 

6.1Avance Clinical warrants that all Services are provided using due care and skill and any goods or equipment used in connection with the provision of those Services are fit for that purpose.

 

7.INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY IN DELIVERABLES AND CONTRIBUTED MATERIALS

 

7.1Avance Clinical hereby assigns to Incannex all Foreground Intellectual Property Rights subsisting in or otherwise associated with each Deliverable provided to it in connection with each Job.

 

7.2Nothing in this agreement has the effect of transferring or assigning ownership of:

 

(a)the Background Intellectual Property Rights subsisting in or otherwise associated with a Deliverable provided by Avance Clinical to Incannex in connection with a Job; or

 

(b)the IP Rights subsisting in or otherwise associated with any Contributed Material provided by Incannex to Avance Clinical for the purposes of that Job.

 

7.3Incannex grants to Avance Clinical for or otherwise in connection with a Job the following licences:

 

(a)an irrevocable, royalty-free licence to use the Foreground Intellectual Property Rights subsisting in or otherwise associated with only those parts of any Deliverable that is not the Confidential Information of Incannex and is identified for that purpose in the Work Order; and

 

(b)a royalty-free licence to use the IP Rights subsisting in or otherwise associated with the Contributed Materials for that Job, limited to the uses necessary or desirable for Avance Clinical to undertake and complete that Job.

 

7.4Avance Clinical warrants that no Deliverable infringes the IP Rights of any other person.

 

7.5Incannex warrants that no Contributed Material infringes the IP Rights of any other person.

 

8.INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY IN TRADE MARKS

 

8.1A party must not seek to register any trade or service mark owned or used by the other party, or any other name similar to that of the other party, anywhere in the world.

 

8.2Incannex grants to Avance Clinical a licence to use any brand name under which Incannex trades in connection with any Deliverable provided in connection with any Job.

 

8.3Incannex will not use the name of Avance Clinical or any other name, mark, device or logo identifying or associated with Avance Clinical (which Avance Clinical may from time to time specify) without first obtaining the written approval of Avance Clinical.

 

9.TERM AND TERMINATION

 

9.1This agreement commences on the date of execution and applies for the period specified in the Commercial Terms (Initial Term).

 

9.2The Term is extended on expiration of the Initial Term and each Extension for a period specified in the Commercial Terms.

 

Master Service Agreement Incannex Pty Ltd07Jul2021Page 6 of 14
 CONFIDENTIAL
MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENT 

 

9.3Either party may terminate this agreement by notice in writing:

 

(a)no later than three (3) months prior to the expiration of the Initial Term, in which case the agreement terminates on the expiration of the Initial Term; or

 

(b)no later than three (3) months prior to the expiration of an Extension, in which case the agreement terminates on the expiration of that Extension.

 

9.4A party may terminate this agreement by written notice if the other party breaches this agreement and fails to remedy that breach within 20 Business Days of the date of any notice in writing, setting out the breach.

 

9.5A party may terminate this agreement with immediate effect by notice in writing if the other party breaches this agreement and that breach is not capable of being remedied.

 

9.6Avance Clinical may terminate this agreement with immediate effect by written notice if Incannex perpetrates a fraud or engages in wilful misconduct, dishonesty or criminal conduct in connection with any Job.

 

10.EFFECT OF TERMINATION

 

10.1All Jobs incomplete at termination are cancelled with effect on termination if termination is effected under any clause otherwise than clause 9.3.

 

10.2All Jobs incomplete at termination remain in effect until completed or terminated under clause 3.2 if termination is effected under clause 9.3.

 

10.3On termination, Incannex must pay Avance Clinical all amounts owing at the date of termination, whether those amounts are, but for this clause, payable at that date or not.

 

10.4All provisions that expressly or by implication have effect after termination survive termination.

 

10.5Termination of this agreement does not affect any claims, rights or remedies of either party accruing or vesting prior to termination.

 

11.POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS

 

11.1Avance Clinical must provide to Incannex within thirty (30) days of termination all property belonging to Incannex or any of its related bodies corporate, including but not limited to Confidential Information, clinical trial data and results, notes, documents, copies of documents and other records owned or held by Avance Clinical in relation to Incannex or its commercial undertakings.

 

11.2Avance Clinical may retain a copy of any document or information in respect of which a licence is granted to it under clause 7.3(a) (Deliverable Licence), in addition to any computer file or materials needed for Avance Clinical to make use of the rights granted in the licence.

 

11.3On request by Incannex, Avance Clinical must also provide Incannex with a report setting out the Services provided as part of each Job, the results of the Services and details of any Deliverables.

 

12.CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

12.1Avance Clinical may use Confidential Information provided by Incannex only for the purposes of this agreement.

 

12.2Without limiting clause 12.1, Avance Clinical must not use any Confidential Information provided by Incannex for its own benefit or the benefit of any other person or entity.

 

Master Service Agreement Incannex Pty Ltd07Jul2021Page 7 of 14
 CONFIDENTIAL
MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENT 

 

12.3Incannex may use Confidential Information provided by Avance Clinical only for the purposes specified in writing by Avance Clinical.

 

12.4A party must not disclose any Confidential Information provided by the other party to any person, save to the extent disclosure is required by law or required in order for the party disclosing the information to satisfy its obligations or exploit its rights under this agreement.

 

12.5If a party is required pursuant to clause 12.4 to disclose any Confidential Information to a person (including, but not limited to, government), it must use its reasonable endeavours before doing so:

 

(a)to notify the party that provided the information of the need to disclose that Confidential Information, identifying the information and the legal obligation to disclose;

 

(b)give that party a reasonable opportunity to take any steps that it considers necessary to protect the confidentiality of that information; and

 

(c)notify the person to whom it proposes disclosing the information that the information is confidential, the identity of the party that provided the information and that party’s rights under this clause 12.5.

 

13.STATUTORY GUARANTEES

 

13.1Incannex may have the benefit of Statutory Guarantees provided for in Part II of the Australian Consumer Law (being Schedule 2 of the Competition and Consumer Act 2010) (Statutory Guarantees) for any loss or damage it suffers in connection with any Job undertaken or completed. Nothing in this agreement (including clause 14.3 but other than clause 13.2) excludes, restricts or modifies, or has the effect of excluding, restricting or modifying, the application of, or Incannex’s exercise of the Statutory Guarantees or any liability of Avance Clinical for failing to satisfy the Statutory Guarantees in connection with a Job, where to do so would have the effect of rendering the relevant provision in these terms void or otherwise unenforceable.

 

13.2If the Statutory Guarantees apply to a Job, Avance Clinical’s total liability to Incannex for any claim made in connection with that Job is as follows:

 

(a)resupplying to Incannex the Services the subject of that Claim; or

 

(b)paying Incannex the cost of having those Services provided by another service provider.

 

13.3If the Statutory Guarantees do not apply to a Job, to the extent permitted by law, Avance Clinical’s total liability to Incannex for any claim and, if permitted by law, all other claims arising in the preceding twelve (12) months (Claim Period) is the lesser of the following:

 

(a)either of the following:

 

(i)resupplying to Incannex the Services the subject of that claim or each claim (as the case may be); or

 

(ii)paying Incannex the cost of having those Services provided by another service provider; and

 

(b)the amount equal to the fees payable by Incannex under all Works Orders issued and accepted under the agreement in the Claim Period.

 

13.4Save for the liability provided for in clauses 13.2 and 13.3, Incannex waives all rights it has or may have against Avance Clinical under or in connection with this agreement and otherwise in respect of each Job, including any Claim for negligence or any other tort.

 

Master Service Agreement Incannex Pty Ltd07Jul2021Page 8 of 14
 CONFIDENTIAL
MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENT 

 

14.INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

 

14.1Each party indemnifies the other against any costs, claims, damages or expenses incurred as a result of or otherwise in connection with gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

14.2Incannex indemnifies Avance Clinical against any costs, claims, damages or expenses incurred as a result of a Job being cancelled under clause 3.2, which, for the avoidance of doubt, includes the cost of staff engaged for a Job who cannot be reassigned to other Jobs on cancellation.

 

14.3Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, neither party is liable to the other for any indirect losses, lost profits or lost business opportunity arising out of or otherwise connected with any act by or omission of that party, including any act or omission that constitutes a tort (including negligence).

 

15.DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

15.1Neither party may issue proceedings (including arbitration proceedings) in any jurisdiction in connection with any dispute relating to or connected with this agreement (Dispute) until that party complies with this clause 15.

 

15.2A party must notify the other party in writing of any dispute it has with that other party under or in connection with this agreement, setting out all details of that Dispute (Dispute Notice).

 

15.3A representative of each party must within 14 days of receipt of a Dispute Notice meet in Adelaide or (if the parties agree) conduct a meeting by telephone or some other electronic telephony to negotiate resolution of the Dispute.

 

15.4Any negotiations under clause 15.3 must be conducted in good faith and each party must use its best endeavours to reach agreement with the other party to resolve the Dispute the subject of those negotiations.

 

15.5If the Dispute is not resolved within 28 days of the date of the Dispute Notice, either party may refer the Dispute to mediation, by serving a notice to that effect on the other party (Mediation Notice).

 

15.6Unless that parties agree on the person to be appointed mediator for the purposes of a mediation within five days, either party may petition the President for the time being of the Law Society of South Australia to appoint a mediator.

 

15.7The parties must procure the mediator to determine the procedure and rules for the conduct of the mediation and (if the parties fail to agree) and the time and place of the mediation.

 

15.8Unless otherwise agreed in writing, each party must pay 50% of the fees and expenses of the mediator and, if one party pays the mediator 100% of these fees and expenses, the other party must reimburse that party by paying it a sum equal to 50% of those costs and expenses.

 

15.9A party may commence legal proceedings or take any other steps it considers necessary in reference to a Dispute once mediation concludes, for the purposes of which a mediation concludes when the parties agree it is concluded or when the mediator determines that a resolution of the Dispute is unlikely within a reasonable period of further discussion.

 

15.10Nothing in this agreement prevents a party from applying to court for urgent injunctive relief.

 

Master Service Agreement Incannex Pty Ltd07Jul2021Page 9 of 14
 CONFIDENTIAL
MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENT 

 

16.PRIVACY

 

16.1Incannex and Avance Clinical acknowledge and agree that:

 

(a)other that Personal Information of employees of each party and other persons assisting with the conduct of the trial or project relating to the Services, it is the intention that neither party collects or holds any Personal Information;

 

(b)to the maximum extent practical, each party will immediately de-identify, destroy or delete Personal Information of any participants or patient in any trial or other project associated with the Services (Participant) that inadvertently comes into its possession;

 

(c)to the extent it is not practical to delete, destroy or de-identify Personal Information of a Participant, a party may only hold or store Personal Information of a Participant, if:

 

(i)that Personal Information is held in Australia, the United States or a country which is a member of the European Union; and

 

(ii)the Party complies with the requirements of the Privacy Act 1998 (Cth of Australia), including the Australian Privacy Principles.

 

16.2To the extent applicable, Incannex must advise Avance Clinical, and co-operate with Avance Clinical, on the investigation and reporting of any actual or suspected security breach of Personal Information it may holds in connection with this Agreement.

 

16.3The term “Personal Information” has the same meaning as given to it in the Privacy Act 1998 (Cth);

 

17.NOTICE

 

17.1Any notice permitted or required under this agreement must be in writing, addressed to the person specified in Commercial Terms (or the person notified in writing from time time), either:

 

(a)hand delivered or sent by registered mail to address specified in Commercial Terms or the address notified in writing from time to time; or

 

(b)sent by electronic mail or facsimile to the email address or fax number (as the case may be) specified in the Commercial Terms or the email address or fax number notified in writing from time to time.

 

17.2A notice given in accordance with clause 17.1 is taken to be received:

 

(a)if hand delivered, on the date of delivery;

 

(b)in the case of electronic mail, on the day of transmission if transmission is evidenced by a recipient receipt produced by the sender’s computer or email server;

 

Master Service Agreement Incannex Pty Ltd07Jul2021Page 10 of 14
 CONFIDENTIAL
MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENT 

 

(c)if sent by prepaid mail, five Business Days after the date of posting;

 

(d)if sent by facsimile, when the sender’s facsimile system generates a message confirming successful transmission of the total number of pages of the notice unless, within one Business Day after that transmission, the recipient informs the sender that it has not received the entire notice.

 

18.BOILERPLATE PROVISIONS

 

18.1Avance Clinical must not publish any information generated in providing the Services unless Incannex provides its prior written approval (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) to the publication of that material.

 

18.2This agreement may be varied only in writing signed by both parties.

 

18.3This agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties on subject matter and, on that subject matter, the agreement supersedes any prior understanding or agreement between the parties and any prior condition, warranty, indemnity or representation imposed, given or made by a party.

 

18.4This agreement is governed by the laws of South Australia and each party irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of South Australia. Any legal proceedings arising under this agreement can be brought in Australia only.

 

18.5Part or all of any provision of this agreement that is illegal or unenforceable may be severed from this agreement and the remaining provisions of this agreement continue in force.

 

18.6The failure by a party to insist upon strict performance by the other party of any of the terms of this agreement does not represent a waiver of that party’s right to performance, unless waiver is recorded in writing and signed by the party purporting to waive its rights.

 

18.7The parties must do everything necessary or desirable (even if not expressly stated in this agreement) to ensure that the terms of this agreement are fully carried into effect.

 

18.8The parties must pay their own costs in respect of the negotiation, preparation and execution of this agreement.

 

18.9This agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and all counterparts taken together will constitute one and the same instrument.

 

18.10Satisfactory evidence of execution of this agreement will include evidence of execution sent by facsimile or electronic mail by the relevant party and, in such case, the executing party undertakes to produce the original as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter.

 

18.11This agreement will come into effect and be binding on the parties when it is duly executed by both parties.

 

18.12Nothing in this agreement construes a party as the partner, joint venturer, employee or agent of the other party.

 

18.13No Party is liable for a delay in performance or failure to perform an obligation under this Agreement if that delay or failure is the direct and sole result of an act of God or any other occurrence beyond the reasonable control of the party, including, but not limited to, fire, explosion, disease, war, invasion, government acts or omissions, weather or civic unrest, or strikes (Force Majeure Event).

 

Master Service Agreement Incannex Pty Ltd07Jul2021Page 11 of 14
 CONFIDENTIAL
MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENT 

 

18.14Notwithstanding Clause 18.13, the party purporting to be affected by the Force Majeure Event must:

 

(a)notify the other party in writing of the Force Majeure Event within ten (10) Business Days of the Force Majeure Event affecting its ability to perform the affected obligation; and

 

(b)notify the other party in writing five Business Days prior to resuming performance of the affected obligation.

 

19.DEFINITIONS

 

19.1Background Intellectual Property Rights means the IP Rights (other than Foreground Intellectual Property Rights) subsisting in or otherwise associated with a Deliverable.

 

19.2Business Day means a day on which banks are open for general banking business in Adelaide, South Australia, excluding Saturdays and Sundays.

 

19.3Contributed Materials means the information, documents and other material for a Job specified in the Work Order of that Job, in addition to any information, documents and material provided in accordance with clause 2.2(a) (Co-operation Obligation) and any other information, documents and material provided to Avance Clinical by or on behalf of Incannex in connection with that Job.

 

19.4Commencement Date means the commencement date of a Job specified in the Work Order or, if no date is specified, the next Business Day after acceptance;

 

19.5Commercial Terms means the information set out in the table on page 1 of the agreement.

 

19.6Confidential Information means any information regarding a party or its operations, including:

 

(a)information relating to trade secrets, operations, business or financial matters or proposals by or involving that party;

 

(b)information relating to any other fact, matter or issue concerning or relating to that party,

 

treated by that party as confidential or disclosed in circumstances that reasonably indicates the information is confidential, and does not include information:

 

(c)created by the party receiving the information (whether alone or jointly with any third person) without reference to the Confidential Information;

 

(d)obtained from another person, the disclosure of which is not in breach of any obligations of confidence; or

 

(e)that is in the public domain or subsequently enters the public domain, otherwise than as a result of a breach of confidentiality.

 

19.7Deliverable means any document or material specified in a Work Order as a deliverable of the Job the subject of that Work Order or any other document or material created for the purposes of a Job or that is otherwise used for that Job or provided to Incannex in connection with that Job.

 

19.8Estimated Job Duration has the meaning ascribed to that term in clause 1.3.

 

19.9Extension means any extension of the Term effected by operation of clause 9.2.

 

19.10Foreground Intellectual Property Rights means the IP Rights subsisting in or otherwise associated with a Deliverable created as a direct result of the Services by which that Deliverable is created, adapted or modified.

 

Master Service Agreement Incannex Pty Ltd07Jul2021Page 12 of 14
 CONFIDENTIAL
MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENT 

 

19.11GST means goods and services tax payable under the GST Law and an expression used in this Agreement in relation to GST will have the meaning used in or attributed to that expression by the GST Law from time to time;

 

19.12GST Law has the same meaning as the definition of “GST law” in A New Tax System (Goods and Services Tax) Act 1999 (Cth);

 

19.13Initial Term has the meaning ascribed to that term in clause 9.1;

 

19.14Intellectual Property means any patent, registered design, copyright (including moral rights), database right, design right, topography right, trade mark, service mark, application to register any of the aforementioned rights, trade secret, right in unpatented know-how, right of confidence and any other intellectual property right of any nature whatsoever in any part of the world, including such rights in and to any clinical trial data and all its source information, documents and records including data collated or stored in any database or filing system.

 

19.15IP Rights means the rights possessed by a person in connection with Intellectual Property owned by or licensed to that person.

 

19.16Job means an engagement to provide Services and Deliverables, effected in accordance with clause 1.

 

19.17Line Item means a task, undertaking or expense item specified in a Work Order.

 

19.18Milestone means an event, date or circumstance identified in a Work Order marking or representing the completion of a discrete stage of the Job the subject of that Work Order.

 

19.19Services means the services specified in a Work Order for the Job the subject of that Work Order, in addition to any other services required to complete that Job.

 

19.20Set-up Fee means the fee or fees specified in and nominated in a Work Order as the set-up or establishment fee or cost of the Job the subject of that Work Order.

 

19.21Term means the Initial Term and any Extension.

 

19.22Variation has the meaning ascribed to that term in clause 3.1.

 

19.23Work Order means a document with which a Job is commissioned, which document complies with the requirements of clause 1.2.

 

20.INTERPRETATION

 

20.1In this agreement, unless the contrary intention appears:

 

(a)headings are for ease of reference only and do not affect the meaning of this agreement;

 

(b)other grammatical forms of defined words or expressions have corresponding meanings;

 

Master Service Agreement Incannex Pty Ltd07Jul2021Page 13 of 14
 CONFIDENTIAL
MASTER SERVICE AGREEMENT 

 

(c)a reference to a clause, paragraph, schedule or annexure is a reference to a clause or paragraph of or schedule or annexure to this agreement and a reference to this agreement includes any schedules and annexures;

 

(d)a reference to a document or agreement, including this agreement, includes a reference to that document or agreement as noted, altered or replaced from time to time;

 

(e)a reference to a party includes its executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns;

 

(f)a reference to any legislation or statutory instrument or regulation is construed in accordance with the Australian Acts Interpretation Act 1901 or the equivalent State legislation, as applicable;

 

(g)words and expressions importing natural persons include partnerships, bodies corporate, associations, governments and governmental and local authorities and agencies; and

 

(h)a reference to writing includes typewriting, printing, lithography, photography and any other method of representing or reproducing words, figures or symbols in a permanent and visible form.

 

 

Master Service Agreement Incannex Pty Ltd 07Jul2021 Page 14 of 14

 

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

 

 

CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION IN THIS EXHIBIT WAS OMITTED BY MEANS OF MARKING SUCH INFORMATION WITH BRACKETS (“[***]”) BECAUSE THE IDENTIFIED CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION IS NOT MATERIAL AND IS THE TYPE THAT THE REGISTRANT TREATS AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL.

 

Appendix No. 2 (“Appendix”)

 

Date:   02 February 2021

 

 

 

Parties

 

1.Novotech (Australia) Pty Limited ACN 071 874 881 of Level 3, 235 Pyrmont Street, Pyrmont, NSW 2009, Australia (Novotech)

 

2.Incannex Healthcare Ltd, ABN 33 630 326 902 of Unit 207, 11 Solent Circuit, Norwest, 2153, New South Wales, Australia (Sponsor)

 

 

 

Background

 

AOn 25-Jun-2020, Clinical Network Services (CNS) Pty Limited (CNS) and Sponsor entered into a Master Consultancy Agreement (MCA) pursuant to which CNS will provide clinical management, data management, biostatistical, medical monitoring, medical writing, pharmacovigilance, quality assurance, regulatory, site management organisation, central laboratory and other related services to support clinical trials to Sponsor.

 

BNovotech is an Affiliate (as defined in the MCA) of CNS and the parties mutually agree that Novotech shall provide the Services to Sponsor.

 

CThe parties further agree that all services performed by Novotech pursuant to this Appendix shall be governed by the terms and conditions set forth in the MCA. Specifically, Novotech shall be subject to all of the obligations applicable to CNS under the MCA. For purposes of this Appendix, all references to CNS under the MCA are hereby deemed references to Novotech and Novotech agrees to be legally bound by all of the obligations contained therein.

 

DThe parties further agree that all references to MSA throughout this Appendix refer to the MCA.

 

EThe parties agree that this Appendix sets out the services that Sponsor requests Novotech, and Novotech agrees, to provide under the terms of the MSA for the following study: An Open Label Extension on the Examination of the Combination of Dronabinol and Acetazolamide for Treatment of Obstructive Sleep Apnoea (OSA); IHLOSAOLE1(Study).

 

FThis agreement commences on the date the last Party signs the Appendix.

 

The Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

 

 

1Key Assumptions

 

1.1The Budget for the Services (which includes the Fee and estimated pass through costs and is attached at Schedule 1) is derived from the Study Assumptions and Responsibilities (together, Key Assumptions) set out below.

 

1.2The parties agree that the Key Assumptions accurately reflect the Study parameters and the Services to be performed by Novotech.

 

1.3If there are changes to the Key Assumptions or additional tasks are required to provide the Services, Novotech will amend the Budget to reflect those changes and the parties agree to vary this Appendix to include those changes.

 

1.4Sponsor agrees that time is of the essence for the Study and will align its objectives and timing for the Study with those of Novotech.

 

Project Agreement – Early Phase servicesVersion 2 – August 2020
Incannex Healthcare Ltd, IHLOSAOLE1, Novotech no. 2020-9302Page 1 of 21

 

 

STUDY ASSUMPTIONS

 

General

 

1)The study will be conducted in strict accordance with the Protocol, the quality practices as detailed in ICH GCP, and Australian regulations detailed in its document “Integrated Addendum to ICH E6(R1): Guideline for Good Clinical Practice ICH E6(R2) - Annotated with Therapeutic Goods Administration (TGA) comments as below, 25 June 2018”, the DIA TMF Reference Model as well as the current Declaration of Helsinki, collectively referred to hereafter as “GCP standards”.

 

2)Novotech will archive their own records for a period determined by GCP standards and/or local Australian regulations as applicable. All other original files and records including a GCP standard electronic Trial Master File (eTMF) will be returned to Incannex at the conclusion of the study. The TMF will contain completed sections for which Novotech are directly responsible. Vendors and sites that are not managed by Novotech may not be included unless otherwise agreed upon by Incannex and Novotech.

 

3)Novotech will utilise SureClinical as the cloud-based eTMF for this study, as they are FDA Part 11 and European Commission Annex 11 compliant. SureClinical will enable Incannex to securely acquire, view, share and manage clinical trial electronic content in the trial master files including those from other vendors, as well as, those related to the site. SureClinical ensures that study documents, medical images and eRecords are always available to all stakeholders, even when offline. Novotech will be responsible for ensuring that the Investigator and/or study coordinator maintains and updates the regulatory files at the site. At each interim monitoring visit and close-out visit the site file will be reviewed for consistency with the eTMF maintained by Novotech.

 

4)Novotech will ensure all required documents and records are included in the TMF throughout the study and will provide a final review for completeness at the conclusion of the study. The complete TMF, inclusive of final CRF data and statistical outputs on digital media is the final deliverable in this project.

 

5)Novotech uses Oracle Siebel® Clinical Trial Management System (CTMS) and can either provide direct access for Incannex to the reports module of this system, or forward reports to your team for review on a regular basis (e.g. along with the agenda of the regular team calls).Oracle Siebel® provides visibility and access to: site start up status, site contracts and budgets, ethics committee submissions and approvals, patient enrolment, monitoring visit reports, frequently asked questions, protocol deviations, accessible reports that can be sent to Incannex weekly and ad hoc and tracks timelines and key project deliverables.

 

Lead-In and Operational Project Kick-off

 

6)Novotech will appropriately resource the Project Team according to services required, led by a PM. Upon contract award, the Novotech PM will immediately arrange a kick-off call with Incannex’s PM to review the scope and timelines and identify any areas for clarification.

 

7)Clinical and Biometrics activities will need to commence once the contract is signed and therefore an operationally focussed project kick-off meeting will be held with all relevant members of the Project Team and Incannex. At this meeting, the Novotech PM will lead discussion to provide all team members with an understanding of the trial aims, timelines and expectations of all deliverables to Incannex.

 

8)The Project Team will include a Clinical Research Associate (CRA), Data Manager, Biostatistician, Medical Writer, Medical Monitor and a Project Administrator (PA).

 

9)Project Team members will review and familiarise themselves with the relevant project materials as soon as required duties dictate. The PM will manage interaction of the required Project Team members with Incannex throughout the project.

 

Investigator Brochure (IB) Development

 

10)Incannex will provide Novotech with an ICH-GCP compliant Investigator’s Brochure.

 

Project Agreement – Early Phase servicesVersion 2 – August 2020
Incannex Healthcare Ltd, IHLOSAOLE1, Novotech no. 2020-9302Page 2 of 21

 

 

Protocol Development

 

11)Incannex will provide Novotech with an ICH-GCP compliant Study Protocol.

 

Site Identification and Selection

 

12)Incannex can identified the site to perform the proposed study. It is assumed that Incannex have performed appropriate assessments of the site’s suitability and capabilities to conduct this study. Whilst not included in this Appendix, Novotech can perform a Site Selection Visit (SSV) upon request.

 

Clinical Services

 

13)Following confirmation of the site and finalisation of the protocol, Novotech initiate Data Management activities (See below).

 

14)Incannex will assist the site with preparation of submission packages to their Human Research Ethics Committee (HREC) including the development and approval of compliant PIC/F and any other patient materials, including all patient assessment materials, advertising etc. It is assumed that a diary card is not applicable to this study but should one be utilised, Incannex will advise Novotech so suitable solutions may be discussed and added to future iterations of this Appendix.

 

15)Incannex will co-ordinate and manage the Clinical Trial Research Agreement (CTRA) with the site including payments to the site.

 

16)An Investigator Meeting is not considered necessary for this study and is not included in this Appendix.

 

17)Novotech will collect necessary regulatory documents and will establish and maintain applicable filing systems in compliance with GCP standards.

 

18)Following receipt of HREC approval and acknowledgement of the clinical trial notification (CTN) from the TGA, Novotech will perform a Site Initiation Visit (SIV) to prepare for commencement of the study and will review final logistical considerations, Investigational Product (IP), Protocol, CRF training, SAE reporting and GCP training. Novotech PM may accompany the CRA for this visit to ensure all final logistical matters are reviewed, however, these costs are not included in the Appendixat this time.

 

19)A total of nine (9) days monitoring has been calculated as required to monitor / source data verify (SDV) 100% subject CRFs against 100% of data points as well as an appropriate regime to ensure timely review of data, minimisation of data cleaning bottlenecks and identify issues/resolution during the study.

 

a.Three (3) 3-day monitoring visits as per the Project Management Plan

 

b.This plan would result in three (3) monitoring visit reports being generated

 

c.The final monitoring visit schedule will be agreed with Incannex and documented in the study Project Management Plan.

 

20)At every visit, the Novotech CRA will perform the following tasks:

 

d.Meet with key site staff to discuss the progress of the study;

 

e.Identify any unreported SAEs and implement appropriate reporting tasks;

 

f.Assess study conduct and data recording compliance against the current approved protocol and log all protocol deviations;

 

g.Review CRF data against Source Data for 100% of data points and informed consent for 100% of Participants;

 

h.Screen failures will not be reviewed other than consent and reason for failure;

 

i.Review IP storage and accountability

 

j.Ensure currency of Investigator oversight of the study, site contracted vendors and site study team

 

k.Review the Investigator Site File for completeness and collect any updated documents, and;

 

l.Document and seek corrective action for all discrepancies and findings.

 

Project Agreement – Early Phase servicesVersion 2 – August 2020
Incannex Healthcare Ltd, IHLOSAOLE1, Novotech no. 2020-9302Page 3 of 21

 

 

21)Novotech will perform a study closure site visit of 1-day (8 hour) duration upon advice from Data Management that the study database is locked. This ensures completion of all GCP standard required activities and archiving of associated documentation.

 

22)Novotech will prepare a visit report, and following internal review, each final report will be submitted to Incannex within fifteen (15) working days of the last day of site visit.

 

23)Any visits of any type required in addition to this will be charged on a “fee for service” basis following written approval from Incannex.

 

24)Novotech will perform in-house site management activities as required throughout the study, including:

 

a.Tracking screening and enrolment

 

b.eCRF completion guidance

 

c.Resolution of eData Queries

 

d.CTMS management

 

e.eTMF Maintenance

 

Regulatory

 

25)Incannex will act as the local Sponsor in Australia for the active period of the study. As local Sponsor Incannex will act as required under regulatory authority rules of the TGA and will be responsible for the following:

 

a.Review of product labelling to ensure local compliance of all inner and outer product packaging.

 

b.Incannex will maintain suitable study insurance compliant with country requirements and will have Novotech as additionally insured.

 

c.Complete/sign necessary regulatory submission documents.

 

d.Complete/sign and maintain study indemnification.

 

e.Report any SAEs that are determined to be unexpected and related to the IP (or comparators), termed SUSARs, to the local regulatory authority.

 

26)In Australia, the protocol will be submitted for regulatory acknowledgement only via the Australian CTN scheme.

 

27)Novotech SOPs will be used in the conduct of all activities performed by Novotech unless otherwise requested by Incannex and following training of applicable Novotech staff by Incannex on Incannex SOPs. The Novotech PM will ensure currency of training in applicable SOPs is maintained throughout the project.

 

28)Incannex will be responsible for registering the study on a Clinical Trial Register in accordance with local regulations.

 

29)Novotech will monitor investigators responsibilities for the Periodic Safety and Annual Reporting requirements to their applicable HREC and will support the site in their preparations in meeting such requirements. Novotech will obtain relevant Safety Information from Incannex in order to comply with HREC and Regulatory Authority requirements for ongoing and study completion advice.

 

Project Agreement – Early Phase servicesVersion 2 – August 2020
Incannex Healthcare Ltd, IHLOSAOLE1, Novotech no. 2020-9302Page 4 of 21

 

 

Safety Laboratory

 

30)It is assumed the site will contract and manage their preferred pathology laboratory to provide safety pathology testing required per protocol. The site’s PI will be responsible for their preferred laboratory, which in turn will be responsible for appropriate sample labelling according to local practices.

 

31)Novotech will review accreditation of the preferred laboratory during study start up, collect relevant accreditation and normal range documentation during the essential document collection process after site selection, confirming correct filing in the TMF and Investigator Site File at the SIV.

 

32)Novotech will check to ensure currency of all laboratory documentation during monitoring visits and collect updated documents as available.

 

33)Novotech will review laboratory samples handling and co-ordination throughout the study.

 

34)Novotech Data Manager will establish a Laboratory Data Transfer Agreement (LDTA) with the responsible laboratory for transfer and upload of the safety lab data into Novotech systems. Following a test run, data will be transferred to Novotech as per the agreed frequency in the LDTA considering protocol specific requirements including dose escalation data package compilation and data review requirements.

 

35)Upon request, Novotech can be responsible for the sourcing, contracting and management of the safety laboratory. Updated scope and costs will be provided in further versions of this Appendix.

 

Bioanalytical

 

36)A bioanalytical lab will not be required for this study.

 

Investigational Product (IP) Management

 

37)Incannex will be fully responsible for the packaging and labelling of IMP.

 

38)Novotech will prepare a Pharmacy Manual and Novotech will perform local review and make comment as necessary.

 

39)Incannex will manage shipment of IP directly to the site.

 

40)Novotech will assist in the co-ordination of return of used/unused IP to Incannex per Incannex’s requirements.

 

Pharmacovigilance

 

41)Novotech will utilise Pharmacovigilance (PV) services, utilising Oracle Argus for the safety management of this study.

 

42)The following PV services will be provided:

 

a.Set-up and start-up a safety database

 

b.Protocol and IB review

 

c.SAE Management (ex. Safety Narratives) – Initial

 

d.SAE Management (ex. Safety Narratives) – Follow Up

 

e.Safety Narratives for Non-expedited Report

 

f.SUSAR Management (Includes Narratives/CIOMS Generation)

 

g.SUSAR Reporting (Investigator Submission)

 

h.Prepare 6 Monthly Line Listing

 

i.DSUR Preparation

 

j.Generate Monthly Safety Status Report

 

k.Safety Management each month

 

l.CRA Training

 

m.Safety Management Plan

 

Project Agreement – Early Phase servicesVersion 2 – August 2020
Incannex Healthcare Ltd, IHLOSAOLE1, Novotech no. 2020-9302Page 5 of 21

 

 

43)It is assumed that one of subject will experience SAEs during the study. Novotech will work with the site, MM and Incannex to ensure that all SAEs are reported and followed up correctly.

 

44)As local Sponsor, Novotech will be responsible for preparing CIOMS report and/or submitting reportable SUSARs to the local Investigator for local reporting and to the regulatory authority.

 

Safety Management

 

45)A Safety Monitoring Committee (SMC) is not considered necessary for this study.

 

Medical Monitoring

 

46)Novotech be responsible for local Medical Monitoring (MM) via a qualified, experienced medically licensed Doctor. Novotech MM will join the initial team kick-off meeting with the PM and Incannex team to confirm service expectations and timeline

 

47)The MM will be available 24/7 over the period of participant recruitment, treatment and follow up for medical support of the study inclusive of medical review of;

 

a.Inclusion/exclusion queries from site

 

b.Planned protocol deviations

 

c.Safety issues arising in the study

 

d.SAE reports and related narrative preparation, as required

 

e.The final study safety database

 

48)After protocol finalisation and prior to the first SIV, a MM Kick Off Meeting will be arranged between the Novotech MM and Incannex Medical Officer to confirm expectations of the local MM support required throughout the study. At this meeting a schedule of further meetings, status reports or other contact requirements will be agreed. Thereafter, the MM and Incannex Medical Officer will maintain contact as required for management of any safety matters as they arise in the study.

 

49)During the study start-up, the MM will be given access and training to the study databases EDC and Laboratory to ensure the MM can provide review of all safety data in real time and with available context data for the subjects.

 

50)The Novotech MM will perform a review of medical coded terms during the study. The MM can provide a final medical coding review on behalf of Incannex prior to database lock if requested; however, this has not been included at this time.

 

51)MM time has been costed as follows:

 

Unit cost for familiarisation, Kick Off Meeting, protocol review and CSR review/input.

 

A fixed retainer of five (5) hours each month during the 24/7 availability periods of the study. If greater than 5 hours is required in a given month, NOVOTECH will bill hours as incurred (Timesheet costs) with the agreement of Incannex.

 

Hours as incurred each month during the 24/7 availability periods of the study.

 

Project Management

 

52)Overall project management will be provided by Novotech PM noting that as InCannex will be responsible for start-up activities related to site selection, HREC approvals and CTN submissions, initial Novotech PM role will be limited to regular communication and development of the eCRF and other Biometrics functions.

 

Project Agreement – Early Phase servicesVersion 2 – August 2020
Incannex Healthcare Ltd, IHLOSAOLE1, Novotech no. 2020-9302Page 6 of 21

 

 

53)Novotech’s PM will maintain regular communications with Incannex as required by telephone and email. Key activities performed by the Novotech PM include:

 

a.Review and management of Novotech budget and project resourcing.

 

b.Adherence to Project Timelines.

 

c.Provide overall Project Team leadership and liaise with Incannex Project Team on a regular basis.

 

d.Ensure frequent and effective communication within the Novotech Project Team, with Incannex Project Team and with the site.

 

e.Participation in all teleconferences with Incannex and lead internal meetings throughout the course of the project.

 

f.Maintain written documentation of all project correspondence including regular sponsor meetings.

 

g.Collate and review IP Release Packages.

 

h.Develop the overall Project Management Plan, Review of Pharmacy Manual. Novotech assumes that Incannex will review and comment on final version of each and have costed for one round of review only. Project specific documents are developed as an adjunct to Novotech SOP’s.

 

i.Manage prompt resolution of identified problems with appropriate team members, including timely issue escalation to Incannex. PM will identify potential problems/issues and provide Incannex with recommended solutions on a proactive basis.

 

j.Identification of areas of project risk, mitigation and escalation as required in conjunction with the project team.

 

k.Ensure that proper SOPs are followed and that trial documentation is consistent, complete, and correct.

 

l.Provide review of all key documents/deliverables in the trial for e.g. the eCRF, Data Management Plan, Randomisation Plan, Statistical Analysis Plan and CSR.

 

m.Training of new Novotech staff and ongoing training for Novotech team where contracted.

 

54)Teleconferences will be held between Incannex and Novotech Project Team. Teleconferences are estimated to be of one-hour duration and held weekly throughout the study. Agenda and minutes will be prepared by Novotech PM and circulated.

 

55)Additional meetings may be requested by Incannex either face to face or by telephone. These meetings will be invoiced at timesheet costs (hours as incurred) for required attendees with prior approval of Incannex.

 

56)Formal status reports may also be provided upon request but are not included in this Appendices it is anticipated that regular teleconferences and other communication will suffice

 

DATA MANAGEMENT

 

57)It has been assumed Medidata Rave will be the EDC platform for this study.

 

58)Data Management will be provided by Novotech’s Data Management team based in Australia. Novotech Data Manager will join the initial team kick-off meeting with the PM and Incannex team to confirm service expectations and timelines. In addition, the Data Manager will work with the PM and Incannex team to clarify Incannex’s requirements in terms of CRF/Database specifications and expectations with respect to Incannex team’s involvement in the Data Management process.

 

59)It has been assumed that a subject diary is not required. However, should one be required, Novotech can support ePRO/eDiary allows for the safe and secure collection of patient reported outcomes and Electronic Clinical outcome assessments (eCOA) data directly from patients through multiple platforms using handheld devices such as tablets, smart phones etc. This service is not included in this Appendix but may be included upon request.

 

60)For studies with a substantial number of sites and patients, online randomisation and trial supply management is a serious option that needs to be considered, i.e. the benefits may outweigh your direct and indirect costs, and risks. For studies with a few sites and low number of patients, manual randomisation and supply management usually is more cost effective at acceptable risk.

 

Project Agreement – Early Phase servicesVersion 2 – August 2020
Incannex Healthcare Ltd, IHLOSAOLE1, Novotech no. 2020-9302Page 7 of 21

 

 

61)Novotech deploys a library of CRF pages with variables (questions) and code lists (optional answers) being compliant with CDASH (CDISC) conventions including variables and code lists required or expected by regulators like the FDA. The regulatory requirements concerning variables and code lists that need to be collected influence the number of unique pages and edit checks. Novotech strongly recommends using these CDASH compliant CRF pages unchanged as SDTM compliant datasets will need to be submitted to the regulators.

 

62)eCRF/DB costs are based on Novotech using its library of CDASH compliant CRFs for assessments except for those assessments that are unique to the protocol and not in the CRF library. Deviating from the standard CRFs might incur costs. At the time of this Appendix, Novotech has assumed 200 CRF pages and 400 edit checks. These estimates will be updated upon finalisation of the protocol.

 

63)Incannex will be involved in reviewing the CRF/Database; following a CRF screen review session with client the database will be updated and the annotated CRF presented to Incannex for sign off thus confirming the specifications of the CRF/Database. Further changes after client sign-off of the annotated CRF will incur costs for implementing and testing the additional changes. If so, a new annotated CRF will be presented for sign-off to client prior to Go Live of the CRF/Database.

 

64)A Data Management Plan (DMP) will be developed in compliance will Good Data Management Practices (GDMP), updated as required and forwarded to Incannex for review. This document will determine all Data Management activities. In addition, a Data Review Plan will be developed addressing data consistency checks that cannot be addressed via edit checks.

 

65)Novotech will work closely with Medidata Rave and the site in the design of an electronic, online CRF/Database (eCRF/DB), inclusive of edit checks.

 

66)User Acceptance Testing (UAT) will be undertaken of the final draft eCRF in order to test and confirm expected performance of the system prior to finalisation and being released as final. Any issues found will be rectified prior to eCRF release. There will be no additional charges for required/requested additional screens or checks prior to launch of eCRF (release for use).

 

67)This database will be maintained by Novotech until the PM confirms that the database can be decommissioned after submission of the second version of the tables, figures and listings (TFLs), unless agreed otherwise.

 

68)Prior to or around the SIV, all users of the eCRF at the site, at Novotech and, if desired, at Incannex will need to have completed their training in the use of the eCRF system. Novotech also provide eCRF Completion Guidelines for use at the site.

 

69)Following training, user accounts will be activated for the users at the site, the Novotech clinical team, and if desired for Incannex. Over the course of the study, all eCRF users (site and clinical teams) have access to 24/7 helpdesk support.

 

70)All Adverse Events and Medical History medical verbatim terms will be coded using the Medical Dictionary for Regulatory activities (MedDRA). Incannex will be required to source and hold a (limited) MedDRA licence per MedDRA licensing requirements. Please note Novotech is unable to oversee MedDRA licencing on behalf of the client due to MedDRA’s own policy.

 

71)Concomitant medications will be coded using WHO Drug Global unless indicated otherwise by Incannex. Incannex will be required to hold a WHO Drug Global licence per WHO-Drug Global licensing requirements.

 

72)Pathology data will be transferred in electronic format directly by the laboratory to Novotech or if applicable directly entered into the eCRF by site staff. The Electronic Data Transfer process (EDT) of laboratory data will be described in the LDTA. A separate LDTA will be agreed for each laboratory and each type of laboratory dataset.

 

73)Should Incannex determine the need for additional applications and services for the project, for example, an online randomisation system, trial supply management system, or imaging system, Novotech can support these. Any additional costs, both professional fees and application services fees, will be provided in further versions of this Appendix.

 

Project Agreement – Early Phase servicesVersion 2 – August 2020
Incannex Healthcare Ltd, IHLOSAOLE1, Novotech no. 2020-9302Page 8 of 21

 

 

74)The costs for review of CRF data and reconciliation of CRF data with third party data (e.g. safety laboratory data, PK data), are based on the available protocol (synopsis) details at the time of contracting and Novotech best practices. If changes to the scope and nature of data being collected, the visit-event structure, or other changes that impact the data review time, Novotech will contact Incannex to discuss the cost implications of the budgeted versus the true data review time required.

 

75)The cost does not include data exports of the raw data for Incannex’s perusal.

 

76)Edit checks will be programmed in the eCRF. These include missing data, ranges, consistency checks between visits etc. The Data Review Plan will also list all manual queries such as reconciliation of AEs, ConMeds, checking of protocol deviations, etc.

 

77)Once all requirements for hard locking the database have been met, the database will be hard- locked and data exported for analysis to the Biostatistics team.

 

Biostatistics

 

78)Biostatistical support to the study will be provided by Novotech’s Biostatistics team based in Australia. Novotech Biostatistician will join the initial team kick-off meeting with the PM and Incannex to confirm service expectations and timelines.

 

79)Following the start of study enrolment, the Biostatistician will develop a draft Statistical Analysis Plan (SAP) to define the statistical analysis as required by the final protocol, which will be sent to Incannex for review and comment. Incannex will provide consolidated comments to Novotech for incorporation into the final draft.

 

80)A final draft version of the SAP will be issued to Incannex for review to ensure Novotech have correctly incorporated Incannex’s required changes. The SAP will then be finalised immediately prior to any statistical analysis following database lock. It is expected that only minor changes related to the previous review will be required at this time. Any major changes or amendments required to the final draft SAP, will be invoiced on a timesheet basis.

 

81)The SAP will contain appendices listing the planned TLFs. Shell/mock TLFs will be created as an adjunct to the SAP and will be sent to Incannex for separate review and approval.

 

82)Any additional changes and subsequent reviews to the SAP and/or TLF shells, and/or any changes to the study that therefore necessitate changes to the SAP and/or TFL shells (e.g. major changes to the protocol after SAP drafting and/or approval) will be subject to timesheet cost invoicing to Incannex by Novotech.

 

83)CDISC Submission Package:

 

a.CDISC Conversion – SDTM: Novotech will prepare a CDISC-compliant SDTM data package that will include: Domain-level SAS® datasets and transport files and the define.mxl file including the supporting annotated case report form (blankcrf.pdf) and the Study Data Reviewer’s Guide (SDRG), as well as the applicable Pinnacle21 validation reports. The final SDTM data package will be sent together with the final TLF package.

 

b.The SDTM data package will be based on the SDTM Implementation Guide and Coded Terminology versions decided at the start of the study. If required, the SDTM specifications can be reviewed by the sponsor prior to the start of programming.

 

c.CDISC Mapping – ADaM: Novotech will prepare a CDISC-compliant ADaM data package that will include: Analysis-level SAS® datasets and transport files and the define.mxl file including the supporting Analysis Data Reviewer’s Guide (ADRG), as well as the applicable Pinnacle21 validation reports. The final ADaM data package will be sent together with the final TLF package.

 

The ADaM data package will be based on the ADaM Implementation Guide and Coded Terminology versions decided at the start of the study. If required, the ADaM specifications can be reviewed by the sponsor prior to the start of programming.

 

Project Agreement – Early Phase servicesVersion 2 – August 2020
Incannex Healthcare Ltd, IHLOSAOLE1, Novotech no. 2020-9302Page 9 of 21

 

 

84)Novotech will perform eight (8) PD review of the protocol defined parameters namely:

 

a.Polysomnography (PSG)

 

b.Oxygen desaturation index (ODI)

 

c.Epworth Sleepiness Scale

 

d.Stanford Sleepiness Scale

 

e.POMS-2 (Profile of Moods State),

 

f.Short-from 36

 

g.Seizure frequency

 

h.Actigraphy (using Actiwatch)

 

85)All final tabulation and analysis will be conducted using an appropriate, current and validated statistical software package. Draft TLF’s will be provided to Novotech Medical Writer and Incannex for review. Upon receipt of Incannex comments, the final TLFs will be prepared, and following necessary review by the Novotech team, final TLFs will be issued to Incannex for sign off and acceptance. Major changes to the format/layout from the approved TLF shells will be subject to timesheet cost invoicing to Incannex by Novotech. Additional round of review and/or updates to the TLFs (beyond the 2 provided) will be subject to timesheet cost invoicing to Incannex by Novotech.

 

86)The estimated number of derived datasets (CDISC SDTM and ADaM) and Tables, Listings and Figures, to be provided by Novotech is as follows:

 

# CDISC SDTM Datasets [***]
# CDISC ADaM Datasets [***]
# Unique Tables [***]
# Unique Figures [***]
# Unique Listings [***]
# Repeat Tables [***]
# Repeat Listings [***]
# Cohorts [***]
# Analytes [***]

 

87)At the time of SAP finalisation, the assumptions around number of TFLs will be reviewed and any changes will be re-costed accordingly.

 

88)A formal statistical report will not be produced. Limited, per protocol tabulations/figures and listings will be prepared per protocol requirements and provided to the Novotech Medical Writer for preparation of the Clinical Study Report (CSR).

 

Clinical Study Report (CSR)

 

89)Novotech will be responsible for development of the CSR. Novotech Medical Writer will join the initial team kick-off meeting with the PM and Incannex team to confirm service expectations and timelines.

 

90)Novotech will produce the CSR using standardized content templates that comply with all ICH and regional structure and formatting requirements.

 

91)Novotech will develop a shell clinical study report in accordance with protocol requirements and ICH E3 standards for review by Incannex.

 

92)Following finalisation of the TFLs, Novotech will prepare a first draft CSR which will be sent to Incannex for review, comment and/or approval. Incannex will provide consolidated comments to Novotech for incorporation into the final draft.

 

93)A second draft version of the CSR will then be issued to Incannex for review to ensure Novotech have correctly incorporated Incannex’s required changes. It is expected that only minor changes related to the previous review will be required at this time. Any major changes or amendments required to the final draft CSR, may be invoiced on a timesheet basis.

 

94)Novotech will finalise the CSR and following internal QC, the final CSR will be issued for the site’s PI and Incannex approval and final sign off. Following sign off of the CSR, Novotech will format the CSR.

  

95)Any additional changes and subsequent reviews to the CSR and/or any changes that require changes to the statistical analysis output and by definition changes to the SAP will be subject to timesheet cost invoicing to Incannex by Novotech.

 

Project Agreement – Early Phase servicesVersion 2 – August 2020
Incannex Healthcare Ltd, IHLOSAOLE1, Novotech no. 2020-9302Page 10 of 21

 

 

ESTIMATED RPOJECT TIMELINES

 

The following timeline projection is offered as an educated yet realistic estimate of the study timeline from signing of the contract, through to the return of Trial Master File. This estimation is highly dependent upon date of sign-off of contract, site availability / clinic dates, EC approval and Subject recruitment. These timelines do not consider any holiday periods and a final timeline will be provided by the Novotech PM upon contract award which will reflect any holiday periods and relevant input from the site.

 

  Estimated Schedule

 

Activity

Estimated
Start Date
Estimated
End Date
Activity
Duration
(Wks)
Cumulative
Duration
(Mths)
Contract [***] [***] [***] [***]
Contract Signature [***] [***] [***] [***]
Operational Start Up [***] [***] [***] [***]
Operations Kick-off Meeting [***] [***] [***] [***]
Final Protocol & IB Available [***] [***] [***]
Start Up & Document Preparations [***] [***] [***]
Ethics (First Submission to Last Approval) [***] [***] [***]

Regulatory Approval (First Submission to

Last Reg Appr)

[***] [***] [***]
eCRF Design & Build [***] [***] [***]
UAT/Training/Go Live [***] [***] [***]
Site Initiation Visits [***] [***] [***]
Study Recruitment & Treatment [***] [***] [***] [***]
Screening: Day -56 to Day -1 (n=12) [***] [***] [***] [***]
V1 to V8: Day 1 to Day 178 (n=12) [***] [***] [***]
LPLV to Database Lock [***] [***] [***] [***]
Last CRF Monitored [***] [***] [***] [***]

Data Query to Database Lock (Incl Blinded

Review)

[***] [***] [***]
Study Closure [***] [***] [***] [***]
Statistical Analysis to Draft TFLs [***] [***] [***]  
Client TFL Review [***] [***] [***]
Review to final TFL [***] [***] [***]
Draft CSR [***] [***] [***]
Client Review of CSR [***] [***] [***]
Final Draft CSR [***] [***] [***]
Client Review of Final Draft CSR [***] [***] [***]
Final CSR For Signature [***] [***] [***]
Closeout Visits [***] [***] [***]
Project Closure & Return of Deliverables [***] [***] [***]
Months [***]

 

Project Agreement – Early Phase servicesVersion 2 – August 2020
Incannex Healthcare Ltd, IHLOSAOLE1, Novotech no. 2020-9302Page 11 of 21

 

 

2Payment

  

2.1Invoices to Sponsor will be sent to:

  

Rosemarie Walsh

PO Box 324, Collins Street West,

Melbourne, VIC 8007

Australia

Tel: [***]

Email: [***]

 

For each Appendix:

 

Professional Fees and Expenses

 

(a)Sponsor will pay Novotech’s Professional Fees and Expenses in connection with the Services as set out in the Appendix (Professional Fees).

 

(b)The Sponsor will pay any and all applicable taxes required to be imposed by local law in relation to the provision of the Services.

 

(c)Sponsor will pay all invoices (including Upfront Payments) within 30 days of the date of the invoice.

 

Investigator Fees

 

(a)If Novotech will be paying sites and investigators on behalf of Sponsor (as set out in any clinical trial agreement pursuant to the Services) (Investigator Fees) then upon receiving funds from Sponsor, Novotech will agree a payment method with the Sponsor for payment of Investigator Fees in advance so that sites and investigators are paid for their services in a timely manner.

 

2.2The agreed payment method is as follows:

 

On a quarterly basis, Novotech will:

 

(b)provide Sponsor with an invoice reflecting an estimate of the funding required not later than 60 days prior to the start of a quarter to be paid by Sponsor within 30 days;

 

(c)submit a request to Sponsor with appropriate documentation as soon as practicable if additional funds are required;

 

(d)adjust the forecast for the following quarter if not all funds are projected to be disbursed by the end of a given quarter; and

 

(e)provide Sponsor with an accounting of funds disbursed to sites and investigators and return excess funds promptly upon request of Sponsor or, 30 days after completion of the Services.

 

Upfront payments

 

2.3Each Appendix will provide that, upon commencement of the Services in the Appendix, the Sponsor will pay a percentage of the total budgeted Professional Fees and Pass-Through Costs (together, Upfront Payment). This upfront payment will be invoiced by Novotech as a security deposit and held on behalf of the Sponsor throughout the period of the Study.

 

2.4The agreed Upfront Payment is 15% of the Total Professional Fees and Pass through costs combined.

  

2.5Pass Through Costs

 

All pass through costs are fixed and are included in the budget below. Novotech will include a flat fee of 5% of all invoiced Professional Fees to cover general phone, printing, and other administrative expenses and Sponsor agrees to pay those fees.

 

Project Agreement – Early Phase servicesVersion 2 – August 2020
Incannex Healthcare Ltd, IHLOSAOLE1, Novotech no. 2020-9302Page 12 of 21

 

 

Change in Scope Log

 

2.6As set out in Section 4 of the MSA, the parties have agreed to use an informal change in scope process whereby an authorised representative of the Sponsor may approve additional or amended services up to an agreed threshold value by email via the process set out below (such that a Change Order will not be required).

 

2.7If additional services are requested by the Sponsor that result in a change in scope or budget increase of less than or equal to $5,000 (Agreed Change Value):

 

(a)Novotech will prepare a form showing all additional or amended services and a cost estimate of those additional or amended services (Change in Scope Log) for approval by Sponsor;

 

(b)Sponsor will advise their authorized representative who is authorized to approve the Change in Scope Log via email;

 

(c)Upon approval by an authorized person of the Sponsor, the additional or amended services in the Change in Scope Log is agreed as binding on the parties such that Novotech is authorized by the Sponsor to commence those services and Sponsor agrees to be responsible and liable for the costs associated with the additional or amended services;

 

(d)The additional or amended services in the Change in Scope Log will be incorporated into a Change Order to the Appendix as and when Change in Scope Logs reach the Agreed Change Value, or, the Services are completed or the Agreement terminates for any reason.

 

2.8The Parties agree to negotiate any proposed Change in Scope Log expeditiously and in good faith so as not to impact the progress of the Services or cause administrative burden to either Party.

 

2.9Early Termination of the Services

 

By way of amendment to Section 8 of the Master Services Agreement between Sponsor and Novotech dated 25-Jun-2020, if the Study or this Appendix is terminated before all Services have been performed, the parties agree that they will review fees incurred for services performed to the date of termination and Sponsor will pay Novotech for any additional fees incurred to the date of termination as well as any pass through costs owing as at the date of termination and any non-cancellable costs.

 

 

Project Agreement – Early Phase servicesVersion 2 – August 2020
Incannex Healthcare Ltd, IHLOSAOLE1, Novotech no. 2020-9302Page 13 of 21

 

 

Executed as an Agreement

 

Signed for and on behalf of
Novotech (Australia) Pty Limited

by its authorised representative:

  Signed for and behalf of
Incannex Healthcare Ltd
by its authorised representative:
     
Signature   Signature

 

 

 

 

Name (print)

 

 

 

 

 

Name (print)

     
Title   Title
     
Date:   Date:

 

Project Agreement – Early Phase servicesVersion 2 – August 2020
Incannex Healthcare Ltd, IHLOSAOLE1, Novotech no. 2020-9302Page 14 of 21

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule 1 Services Budget

 

 

 

Services

 

The parties agree that Novotech will provide the following services to the Sponsor (Services) for the Professional Fees and Pass Through Costs below.

 

Scope of Work and Budget

 

This section details the activities and tasks that will be carried out by Novotech as based upon Assumptions. Any desired amendments to the following section may necessitate Novotech resubmitting an amended financial, and possibly timeline, proposal. A budget has been carefully prepared to ensure that Novotech provides contract services at a cost that is deemed competitive and appropriate. Novotech develops its budgets on a unit cost basis with certain activities being timesheet cost due to the variability of such tasks. All budgets are quoted in Australian Dollars (A$).

 

Budget Summary: Overall Budget (A$)
Medical Writing [***]
Clinical [***]
Pharmacovigilance [***]
Data Management [***]
Biostatistics [***]
Total Novotech Budget [***]

 

Reference:

As Inc: As Incurred, PT: Pass Through, X: Responsible, R: Review

 

Project Agreement – Early Phase servicesVersion 2 – August 2020
Incannex Healthcare Ltd, IHLOSAOLE1, Novotech no. 2020-9302Page 15 of 21

 

 

Detailed Medical Writing Budget

 

Task CLIENT CRO # of
Units
Base Unit
Cost
Unit Type Total
 Labour
Cost
CD) CLINICAL STUDY REPORT            
CSR Shell R [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
CSR Data Review Presentation Meeting R [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
CSR to 1st Draft CSR R [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
CSR to 2nd Draft CSR R [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
CSR Finalisation R [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
Changes/Updates to Final CSR R [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
TOTAL LABOUR   [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
General Admin Fee (5% Labour Costs)   [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
GRAND TOTAL   [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]

 

Detailed Clinical Budget

 

Task CLIENT CRO # of Units PT Units Base Unit
Cost
Unit Type PT
Unit Cost
PT
Unit Type
Total
Labour Cost
Total PT
Cost
Grand
Total
A) STUDY SET-UP                      
STUDY DESIGN                      
STUDY PLANNING & INITIATION                      
Project Kick-Off & Familiarisation x x [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
Medical Monitors Kick Off Call     [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
Project Management (Planning & Initiation)   x [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
PROJECT TEAM COMMUNICATION     [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]

Sponsor Teleconferences

x

x

[***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]

 

Project Agreement – Early Phase servicesVersion 2 – August 2020
Incannex Healthcare Ltd, IHLOSAOLE1, Novotech no. 2020-9302Page 16 of 21

 

 

Internal Teleconferences/Meetings   x [***]   [***] [***]     [***]   [***]
PHARMACY & SUPPLY SET-UP     [***]   [***] [***]     [***]   [***]
Pharmacy Manual Development x R [***]   [***] [***]     [***]   [***]
CLINICAL SET-UP     [***]   [***] [***]     [***]   [***]
CRA Administration   x [***]   [***] [***]     [***]   [***]
PA & TMF Set-up Administration   x [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
CTMS Protocol Set-up   x [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
CTMS Site Set-up   x [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
CTMS Hosting (Start-up)   x [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
TMF Management Plan R R [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
EDC Training & User Acceptance Testing   x [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
Development of Site Initiation Material R x [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
Site Initiation Prep, Visit, Report & F-Up   x [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
TOTAL SECTION A)                 [***] [***] [***]
B) STUDY EXECUTION                      
STUDY MANAGEMENT                      
Project Management (Enrolment & Treatment)   x [***]   [***] [***]     [***]   [***]
PROJECT TEAM COMMUNICATION                      
Sponsor Teleconferences x x [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
Internal Teleconferences/Meetings   x [***]   [***] [***]     [***]   [***]
CLINICAL MONITORING/SITE MANAGEMENT                      
Monitoring Visit (Days on-Site)   x [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
Travel Per Visit   x [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
Prep, Report, Follow Up   x [***]   [***] [***]     [***]   [***]

 

Project Agreement – Early Phase servicesVersion 2 – August 2020
Incannex Healthcare Ltd, IHLOSAOLE1, Novotech no. 2020-9302Page 17 of 21

 

 

Monitoring Visit Report Review/Approval   x [***]   [***] [***]     [***]   [***]
CRA Administration (Enrolment & Treatment)   x [***]   [***] [***]     [***]   [***]
CTMS Hosting (Enrolment, Treatment & Maintenance)   x [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
PA Admin & TMF Management (Enrolment & Treatment)   x [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
SAFETY REPORTING     [***]                
Local Medical Monitoring (Enrolment & Treatment)   x [***]   [***] [***]     [***]   [***]
SAE Reporting - Timesheet   x [***]   [***] [***]     [***]   [***]
TOTAL SECTION B)                 [***] [***] [***]
C) STUDY CLOSE-OUT                      
STUDY MANAGEMENT & MONITORING                      
Project Management (Close-out)   x [***]   [***] [***]     [***]   [***]
Close-Out Visits Prep, Visit, Report & F-up   x [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
CRA Administration (Close-out)   x [***]   [***] [***]     [***]   [***]
PA & TMF Administration (Close-out)   x [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
CTMS Hosting (Close-out)   x [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
Local Medical Monitor - End of Study Review     [***]   [***] [***]     [***]   [***]
Return of Deliverables to Sponsor   x [***]   [***] [***]     [***]   [***]
PROJECT COMMUNICATION                      
Sponsor Teleconferences x x [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***] [***]
Internal Teleconferences/Meetings   x [***]   [***] [***]     [***]   [***]
TOTAL SECTION C)                 [***] [***] [***]
TOTAL                 [***] [***] [***]
General Admin Fee (5% Labour Costs)                 [***] [***] [***]
GRAND TOTAL                 [***] [***] [***]

 

Project Agreement – Early Phase servicesVersion 2 – August 2020
Incannex Healthcare Ltd, IHLOSAOLE1, Novotech no. 2020-9302Page 18 of 21

 

 

Detailed Pharmacovigilance Budget

 

Task Unit Type Base Unit Cost # of units Grand Total
Safety Monitoring Set-Up and Start-Up Per Database [***] [***] [***]
SAE Management (Ex. Safety Narratives) - Initial Per SAE report (initial) [***] [***] [***]
SAE Management (Ex. Safety Narratives) - Follow Up Per SAE report (follow-up) [***] [***] [***]
Safety Narratives for Non-expedited Report Per SAE report [***] [***] [***]
SUSAR Management (Includes Narratives/CIOMS Generation) Per SUSAR report [***] [***] [***]
SUSAR Reporting (Investigator Submission) Per SUSAR [***] [***] [***]
DSUR - Exectuive Summary Preparation Per Year [***] [***] [***]
Generate Monthly Safety Status Report Per Month (Ex. Start-up) [***] [***] [***]
Safety database transfer - study end Per Report [***] [***] [***]
Safety Management Plan Per Study [***] [***] [***]
Submit SUSAR to RA Per SUSAR Report [***] [***] [***]
TOTAL       [***]
General Admin Fee (5% Labour Costs)       [***]
GRAND TOTAL       [***]

 

Project Agreement – Early Phase servicesVersion 2 – August 2020
Incannex Healthcare Ltd, IHLOSAOLE1, Novotech no. 2020-9302Page 19 of 21

 

 

Detailed Data Management Budget

 

Task CLIENT CRO # of Units Base Unit
Cost
Unit Type Total
Labour
Cost
STUDY SETUP            
eCRF DATABASE DEVELOPMENT            
eCRF: Screens Design and Database Build R x [***] [***] [***] [***]
eCRF: Screens and Database Review R x [***] [***] [***] [***]
Edit Checks R x [***] [***] [***] [***]
User Acceptance Testing R x [***] [***] [***] [***]
EDC Vendor Services Fee (Professional Services Fees)   x [***] [***] [***] [***]
EDC Vendor Service Fee (Monthly Licensing Fee)   x [***] [***] [***] [***]
Database Release to Production   x [***] [***] [***] [***]
DATA MANAGEMENT TOOLS            
eCRF Completion Guidelines   x [***] [***] [***] [***]
Importable Laboratory Data (eg. PK, Pathology)   x [***] [***] [***] [***]
Data Management Plan R x [***] [***] [***] [***]
Data Review Plan   x [***] [***] [***] [***]
Data Review Programs Development   x [***] [***] [***] [***]
Data Review Program External Listings   x [***] [***] [***] [***]
STUDY EXECUTION            
DATA REVIEW & VALIDATION            
Data Cleaning   x [***] [***] [***] [***]
Data Review & Reconciliation of External Data     [***] [***] [***] [***]
Project Administration and Maintenance   x [***] [***] [***] [***]
Data Processing Report   x [***] [***] [***] [***]
eCRF User Profiles Administration and Maintenance   x [***] [***] [***] [***]
eCRF/Database Administration   x [***] [***] [***] [***]
Coding of Medical Verbatim Terms   x [***] [***] [***] [***]
Medical Review of Coded Medical Verbatim Terms   x [***] [***] [***] [***]
Reconciliation of SAE Data in eCRF and Safety Database   x [***] [***] [***] [***]
DATABASE LOCK & COMPLETION (HARD LOCK)            
Database QA   x [***] [***] [***] [***]
Database Lock (Hard Lock)   x [***] [***] [***] [***]
AD HOC TASKS            
 Ad hoc Tasks   x T [***] [***] [***]
STUDY CLOSE OUT            
DECOMMISIONING AND ARCHIVING            
eCRF/Database Decommissioning   x [***] [***] Subjects [***]
Database Closeout Administration   x [***] [***] Study [***]
Archiving (TMF Database Management)   x [***] [***] Study [***]
TOTAL           [***]
General Admin Fee (5% Labour Costs)           [***]
GRAND TOTAL           [***]

 

Project Agreement – Early Phase servicesVersion 2 – August 2020
Incannex Healthcare Ltd, IHLOSAOLE1, Novotech no. 2020-9302Page 20 of 21

 

 

Detailed Biostatistics Budget

 

Task CLIENT CRO # of Units Base Unit
Cost
Unit Type Total
Labour
Cost
STUDY EXECUTION            
STUDY ADMINISTRATION            
Project Administration and Maintenance   x [***] [***] Months [***]
STATISTICAL ANALYSIS PLAN            
SAP creation   x [***] [***] Plan [***]
TFL Shell Creation   x [***] [***] TFLs [***]
Incorporation of Sponsor Comments   x [***] [***] Reviews [***]
SAP Update Required   x [***] [***] Plan [***]
SAP Finalisation   x [***] [***] Plan [***]
TFL Shell Finalisation   x [***] [***] Plan [***]
FINAL TFLs            
Unique TFLs   x        
Tables (Unique) Programming     [***] [***] Final (EOS) Unique Tables [***]
Listings (Unique) Programming     [***] [***] Final (EOS) Unique Listings [***]
Figures (Unique) Programming     [***] [***] Final (EOS) Unique Figures [***]
Repeat TFLs   x        
Tables (Repeat) Programming     [***] [***] Final (EOS) Repeat Tables [***]
Listings (Repeat) Programming     [***] [***] Final (EOS) Repeat Listings [***]
QC of TFLs R x        
QC Unique TFLs     [***] [***] Final Unique TFLs [***]
QC Repeat TFLs     [***] [***] Final Repeat TFLs [***]
PD ANALYSIS            
PD Analysis   x [***] [***] Analytes [***]
AD HOC TASKS            
Ad hoc Tasks   x T TIMESHEET TIMESHEET TIMESHEET
CDISC DATASET SUBMISSION PACKAGE            
SDTM Submission Package   x [***] [***] SDTM Domains [***]
ADaM Submission Package   x [***] [***] ADaM Domains [***]
STUDY CLOSE OUT           [***]
CLOSE OUT ADMINISTRATION           [***]
Archiving   x [***] [***] Report [***]
TOTAL           [***]
General Admin Fee (5% Labour Costs)           [***]
GRAND TOTAL           [***]

 

Project Agreement – Early Phase services Version 2 – August 2020
Incannex Healthcare Ltd, IHLOSAOLE1, Novotech no. 2020-9302 Page 21 of 21

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the use in the Prospectus constituting a part of this Registration Statement on Form F-1, Amendment No. 1, of our report dated 17 August 2021, which includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the Incannex Healthcare Limited’s (the “Company”) ability to continue as a going concern, relating to the consolidated financial statements of the Company, which is contained in that Prospectus. We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

 

New York, New York

28 September 2021